Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 15, 2013

Securities Act File No. 333-                    

 

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CM FINANCE INC

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor

New York, New York 10022

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(212) 257-5199

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Michael C. Mauer

Chief Executive Officer

CM Finance Inc

399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor

New York, New York 10022

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

COPIES TO:

 

Steven B. Boehm, Esq.

Stephani M. Hildebrandt, Esq.
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

700 Sixth Street, NW

Suite 700

Washington, DC 20001
Tel: (202) 383-0100

Fax: (202) 637-3593

 

James R. Tanenbaum, Esq.
Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
Tel: (212) 468-8000

Fax: (212) 468-7900

 

 

Approximate date of proposed public offering:  As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.     ¨

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

¨     when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price  (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $115,000,000   $14,812

 

 

(1) Includes the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
(2) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Subject to Completion dated     , 2013

                 Shares

CM Finance Inc

Common Stock

 

 

We are a specialty finance company that invests primarily in the debt of U.S. middle-market companies. We seek to invest primarily in middle-market companies that have annual revenues of at least $50 million and EBITDA of at least $20 million. Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. The companies in which we invest typically are highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies are not rated by national rating agencies. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a rating below investment grade (i.e., below BBB or Baa), which are often referred to as “junk.”

We were formed in February 2012 and commenced operations in March 2012 as CM Finance LLC, a Maryland limited liability company. Immediately prior to the pricing of this offering, CM Finance LLC will be merged with and into CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation that is an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. We also intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Upon our election to be regulated as a BDC, we will be externally managed by CM Investment Partners LLC, which will also provide the administrative services necessary for us to operate.

This is an initial public offering of our shares of common stock. We are selling all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus.

Our shares of common stock have no history of public trading. We have applied to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CMFN.”

We currently expect that the initial public offering price per share of our common stock will be $         per share. Assuming an initial offering price per share of $        , purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $         per share. See “Dilution.” Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset values. If our shares trade at a discount to our net asset value, it will likely increase the risk of loss for purchasers in this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the “JOBS Act.”

Investing in our common stock involves an extremely high degree of risk and should be considered highly speculative. Before buying any shares, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock in “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our common stock. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference. Upon completion of this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains such information. This information will also be available free of charge by contacting us at 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022, Attention: [Investor Relations], or by calling us collect at (212) 257-5199 or on our website at www.[ ].com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.

 

 

 

     Per
share
     Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Sales load  (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses  (2) (3)

   $         $     

 

(1) The sales load includes underwriting discounts and commissions. CM Investment Partners LLC has agreed to pay to the underwriters a portion of the sales load in an amount equal to $         million or $         per share.
(2) We estimate that we will incur offering expenses of approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share, in connection with this offering.
(3) The Adviser has agreed to reimburse expenses incurred by the Company in excess of $         in connection with this offering.

 

 

The underwriters may purchase up to an additional                 shares from us at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total sales load will be $         million, of which CM Investment Partners LLC has agreed to pay $         or $         per share, resulting in total proceeds, before expenses, of $         million to us.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or before                 , 2013.

 

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES  

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS

A Stifel Company

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

THE OFFERING

     13   

FEES AND EXPENSES

     20   

RISK FACTORS

     22   

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     51   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     53   

DISTRIBUTIONS

     54   

CAPITALIZATION

     55   

DILUTION

     56   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     58   

THE COMPANY

     72   

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

     85   

SENIOR SECURITIES

     88   

MANAGEMENT

     89   

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

     97   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

     106   

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     109   

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

     111   

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

     113   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     115   

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

     124   

REGULATION

     132   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     137   

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     139   

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

     139   

UNDERWRITING

     140   

LEGAL MATTERS

     144   

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     144   

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     145   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may have changed since that date. We will update these documents to reflect material changes only as required by law.

Through and including                     , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), U.S. federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. You should read the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus carefully.

We were formed in February 2012 and commenced operations in March 2012 as CM Finance LLC, a Maryland limited liability company. Immediately prior to the pricing of this offering and prior to the time we file our election to be regulated as a BDC, CM Finance LLC will be merged with and into CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation (the “CM Finance Merger”), that is an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Except as otherwise indicated, the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and “CM Finance” refer to CM Finance LLC prior to the CM Finance Merger and CM Finance Inc after the CM Finance Merger; and “CM Investment Partners” and the “Adviser” refer to our investment adviser and administrator, CM Investment Partners LLC.

When reading this prospectus, it is important to note that the historical financial statements and other historical financial information included herein are those of CM Finance LLC. Prior to the CM Finance Merger and this offering, CM Finance LLC did not pay any advisory fees and was not regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Therefore, CM Finance LLC has not been subject to certain restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act on BDCs prior to the CM Finance Merger and the consummation of this offering. If CM Finance LLC had been regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, CM Finance LLC’s performance may have been adversely affected. In addition, prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC, we have been externally managed by CM Investment Partners, LP. Although CM Investment Partners, LP was led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, the remaining investment team of CM Investment Partners, LP was composed of different investment professionals than the current investment team of the Adviser, which may result in materially different investment performance.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised.

We define “middle-market companies” generally as those companies that have an enterprise value, which represents the aggregate of debt value and equity value of the entity, of less than $750 million.

CM Finance

We are a specialty finance company that invests primarily in the debt of U.S. middle-market companies. We are externally managed by CM Investment Partners LLC. The Adviser is led by Michael C. Mauer and Christopher E. Jansen, who together have over 40 years of experience in the leveraged debt markets. Our investment objective is to maximize total return to stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

We seek to invest primarily in middle-market companies that have annual revenues of at least $50 million and EBITDA of at least $20 million. We focus on companies with leading market positions, significant asset or franchise values, strong free cash flow and experienced senior management teams, with emphasis on companies with high-quality sponsors. Our investments will typically range in size from $5 million to $25 million. We expect that our portfolio companies will use our capital for organic growth, acquisitions, market or product expansion, refinancings,

 

 

1


Table of Contents

and/or recapitalizations. We invest, and intend to continue to invest, in unitranche loans and standalone second and first lien loans, with an emphasis on floating rate debt. Unitranche loans are loans structured as first lien loans with certain characteristics of mezzanine loan risk in one security. We will also selectively invest in mezzanine loans/structured equity and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments, in most cases taking such upside participation interests as part of a broader investment relationship.

We strive to maintain a strong focus on credit quality, investment discipline and investment selectivity. We believe that investing in the debt of private middle-market companies generally provides a more attractive relative value proposition than investing in broadly syndicated debt due to the conservative capital structures and superior default and loss characteristics typically associated with middle-market companies. We believe that, because private middle-market companies have limited access to capital providers, debt investments in these companies typically carry above-market interest rates and include more favorable protections, resulting in attractive risk-adjusted returns across credit cycles while better preserving capital. The companies in which we invest typically are highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies are not rated by national rating agencies. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a rating below investment grade ( i.e. , below BBB or Baa), which are often referred to as “junk.”

The Adviser’s investment team is led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen are supported by 17 additional investment professionals, which, together with Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, we refer to as the “Investment Team.” The members of the Investment Team have over 200 combined years of structuring customized debt solutions for middle-market companies, which we believe will enable us to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital. The members of the Investment Team have extensive networks for sourcing investment opportunities through direct corporate relationships and relationships with private equity firms, restructuring advisors, law firms, boutique advisory firms and distressed/specialty lenders. The members of the Investment Team also have extensive experience across various industries, including aviation, cable, defense, healthcare, media, oil and gas, power, retail, telecommunications, trucking and asset-backed special situations. In addition, Mr. Jansen has extensive experience restructuring specific debt investments as a portfolio manager, including while at Stanfield Capital Partners, and Mr. Mauer has considerable managerial experience, including having led a restructuring and asset-based lending group at Citigroup Inc. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen have developed an investment process for reviewing lending opportunities, structuring transactions and monitoring investments throughout multiple credit cycles. As a result of the relationships and experience of the members of the Investment Team and the leadership of Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, we believe we will be able to achieve appropriate risk-adjusted returns by investing in companies that have restructured but do not have sufficient track records to receive traditional lending terms from a commercial bank or the broadly syndicated leveraged finance market.

As of September 30, 2013, our portfolio consisted of debt and equity investments in 12 portfolio companies with a fair value of $132.9 million. As of September 30, 2013, our portfolio consisted of 54.8% first lien investments, 44.6% second lien investments and 0.6% warrant positions, and had a weighted average annualized yield of approximately 12.13%. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all of our debt investments at fair value, plus the yield to maturity from September 30, 2013 of all of our debt investments, including our unfunded obligations. See “Portfolio Companies.”

 

 

2


Table of Contents

The industry composition of our portfolio at fair value at September 30, 2013 was as follows:

 

Industry

   Percentage of Total
Investments
 

Airlines

     8.14

Automobiles and Components

     10.56   

Commercial Services

     3.66   

Diversified Financial Services

     6.32   

Healthcare-Products/Services

     15.05   

Oil and Gas

     21.35   

Pipelines

     7.62   

Telecommunications

     18.24   

Trucking and Leasing

     9.06   
  

 

 

 

Total

     100.00
  

 

 

 

We have, through CM Finance SPV Ltd. (“CM SPV”), our wholly owned subsidiary, a $76.5 million term securitized financing facility (the “Financing Facility”), which expires on May 22, 2016, with UBS AG, London Branch (together with its affiliates, “UBS”). The Financing Facility is collateralized by a portion of the debt investments in our portfolio (the “Assets”). We pay interest on the face amount of the Financing Facility monthly at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.85% per annum. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview.”

Recent Developments

On November     , 2013, we entered into an arrangement (the “Stifel Arrangement”) with Stifel Venture Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of Stifel Financial Corp. (“Stifel”), pursuant to which Stifel made a capital commitment to us in an amount of up to $40.0 million. We intend to call the entire capital commitment by Stifel for purposes of repurchasing up to $40.0 million of the interests of the Cyrus Funds (as defined herein) in us, immediately after the CM Finance Merger and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC and the pricing of this offering. Stifel also owns 20% of the Adviser. See “—Formation Transactions.”

Since September 30, 2013, we made three new investments totaling $38.0 million, one of which was an addition to an existing investment, which increased our investment portfolio to $170.9 million and the average investment per company to $11.4 million as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

$12.0 million investment in a second lien loan of CT Technologies Intermediate Holdings, Inc.;

 

  Ÿ  

$20.0 million additional investment in a first lien term loan of Endeavour International Corp.; and

 

  Ÿ  

$6.0 million investment in a first lien term loan of Bennu Oil & Gas, LLC.

The Adviser

Upon our election to be regulated as a BDC, CM Investment Partners LLC will become our external investment adviser. Prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC, CM Investment

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Partners, LP has served as our investment adviser. The Adviser is responsible for sourcing investment opportunities, conducting industry research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Adviser is led by Mr. Mauer, our Chief Executive Officer, and the Managing Member and Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser, and Mr. Jansen, our President and Secretary, and the Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser. Mr. Mauer was formerly Global Co-Head of Leveraged Finance and Global Co-Head of Fixed Income Currency and Commodity Distribution at Citigroup Inc. and a senior member of its credit committee responsible for all underwriting and principal commitments of leveraged finance capital worldwide. Mr. Jansen was a founding Managing Partner and Senior Portfolio Manager for Stanfield Capital Partners and had a leading role in planning its strategic direction. At Stanfield, Mr. Jansen was responsible for the management of 15 different portfolios aggregating in excess of $7 billion in assets consisting of large corporate loans, middle-market loans, second lien loans, high yield bonds and structured finance securities. See also “Management—Biographical Information.”

The Adviser’s Investment Team is led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen and includes 17 additional investment professionals of whom 11 support the Adviser pursuant to a services agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. (“Cyrus Capital”), a separately registered investment adviser that serves as the investment adviser to various private investment funds. The members of the Investment Team have over 200 combined years of structuring customized debt solutions for middle-market companies, which we believe will enable us to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital. The members of the Investment Team are highly qualified investment professionals who have a demonstrated ability to identify, source, analyze, invest in and monitor investments in U.S. middle-market companies. We believe the members of the Investment Team share a common investment philosophy built on a framework of rigorous business assessment, extensive due diligence and disciplined risk valuation methodology.

Upon the completion of the CM Finance Merger, we will enter into an investment advisory and management agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) with CM Investment Partners LLC, as our investment adviser. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay the Adviser a management fee equal to 1.75% of our gross assets, payable in arrears on a quarterly basis. In addition, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee equal to 20.0% of pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to an annualized hurdle rate of 8.0% with a “catch up” fee for returns between the annualized 8.0% hurdle and 10.0% as well as 20.0% of aggregate net capital gains. For the period commencing upon the consummation of this offering and ending December 31, 2014, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees (base management and incentive fee) to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to support a minimum dividend payment on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of         % (to be paid on a quarterly basis). For the periods January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 and January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016, the Adviser has agreed to waive its incentive fees to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to support minimum dividend payments on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of         % and         %, respectively (to be paid on a quarterly basis). The annual dividend yield will be based on our initial public offering price per share. Net investment income is defined as Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) net income before net realized and unrealized gains (losses). See “Management Agreements—Management Fees.”

Under an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with the Adviser the Adviser will provide us with our interim chief financial officer, our chief compliance officer, other

 

 

4


Table of Contents

accounting and back-office professionals, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. The Adviser has retained the services of accounting and back office professionals through the Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital to assist the Adviser in fulfilling certain of its obligations to us under the Administration Agreement. See “Management Agreements—Administration Agreement” and “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships—Services Agreement.” Brennan McCaw, our interim Chief Financial Officer, and the other accounting and back-office professionals are Cyrus Capital employees who perform their duties on behalf of the Adviser pursuant to the Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital. Following the completion of this offering, the Adviser intends to hire a chief financial officer, who will also serve as our chief financial officer. We also expect that the Adviser will hire additional investment and other personnel as necessary, to support our growth and reduce the Adviser’s use of Cyrus Capital’s employees over time.

Market Opportunity

We believe that the current investment environment presents a compelling case for investing in secured debt (including unitranche debt and standalone second and first lien loans) and unsecured debt (including mezzanine/structured equity) of middle-market companies. The following factors represent the key drivers of our focus on this attractive market segment:

 

  Ÿ  

Reduced Availability of Capital for Middle-Market Companies. We believe there are fewer providers of financing and less capital available for middle-market companies compared to prior to the recent economic downturn. We believe that, as a result of that downturn:

 

  Ÿ  

many financing providers have chosen to focus on large, liquid corporate loans and syndicated capital markets transactions rather than lending to middle-market businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

recent regulatory changes, including adoption of the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the introduction of new international capital and liquidity requirements under the 2012 Basel III Accords, or Basel III, have caused banks to curtail lending to middle-market companies;

 

  Ÿ  

hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation managers are less likely to pursue investment opportunities in our target market as a result of reduced availability of funding for new investments; and

 

  Ÿ  

consolidation of regional banks into money center banks has reduced their focus on middle-market lending.

As a result, we believe that less competition will facilitate higher quality deal flow and allow for greater selectivity throughout the investment process.

 

  Ÿ  

Robust Demand for Debt Capital. According to PitchBook, a market research firm, private equity firms raised an estimated $1.1 trillion of equity commitments from 2006 to 2012, with approximately $348.2 billion of this capital available for investment as of the end of 2012. In addition, private equity deal flow continues to improve since the 2007-2008 recession, totaling $345 billion in 2012 according to PitchBook. Private equity firms have also refocused their attention towards lower middle-market and middle-market deals (defined for this purpose as generally those companies with an enterprise value of $750 million or less). We expect the large amount of uninvested capital commitments will

 

 

5


Table of Contents
 

drive buyout activity over the next several years, which should, in turn, create lending opportunities for us. In addition to increased buyout activity, a high volume of senior secured and high yield debt originated from 2004 through 2007 will need refinancing in the near term and, accordingly, we believe that new financing opportunities will increase as many companies seek to refinance this indebtedness.

 

  Ÿ  

Attractive Deal Pricing and Structures. We believe that, in general, middle-market debt investments are priced more attractively to lenders than larger, more liquid, public debt financings, due to the more limited universe of lenders as well as the highly negotiated nature of these financings. Middle-market transactions tend to offer stronger covenant packages, higher interest rates, lower leverage levels and better call protection compared to larger financings. In addition, middle-market loans typically offer other investor protections, such as default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and information rights for lenders.

 

  Ÿ  

Specialized Lending Requirements. We believe that several factors render many U.S. financial institutions ill-suited to lend to U.S. middle-market companies. For example, based on the Investment Team’s experience, lending to private U.S. middle-market companies is generally more labor-intensive than lending to larger companies due to the smaller size of each investment and the fragmented nature of information for such companies. Lending to smaller capitalization companies requires due diligence and underwriting practices consistent with the demands and economic limitations of the middle-market and may also require more extensive ongoing monitoring by the lender. As a result, middle-market companies historically have been served by a limited segment of the lending community.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that the Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve favorable risk-adjusted returns while preserving our capital. We believe that the following competitive strengths will provide an attractive investment opportunity for investors:

 

  Ÿ  

Large and Experienced Team with Substantial Resources . The Adviser and its Investment Team is led by Michael C. Mauer and Christopher E. Jansen, who each has over 20 years investing in, providing corporate finance services to, restructuring and consulting with middle-market companies. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen are supported by 17 additional investment professionals, who together have more than 200 combined years of structuring strategic capital for business expansion, refinancings, capital restructuring, post-reorganization financing and servicing the general corporate needs of middle-market companies. We believe that the Investment Team and its resources provide a significant advantage and will contribute to the strength of our business and enhance the quantity and quality of investment opportunities available to us.

 

  Ÿ  

Capitalize on the Investment Team’s Extensive Relationships with Middle-Market Companies, Private Equity Sponsors and Intermediaries. The members of the Investment Team have extensive networks for sourcing investment opportunities through corporate relationships and relationships with private equity firms, restructuring advisors, law firms, boutique advisory firms and distressed/specialty lenders. We believe that the strength of these relationships in conjunction with the Investment Team’s ability to structure financing

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

solutions for companies that incorporate credit protections at attractive returns will provide us with a competitive advantage in identifying investment opportunities in our target market. In addition, pursuant to our arrangement with Stifel, we have the right to review and bid on originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities.

 

  Ÿ  

Disciplined Underwriting Policies and Rigorous Portfolio Management . Messrs. Mauer and Jansen have an established credit analysis and investment process to analyze investment opportunities thoroughly. This process, followed by the Investment Team, includes structuring loans with appropriate covenants and pricing loans based on our knowledge of the middle market and our rigorous underwriting standards. We focus on capital preservation by extending loans to portfolio companies with assets that we believe will retain sufficient value to repay us even in depressed markets or under liquidation scenarios. Each investment is analyzed from its initial stages by either Mr. Mauer or Mr. Jansen, the Adviser’s Co-Chief Investment Officers, and a senior investment professional of the Investment Team. Every initial investment requires the unanimous approval of the Adviser’s investment committee, consisting of Messrs. Mauer, Jansen and Stephan Kuppenheimer, who will be Stifel’s appointee to our board of directors. See “Prospectus Summary—Formation Transactions.” Every follow-on investment decision in an existing portfolio company and any investment dispositions require approval by at least Messrs. Mauer and Jansen. Under the supervision of Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, the Investment Team also monitor the portfolio for developments on a daily basis, perform credit updates on each investment, review financial performance on at least a quarterly basis, and have regular discussions with the management of portfolio companies. We believe the Adviser’s investment and monitoring process and the depth and experience of the Investment Team gives us a competitive advantage in identifying investments and evaluating risks and opportunities throughout the life cycle of an investment.

 

  Ÿ  

Ability to Structure Investments Creatively. Our Investment Team has the expertise and ability to structure investments across all levels of a company’s capital structure. These individuals have extensive experience in cash flow, asset-based lending, workout situations and investing in distressed debt, which should enable us to take advantage of attractive investments in recently restructured companies. Furthermore, with the additional capital raised in this offering, we believe we will be in a better position to leverage the existing knowledge and relationships that the Investment Team has developed to lead investments that meet our investment criteria. We believe that current market conditions will allow us to structure attractively priced debt investments and may allow us to incorporate other return-enhancing mechanisms such as commitment fees, original issue discounts, early redemption premiums, payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest and certain forms of equity securities.

Investment Strategy

We invest, and intend to continue to invest, in unitranche loans, standalone second and first lien loans, and selectively in mezzanine loans/structured equity and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments, in most cases taking such upside participation interest as part of an overall relationship. We seek to invest primarily in middle-market companies that have annual revenues of at least $50 million and EBITDA of at least $20 million. Our investments will typically range in size from $5 million to $25 million. We may invest in smaller or larger companies if there is an attractive opportunity, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets. During such

 

 

7


Table of Contents

dislocations, we expect to see more deep value investment opportunities offering prospective returns that are disproportionate to the associated risk profile. We focus on companies with leading market positions, significant asset or franchise values, strong free cash flow and experienced senior management teams, with an emphasis on companies with high-quality sponsors. Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

The Adviser pursues debt investments that offer high cash yields, cash origination fees, and lower leverage levels. The Adviser seeks to structure our debt investments with strong protections, including default penalties, information rights, and affirmative and negative financial covenants, such as lien protection and restrictions concerning change of control. We believe these protections, coupled with the other features of our investments, should allow us to reduce our risk of capital loss and achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns, although there can be no assurance that we will be able to structure our investments to minimize risk of loss and achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns.

The Investment Team will use some or all of the following criteria to evaluate each prospective portfolio company.

 

  Ÿ  

Established companies with a history of positive operating cash flow. We seek to invest in established companies with sound historical financial performance, operating profitability and significant free cash flow. These companies typically will have proven products and/or services that provide a competitive advantage versus their competitors or new entrants.

 

  Ÿ  

Experienced management team with meaningful equity ownership. The Adviser generally requires that our portfolio companies have an experienced management team with meaningful equity ownership and strong corporate governance.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant invested capital. The Adviser believes that the existence of significant underlying equity value provides important support to our debt investments.

 

  Ÿ  

Private equity sponsorship. We seek to invest where private equity sponsors have demonstrated capabilities in building enterprise value. In addition, we seek to co-invest with specialty lenders and other financial institutions, including Stifel and Cyrus Capital.

 

  Ÿ  

Ability to exert meaningful influence. We target, and intend to continue to target, investment opportunities in which we will be a significant investor in the tranche and in which we can add value through active participation in the direction of the company, sometimes through advisory positions.

 

  Ÿ  

Visible exit strategy. We generally seek to invest in companies that the Adviser believes possess attributes that will provide us with the ability to exit our investments as appropriate

Formation Transactions

We were formed on February 15, 2012 and commenced operations in March 2012. In March 2012, we were originally capitalized with a capital commitment of $50.0 million from funds (the “Cyrus Funds”) managed by Cyrus Capital, which we refer to as our initial private placement. The Cyrus Funds also hold a 38% economic interest, but no voting interest, in the Adviser.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2013 we had aggregate capital commitments of $110 million by the Cyrus Funds of which $92.4 million, or 84.0%, have been called and used to make investments in accordance with our investment strategy. Immediately prior to the CM Finance Merger, we expect to call any remaining outstanding capital commitments from the Cyrus Funds to make additional investments in accordance with our investment strategy. See “Control Persons and Principal Stockholders.”

Immediately prior to the pricing of this offering and prior to the time we file our election to be regulated as a BDC, through a series of transactions, CM Finance LLC will be merged with and into CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation, leaving CM Finance Inc as the surviving entity. In connection with CM Finance Merger, approximately          million shares of common stock of CM Finance Inc will be issued to the Cyrus Funds at the initial offering price of $         per share, having an aggregate value of $         million (which represents the Cyrus Funds’ share of our net asset value as of the most recent quarter end for which financial statements have been included in this prospectus, plus any additional cash contributions to us following such quarter but before the closing of the CM Finance Merger, less any cash distributions to the Cyrus Funds after such quarter end but before the closing of the CM Finance Merger). The shares of common stock issued to the Cyrus Funds in the CM Finance Merger are not being registered for resale under the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

On November     , 2013, we entered into the Stifel Arrangement pursuant to which Stifel made a capital commitment to us in an amount up to $40.0 million at a per share price of $            . We intend to call the entire capital commitment by Stifel for purposes of repurchasing up to $40.0 million of the Cyrus Funds’ interest in us immediately after the CM Finance Merger and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC and the pricing of this offering. We refer to Stifel’s investment in us and the CM Finance Merger as the “formation transactions.” Upon funding of its commitment to us, we will enter into an agreement with Stifel giving Stifel the right to nominate for election a member of our board of directors, who will be considered “interested” (that is, not independent for purposes of the 1940 Act). See “Control Persons and Principal Stockholders.” Under the Stifel Arrangement, Stifel also has a 20% interest in the Adviser and has a right to appoint a member to the Adviser’s investment committee.

Upon consummation of the formation transactions and upon completion of this offering, Stifel will own                      shares of our common stock, or approximately 19% of our total outstanding common stock, and the Cyrus Funds will own                      shares of our common stock, or approximately 33% of our total outstanding common stock, assuming an offering of $100 million. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this offering—Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.” The shares of our common stock held by Stifel and the Cyrus Funds will be subject to lock-up agreements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements.” In addition, pursuant to an irrevocable proxy, the Cyrus Funds’ shares of our common stock must be voted in the same percentages as our other stockholders (excluding Stifel) vote their shares. No such voting conditions apply to Stifel’s shares of our common stock. We have also granted the Cyrus Funds and Stifel certain post-offering registration rights. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights.”

Conflicts of Interests

As described more fully below, we have entered into certain agreements and arrangements with Stifel, Cyrus Capital and the Cyrus Funds that may cause conflicts of interest.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Stifel Arrangement

As described above, Stifel will own approximately 19% of our total outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering, assuming an offering of $100 million, and also owns a 20% interest in the Adviser. As a result, Stifel will benefit from our performance and our investments. Stifel will have the right to nominate for election a member of our board of directors, who will be considered “interested” (that is, not independent for purposes of the 1940 Act). In addition, Stifel also has the right to appoint a representative to the Adviser’s three-member board of managers and a member of the Adviser’s investment committee. Stifel will not have any rights to exercise a controlling influence over our day-to-day operations or the operations or investment management function of the Adviser.

Six of the investment professionals employed by the Adviser as part of its Investment Team are also employees of Stifel pursuant to the Stifel Arrangement. Although these investment professionals dedicate a majority of their time to the business and activities of the Adviser, they are concurrent employees of both Stifel and the Adviser, and as a result, may continue to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel. In addition, until such time as we and the Adviser no longer share office space with Cyrus Capital, these dual employees will not maintain office space with the Adviser or Cyrus Capital. This dual employment arrangement could result in a conflict of interest and may distract these investment professionals from their responsibilities to us. Mr. Kuppenheimer is a member of the Adviser’s investment committee and will be a member of our board of directors. Mr. Kuppenheimer is also an employee of Stifel, and as a result, continues to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel, which could result in a conflict of interest and may distract Mr. Kuppenheimer from his responsibilities to us. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen monitor the activities of the members of the Investment Team for any conflicts of interest and will seek to resolve them on our behalf, subject to the oversight of our board of directors. As a member of the Adviser’s investment committee and our board of directors, Mr. Kuppenheimer will recuse himself from consideration of any potential conflict related to Stifel, should any such conflicts arise.

Under the Stifel Arrangement, Stifel will use its commercially reasonable efforts to present to us, and we will have the right to review and bid on, all Stifel-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities that are not subject to any restrictions that would prohibit Stifel from sharing opportunities with us, subject to the approval of our board of directors, as necessary under the 1940 Act, and certain other limitations. Stifel may invest in the same portfolio companies that we invest in, and (regardless of whether our investment arose from a Stifel-originated opportunity) Stifel may, through such investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its interest in the Adviser. We believe that we may co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates upon approval of a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., one of the underwriters in this offering, is a subsidiary of Stifel Financial Corp. (and a sister company to Stifel). Because Stifel will own a 36% interest in us immediately prior to the completion of this offering and, assuming an offering of $100 million, approximately 19% of our common stock after giving effect to this offering, and owns an interest in the Adviser, and will benefit from our performance, including in this offering, a “conflict of interest” is deemed to exist under Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Cyrus Capital Relationship

As described above, the Cyrus Funds will own approximately 33% of our outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering, and will also hold a 38% economic interest, but no voting interest, in the Adviser. As a result, Cyrus Capital benefits from our performance and our investments. Pursuant to an irrevocable proxy, the Cyrus Funds’ shares of our common stock must be voted in the same percentages as our other stockholders (excluding Stifel) vote their shares. Cyrus Capital will not have any rights to exercise a controlling influence over our operations or the operations or investment management function of the Adviser. As a result of the relationship with Cyrus Capital and the Cyrus Funds, we could be presumed to be an affiliate of the Cyrus Funds under the 1940 Act. However, a person’s status as an “affiliate” under the 1940 Act is a rebuttable presumption, which we believe we can successfully refute. As a result, we believe that we may invest in the same portfolio companies that the Cyrus Funds invest in, without seeking exemptive relief from the SEC. In addition, the Cyrus Funds may, through such co-investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its economic interest in the Adviser. Cyrus Capital may also provide us with investment opportunities.

Pursuant to the Services Agreement, the Adviser is supported by 11 investment professionals of Cyrus Capital, selected by Messrs Mauer and Jansen, who will provide investment services to us as part of the Adviser’s Investment Team and in connection with the Adviser’s obligations to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. These investment professionals will continue to engage in investment advisory activities for the private investment funds managed by Cyrus Capital, including the Cyrus Funds, which could result in a conflict of interest, and may distract them from their responsibilities to us. Initially, we expect that the Adviser would rely on the investment professionals that perform analyst functions provided under the Services Agreement for less than 25% of the aggregate time dedicated to the business by the Adviser’s Investment Team.

In addition, our interim Chief Financial Officer is an employee of Cyrus Capital and is provided to us pursuant to the Adviser’s obligations under the Administration Agreement. The Adviser has retained the services of our interim Chief Financial Officer under the terms of the Services Agreement, and we will also be receiving other administrative services from the Adviser, pursuant to the Administration Agreement, which, in turn, are provided to the Adviser by Cyrus Capital under the terms of the Services Agreement. In addition, we currently share office space with the Adviser and Cyrus Capital. Following the completion of this offering, the Adviser intends to hire a chief financial officer, who will also serve as our chief financial officer. We also expect to move our office space during the first calendar quarter of 2014 and will then no longer share office space with Cyrus Capital.

Other Conflicts of Interest

We may also have conflicts of interest arising out of the investment advisory activities of the Adviser. The Adviser may in the future manage other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles that invest or may invest in assets eligible for purchase by us. To the extent that we compete with entities managed by the Adviser or any of its affiliates for a particular investment opportunity, the Adviser will allocate investment opportunities across the entities for which such opportunities are appropriate, consistent with (a) its internal investment allocation policies, (b) the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and (c) certain restrictions under the 1940 Act regarding co-investments with affiliates.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns,” “—Conflict related to obligations the Adviser or its affiliates have to other clients” and “—The incentive fee structure we have with the Adviser may create incentives that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.”

SBIC License

We intend to apply for a license to form a small business investment company subsidiary, or SBIC subsidiary. The application is subject to approval by the United States Small Business Administration, or the SBA, and we can make no assurances that the SBA will approve our application. The SBIC subsidiary would be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures up to a maximum of $150 million under current SBIC regulations, subject to required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary and other requirements. SBA-guaranteed debentures generally have longer maturities and lower interest rates than other forms of debt that may be available to us. Neither we nor the Adviser has ever operated an SBIC. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Structure—If we receive qualification from the SBA to be licensed as an SBIC but we are unable to comply with SBA regulations after the SBIC subsidiary is licensed as an SBIC, our business plan and investment objective could be adversely affected.”

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are currently located at 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022, and our telephone number is (212) 257-5199. We expect to move our principal executive offices during the first calendar quarter of 2014 and will then no longer share office space with Cyrus Capital. We maintain a website located at www.[ ].com . Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company,” within the meaning of the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year: (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion; or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30 th , and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares (or                shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment in full).

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares (or                shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment in full). This includes                 shares of common stock issued in connection with the CM Finance Merger.

 

Use of Proceeds

We expect the net proceeds to us from this offering to be approximately $        million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated organization and offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds to invest in unitranche loans and standalone second and first lien loans, and selectively in mezzanine loans/structured equity and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments in accordance with our investment objective and for general corporate purposes. Pending such use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. These temporary investments may have lower yields than our other investments and, accordingly, may result in lower distributions, if any, during such period. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Investment Advisory Agreement Fees

We will pay the Adviser a fee for its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement. This fee consists of two components: a base management fee and an incentive fee. The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents. The base management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears.

 

 

The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part, which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20.0% of our “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to an annualized hurdle rate of 8.0% with a “catch up” fee for returns between the 8.0% hurdle and 10.0%. The second part is calculated and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) and equals 20.0% of our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year,

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. See “Management Agreements—Management Fee and Incentive Fee.”

 

  Pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under our Administration Agreement, and any interest expense and any distributions paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount (“OID”), debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID) will be paid to the Adviser, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual.

 

  Our net pre-incentive fee investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee.

 

  For the period commencing upon the consummation of this offering and ending December 31, 2014, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees (base management and incentive fee) to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to support a minimum dividend payment on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of             % (to be paid on a quarterly basis). For the periods January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 and January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016, the Adviser has agreed to waive its incentive fees to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to support minimum dividend payments on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of             % and             %, respectively (to be paid on a quarterly basis). The annual dividend yield will be based on our initial public offering price per share. Net investment income is defined as GAAP net income before net realized and unrealized gains (losses).

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“CMFN”

 

Trading at a discount

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, frequently trade in the secondary market at a discount to their net asset values. We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below our net asset value per share unless we have prior stockholder approval. The risk that our shares may trade at a discount to our net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade above, at or below net asset value. See “Risk Factors.”

 

Distributions

We intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors intends to declare a distribution of approximately $     per share, for the first calendar quarter of 2014, contingent upon the completion of our initial public offering prior to the end of the first calendar quarter of 2014. The amount of any such distribution will be proportionately reduced to reflect the number of days remaining in the quarter after the completion of this offering. We anticipate that this distribution will be paid from income primarily generated by interest and distribution income earned on our investment portfolio. The specific tax characteristics of the distribution will be reported to stockholders after the end of the calendar year.

 

Taxation

We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders. To maintain our qualification as a RIC and the associated tax benefits, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains, if any, in excess of our net long-term capital losses. See “Distributions” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Leverage

We expect to continue to use borrowed funds in order to make additional investments. We expect to use this practice, which is known as “leverage,” when the terms and conditions are favorable to long-term investing and aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition in an effort to increase returns to our stockholders, but this strategy involves significant risks. See “Risk Factors.” With certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow

 

 

15


Table of Contents
 

amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% immediately after each such borrowing. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing.

 

  In May 2013, we entered into the $76.5 million Financing Facility, which has a term of three years and an interest rate of up to LIBOR plus 2.85%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview.”

 

Dividend reinvestment plan

We have adopted an “opt out “dividend reinvestment plan for our stockholders. Under this plan, if we declare a cash distribution to our stockholders, the amount of such distribution will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless a stockholder specifically elects not to participate in our dividend reinvestment plan. If a stockholder opts out, that stockholder will receive cash distributions. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock generally will be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash, but will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any applicable taxes. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

Administration Agreement

The Administration Agreement requires us to reimburse the Adviser for our allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of overhead and other expenses, including furnishing us (through the Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital) with office facilities and equipment and providing clerical, bookkeeping, record keeping and other administrative services at such facilities, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. To the extent that the Adviser outsources any of its duties under the Administration Agreement, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis, without incremental profit to the Adviser. See “Management Agreements—Administration Agreement.”

 

License arrangements

We have entered into a license agreement with the Adviser under which the Adviser has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “CM Finance.” For a description of the License Agreement, see “Management Agreements—License Agreement.”

 

Custodian and transfer agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company will serve as our custodian, and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,

 

 

16


Table of Contents
 

LLC will serve as our transfer and distribution paying agent and registrar. See “Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar.”

 

Anti-takeover provisions

Our charter and bylaws, as well as certain federal and state statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price for our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Fiscal Year

June 30

 

Available information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, of which this prospectus is a part. This registration statement contains additional information about us and the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. After the completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information will be available at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov . Information on the operation of the SEC’s public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

  We maintain a website at www.[ ].com and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information on our website is not incorporated into or part of this prospectus. You may also obtain such information free of charge by contacting us in writing at 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022, Attention: [Investor Relations].

 

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks. The following is a summary of the principal risks that you should carefully consider before investing in shares of our common stock. In addition, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

  Ÿ  

Neither we nor the Adviser has ever operated as or advised a BDC or a RIC, and we may not be able to operate our business successfully or generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.

 

 

17


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

We depend on our recent relationship with Stifel and continuing relationship with Cyrus Capital and their expertise and resources made available to us and the Adviser under the Stifel Arrangement and the Services Agreement, respectively.

 

  Ÿ  

If the Services Agreement is terminated, or if any key personnel, including members of the Investment Team, are no longer available to us, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be harmed.

 

  Ÿ  

We depend upon key personnel of the Adviser for our future success.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon our Investment Team’s network of relationships. Any inability of the Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

 

  Ÿ  

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns.

 

  Ÿ  

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.

 

  Ÿ  

The incentive fee structure we have with the Adviser may create incentives that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders and may induce the Adviser to make speculative investments.

 

  Ÿ  

The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings may create a conflict of interest.

 

  Ÿ  

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income, such as the accrual of OID.

 

  Ÿ  

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to and the way in which we raise additional capital and, as a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

 

  Ÿ  

We intend to finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

 

 

18


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Because we use debt to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

 

  Ÿ  

Changes in interest rates may have a substantial negative impact on our investments, particularly floating rate loans, and may make it more expensive for us to borrow money to fund our investments.

 

  Ÿ  

Uncertainty relating to the LIBOR calculation process may adversely affect the value of our portfolio of LIBOR-indexed, floating-rate debt securities.

 

  Ÿ  

Most of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Quoted prices or observable inputs may not be available to determine such values, resulting in the use of significant unobservable inputs in our quarterly valuation process. As a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

 

  Ÿ  

We are an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

  Ÿ  

Adverse developments in the credit markets may impair our ability to borrow money.

 

  Ÿ  

We may make unsecured investments in highly leveraged portfolio companies and there is an increased risk that such portfolio companies will be unable to satisfy their respective obligations to us.

 

  Ÿ  

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

 

  Ÿ  

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

 

19


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, common stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses:

  

Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)

     % (1)  

Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     % (2)  

Dividend reinvestment plan expenses

     None (3)  

Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

     %   

Annual Expenses (as percentage of average net assets attributable to common stock):  (4)

  

Base management fees

     % (5)  

Incentive fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement

     % (6)  

Interest payments on borrowed funds

     % (7)  

Other expenses

     % (8)  

Total annual expenses

     %   

 

(1) The underwriting discount and commission with respect to shares of our common stock sold in this offering, which is a one-time fee paid to the underwriters, is the only sales load paid in connection with this offering. The sales load due to the underwriters is     % of the offering price. We have agreed to pay to the underwriters a sales load of     % of the offering price and the Adviser has agreed to pay the remaining sales load, equal to     % of the offering price. We are not obligated to repay the portion of the sales load paid by the Adviser.
(2) Percentage reflects estimated offering expenses of approximately $         million.
(3) The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Other expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(4) Assumes that we do not sell any shares of our common stock during the following twelve months and that we borrow funds equal to     % of our average net assets during such period, or $            .
(5) Our base management fee, payable quarterly in arrears, is at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed amounts or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents.
(6) We may have capital gains and interest income that result in the payment of an incentive fee to the Adviser in the first year after completion of this offering. The incentive fee payable in this example above is based upon the actual results for the Company for the year ended June 30, 2013. However, the incentive fee payable to the Adviser is based on our performance and will not be paid unless we achieve certain goals. For the period commencing upon the consummation of this offering and ending December 31, 2014, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees (base management and incentive fee) to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to support a minimum dividend payment on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of     % (to be paid on a quarterly basis). For the periods January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 and January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016, the Adviser has agreed to waive its incentive fees to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to support minimum dividend payments on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of     % and     %, respectively (be paid on a quarterly basis). The annual dividend yield will be based on our initial public offering price per share. Net investment income is defined as GAAP net income before net realized and unrealized gains (losses).
  The incentive fee consists of two components, ordinary income and capital gains:

The ordinary income component, which is payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20.0% of the excess, if any, of our “Pre-incentive Fee Net Investment Income” over a 2.0% quarterly (8.0% annualized) hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, and a “catch-up” provision, measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, the Adviser receives no incentive fee until our net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0% but then receives, as a “catch-up,” 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% subject to a deferral of non-cash amounts. The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, subject to the deferral provisions discussed below, if pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, the Adviser will receive 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. The ordinary income component of the incentive fee will be computed on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be

 

20


Table of Contents

paid to the Adviser only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such accounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle.

The capital gains component of the incentive fee will equal 20.0% of our “Incentive Fee Capital Gains,” if any, which will equal our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. The second component of the incentive fee will be payable, in arrears, at the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the year ending December 31, 2013, provided that the capital gains component of the incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2013 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2013. See “Management Agreements—Management Fee and Incentive Fee.”

(7) We may borrow funds from time to time to make investments to the extent that the economic situation is conducive to doing so. The costs associated with our borrowings are indirectly borne by our stockholders. For purposes of this section, we have computed interest expense assuming that (i) we maintain no cash or cash equivalents, and (ii) borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to     % of our total assets ($         million out of total assets of $         million). The $         million assumes borrowing up to our capacity of $         on the Financing Facility.
(8) Includes organizational expenses, our overhead expenses, including payments under the Administration Agreement based on our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Adviser and expenses related to our dividend reinvestment plan based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year. See “Management Agreements—Administration Agreement.”

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed we would have $         million of leverage at the end of the fiscal year ending June 30, 2014, and that our annual operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above.

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return

           

While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The incentive fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or have an immaterial impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the example. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our expenses, and returns to our investors, would be higher. This example also includes estimated sales load and offering expenses of approximately $         million. Further, while the example assumes reinvestment of all distributions at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the cash distribution payable to a participant by either (i) the greater of (a) the current net asset value per share of our common stock or (b) 95% of the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the payment date fixed by our board of directors in the event that we use newly issued shares to satisfy the share requirements of the dividend reinvestment plan or (ii) the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of common stock purchased by the administrator of the dividend reinvestment plan in the event that shares are purchased in the open market to satisfy the share requirements of the dividend reinvestment plan, which may be at, above or below net asset value.

This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.

 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our common stock. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

Neither we nor the Adviser has ever operated as or advised a BDC or a RIC, and we may not be able to operate our business successfully or generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.

We and the Adviser were formed in February 2012 and commenced operations in March 2012. As a result of our limited operating history, we are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially.

In addition, the Adviser has never managed or operated a public company, a BDC or a RIC or otherwise managed or operated an investment vehicle under the constraints and limitations imposed on a BDC that is treated as a RIC under the Code. BDCs are required, for example, to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of U.S. private or thinly traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. Moreover, qualification for taxation as a RIC requires satisfaction of source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. Neither we nor the Adviser has any experience operating or advising under these constraints, which may hinder our ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective.

We depend upon key personnel of the Adviser for our future success. If the Adviser were to lose any of its key personnel, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We depend on the diligence, skill, experience and network of business contacts of the investment professionals of the Adviser, in particular Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, who are also members of the Adviser’s investment committee, executive officers and members of our board of directors. We can offer no assurance that Messrs. Mauer and Jansen will continue to provide investment advice to us. The loss of either Mr. Mauer or Mr. Jansen would limit our ability to achieve our investment objective and operate as we anticipate.

Messrs. Mauer and Jansen are currently supported by 17 investment professionals of whom 11 support the Adviser pursuant to the Services Agreement as well as other accounting and back-office professionals provided by Cyrus Capital under the Services Agreement. The Services Agreement has an initial term of five years and may be terminated by Cyrus Capital at any time only under certain circumstances, including if the Adviser ceases to provide investment advisory service to us. The Services Agreement may also be terminated by either Cyrus Capital or the Adviser upon 90 days’ notice prior to the initial five-year term and the expiration of each one-year anniversary thereafter. Accordingly, we can offer no assurance that the Adviser will continue to be supported by sufficient investment personnel and other personnel directly or pursuant to the

 

22


Table of Contents

Services Agreement. In addition, the termination of the Services Agreement by Cyrus Capital could limit our ability to achieve our investment objective and operate as we anticipate. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon our Adviser’s network of relationships. Any inability of the Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We depend upon the Adviser to maintain its relationships with private equity sponsors, placement agents, investment banks, management groups and other financial institutions, including Stifel and Cyrus Capital, and we expect to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the Adviser or members of the Investment Team fail to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the Adviser has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.

Our relationship with Cyrus Capital may create conflicts of interest.

The Cyrus Funds managed by Cyrus Capital own approximately 64% of our outstanding equity, and are expected to own approximately 33% of our outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering. The Cyrus Funds also have a 38% economic interest in the Adviser. The Investment Team currently includes 11 investment professionals who are employees of Cyrus Capital. These Cyrus Professionals will also be engaging in investment advisory activities for the private investment funds managed by Cyrus Capital, including the Cyrus Funds, which could result in conflicts of interest with respect to, among other things, the allocation of investment opportunities, and may distract them from their responsibilities to us. Cyrus Capital also provides certain financial, accounting and administrative services to the Adviser pursuant to the Services Agreement with the Adviser upon which the Adviser relies to satisfy its obligations under the Administration Agreement, and is reimbursed by the Adviser for the expenses it incurs in connection with providing such services. For example, Brennan McCaw, our interim chief financial officer, is an employee of Cyrus Capital who performs his duties to us pursuant to the Adviser’s obligations under the Administration Agreement and is provided to the Adviser under the terms of the Services Agreement.

In addition, as a result of the relationship with Cyrus Capital and the Cyrus Funds, we could be presumed to be an affiliate of the Cyrus Funds under the 1940 Act. However, a person’s status as an “affiliate” under the 1940 Act is a rebuttable presumption, which we believe we can successfully refute. As a result, we believe that we may invest in the same portfolio companies that the Cyrus Funds invest in, without seeking exemptive relief from the SEC. However, we can provide no assurance that the SEC or its staff will not take a contrary position. If the SEC or its staff does deem us to be an affiliate of Cyrus Capital, we would be required to obtain an exemptive order from the SEC in order to co-invest with affiliates of Cyrus Capital. We can offer no assurance that we will successfully obtain such an order. If we cannot co-invest with affiliates of Cyrus Capital, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In addition, the Cyrus Funds may, through such co-investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its economic interest in the Adviser.

Our relationship with Stifel may create conflicts of interest.

Stifel has made a capital commitment to us in an amount of up to $40.0 million that we intend to call immediately after the CM Finance Merger and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC

 

23


Table of Contents

and the pricing of this offering for purposes of repurchasing up to $40.0 million of the Cyrus Funds’ interest in us. Stifel will own approximately 19% of our outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering assuming an offering of $100 million. Stifel also has a 20% interest in the Adviser. Six members of the Adviser’s Investment Team are dual employees of the Adviser and Stifel, and may also be engaging in investment advisory activities for Stifel, which could result in a conflict of interest and may distract them from their responsibilities to us. Mr. Kuppenheimer is a member of the Adviser’s investment committee and will be a member of our board of directors. Mr. Kuppenheimer is also an employee of Stifel, and will continue to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel which could result in a conflict of interest and may distract Mr. Kuppenheimer from his responsibilities to us.

Under the Stifel Arrangement, Stifel will use its commercially reasonable efforts to present to us, and we will have the right to review and bid on, all Stifel-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities that are not subject to any restrictions that would prohibit Stifel from sharing opportunities with us, subject to the approval of our board of directors, as necessary under the 1940 Act, and certain other limitations. Stifel may invest in the same portfolio companies that we invest in (regardless of whether our investment arose from a Stifel-originated opportunity), and Stifel may, through such investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its interest in the Adviser. We believe that we may co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates upon approval of a majority of our directors that are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. However, we can provide no assurance that the SEC or its staff will not take a contrary position. If the SEC or its staff takes a contrary position, we would be required to obtain an exemptive order from the SEC in order to co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates. We can offer no assurance that we will successfully obtain such an order. If we cannot co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, Stifel will be a “principal underwriter,” as defined in the 1940 Act, by virtue of and during the term of, the underwriting syndicate for this offering and any future offering in which Stifel may be part of the underwriting syndicate. As a result, our ability to co-invest with Stifel will be limited during the term of this offering and the term of any future offering in which Stifel acts as a “principal underwriter.” If we cannot co-invest with affiliates of Stifel, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., one of the underwriters, is also a subsidiary of Stifel Financial Corp. (and a sister company to Stifel). Because Stifel will own a 36% interest in us immediately prior to the completion of this offering and approximately 19% after giving effect to this offering assuming an offering of $100 million and owns an interest in the Adviser, and will benefit from our performance in this offering, a “conflict of interest” is deemed to exist under FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(B). Accordingly, this offering must be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to Rule 5121, a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 5121) must participate in the preparation of the prospectus and perform its usual standard of due diligence with respect to the prospectus. Although Raymond James & Associates, Inc. has agreed to act as qualified independent underwriter for the offering and to perform a due diligence investigation and review and participate in the preparation of the prospectus, we cannot assure you that this will adequately address any potential conflicts of interest. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns.

There may be times when the Adviser or the members of the Investment Team have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to conflicts of interest. The members of the Adviser’s investment committee and the Investment Team serve, or may serve, as officers,

 

24


Table of Contents

directors, members, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, such as Stifel or Cyrus Capital, or of investment funds, accounts, or investment vehicles managed by the Adviser, Stifel or Cyrus Capital. Similarly, the Adviser or the members of the Investment Team may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. In addition, the Adviser and some of its affiliates, including our officers and our non-independent directors, are not prohibited from raising money for, or managing, another investment entity that makes the same types of investments as those we target. The members of the Investment Team who are employees of Cyrus Capital, manage the Cyrus Funds, and are not prohibited from raising money for, or managing another investment entity that makes the same types of investments as those we target. The members of the Investment Team who are dual employees of the Adviser and Stifel, as well as Mr. Kuppenheimer, who is also an employee of Stifel, may continue to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel, which could result in a conflict of interest and may distract them from their responsibilities to us. As a result, and although the Adviser and its Investment Team are subject to a written conflicts of interest policy, the time and resources the Adviser’s Investment Team and certain members of the Adviser’s investment committee could devote to us may be diverted. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities.

The members of the Investment Team may, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment discretion.

The investment professionals of the Adviser may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, portfolio companies in which we invest. In the event that material nonpublic information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.

There are conflicts related to other arrangements with the Adviser.

We have entered into a License Agreement with the Adviser under which the Adviser has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “CM Finance.” See “Management Agreements—License Agreement.” In addition, we have entered into an Administration Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we are required to pay to the Adviser our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Adviser in performing its obligations under such Administration Agreement, such as rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and our chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. This will create conflicts of interest that our board of directors will monitor. For example, under the terms of the license agreement, we will be unable to preclude the Adviser from licensing or transferring the ownership of the “CM Finance” name to third parties, some of whom may compete against us. Consequently, we will be unable to prevent any damage to goodwill that may occur as a result of the activities of the Adviser or others. Furthermore, in the event the license agreement is terminated, we will be required to change our name and cease using “CM Finance” as part of our name. Any of these events could disrupt our recognition in the market place, damage any goodwill we may have generated and otherwise harm our business.

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business and to grow our investments and earnings. This will depend, in turn, on the Adviser’s

 

25


Table of Contents

ability to identify, invest in and monitor portfolio companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objective on a cost-effective basis will depend upon the Adviser’s execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. The Adviser’s investment professionals may have substantial responsibilities in connection with the management of other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles. The personnel of the Adviser may also be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities may distract them from identifying new investment opportunities for us or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, although CM Investment Partners, LP was led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, the remaining investment team of CM Investment Partners, LP was composed of different investment professionals than the current investment team of the Adviser, which may result in materially different investment performance.

The Adviser’s incentive fee structure may create incentives to it that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.

In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser. We have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser that provides that these fees will be based on the value of our gross assets. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. Because these fees are based on the value of our gross assets, the Adviser will benefit when we incur debt or use leverage. This fee structure may encourage the Adviser to cause us to borrow money to finance additional investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of borrowed money may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor our stockholders.

Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how the Adviser addresses these and other conflicts of interests associated with its management services and compensation. While our board of directors is not expected to review or approve each investment decision, borrowing or incurrence of leverage, our independent directors will periodically review the Adviser’s services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors will consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. As a result of this arrangement, the Adviser may from time to time have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict.

Our incentive fee may induce the Adviser to make speculative investments.

The Adviser will receive an incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike that portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no hurdle rate applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, the Adviser may benefit when we recognize capital gains and, because the Adviser will determine when to sell a holding, the Adviser will control the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. As a result, the Adviser may have a tendency to invest more capital in investments likely to result in capital gains, compared to income-producing securities. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.

 

26


Table of Contents

We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss and may pay more than 20.0% of our net capital gains because we cannot recover payments made in previous years.

The Adviser will be entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our investment income for that quarter (before deducting incentive compensation) above a threshold return for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. If we pay an incentive fee of 20% of our realized capital gains (net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis) and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

PIK interest payments we receive will increase our assets under management and, as a result, will increase the amount of base management fees and incentive fees payable by us to the Adviser.

Certain of our debt investments may contain provisions providing for the payment of PIK interest. Because PIK interest results in an increase in the size of the loan balance of the underlying loan, and receipt of PIK interest will have the effect of increasing our assets under management. As a result, because the base management fee that we pay to the Adviser is based on the value of our gross assets, and receipt of PIK interest will result in an increase in the amount of the base management fee payable by us. In addition, any such increase in a loan balance due to the receipt of PIK interest will cause such loan to accrue interest on the higher loan balance, which will result in an increase in our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees that are payable to the Adviser.

The involvement of our interested directors in the valuation process may create conflicts of interest.

We expect to make most of our portfolio investments in the form of loans and securities that are not publicly traded and for which there are limited or no market based price quotation is available. As a result, our board of directors will determine the fair value of these loans and securities in good faith as described below in “—Most of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.” In connection with that determination, investment professionals from the Adviser may provide our board of directors with valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. While the valuation for each portfolio investment will be reviewed by an independent valuation firm quarterly, the ultimate determination of fair value will be made by our board of directors and not by such third-party valuation firm. In addition, Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, each an interested member of our board of directors, has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the Adviser. The participation of the Adviser’s investment professionals in our valuation process, and the pecuniary interest in the Adviser by certain members of our board of directors, could result in a conflict of interest as the Adviser’s management fee is based, in part, on the value of our gross assets, and our incentive fees will be based, in part, on realized gains and realized and unrealized losses.

 

27


Table of Contents

The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement with the Adviser were not negotiated on an arm’s length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.

The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement were negotiated between related parties. Consequently, their terms, including fees payable to the Adviser, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights and remedies under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with the Adviser and its affiliates. Any such decision, however, would breach our fiduciary obligations to our stockholders.

Our incentive fee arrangements with the Adviser may vary from those of other investment funds, account or investment vehicles that the Adviser may manage in the future, which may create an incentive for the Adviser to devote time and resources to a higher fee-paying fund.

If the Adviser is paid a higher performance-based fee from any other fund that it may manage in the future, it may have an incentive to devote more research and development or other activities, and/or recommend the allocation of investment opportunities, to such higher fee-paying fund. For example, to the extent the Adviser’s incentive compensation is not subject to a hurdle or total return requirement with respect to another fund, it may have an incentive to devote time and resources to such other fund. As a result, the investment professionals of the Adviser may devote time and resources to a higher fee-paying fund.

The Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement and we have agreed to indemnify the Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has not assumed any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under that agreement. It will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow the Adviser’s advice or recommendations. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser, its officers, members and personnel, and any person controlling or controlled by the Adviser will not be liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of the duties that the Adviser owes to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, as part of the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to indemnify the Adviser and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Investment Advisory Agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. These protections may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make. We will compete with public and private funds, other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have

 

28


Table of Contents

considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some of our competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or the source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC qualification. The competitive pressures we face may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

With respect to the investments we make, we will not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we will offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be lower than the rates we offer. With respect to all investments, we may lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss.

We will be subject to corporate-level income tax if we are unable to qualify or maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

To qualify as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. Because we intend to incur debt, we will be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of our qualification as a RIC. Because most of our investments will be in private or thinly traded public companies, any such dispositions may be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate income taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to our stockholders and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation as a RIC.”

We may need to raise additional capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.

We may need additional capital to fund new investments and grow our portfolio of investments. We intend to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. In addition, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our qualification as a RIC. As a result, these earnings will

 

29


Table of Contents

not be available to fund new investments. An inability on our part to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which would have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.

You may not receive distributions, or our distributions may not grow over time.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this prospectus. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC, SBA regulations (if applicable) and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relative from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will make distributions to our stockholders in the future.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as the accrual of OID. This may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contracted PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such OID, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, and increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.

Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our qualification as a RIC. In such a case, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level income tax. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation as a RIC.”

We may in the future choose to pay dividends in our own stock, in which case you may be required to pay tax in excess of the cash you receive.

We may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in part in our stock. Under certain applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations, distributions payable in cash or in shares of stock at the election of shareholders are treated as taxable dividends. The Internal Revenue Service has issued private rulings indicating that this rule will apply even if the total amount of cash that may be distributed is limited to no more than 20% of the total distribution. Under these rulings, if too many shareholders elect to receive their distributions in cash, each such shareholder would receive a pro rata share of the total cash to be distributed and would receive the remainder of their distribution in shares of stock. If we decide to make any distributions consistent with these rulings that are payable in part in our stock, taxable stockholders receiving such

 

30


Table of Contents

dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend (whether received in cash, our stock, or combination thereof) as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly designated as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for United States federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our stock.

If we form an SBIC subsidiary, such subsidiary may be unable to make distributions to us that could be necessary for us to maintain RIC status.

In order for us to continue to qualify for RIC tax treatment and to minimize corporate-level taxes, we are required to distribute substantially all of our net taxable income and net capital gain income, including income of any SBIC subsidiary that we form. If we form an SBIC subsidiary, we expect that we would be partially dependent on the SBIC subsidiary for cash distributions to enable us to meet the RIC distribution requirements. The SBIC subsidiary may be limited by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, and SBA regulations governing SBICs, from making certain distributions to us that may be necessary to maintain our status as a RIC. We may have to request a waiver of the SBA’s restrictions for the SBIC subsidiary to make certain distributions to maintain our RIC status. We cannot assure you that the SBA will grant such waiver and if the SBIC subsidiary is unable to obtain a waiver, compliance with the SBA regulations may result in loss of RIC tax treatment and a consequent imposition of corporate-level federal income tax on us.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we will be permitted as a BDC to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% of our gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous to us in order to repay a portion of our indebtedness. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our common stockholders. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests, and if our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or senior securities convertible into, or

 

31


Table of Contents

exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease, and you may experience dilution. In addition, neither Stifel nor the Cyrus Funds are subject to these restrictions and may sell their respective shares of our common stock at a per share price that is below net asset value per share, which may negatively affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock and our ability to raise additional capital.

Pending legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

As a BDC, under the 1940 Act we generally are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). Recent legislation introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives, if passed, would modify this section of the 1940 Act and increase the amount of debt that BDCs may incur by reducing the asset coverage percentage from 200% to 150%. As a result, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and therefore your risk of an investment in us may increase.

We intend to finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. However, we intend to borrow from, and may in the future issue debt securities to, banks, insurance companies and other lenders. Lenders of these funds will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments we may enter into with lenders. In addition, under the terms of the Financing Facility and any borrowing facility or other debt instrument we may enter into, we are likely to be required to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our revenue or income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make distributions with respect to our common stock or preferred stock. Our ability to service any debt will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, as the base management fee payable to the Adviser will be payable based on the value of our gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage, the Adviser will have a financial incentive to incur leverage, which may not be consistent with our stockholders’ interests. In addition, our common stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management fee payable to the Adviser.

As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings (other than potential leverage in future SBIC subsidiaries, should we receive an SBIC license, subject to exemptive relief) and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we will not be able to incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is otherwise disadvantageous for us to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and our board of directors’

 

32


Table of Contents

assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

Illustration . The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual results may be higher or lower than those appearing below.

Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (1)

(net of expenses)

 

     (10.0)%     (5.0)%     0.0%     5.0%     10.0%  

Corresponding net return to common stockholder

                                                                 

 

(1) Assumes $         million in total assets, $         million in debt outstanding, $         million in net assets, and an average cost of funds of         %. Actual interest payments may be different.

In addition, our debt facilities may impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code.

We may default under the Financing Facility or any future borrowing facility we enter into or be unable to amend, repay or refinance any such facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In the event we default under the Financing Facility or any other future borrowing facility, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at prices that may be disadvantageous to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under the Financing Facility or such future borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under the Financing Facility or such future borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Provisions in the Financing Facility or any other future borrowing facility may limit our discretion in operating our business.

The Financing Facility is, and any future borrowing facility may be, backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders will or, in the case of a future facility, may have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a pledge and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

33


Table of Contents

In addition, any security interests as well as negative covenants under the Financing Facility or any other borrowing facility may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. In addition, if our borrowing base under the Financing Facility or any other borrowing facility were to decrease, we would be required to secure additional assets in an amount equal to any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under the Financing Facility or any other borrowing facility or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make stockholder distributions.

In addition, under the Financing Facility or any future borrowing facility we will be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage, which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under the Financing Facility or any other borrowing facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. This could reduce our revenues and, by delaying any cash payment allowed to us under the Financing Facility or any other borrowing facility until the lenders have been paid in full, reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business and maintain our qualification as a RIC.

Because we use debt to finance our investments, if market interest rates were to increase, our cost of capital could increase, which could reduce our net investment income.

Because we borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates would not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. There is no limit on our ability to enter derivative transactions.

In addition, a rise in the general level of interest rates typically leads to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees payable to the Adviser.

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates including potential effects on our cost of capital and net investment income.

General interest rate fluctuations and changes in credit spreads on floating rate loans may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our rate of return on invested capital. In addition, an increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt to finance our investments. Decreases in credit spreads on debt that pays a floating rate of return would have an

 

34


Table of Contents

impact on the income generation of our floating rate assets. Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed rate securities that have longer maturities. Although we have no policy governing the maturities of our investments, under current market conditions we expect that we will invest in a portfolio of debt generally having maturities of up to 6 years. This means that we will be subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than an entity investing solely in shorter-term securities.

Uncertainty relating to the LIBOR calculation process may adversely affect the value of our portfolio of LIBOR-indexed, floating-rate debt securities.

Concerns have been publicized that some of the member banks surveyed by the British Bankers’ Association (“BBA”) in connection with the calculation of LIBOR across a range of maturities and currencies may have been under-reporting or otherwise manipulating the inter-bank lending rate applicable to them in order to profit on their derivatives positions or to avoid an appearance of capital insufficiency or adverse reputational or other consequences that may have resulted from reporting inter-bank lending rates higher than those they actually submitted. A number of BBA member banks have entered into settlements with their regulators and law enforcement agencies with respect to alleged manipulation of LIBOR, but investigations and reviews of the framework for setting of LIBOR by regulators and governmental authorities in various jurisdictions are ongoing. In this regard, the recommendation of one governmental committee undertaking such a review will result in the transfer of the administration of LIBOR to NYSE Euronext Rates Administration Limited in early 2014.

Actions by the administrator of LIBOR, regulators or law enforcement agencies may result in changes to the manner in which LIBOR is determined. Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential changes may adversely affect the market for LIBOR-based securities, including our portfolio of LIBOR-indexed, floating-rate debt securities. In addition, any further changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in reported LIBOR, which could have an adverse impact on the market for LIBOR-based securities or the value of our portfolio of LIBOR-indexed, floating-rate debt securities.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation.”

We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe to be attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

35


Table of Contents

If we do not maintain our status as a BDC, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end investment company, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act, which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility.

Most of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

We expect that most of our portfolio investments will take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of loans, securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our investments. Most, if not all, of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) will be classified as Level 3 under the Financial Accountant Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820: Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). This means that our portfolio valuations will be based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. We expect that inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments will require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We expect to retain the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of these loans and securities. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these loans and securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such loans and securities.

We will adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our board of directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on the loans and debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such loans and securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. In light of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

 

36


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30 th , and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates and may result in less investor confidence.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm (when undertaken, as noted below), may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment

 

37


Table of Contents

might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company” and because we will have an extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards, we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

New or amended laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation by laws at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may change from time to time, and new laws, regulations and interpretations may also come into effect. Any such new or changed laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of the Adviser to other types of investments in which the Adviser may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority, except as otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, to modify or waive our investment objective or certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the market price of our common stock. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

If we receive qualification from the SBA to be licensed as an SBIC but we are unable to comply with SBA regulations thereafter, our business plan and investment objective could be adversely affected.

We intend to apply for license to form an SBIC subsidiary. The application is subject to SBA approval and we can make no assurances that the SBA will approve our application. If we receive this qualification, we will become subject to SBA regulations that may constrain our activities. We may need to make allowances in our investment activity to comply with SBA regulations. In addition, SBA regulations may impose parameters on our business operations and investment objectives that are different from those we otherwise would have if we were not subject to these

 

38


Table of Contents

regulations. Failure to comply with the SBA regulations could result in the loss of the SBIC license and the resulting inability to participate in the SBA-sponsored debenture program. The SBA also limits the maximum amount that may be borrowed by any single SBIC. The SBA also prohibits, without prior SBA approval, a “change of control” of an SBIC or transfers that would result in any person (or a group of persons acting in concert) owning 10% or more of a class of capital stock of a licensed SBIC. A “change of control” is any event that would result in the transfer of the power, direct or indirect, to direct the management and policies of an SBIC, whether through ownership, contractual arrangements or otherwise. To the extent that we obtain an SBIC license, this would prohibit a change of control of our SBIC subsidiary without prior SBA approval. If we are unable to comply with SBA regulations, our business plan and growth strategy could be materially adversely affected.

The Adviser can resign as the Adviser or administrator upon 60 days’ notice and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, or at all, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

The Adviser has the right under the Investment Advisory Agreement to resign as the Adviser at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. Similarly, the Adviser has the right under the Administration Agreement to resign at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Adviser were to resign, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment or administrative activities, as applicable, is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by the Adviser. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Cyrus Capital can terminate the Services Agreement with the Adviser under certain conditions and we may not be able to find suitable replacement resources, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital is subject to an initial five-year period. However, Cyrus Capital may terminate the Services Agreement under certain circumstances prior to the expiration of its fifth anniversary whether we have found a replacement for the resources under the agreement or not. If Cyrus Capital were to terminate the Services Agreement, we may not be able to hire internal investment professionals with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment or administrative activities, as applicable, is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by the investment professionals of Cyrus Capital. Even if we are able to

 

39


Table of Contents

retain comparable professionals, whether internal or external, the integration of such investment professionals and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are highly dependent on information systems, and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Our business is highly dependent on the communications and information systems of the Adviser, which are provided to the Adviser by Cyrus Capital pursuant to the Services Agreement directly or through third party service providers. Any failure or interruption of such systems, including as a result of the termination of the Services Agreement or an agreement with any such third party service provider, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Adverse market conditions for debt and equity capital markets in the United States and around the world could limit the availability of debt capital to us on favorable terms, or at all, which could negatively affect our financial performance and results.

From 2007 through 2009, the global capital markets experienced a period of disruption resulting in increasing spreads between the yields realized on riskier debt securities and those realized on risk-free securities and a lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, illiquid market conditions, declining business and consumer confidence and the failure of major financial institutions in the United States, led to a decline of general economic conditions. As a result, many commercial banks and other financial institutions stopped lending or significantly curtailed their lending activity. In addition, in an effort to stem losses and reduce their exposure to segments of the economy deemed to be high risk, some financial institutions limited refinancing and loan modification transactions and reviewed the terms of existing facilities to identify bases for accelerating the maturity of existing lending facilities. This economic decline materially and adversely affected the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and to financial firms in particular during that time.

These conditions may recur, in which case, to the extent that we wish to use debt to fund our investments, the debt capital that will be available to us, if at all, may be at a higher cost, and on terms and conditions that may be less favorable, than what we expect, which could negatively affect our financial performance and results. In addition, if these conditions recur, it may be difficult for us to enter into a new borrowing facility, obtain other financing to finance the growth of our investments, or refinance any outstanding indebtedness on acceptable economic terms, or at all. A prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause us to reduce the volume of loans and debt securities we originate and/or fund and adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

40


Table of Contents

Our board of directors is authorized to reclassify any unissued shares of common stock into one or more classes of preferred stock, which could convey special rights and privileges to its owners.

Under Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any authorized but unissued shares of stock into one or more classes of stock, including preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors will be required by Maryland law and our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to stockholder distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or that otherwise might be in their best interest. The cost of any such reclassification would be borne by our common stockholders. The issuance of preferred shares convertible into shares of common stock may also reduce the net income and net asset value per share of our common stock upon conversion, provided, that we will only be permitted to issue such convertible preferred stock to the extent we comply with the requirements of Section 61 of the 1940 Act, including obtaining common stockholder approval. These effects, among others, could have an adverse effect on your investment in our common stock. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, the 1940 Act provides that holders of preferred stock are entitled to vote separately from holders of common stock to elect two preferred stock directors. We currently have no plans to issue preferred stock.

Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and of our charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered terms. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain additional provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of CM Finance Inc or the removal of our directors. We are subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our board of directors, including approval by a majority of our independent directors. If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our board of directors does not approve a business combination, the Business Combination Act may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer. Our bylaws exempt from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act acquisitions of our stock by any person. If we amend our bylaws to repeal the exemption from the Control Share Acquisition Act, the Control Share Acquisition Act also may make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such a transaction.

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our charter classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, to amend our charter without stockholder approval and to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our charter and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. See “Description of Our Capital Stock—Certain Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and our Charter and Bylaws.”

 

41


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Investments

Economic recessions or downturns could adversely affect our portfolio companies, leading to defaults on our investments, which would harm our operating results.

Many of the portfolio companies in which we expect to make investments, including those currently included in our initial portfolio, are likely to be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. In such event, the number of our non-performing assets is likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and debt securities and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the loans and debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company.

We may hold the loans and debt securities of leveraged companies that may, due to the significant operating volatility typical of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings, and we could lose all or part of our investment, which would harm our operating results.

Investment in leveraged companies involves a number of significant risks. Leveraged companies in which we invest may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold. Such developments may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we may have obtained in connection with our investment. Smaller leveraged companies also may have less predictable operating results and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position.

Leveraged companies may also experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversarial proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by a portfolio company may adversely and permanently affect that company. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the portfolio company may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.

 

42


Table of Contents

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize such portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the loans or debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

If one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, even though we may have structured our interest as senior debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we may have actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In addition, lenders can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them where they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over the borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we actually render significant managerial assistance.

Our investments in private and middle-market portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Investment in private and middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we will rely on the ability of the Adviser’s investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns and risks from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Middle-market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, such companies typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, middle-market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons. Therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on one or more of the portfolio companies we invest in and, in turn, on us. Middle-market companies also may be parties to litigation and may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence. In addition, our executive officers, directors and investment adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in portfolio companies.

We may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

If we engage in hedging transactions, we may expose ourselves to risks associated with such transactions. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions

 

43


Table of Contents

decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

The success of our hedging transactions will depend on our ability to correctly predict movements in currencies and interest rates. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

All of our assets may be invested in illiquid loans and securities, and a substantial portion of our investments in leveraged companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than more broadly traded public securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. Also, as noted above, we may be limited or prohibited in our ability to sell or otherwise exit certain positions in our initial portfolio as such a transaction could be considered a joint transaction prohibited by the 1940 Act.

Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:

 

  Ÿ  

available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables;

 

  Ÿ  

applicable market yields and multiples;

 

  Ÿ  

security covenants;

 

  Ÿ  

call protection provisions;

 

  Ÿ  

information rights;

 

  Ÿ  

the nature and realizable value of any collateral;

 

44


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business;

 

  Ÿ  

comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public;

 

  Ÿ  

comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and

 

  Ÿ  

principal market and enterprise values.

When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio may reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers or our investments are concentrated in relatively few industries, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, including exercising warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; in seeking to:

 

  Ÿ  

increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or our equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company;

 

  Ÿ  

preserve or enhance the value of our investment.

We have discretion to make follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. Failure on our part to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements of the 1940 Act or the desire to maintain our qualification as a RIC.

 

45


Table of Contents

Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

We do not hold controlling equity positions in any of the portfolio companies included in our portfolio and, although we may do so in the future, we do not currently intend to hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. As a result, we will be subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we expect to hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to make stockholder distributions and result in a decline in the market price of our shares.

We will be subject to the risk that the debt investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. We expect that our investments will generally allow for repayment at any time subject to certain penalties. When this occurs, we intend to generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in accordance with our investment strategy. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid, and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elects to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our ability to make, or the amount of, stockholder distributions with respect to our common stock, which could result in a decline in the market price of our shares.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We intend to invest a portion of our capital in second lien and subordinated loans issued by our portfolio companies. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the loans in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the loans in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying senior creditors, a portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with loans in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we may make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of

 

46


Table of Contents

obligations secured by first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:

 

  Ÿ  

the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;

 

  Ÿ  

the approval of amendments to collateral documents;

 

  Ÿ  

releases of liens on the collateral; and

 

  Ÿ  

waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.

We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

If we make subordinated investments, the obligors or the portfolio companies may not generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations to us.

We may make subordinated investments that rank below other obligations of the obligor in right of payment. Subordinated investments are subject to greater risk of default than senior obligations as a result of adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or economic conditions in general. If we make a subordinated investment in a portfolio company, the portfolio company may be highly leveraged, and its relatively high debt-to-equity ratio may create increased risks that its operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service all of its debt obligations.

 

47


Table of Contents

If we make unsecured investments, those investments might not generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations to us.

We may make unsecured investments. Unsecured investments may be subordinated to other obligations of the obligor. Unsecured investments often reflect a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or general economic conditions (including, for example, a substantial period of rising interest rates or declining earnings) or both may impair the ability of the obligor to make payment of principal and interest. If we make an unsecured investment in a portfolio company that is highly leveraged, its relatively high debt-to-equity ratio could increase the risk that its operations might not generate sufficient cash to service its debt obligations, and we would have no right to seize assets to satisfy the obligations to us.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

We currently expect that substantially all of our investments will involve loans and private securities. In connection with the disposition of such an investment, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through our return of distributions previously made to us.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

When we invest in loans and debt securities, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities of portfolio companies as well. We may also invest in equity securities directly. To the extent we hold equity investments, we will attempt to dispose of them and realize gains upon our disposition of them. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, may decline in value. As a result, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Risks Relating to this Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that the market price of shares of our common stock will not decline following the offering.

We cannot assure you that a trading market will develop for our common stock after this offering or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. We have applied to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, but we cannot assure you that our application will be approved. In addition, we cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which it may trade after our initial public offering. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Also, shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share of common stock may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value. The risk of loss associated with this characteristic of closed-end management investment companies may be greater for investors expecting to sell shares of

 

48


Table of Contents

common stock purchased in the offering soon after the offering. In addition, if our common stock trades below its net asset value, we will generally not be able to sell additional shares of our common stock to the public at its market price without first obtaining the approval of a majority of our stockholders (including a majority of our unaffiliated stockholders) and our independent directors for such issuance.

There is a risk that you may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time and a portion of our distributions may be a return of capital.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this prospectus. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions.

When we make distributions, we will be required to determine the extent to which such distributions are paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of an investor’s basis in our stock and, assuming that an investor holds our stock as a capital asset, thereafter as a capital gain. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Investors in this offering will incur immediate dilution upon the closing of this offering.

We expect the initial public offering price of our shares of common stock to be higher than the pro forma net asset value per share of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution upon the closing of this offering.

Investing in our common stock may involve an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk, and higher volatility or loss of principal, than alternative investment options. Our investments in portfolio companies may be speculative and, therefore, an investment in our common stock may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for shares of our common stock may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

  Ÿ  

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in our sector, which is not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

 

  Ÿ  

loss of our qualification as a RIC or BDC;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

  Ÿ  

increases in the interest rates we pay;

 

49


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

 

  Ÿ  

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

departure of the Adviser’s key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

change in the Adviser’s relationship with Cyrus Capital under the Services Agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

change in the Adviser’s relationship with Stifel under the Stifel Arrangement;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our shares by the Cyrus Funds;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our shares by Stifel;

 

  Ÿ  

operating performance of companies comparable to us; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic trends and other external factors.

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may disagree.

We will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of this offering and may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may disagree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the offering.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Upon completion of the formation transactions described in this prospectus and this offering, Stifel will own an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock, or approximately 19% of our total outstanding common stock and the Cyrus Funds will own an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock, or approximately 33% of our total outstanding common stock, assuming an offering of $100 million. Upon expiration or waiver of any applicable lock-up periods, shares issued by us to Stifel and the Cyrus Funds in connection with the CM Finance Merger will generally be freely tradable in the public market, subject to the volume limitations, applicable holding periods and other provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, the availability of such common stock for sale or the registration of such common stock for sale and the ability of our stockholders, including Stifel and the Cyrus Funds to sell their respective shares at a price per share that is below our then current net asset value per share could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities should we desire to do so.

 

50


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

 

  Ÿ  

our future operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

  Ÿ  

the effect of investments that we expect to make;

 

  Ÿ  

our contractual arrangements and relationships with Stifel and Cyrus Capital;

 

  Ÿ  

our contractual arrangements and relationships with lenders and other third parties;

 

  Ÿ  

actual and potential conflicts of interest with the Adviser;

 

  Ÿ  

the dependence of our future success on the general economy, interest rates and the effects of each on the industries in which we invest;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives or service their debt obligations to us;

 

  Ÿ  

the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;

 

  Ÿ  

the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability of the Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability of the Adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to obtain an SBIC license; and

 

  Ÿ  

the effect of changes to tax legislation and our tax position and other legislative and regulatory changes.

Such forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan” or similar words.

 

51


Table of Contents

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus on information available to us on the date of this prospectus. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by law or SEC rule or regulation. You are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.

You should understand that, under Section 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and Section 21E(b)(2)B of the Exchange Act, the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to statements made in connection with any offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus.

 

52


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of                  shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting estimated organization and offering expenses of approximately $         payable by us. The Adviser has agreed to reimburse expenses incurred by us in excess of $         in connection with this offering.

We intend to use the net proceeds to invest in unitranche loans and standalone second and first lien loans and selectively in mezzanine loans/structured equity and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments in accordance with our investment objective and for general corporate purposes. We will also pay operating expenses, including management and administrative fees, and may pay other expenses such as due diligence expenses of potential new investments, from the net proceeds of this offering.

We anticipate that we will use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering for the above purposes within three to six months, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and market conditions. We cannot assure you we will achieve our expected investment pace.

Pending such use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. These temporary investments may have lower yields than our other investments and, accordingly, may result in lower distributions, if any, during such period. See “Regulation—Temporary Investments” for additional information about temporary investments we may make while waiting to make longer-term investments in pursuit of our investment objective.

 

53


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTIONS

To the extent that we have income available, we intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders. Our quarterly stockholder distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. Any distribution to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution. Our board of directors intends to declare a distribution of approximately $[        ] per share, for the first calendar quarter of 2014, contingent upon the completion of our initial public offering prior to the end of the first calendar quarter of 2014.

We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code, beginning with our first taxable year ending December 31, 2013. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of our net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of: (a) 98% of our net ordinary income for such calendar year; (b) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year; and (c) any net ordinary income and capital gain net income for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we previously paid no U.S. federal income tax.

We currently intend to distribute net capital gains ( i.e. , net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, we may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment and elect to treat such gains as deemed distributions to you. If this happens, you will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if you had received an actual distribution of the capital gains that we retain and reinvested the net after tax proceeds in us. In this situation, you would be eligible to claim a tax credit (or in certain circumstances a tax refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” We cannot assure you that we will achieve results that will permit us to pay any cash distributions, and if we issue senior securities, we may be prohibited from making distributions if doing so would cause us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if such distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

Unless you elect to receive your distributions in cash, we intend to make such distributions in additional shares of our common stock under our dividend reinvestment plan. Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, investors participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes. If you hold shares of our common stock in the name of a broker or financial intermediary, you should contact such broker or financial intermediary regarding your election to receive distributions in cash in lieu of shares of our common stock. Any distributions reinvested through the issuance of shares through our dividend reinvestment plan will increase our gross assets on which the base management fee and the incentive fee are determined and paid to the Adviser. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

54


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2013:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the issuance of                 shares to the Cyrus Funds in connection with the CM Finance Merger, the issuance of                 shares to Stifel upon its funding of its capital commitment to us and the repurchase of            shares from the Cyrus Funds immediately prior to pricing this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma, as adjusted, basis to give effect to the sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share after deducting the estimated organization and offering expenses of approximately $         million payable by us.

 

     As of September 30, 2013  
     CM Finance  LLC
Actual
     CM Finance Inc.
Pro  Forma
     Pro Forma, as
Adjusted
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 33,879       $                $            

Investments, at fair value

   $ 132,909       $         $     

Other assets

   $ 4,918       $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 171,706       $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Note payable

   $ 76,500       $         $     

Other liabilities

   $ 2,412       $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 78,912       $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

        

Members’ capital contributions

   $ 92,794       $         $     

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000 authorized, actual; 100,000,000 authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 0 shares issued and outstanding, actual;          issued and outstanding, pro forma; and          issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             

Total stockholders’ equity

   $       $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $       $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net asset value per share

   $       $         $     

 

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

The dilution to investors in this offering is represented by the difference between the offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net asset value per share of our common stock after this offering. Net asset value per share is determined by dividing our net asset value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities, by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

Immediately after the issuance of                 shares of our common stock in connection with the CM Finance Merger, upon Stifel funding its capital commitment to us and the repurchase of             shares from the Cyrus Funds, our net asset value will be $         million, or approximately $         per share. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering (based on an initial public offering price of $         per share), and the deduction of estimated organizational and offering expenses, our pro forma net asset value would be approximately $         million, or $         per share of common stock, representing an immediate decrease in net asset value of $         per share, or     %, to shares sold in this offering. The foregoing assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, there would be an immediate decrease in net asset value of $         per share, or     %, to shares sold in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the shares on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $            

Net asset value after completion of the CM Finance Merger and funding of Stifel’s capital commitment

   $     

Decrease in net asset value attributable to this offering

   $     

Pro forma net asset value upon completion of this offering

   $     

Dilution per share to stockholders participating in this offering (without exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares)

   $     

The following table sets forth information with respect to the shares prior to and following this offering (without exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share):

 

     Shares
Purchased
     Total
Consideration
     Avg. Price
Per Share
 
     Number    %      Amount      %     

Shares issued in connection with the CM Finance Merger

        %       $           %       $     

Shares issued to Stifel upon funding of its capital commitment to us

              

Shares sold in this offering

        %       $           %       $     

Total pro forma, as adjusted, shares outstanding (1)

              

 

(1) Total pro forma, as adjusted, shares reflects the repurchase of shares in the CM Finance Merger issued to the Cyrus Funds using the proceeds from the Stifel purchase of shares from us.

 

56


Table of Contents

The pro forma net asset value per share upon completion of this offering (without exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share) is calculated as follows:

 

Numerator:

  

Net asset value upon completion of CM Finance Merger and Stifel’s funding of its capital commitment to us

Assumed net proceeds from this offering

   $

$

        

        

  

  

Total pro forma net assets

   $     

Denominator:

  

Shares issued in connection with the CM Finance Merger

  

Shares issued upon Stifel’s funding of its capital commitment to us

  

Shares repurchased from the Cyrus Funds

  

Shares included in this offering

  

Total pro forma, as adjusted, shares outstanding

  

 

57


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

We were formed in February 2012 and commenced operations in March 2012 as CM Finance LLC, a Maryland limited liability company. Immediately prior to the pricing of this offering and prior our election to be regulated as a BDC, CM Finance LLC will be merged with and into CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation, that is an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a BDC, under the 1940 Act. We also intend to elect to be treated as a RIC, under Subchapter M of the Code, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are externally managed by the Adviser, which will also provide the administrative services necessary for us to operate.

When reading this prospectus, it is important to note that the historical financial statements and other historical financial information included herein are those of CM Finance LLC. Prior to the CM Finance Merger and this offering, CM Finance LLC did not pay any advisory fees and was not regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Therefore, CM Finance LLC has not been subject to certain restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act on BDCs prior to the CM Finance Merger and the consummation of this offering. If CM Finance LLC had been regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, CM Finance LLC’s performance may have been adversely affected. In addition, prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC, we have been externally managed by CM Investment Partners, LP. Although, CM Investment Partners, LP was led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, the remaining investment team of CM Investment Partners, LP was composed of different investment professionals than the current Investment Team of the Adviser, which may result in materially different investment performance.

Overview

We are a specialty finance company that invests primarily in the debt of middle-market companies. We seek to invest primarily in middle-market companies that have annual revenues of at least $50 million and EBITDA of at least $20 million. Our investment objective is to maximize the total return to stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We were formed on February 15, 2012 as a limited liability company and commenced operations in March 2012. In March 2012, we were originally capitalized with commitments of $50 million from the Cyrus Funds, which we refer to as our initial private placement. Subsequent to our initial private placement, the Cyrus Funds increased their aggregate capital commitment to $110 million. As of September 30, 2013 we had capital commitments of $110 million of which $92.4 million, or 84.0% of the aggregate capital commitments, have been used to make investments in accordance with our investment strategy. We intend to fully draw any undrawn commitments of the Cyrus Funds prior to the CM Finance Merger and the completion of this offering.

On November      , 2013, we entered into the Stifel Arrangement pursuant to which Stifel made a capital commitment to us in an amount up to $40.0 million. We intend to call the entire capital commitment by Stifel immediately after the CM Finance Merger and prior to our election to be

 

58


Table of Contents

regulated as a BDC and the completion of this offering. We intend to use the investment by Stifel to repurchase up to $40.0 of the Cyrus Funds’ interest in us, which will reduce the Cyrus Funds’ investment in us to $70.0 million assuming an offering of $100 million. We refer to Stifel’s investment in us and the CM Finance Merger as the “formation transactions.”

On May 23, 2013, as amended on June 6, 2013, we, through CM Finance SPV, Ltd (the “SPV”) entered into a $76.5 million financing transaction (the “Financing Facility”) due May 22, 2016 with UBS AG, London Branch (together with its affiliates, “UBS”). The Financing Facility is collateralized by a portion of our assets. We paid interest on the face amount of the Financing Facility monthly at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus a spread of 1.63% per annum from May 23, 2013 to July 14, 2013. We paid interest on the face amount of the Financing Facility monthly at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.97% per annum from July 15, 2013 to August 14, 2013. As of August 14, 2013 through the term of the Financing Facility, we pay interest on the face amount of the Financing Facility monthly at a rate of 2.85% per annum. The Financing Facility was executed in two steps. First, we organized the SPV, a consolidated wholly owned bankruptcy remote special-purpose vehicle in the Cayman Islands to purchase the assets through the issuance and sale of notes secured by such assets (the “Notes”). UBS purchased Notes with a face value of $76.5 million, which represent 51% of the Notes issued and outstanding, for $76.5 million in cash. We purchased Notes with a face value of $73.5 million, which represent 49% of the Notes issued and outstanding, in exchange for assets with a fair market value equal to the $73.5 million face amount of the purchased Notes. Under the terms of the indenture under which the Notes were issued (the “Indenture”), the holders of the Notes are entitled to periodic interest payments equal to their pro rata portion of the interest collected on the assets held by the SPV. Second, we and UBS entered into a total return swap transaction referencing the Notes and incorporating the material terms relating to the financing, such as the financing rate payable to UBS and other payment obligations as well as mark-to-market triggers and collateral posting requirements (including the posting of our 49% portion of the Notes to UBS as security under the total return swap). Under the terms of the Indenture, and subject to certain limitations contained therein, we may access additional funding under the Financing Facility through subsequent sales to the SPV of debt investments, which will then become part of the portfolio of assets securing the Notes.

Immediately prior to pricing this offering and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC, through a series of transactions, CM Finance LLC will be merged with and into CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation, leaving CM Finance Inc as the surviving entity. In connection with CM Finance Merger,          million shares of common stock of CM Finance Inc will be issued to the Cyrus Funds at the initial offering price of $         per share, having an aggregate value of $         million (which represents the Cyrus Funds’ share of our net asset value as of the most recent quarter end for which financial statements have been included in this prospectus, plus any additional cash contributions to us following such quarter but before the closing of the CM Finance Merger, less any cash distributions to the Cyrus Funds, respectively, after such quarter but before the closing of the CM Finance Merger).

Upon completion of the formation transactions and completion of our initial public offering, Stifel will own                  shares of our common stock, or approximately 19% of our total outstanding common stock and the Cyrus Funds will own                  shares of our common stock, or approximately 33% of our total outstanding common stock, assuming an offering of $100 million.

Investments

Our level of investment activity can and does vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount we have available to invest as well as the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle-market companies, the level of merger and

 

59


Table of Contents

acquisition activity, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make.

To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level taxes on any income we distribute to our stockholders.

As a BDC, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we generally will have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities of private or thinly traded public U.S. companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

As a BDC, we must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Under the relevant SEC rules, the term “eligible portfolio company” includes all private companies, companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, and certain public companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange and have a market capitalization of less than $250 million, in each case, the company must be organized in the United States.

Revenues

We generate revenues primarily in the form of interest on the debt we hold. We also generate revenue from dividends on our equity interests and capital gains on the sale of warrants and other debt or equity interests that we acquire. Our investments in fixed income instruments generally have an expected maturity of three to five years, although we have no lower or upper constraint on maturity. Interest on our debt investments is generally payable quarterly or semi-annually. Payments of principal of our debt investments may be amortized over the stated term of the investment, deferred for several years or due entirely at maturity. In some cases, our debt investments and preferred stock investments may defer payments of cash interest or dividends or PIK. Any outstanding principal amount of our debt investments and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of prepayment fees, commitment, origination, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance, consulting fees and other investment related income.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of a base management fee and, depending on our operating results, the incentive fees, expenses reimbursable under the Investment Advisory Agreement, administration fees and the allocable portion of overhead under the Administration Agreement. See “Management Agreements —Investment Advisory Agreement” and “—Administration Agreement.” The base management fee and incentive compensation remunerates the Adviser for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:

 

  Ÿ  

our organization, the formation transactions and this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);

 

60


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

fees and expenses payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for us and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments;

 

  Ÿ  

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

other offerings of our common stock and other securities;

 

  Ÿ  

administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including our allocable portion of the Adviser’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs);

 

  Ÿ  

transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other applicable federal and state securities laws, and stock exchange listing fees;

 

  Ÿ  

fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs;

 

  Ÿ  

federal, state and local taxes;

 

  Ÿ  

independent directors’ fees and expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to or communications and meetings with stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with investor relations;

 

  Ÿ  

costs and fees associated with any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

 

  Ÿ  

direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other expenses incurred by us or the Adviser in connection with administering our business.

Critical accounting policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. Management considers the following critical accounting policies important to understanding the financial statements. In addition to the discussion below, our critical accounting policies are further described in the notes to our financial statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

Valuation of portfolio investments

We value our portfolio investments at fair value based upon the principles and methods of valuation set forth in policies adopted by our board of directors. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal (or most advantageous) market for the asset that (a) are independent of us, (b) are knowledgeable, having a reasonable understanding about the asset based on all available information (including information that might be obtained through due diligence efforts that are usual and customary), (c) are able to transact for the asset, and (d) are willing to transact for the asset or liability (that is, they are motivated but not forced or otherwise compelled to do so).

Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations unless the quotations are deemed not to represent fair value. We generally obtain market quotations from recognized exchanges, market quotation systems, independent pricing services or one or more broker­ dealers or market makers. However, short term debt investments with remaining maturities within 90 days are generally valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Because a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio is often not available, we value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors using a consistently applied valuation process in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty and subjectivity of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that we may ultimately realize. In addition, changes in the market environment and other events may have differing impacts on the market quotations used to value some of our investments than on the fair values of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available. Market quotations may also be deemed not to represent fair value in certain circumstances where we believe that facts and circumstances applicable to an issuer, a seller or purchaser, or the market for a particular security causes current market quotations not to reflect the fair value of the security. Examples of these events could include cases where a security trades infrequently, causing a quoted purchase or sale price to become stale, where there is a “forced” sale by a distressed seller, where market quotations vary substantially among market makers, or where there is a wide bid-ask spread or significant increase in the bid­ask spread.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

  Ÿ  

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

  Ÿ  

Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our senior management and the Adviser;

 

  Ÿ  

At least once each quarter, the valuation for each portfolio investment is reviewed by an independent valuation firm;

 

62


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

The valuation committee of our board of directors then reviews these preliminary valuations; and

 

  Ÿ  

The board of directors then discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of the Adviser, the independent valuation firm and the valuation committee.

Those investments for which market quotations are not readily available or for which market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value are valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments include, as relevant and among other factors: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, merger and acquisition comparables, our principal market (as the reporting entity) and enterprise values.

When valuing all of our investments, we strive to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset, including assumptions about risk. Inputs may be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of us. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect our assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

Our investments may be categorized based on the types of inputs used in their valuation. The level in the GAAP valuation hierarchy in which an investment falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation of the investment in its entirety. Investments are classified by GAAP into the three broad levels as follows:

 

Level I

  

Investments valued using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

Level II

  

Investments valued using other unadjusted observable market inputs, e.g. quoted prices in markets that are not active or quotes for comparable instruments.

Level III

  

Investments that are valued using quotes and other observable market data to the extent available, but which also take into consideration one or more unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation taken as a whole.

As of September 30, 2013, all of our investments were Level III investments valued based on valuations by the Adviser.

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on the financial statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

Interest and dividend income, including income paid in kind, is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are determined to be collectible. Origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees earned with respect to capital commitments are generally amortized or accreted into interest income over the life of the respective debt investment. Other fees, including certain amendment fees, prepayment fees and commitment fees on broken deals, are recognized as earned. Prepayment fees and similar income received upon the early repayment of a loan or debt security are included in interest income.

Certain of our debt investments are purchased at a considerable discount to par as a result of the underlying credit risks and financial results of the issuer, as well as general market factors that influence the financial markets as a whole. GAAP generally requires that discounts on the acquisition of corporate bonds, municipal bonds and treasury bonds be amortized using the effective-interest or constant-yield method. GAAP also requires that we consider the collectability of interest when making accruals. Accordingly, when accounting for purchase discounts, we recognize discount accretion income when it is probable that such amounts will be collected.

Net realized gains or losses and net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized. Realized gains and losses are computed using the specific identification method. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

Payment-in-Kind Interest

We have investments in our portfolio that contain a PIK interest provision. Any PIK interest is added to the principal balance of such investments and is recorded as income, if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is collectible. In order to maintain our status as a RIC, substantially all of this income must be paid out to stockholders in the form of dividends, even if we have not collected any cash.

Portfolio and investment activity

Portfolio Composition

At September 30, 2013, our investment portfolio of $132.9 million (at fair value) consisted of investments in 12 portfolio companies, of which 54.8% were first lien investments, 44.6% were second lien investments and 0.6% were warrant positions. Our average portfolio company investment at fair value was approximately $11.1 million. Our largest portfolio company investment by fair value was $20.0 million.

At September 30, 2013, 71.1% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR, and 28.9% bore interest at fixed rates. The weighted average yield on all of our debt investments at September 30, 2013 was approximately 12.13%. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all of our debt investments to maturity from September 30, 2013.

 

64


Table of Contents

The industry composition of our portfolio at fair value at September 30, 2013 was as follows:

 

Industry

   Percentage of Total
Investments
 

Airlines

     8.14

Automobiles and Components

     10.56   

Commercial Services

     3.66   

Diversified Financial Services

     6.32   

Healthcare-Products/Services

     15.05   

Oil and Gas

     21.35   

Pipelines

     7.62   

Telecommunications

     18.24   

Trucking and Leasing

     9.06   
  

 

 

 

Total

     100.00
  

 

 

 

During the three months ended September 30, 2013, we made five new investments totaling approximately $29.3 million, three of which were additions to an existing investment. Of these new investments, 28.9% consisted of first lien investments and 71.1% consisted of second lien investments at fair value.

At June 30, 2013, our investment portfolio of $119.2 million (at fair value) consisted of investments in eleven portfolio companies, of which 67.3% were first lien investments, 32.2% were second lien investments and 0.5% were warrant positions. Our average portfolio company investment at fair value was approximately $10.8 million. Our largest portfolio company investment by fair value was $18.1 million.

At June 30, 2013, 68.0% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR, and 32.0% bore interest at fixed rates. The weighted average yield on all of our debt investments at June 30, 2013 was approximately 11.83%. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all of our debt investments to maturity from June 30, 2013.

The industry composition of our portfolio at fair value at June 30, 2013 was as follows:

 

Industry

   Percentage of Total
Investments
 

Airlines

     9.08

Automobiles and Components

     13.15   

Diversified Financial Services

     5.51   

Oil and Gas

     23.56   

Pipelines

     8.43   

Telecommunications

     30.31   

Trucking and Leasing

     9.96   
  

 

 

 

Total

     100
  

 

 

 

During the year ended June 30, 2013, we invested approximately $104.8 million in eleven new portfolio companies. Of these new investments, 62.4% consisted of first lien investments and 37.6% consisted of second lien investments at fair value.

 

65


Table of Contents

Asset Quality

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, we use the Adviser’s investment rating system to characterize and monitor the credit profile and expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. This investment rating system uses a five-level numeric rating scale. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

 

Investment Rating 1

  

Investments that are performing above expectations, and whose risks remain favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment.

Investment Rating 2

  

Investments that are performing within expectations and whose risks remain neutral compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment. All new loans will initially be rated 2.

Investment Rating 3

  

Investments that are performing below expectations and that require closer monitoring, but where no loss of return or principal is expected. Portfolio companies with a rating of 3 may be out of compliance with their financial covenants.

Investment Rating 4

  

Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are often in workout. Investments with a rating of 4 will be those for which some loss of return but no loss of principal is expected.

Investment Rating 5

  

Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are almost always in workout. Investments with a rating of 5 will be those for which some loss of return and principal is expected.

If the Adviser determines that an investment is underperforming, or circumstances suggest that the risk associated with a particular investment has significantly increased, the Adviser will increase its monitoring intensity and prepare regular updates for the investment committee, summarizing current operating results and material impending events and suggesting recommended actions. While the investment rating system identifies the relative risk for each investment, the rating alone does not dictate the scope and/or frequency of any monitoring that will be performed. The frequency of the Adviser’s monitoring of an investment will be determined by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the trends in the financial performance of the portfolio company, the investment structure and the type of collateral securing the investment.

The following table shows the investment rankings of the loans in our portfolio:

 

       As of September 30, 2013      As of June 30, 2013  

Investment Rating

   Fair Value      % of
Portfolio
    Number of
Investments
     Fair Value      % of
Portfolio
    Number of
Investments
 

1

   $                   $ 24,551,299         20.7     2   

2

     132,142,182         100       
12
  
     94,102,014         79.3        9   

3

                                             

4

                                             

5

                                             
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 132,142,182         100.0     12       $ 118,653,313         100.0     11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Results of operations of CM Finance LLC

Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012

Investment income

Investment income, attributable to interest and fees on our debt investments, for the three months ended September 30, 2013 increased to $3.8 million from $1.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2012, due to the growth of the portfolio from the comparable period.

Expenses

Total expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2013 increased to $671,296 from $106,611 for the three months ended September 30, 2012, due primarily to the interest expense on the Financing Facility and increased legal fees.

CM Finance LLC does not currently pay a management or incentive fee. CM Finance LLC plans to merge with and into CM Finance Inc, an entity that will pay management and incentive fees. If CM Finance LLC had paid management fees on the same terms that CM Finance Inc is expected to pay management fees, it would have paid $561,818 and $109,500 for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, respectively. If CM Finance LLC had paid incentive fees on the same terms that CM Finance Inc is expected to pay incentive fees, it would have paid $469,521 and $154,815 for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, respectively.

Net investment income

Net investment income increased to $3.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013 from $895,323 for the three months ended September 30, 2012, primarily due to an increase in investment income.

Net realized and unrealized gain or loss

The net realized gain on investments increased to $258,176 for the three months ended September 30, 2013 from a net realized loss of $(43,798) for the three months ended September 30, 2012, primarily due to the call premium associated with the repayment of a loan during the quarter.

Net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments

We recorded a change in net unrealized depreciation of $(881,545) for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to net unrealized appreciation of $56,205 for the three months ended September 30, 2012, which reflects the net change in the fair value of our investment portfolio relative to its cost basis over this period.

Net increase in members’ capital resulting from operations

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled $2.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to $907,730 for the three months ended September 30, 2012, and is primarily related to an increase in interest income and an increase in net realized gains generated from our investment portfolio offset by our operating expenses and a decrease in net unrealized appreciation on our investment portfolio.

 

67


Table of Contents

Comparison of fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 and the period from March 7, 2012 to June 30, 2012

Investment income

Investment income, attributable to interest and fees on our debt investments, for the year ended June 30, 2013 increased to $6.8 million from $501,856 for the partial year ended June 30, 2012, due to the growth of the portfolio during the full fiscal year 2013 and as compared to a partial fiscal year for 2012.

Expenses

Total expenses, consisting primarily of legal fees and professional fees, increased to $630,686 for the year ended June 30, 2013 from $197,817 for the partial year ended June 30, 2012, due in part to fiscal 2013 being a full fiscal year as opposed to a partial fiscal year in 2012.

CM Finance LLC does not currently pay a management or incentive fee. CM Finance LLC plans to merge with and into CM Finance Inc, an entity which will pay management and incentive fees. If CM Finance LLC had paid management fees on the same terms that CM Finance Inc is expected to pay management fees, it would have paid $74,375 for the period ended June 30, 2012 and $965,280 for the year ended June 30, 2013. If CM Finance LLC had paid incentive fees on the same terms that CM Finance Inc is expected to pay incentive fees, it would have paid $23 for the period ended June 30, 2012 and $669,170 for the year ended June 30, 2013.

Net investment income

Net investment income increased to $6.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2013 from $304,039 for the partial year ended June 30, 2012.

Net realized and unrealized gain or loss

The net realized gain on investments increased to $781,262 for the year ended June 30, 2013 from $110 for the partial year ended June 30, 2012.

Net income

Net income increased to $8.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2013 from $297,692 for the partial year ended June 30, 2012, as a result of an increase in net investment income.

Net change in unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments

We recorded an increase in net unrealized appreciation of $1.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2013, and an increase in net unrealized depreciation of $(6,457) for the year ended June 30, 2012, which reflects the net change in the fair value of our investment portfolio relative to its cost basis over these periods.

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled $8.0 million and $297,692 for the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, and is primarily related to interest income and an increase in net unrealized appreciation generated from our investment portfolio offset by our operating expenses and a decrease in net unrealized appreciation on our investment portfolio.

 

68


Table of Contents

Liquidity and capital resources

In March 2012, we were originally capitalized with a capital commitment of $50 million from the Cyrus Funds. As of September 30, 2013, we had capital commitments of $110 million of which $92.4 million, or 84.0% of the aggregate capital commitments, have been used to make investments in accordance with our investment strategy. In addition, on November     , 2013, Stifel made a capital commitment to us in an amount of up to $40.0 million at a per share price of $        for purposes of repurchasing up to $40.0 million of the Cyrus Funds’ interest in us. The issuance of our common stock in this offering will significantly increase our capital resources.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to invest in unitranche loans and standalone second and first lien loans with an emphasis on floating rate debt issued by middle-market companies in accordance with our investment objective and for general corporate purposes. We will also pay operating expenses, including management and administrative fees, and may pay other expenses such as due diligence expenses of potential new investments, from the net proceeds of this offering.

We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be used for these purposes within three to six months, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and market conditions. Pending such use, we will invest the remaining net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less. These securities may have lower yields than the types of investments we would typically make in accordance with our investment objective and, accordingly, may result in lower returns or distributions, if any, during such period.

Regulated Investment Company Status and Distributions

We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2014. If we qualify as a RIC, we will not be taxed on our investment company taxable income or realized net capital gains, to the extent that such taxable income or gains are distributed, or deemed to be distributed, to stockholders on a timely basis.

Taxable income generally differs from net income for financial reporting purposes due to temporary and permanent differences in the recognition of income and expenses, and generally excludes net unrealized appreciation or depreciation until realized. Dividends declared and paid by us in a year may differ from taxable income for that year as such dividends may include the distribution of current year taxable income or the distribution of prior year taxable income carried forward into and distributed in the current year. Distributions also may include returns of capital.

To qualify for RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute, with respect to each taxable year, at least 90% of our investment company net taxable income (i.e., our net ordinary income and our realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any). If we qualify as a RIC, we will also be subject to a federal excise tax, based on distributive requirements of our taxable income on a calendar year basis.

We intend to distribute to our stockholders between 90% and 100% of our annual taxable income (which includes our taxable interest and fee income). However, the covenants contained in the Financing Facility may prohibit us from making distributions to our stockholders, and, as a result, could hinder our ability to satisfy the distribution requirement. In addition, we may retain for investment some or all of our net taxable capital gains (i.e., realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) and treat such amounts as deemed distributions

 

69


Table of Contents

to our stockholders. If we do this, our stockholders will be treated as if they received actual distributions of the capital gains we retained and then reinvested the net after-tax proceeds in our common stock. Our stockholders also may be eligible to claim tax credits (or, in certain circumstances, tax refunds) equal to their allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to them. To the extent our taxable earnings for a fiscal taxable year fall below the total amount of our dividends for that fiscal year, a portion of those dividend distributions may be deemed a return of capital to our stockholders.

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act and due to provisions in Financing Facility. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions or distributions at a particular level.

In accordance with certain applicable Treasury regulations and private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, a RIC may treat a distribution of its own stock as fulfilling its RIC distribution requirements if each stockholder may elect to receive his or her entire distribution in either cash or stock of the RIC, subject to a limitation that the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed to all stockholders must be at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, each stockholder electing to receive cash must receive a pro rata amount of cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock). In no event will any stockholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than 20% of his or her entire distribution in cash. If these and certain other requirements are met, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of stock. We have no current intention of paying dividends in shares of our stock in accordance with these Treasury regulations or private letter rulings.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of September 30, 2013 and June 30, 2013, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet financing or hedging arrangements, other than the commitments and contingencies described above.

Recent Developments

On November     , 2013, we entered into the Stifel Arrangement, pursuant to which Stifel made a capital commitment to us in an amount of up to $40.0 million. We intend to call the entire capital commitment by Stifel for purposes of repurchasing up to $40.0 million of the interests of the Cyrus Funds in us, immediately after the CM Finance Merger and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC and the pricing of this offering. Stifel also owns 20% of the Adviser.

Since September 30, 2013, we made three new investments totaling $38.0 million, one of which was an addition to an existing investment, which increased our investment portfolio to $170.9 million and the average investment per company to $11.4 million.

 

  Ÿ  

$12.0 million investment in a second lien loan of CT Technologies Intermediate Holdings, Inc.;

 

  Ÿ  

$20.0 million additional investment in a first lien term loan of Endeavour International Corp.; and

 

  Ÿ  

$6.0 million investment in a first lien term loan of Bennu Oil & Gas, LLC.

 

70


Table of Contents

Quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. At September 30, 2013, 71.1% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates, such as LIBOR, EURIBOR, the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate. The interest rates on such investments generally reset by reference to the current market index after one to six months. Floating rate investments subject to a floor generally reset by reference to the current market index after one to six months only if the index exceeds the floor. An additional 13.6% of our portfolio as of September 30, 2013 was invested in a fixed rate investment that matures within 12 months. Due to its short tenor, this investment is not significantly susceptible to changes in interest rates.

Generally, we believe higher yielding assets such as those in our investment portfolio do not necessarily follow a linear interest rate relationship and are less sensitive in price to interest rate changes than many other debt investments. Assuming the composition of a portfolio similar to the September 30, 2013 portfolio, a 1% change in interest rates would not significantly impact the value of our portfolio. Variable-rate instruments subject to a floor generally reset periodically to the applicable floor and, in the case of investments in our portfolio, quarterly to a floor based on LIBOR, only if the floor exceeds the index. Under these loans, we do not benefit from increases in interest rates until such rates exceed the floor and thereafter benefit from market rates above any such floor.

Although management believes that this analysis is indicative of our existing sensitivity to interest rate changes, it does not adjust for changes in the credit markets, the size, credit quality or composition of the assets in our portfolio and other business developments, including borrowing, that could affect the net increase in net assets resulting from operations, or net income. It also does not adjust for the effect of the time lag between a change in the relevant interest rate index and the rate adjustment under the applicable loan. Accordingly, we can offer no assurances that actual results would not differ materially from the statement above.

 

71


Table of Contents

THE COMPANY

We are a specialty finance company that invests primarily in the debt of U.S. middle-market companies. We were formed in February 2012 and commenced operations in March 2012. We are externally managed by CM Investment Partners LLC. The Adviser is led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, who together have over 40 years of experience in the leveraged debt markets. Our investment objective is to maximize total return to stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

We seek to invest primarily in middle-market companies that have annual revenues of at least $50 million and EBITDA of at least $20 million. We focus on companies with leading market positions, significant asset or franchise values, strong free cash flow and experienced senior management teams, with emphasis on companies with high-quality sponsors. Our investments will typically range in size from $5 million to $25 million. We expect that our portfolio companies will use our capital for organic growth, acquisitions, market or product expansion, refinancings, and/or recapitalizations. We invest, and intend to continue to invest, in unitranche loans and standalone second and first lien loans, with an emphasis on floating rate debt. Unitranche loans are loans structured as first lien loans with certain characteristics of mezzanine loan risk in one security. We will also selectively invest in mezzanine loans/structured equity and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments, in most cases taking such upside participation interests as part of a broader investment relationship.

We strive to maintain a strong focus on credit quality, investment discipline and investment selectivity. We believe that investing in the debt of private middle-market companies generally provides a more attractive relative value proposition than investing in broadly syndicated debt due to the conservative capital structures and superior default and loss characteristics typically associated with middle-market companies. We believe that, because private middle-market companies have limited access to capital providers, debt investments in these companies typically carry above-market interest rates and include more favorable protections, resulting in attractive risk-adjusted returns across credit cycles while better preserving capital. The companies in which we invest typically are highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies are not rated by national rating agencies. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a rating below investment grade ( i.e. , below BBB or Baa), which are often referred to as “junk.”

The Adviser’s Investment Team is led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, who are supported by 17 additional investment professionals. The members of the Investment Team have over 200 combined years of structuring customized debt solutions for middle-market companies, which we believe will enable us to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital. The members of the Investment Team have extensive networks for sourcing investment opportunities through direct corporate relationships and relationships with private equity firms, restructuring advisors, law firms, boutique advisory firms and distressed/specialty lenders. The members of the Investment Team also have extensive experience across various industries, including aviation, cable, defense, healthcare, media, oil and gas, power, retail, telecommunications, trucking and asset-backed special situations. In addition, Mr. Jansen has extensive experience restructuring specific debt investments as a portfolio manager, including while at Stanfield Capital Partners, and Mr. Mauer has considerable managerial experience, including having led a restructuring and asset-based lending group at Citigroup Inc. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen have developed an investment process for reviewing lending opportunities, structuring transactions and monitoring investments throughout multiple credit cycles. As a result, we believe we will be able to achieve appropriate risk-adjusted returns by investing in companies that have

 

72


Table of Contents

restructured but do not have sufficient track records to receive traditional lending terms from a commercial bank or the broadly syndicated leveraged finance market.

As of September 30, 2013, our portfolio consisted of debt and equity investments in 12 portfolio companies with a fair value of $132.9 million. As of September 30, 2013, our portfolio consisted of 54.8% first lien investments, 44.6% second lien investments and 0.6% warrant positions, and the debt investments had a weighted average annualized yield of approximately 12.13%. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all of our debt investments at fair value, plus the yield to maturity from September 30, 2013 of all of our debt investments, including our unfunded obligations. See “Portfolio Companies.”

The industry composition of our portfolio at fair value at September 30, 2013 was as follows:

 

Industry

   Percentage of Total
Investments
 

Airlines

     8.14

Automobiles and Components

     10.56   

Commercial Services

     3.66   

Diversified Financial Services

     6.32   

Healthcare-Products/Services

     15.05   

Oil and Gas

     21.35   

Pipelines

     7.62   

Telecommunications

     18.24   

Trucking and Leasing

     9.06   
  

 

 

 

Total

     100.00
  

 

 

 

We have, through CM SPV, our wholly owned subsidiary, a $76.5 million Financing Facility, which expires on May 22, 2016, with UBS. The Financing Facility is collateralized by a portion of the debt investments in our portfolio. We pay interest on the face amount of the Financing Facility monthly at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus 2.85% per annum. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview.”

The Adviser

Upon our election to be regulated as a BDC, CM Investment Partners LLC will become our external investment adviser. Prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC, CM Investment Partners, LP has served as our investment adviser. The Adviser is responsible for sourcing investment opportunities, conducting industry research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Adviser is led by Mr. Mauer, our Chief Executive Officer, and the Managing Member and Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser, and Mr. Jansen, our President and Secretary, and the Co-Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser. Mr. Mauer was formerly Global Co-Head of Leveraged Finance and Global Co-Head of Fixed Income Currency and Commodity Distribution at Citigroup Inc. and a senior member of its credit committee responsible for all underwriting and principal commitments of leveraged finance capital worldwide. Mr. Jansen was a founding Managing Partner and Senior Portfolio Manager for Stanfield Capital Partners and had a leading role in planning its strategic direction. At Stanfield, Mr. Jansen was responsible for the management of 15 different portfolios aggregating in excess of $7 billion in assets consisting of large corporate loans, middle-market loans, second lien loans, high yield bonds and structured finance securities. See also “Management—Biographical Information.”

 

73


Table of Contents

The Adviser’s Investment Team is led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen and includes 17 additional investment professionals of whom 11 support the Adviser pursuant to the Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital. The members of the Investment Team have over 200 combined years of structuring customized debt solutions for middle-market companies, which we believe will enable us to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital. The members of the Investment Team are highly qualified investment professionals who have a demonstrated ability to identify, source, analyze, invest in and monitor investments in U.S. middle-market companies. We believe the members of the Investment Team share a common investment philosophy built on a framework of rigorous business assessment, extensive due diligence and disciplined risk valuation methodology.

Upon the completion of the CM Finance Merger, we will enter into the Investment Advisory Agreement with CM Investment Partners LLC, as our investment adviser. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay the Adviser a management fee equal to 1.75% of our gross assets, payable in arrears on a quarterly basis. In addition, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee equal to 20.0% of pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to an annualized hurdle rate of 8.0% with a “catch up” fee for returns between the 8.0% hurdle and 10.0% as well as 20.0% of net capital gains. See “Management Agreements—Management Fees.”

Under the Administration Agreement with the Adviser, through the Services Agreement, the Adviser will provide us with our interim chief financial officer, other accounting and back-office professionals, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Services Agreement, the Adviser has retained the services of accounting and back office professionals to assist the Adviser in fulfilling certain of its obligations to us under the Administration Agreement. See “Management Agreements—Administration Agreement” and “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships—Services Agreement.” Brennan McCaw, our interim Chief Financial Officer, and the other accounting and back-office professionals are Cyrus Capital employees who perform their duties on behalf of the Adviser pursuant to the Services Agreement. Following the completion of this offering, the Adviser intends to hire a chief financial officer, who will also serve as our chief financial officer. We also expect that the Adviser will hire additional investment and other personnel as necessary, to support our growth and reduce the Adviser’s use of Cyrus Capital’s employees over time.

Market Opportunity

We believe that the current investment environment presents a compelling case for investing in secured debt (including unitranche debt and standalone second and first lien loans) and unsecured debt (including mezzanine/structured equity) of middle-market companies. The following factors represent the key drivers of our focus on this attractive market segment:

 

  Ÿ  

Reduced Availability of Capital for Middle-Market Companies. We believe there are fewer providers of financing and less capital available for middle-market companies compared to prior to the recent economic downturn. We believe that, as a result of that downturn:

 

  Ÿ  

many financing providers have chosen to focus on large, liquid corporate loans and syndicated capital markets transactions rather than lending to middle-market businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

recent regulatory changes, including adoption of the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the introduction of new

 

74


Table of Contents
 

international capital and liquidity requirements under the 2012 Basel III Accords, or Basel III, have caused banks to curtail lending to middle-market companies;

 

  Ÿ  

hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation managers are less likely to pursue investment opportunities in our target market as a result of reduced availability of funding for new investments; and

 

  Ÿ  

consolidation of regional banks into money center banks has reduced their focus on middle-market lending.

As a result, we believe that less competition will facilitate higher quality deal flow and allow for greater selectivity throughout the investment process.

 

  Ÿ  

Robust Demand for Debt Capital. According to PitchBook, a market research firm, private equity firms raised an estimated $1.1 trillion of equity commitments from 2006 to 2012, with approximately $348.2 billion of this capital available for investment as of the end of 2012. In addition, private equity deal flow continues to improve since the 2007-2008 recession, totaling $345 billion in 2012 according to PitchBook. Private equity firms have also refocused their attention towards lower middle-market and middle-market deals (defined for this purpose as generally those companies with an enterprise value of $750 million or less). We expect the large amount of uninvested capital commitments will drive buyout activity over the next several years, which should, in turn, create lending opportunities for us. In addition to increased buyout activity, a high volume of senior secured and high yield debt originated from 2004 through 2007 will need refinancing in the near term and, accordingly, we believe that new financing opportunities will increase as many companies seek to refinance this indebtedness.

 

  Ÿ  

Attractive Deal Pricing and Structures. We believe that, in general, middle-market debt investments are priced more attractively to lenders than larger, more liquid, public debt financings, due to the more limited universe of lenders as well as the highly negotiated nature of these financings. Middle-market transactions tend to offer stronger covenant packages, higher interest rates, lower leverage levels and better call protection compared to larger financings. In addition, middle-market loans typically offer other investor protections such as default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and information rights for lenders.

 

  Ÿ  

Specialized Lending Requirements. We believe that several factors render many U.S. financial institutions ill-suited to lend to U.S. middle-market companies. For example, based on the Investment Team’s experience, lending to private U.S. middle-market companies is generally more labor-intensive than lending to larger companies due to the smaller size of each investment and the fragmented nature of information for such companies. Lending to smaller capitalization companies requires due diligence and underwriting practices consistent with the demands and economic limitations of the middle-market and may also require more extensive ongoing monitoring by the lender. As a result, middle-market companies historically have been served by a limited segment of the lending community.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that the Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve favorable risk-adjusted returns while preserving our

 

75


Table of Contents

capital. We believe that the following competitive strengths will provide an attractive investment opportunity for investors:

 

  Ÿ  

Large and Experienced Team with Substantial Resources. The Adviser and its Investment Team is led by Michael C. Mauer and Christopher E. Jansen, who each has over 20 years of experience investing in, providing corporate finance services to, restructuring and consulting with middle-market companies. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen are supported by 17 additional investment professionals, who together have over 200 combined years of structuring strategic capital for business expansion, refinancings, capital restructuring, post-reorganization financing and servicing the general corporate needs of middle-market companies. We believe that the Investment Team and its resources provide a significant advantage and will contribute to the strength of our business and enhance the quantity and quality of investment opportunities available to us.

 

  Ÿ  

Capitalize on the Investment Team’s Extensive Relationships with Middle-Market Companies, Private Equity Sponsors and Intermediaries. The members of the Investment Team have extensive networks for sourcing investment opportunities through corporate relationships and relationships with private equity firms, restructuring advisors, law firms, boutique advisory firms and distressed/specialty lenders. We believe that the strength of these relationships in conjunction with the Investment Team’s ability to structure financing solutions for companies that incorporate credit protections at attractive returns for us will provide us with a competitive advantage in identifying investment opportunities in our target market. In addition, pursuant to the Stifel Arrangement, Stifel will use its commercially reasonable efforts to present to us, and we will have the right to review and bid on, Stifel-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities.

 

  Ÿ  

Disciplined Underwriting Policies and Rigorous Portfolio Management. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen have an established credit analysis and investment process to analyze investment opportunities thoroughly. This process, followed by the Investment Team, includes structuring loans with appropriate covenants and pricing loans based on our knowledge of the middle market and our rigorous underwriting standards. We focus on capital preservation by extending loans to portfolio companies with assets that we believe will retain sufficient value to repay us even in depressed markets or under liquidation scenarios. Each investment is analyzed from its initial stages by either Mr. Mauer or Mr. Jansen, the Adviser’s Co-Chief Investment Officers, and a senior investment professional of the Investment Team. Every initial investment requires the unanimous approval of the Adviser’s investment committee, consisting of Messrs. Mauer, Jansen and Stephan Kuppenheimer, who will be Stifel’s appointee to our board of directors. Every follow-on investment decision in an existing portfolio company and any investment dispositions require approval by at least Messrs. Mauer and Jansen. Under the supervision of Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, the Investment Team’s senior investment professionals also monitor the portfolio for developments on a daily basis, perform credit updates on each investment, review financial performance on at least a quarterly basis, and have regular discussions with the management of portfolio companies. We believe the Adviser’s investment and monitoring process and the depth and experience of the Investment Team gives us a competitive advantage in identifying investments and evaluating risks and opportunities throughout the life cycle of an investment.

 

  Ÿ  

Ability to Structure Investments Creatively. Our Investment Team has the expertise and ability to structure investments across all levels of a company’s capital structure. These individuals have extensive experience in cash flow, asset-based lending, workout situations and investing in distressed debt, which should enable us to take advantage of attractive

 

76


Table of Contents
 

investments in recently restructured companies. Furthermore, with the additional capital raised in this offering, we believe we will be in a better position to leverage the existing knowledge and relationships that the Investment Team has developed to lead investments that meet our investment criteria. We believe that current market conditions will allow us to structure attractively priced debt investments and may allow us to incorporate other return-enhancing mechanisms such as commitment fees, original issue discounts, early redemption premiums, payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest and certain forms of equity securities.

Investment Strategy

We invest, and intend to continue to invest, in unitranche loans, standalone second and first lien loans, and selectively in mezzanine loans/structured equity and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments, in most cases taking such upside participation interest as part of an overall relationship. We seek to invest primarily in middle-market companies that have annual revenues of at least $50 million and EBITDA of at least $20 million. Our investments will typically range in size from $5 million to $25 million. We may invest in smaller or larger companies if there is an attractive opportunity, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets. During such dislocations, we expect to see more deep value investment opportunities offering prospective returns that are disproportionate to the associated risk profile. We focus on companies with leading market positions, significant asset or franchise values, strong free cash flow and experienced senior management teams, with an emphasis on companies with high-quality sponsors. Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

The Adviser pursues debt investments that offer high cash yields, cash origination fees, and lower leverage levels. The Adviser seeks to structure our debt investments with strong protections, including default penalties, information rights, and affirmative and negative financial covenants, such as lien protection and restrictions concerning change of control. We believe these protections, coupled with the other features of our investments, should allow us to reduce our risk of capital loss and achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns, although there can be no assurance that we will be able to structure our investments to minimize risk of loss and achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Investment Criteria

The principals of the Adviser use the following investment criteria and guidelines to evaluate prospective portfolio companies. However, not all of these criteria and guidelines were, or will be, used or met in connection with each of our investments.

 

  Ÿ  

Established companies with a history of positive operating cash flow. We seek to invest in established companies with sound historical financial performance. We typically focus on companies with a history of profitability on an operating cash flow basis. We do not intend to invest in start-up companies or companies with speculative business plans.

 

  Ÿ  

Defensible and sustainable business . We seek to invest in companies with proven products and/or services that provide a competitive advantage versus its competitors or new entrants. The Adviser places an emphasis on the strength of historical operations and profitability and the generation of free cash flow to reinvest in the business or to utilize for debt service. The Adviser also focuses on the relative strength of the valuation and liquidity of collateral used to provide security for our investments, when applicable.

 

77


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Seasoned management team with meaningful equity ownership. The Adviser generally requires that our portfolio companies have a seasoned management team, with strong corporate governance. The Adviser also seeks to invest in companies with management teams that have meaningful equity ownership. The Adviser believes that companies that have proper incentives in place, including having significant equity interests, motivate management teams to enhance enterprise value, which will act in accordance with our interests.

 

  Ÿ  

Significant Invested Capital. The Adviser believes that the existence of significant underlying equity value provides important support to our debt investments. The Adviser seeks investments in portfolio companies where it believes that the aggregate enterprise value significantly exceeds aggregate indebtedness, after consideration of our investment.

 

  Ÿ  

Investment Partnerships. We seek to invest where private equity sponsors have demonstrated capabilities in building enterprise value. In addition, we seek to partner with specialty lenders and other financial institutions. The Adviser believes that private equity sponsors and specialty lenders can serve as committed partners and advisors that will actively work with the Adviser, the company and its management team to meet company goals and create value.

 

  Ÿ  

Ability to exert meaningful influence. We target investment opportunities in which we will be a significant investor in the tranche and in which we can add value through active participation in the direction of the company, sometimes through advisory positions.

 

  Ÿ  

Exit strategy. We generally seek to invest in companies that the Adviser believes possess attributes that will provide us with the ability to exit our investments. We expect to exit our investments typically through one of three scenarios: (i) the sale of the company resulting in repayment of all outstanding debt, (ii) the recapitalization of the company through which our loan is replaced with debt or equity from a third party or parties or (iii) the repayment of the initial or remaining principal amount of our loan then outstanding at maturity. In some investments, there may be scheduled amortization of some portion of our loan, which would result in a partial exit of our investment prior to the maturity of the loan.

Deal Origination

The Adviser’s deal-originating efforts are focused on its direct corporate relationships and relationships with private equity firms, restructuring advisers, law firms, boutique advisory firms and distressed/specialty lenders. The Adviser’s investment team will continue to enhance and expand these relationships. In addition, pursuant to the Stifel Arrangement, Stifel will use its commercially reasonable efforts to present to us, and we will have the right to review and bid on, all Stifel-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities that are not subject to any restrictions that would prohibit Stifel from sharing opportunities with us, subject to the approval of our board of directors as necessary, under the 1940 Act and certain other limitations.

The origination process is designed to thoroughly evaluate potential financings and to identify the most attractive of these opportunities on the basis of risk-adjusted returns. Each investment is analyzed from its initial stages through our investment by one of the Co-Chief Investment Officers of the Adviser and a senior investment professional. If an opportunity fits our criteria for investment and merits further review and consideration, the investment is presented to the investment committee. This first stage of analysis involves a preliminary, but detailed, description of the potential financing. An investment summary is then generated after preliminary due diligence. The opportunity may be discussed several times by members of the Investment Team. Prior to funding, every initial investment requires the unanimous approval of the Adviser’s

 

78


Table of Contents

investment committee consisting of the Adviser’s Co-Chief Investment Officers and one member appointed by Stifel, currently Stephan Kuppenheimer, who will also be a member of our board of directors. Follow-on investment decisions in existing portfolio companies and investment dispositions require the approval of a majority of the Adviser’s investment committee.

If the Adviser decides to pursue an opportunity, a preliminary term sheet will be produced for the target portfolio company. This term sheet serves as a basis for the discussion and negotiation of the critical terms of the proposed financing. At this stage, the Adviser begins its formal underwriting and investment approval process as described below. After the negotiation of a transaction, the financing is presented to the investment committee of the Adviser for approval. Upon approval of a financing transaction, the parties will prepare the relevant loan documentation. An investment is funded only after all due diligence is satisfactorily completed and all closing conditions have been satisfied. Each of the investments in our portfolio is monitored on a daily basis by a member of our investment committee aided by the senior investment professionals of the Investment Team, who also perform credit updates on each investment quarterly.

Underwriting

Underwriting Process and Investment Approval

The Adviser makes investment decisions only after considering a number of factors regarding the potential investment including, but not limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

historical and projected financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

company and industry specific characteristics, such as strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats;

 

  Ÿ  

composition and experience of the management team; and

 

  Ÿ  

track record of the private equity sponsor leading the transaction, if applicable.

This methodology is employed to screen a high volume of potential investment opportunities on a consistent basis.

If an investment is deemed appropriate to pursue, a more detailed and rigorous evaluation is made after considering relevant investment parameters. The following outlines the general parameters and areas of evaluation and due diligence for investment decisions, although not all will necessarily be considered or given equal weighting in the evaluation process.

Business model and financial assessment

The Adviser undertakes a review and analysis of the financial and strategic plans for the potential investment. There is significant evaluation of and reliance upon the due diligence performed by the private equity sponsor, if applicable, and third party experts, including accountants and consultants. Areas of evaluation include:

 

  Ÿ  

historical and projected financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

quality of earnings, including source and predictability of cash flows;

 

  Ÿ  

customer and vendor interviews and assessments;

 

  Ÿ  

potential exit scenarios, including probability of a liquidity event;

 

79


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

internal controls and accounting systems; and

 

  Ÿ  

assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities.

Industry dynamics

The Adviser evaluates the portfolio company’s industry, and may, if considered appropriate, consult or retain industry experts. The following factors are among those the Adviser analyzes:

 

  Ÿ  

sensitivity to economic cycles;

 

  Ÿ  

competitive environment, including number of competitors, threat of new entrants or substitutes;

 

  Ÿ  

fragmentation and relative market share of industry leaders;

 

  Ÿ  

growth potential; and

 

  Ÿ  

regulatory and legal environment.

Management assessment

The Adviser makes an in-depth assessment of the management team, including evaluation along several key metrics:

 

  Ÿ  

background checks;

 

  Ÿ  

the number of years in their current positions;

 

  Ÿ  

track record;

 

  Ÿ  

industry experience;

 

  Ÿ  

management incentive, including the level of direct investment in the enterprise; and

 

  Ÿ  

completeness of the management team (positions that need to be filled or added).

Sponsor Assessment

Among critical due diligence investigations is the evaluation of a private equity sponsor or specialty lender that has, or is also making, an investment in the portfolio company. A private equity sponsor is typically a controlling stockholder upon completion of an investment and as such is considered critical to the success of the investment. In addition, a management team with meaningful equity ownership can serve as a committed partner to us and any private equity sponsor or specialty lender. The Adviser will evaluate a private equity sponsor or specialty lender along several key criteria, including:

 

  Ÿ  

investment track record;

 

  Ÿ  

industry experience;

 

  Ÿ  

capacity and willingness to provide additional financial support to the company through additional capital contributions, if necessary; and

 

  Ÿ  

reference checks.

 

80


Table of Contents

Investments

The following describes the types of loans we expect to make:

Unitranche loans. Unitranche loans are loans structured as first lien loans with certain characteristics of mezzanine loan risk in one security, such as risk relating to the fact that the loans may be unsecured and will typically rank junior to secured lenders. Unitranche loans typically provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the loan with the majority of the principal repayment deferred until loan maturity. Unitranche loans provide us with greater control over a portfolio company’s capital structure, as they provide a one-stop financing solution and limit “frictional costs” (e.g., negotiations with, and concessions to, other lien holders) in the event of a workout process. Consistent with our focus on capital preservation, unitranche loans typically have less volatile returns than standalone second lien or mezzanine loans. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that returns on unitranche loans will range between 8% and 15%.

Standalone second lien loans. Standalone second lien loans are loans that are typically senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and have the benefit of a security interest over the assets of the borrower, although ranking junior to first lien loans. Standalone second lien loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Standalone second lien loans can incur greater “frictional costs” (e.g., increased professional costs relating to resolving conflicts among the lenders) in the event of a workout and, partly because of this possible impact on recovery rates, we expect to demand a significantly higher risk premium in the form of higher spreads, call protection and/or warrants for extending standalone second lien loans, compared to first lien loans of similar credit quality. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that returns on standalone second lien loans will range between 8% and 15%.

Standalone first lien loans. Standalone first lien loans are loans that are typically senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and have the benefit of a security interest on the assets of the portfolio company. Standalone first lien loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that returns on standalone first lien loans will range between 8% and 12%.

Mezzanine loans/structured equity. Mezzanine loans are subordinated to senior secured loans on a payment basis, are typically unsecured and rank pari passu with other unsecured creditors of the issuer. As with standalone second lien loans, we expect to demand a significantly higher risk premium in the form of higher spreads, call protection and/or warrants for mezzanine loans, given the lower recovery rates for such securities due in part to the greater “frictional costs” (e.g., increased professional costs relating to resolving conflicts among the lenders) in a protracted workout. We may take mezzanine type risk in the form of “structured equity” investments. In cases where portfolio companies may be constrained in their ability to raise additional capital in the form of debt, we may have the opportunity to structure preferred equity or other equity-like instruments. These equity instruments will typically have redemption rights and will either be convertible into common equity at our option, or will have detachable warrants compensating us for the additional risk inherent in such investments. In most cases, these equity instruments will have debt-like characteristics, which provide more downside protection than a typical equity instrument. Under market conditions as of the date of this prospectus, we expect that the returns on mezzanine loans will range between 15% and 20%.

 

81


Table of Contents

Equity components. In connection with some of our debt investments, we will also invest in preferred or common stock or receive nominally priced warrants or options to buy an equity interest in the portfolio company. As a result, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. The Adviser may structure such equity investments and warrants to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as a “put,” or right to sell such securities back to the issuer, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may also seek to obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

Portfolio Management Strategy

Each of the investments in our portfolio is monitored on a daily basis by a member of our investment committee aided by the senior investment professionals of the Investment Team, who also perform credit updates on each investment quarterly.

Risk Ratings

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, we use the Adviser’s investment rating system to characterize and monitor the credit profile and expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. This investment rating system uses a five-level numeric rating scale. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

 

Investment Rating 1

   Investments that are performing above expectations, and whose risks remain favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment.
Investment Rating 2    Investments that are performing within expectations and whose risks remain neutral compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment. All new loans will initially be rated 2.
Investment Rating 3    Investments that are performing below expectations and that require closer monitoring, but where no loss of return or principal is expected. Portfolio companies with a rating of 3 may be out of compliance with their financial covenants.
Investment Rating 4    Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are often in workout. Investments with a rating of 4 will be those for which some loss of return but no loss of principal is expected.
Investment Rating 5    Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are almost always in workout. Investments with a rating of 5 will be those for which some loss of return and principal is expected.

If the Adviser determines that an investment is underperforming, or circumstances suggest that the risk associated with a particular investment has significantly increased, the Adviser will increase its monitoring intensity and prepare regular updates for the investment committee, summarizing current operating results and material impending events and suggesting recommended actions. While the investment rating system identifies the relative risk for each investment, the rating alone does not dictate the scope and/or frequency of any monitoring that will be performed. The frequency of the Adviser’s monitoring of an investment will be determined by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the trends in the financial performance of the portfolio company, the investment structure and the type of collateral securing the investment.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following table shows the investment rankings of the debt investments in our portfolio:

 

     As of September 30, 2013      As of June 30, 2013  

Investment Rating

   Fair Value      % of Portfolio     Number  of
Investments
     Fair Value      % of Portfolio     Number  of
Investments
 

1

   $                   $ 24,551,299         20.7     2   

2

     132,142,182         100        12         94,102,014         79.3        9   

3

                                             

4

                                             

5

                                             
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 132,142,182         100     12       $ 118,653,313         100     11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realization of Investments

The potential exit scenarios of a portfolio company will play an important role in evaluating investment decisions. The Adviser will formulate specific exit strategies at the time of such investment. Our debt orientation will provide for increased potential exit opportunities, including the sale of investments in the private markets, the refinancing of investments held, often due to maturity or recapitalizations, and other liquidity events including the sale or merger of the portfolio company. Since we seek to maintain a debt orientation in our investments, we expect to receive interest income over the course of the investment period, receiving a significant return on invested capital well in advance of final exit.

Managerial Assistance

As a BDC, we will offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. The Adviser will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse the Adviser for its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review by our board of directors, including our independent directors.

SBIC License

We intend to apply for a license to form a small business investment company subsidiary, or SBIC subsidiary. The application is subject to approval by the United States Small Business Administration, or the SBA, and we can make no assurances that the SBA will approve our application. The SBIC subsidiary would be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures up to a maximum of $150 million under current SBIC regulations, subject to required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary and other requirements. SBA-guaranteed debentures generally have longer maturities and lower interest rates than other forms of debt that may be available to us. Neither we nor the Adviser has ever operated an SBIC. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Structure—If we receive qualification from the SBA to be licensed as an SBIC but we are unable to comply with SBA regulations after the SBIC subsidiary is licensed as an SBIC, our business plan and investment objective could be adversely affected.”

 

83


Table of Contents

Competition

Our primary competitors in providing financing to middle-market companies include public and private funds, other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial finance companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to maintain our qualification as a RIC.

We expect to use the expertise of the investment professionals of the Adviser (including those provided to the Adviser under the Services Agreement) to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we expect that the relationships of these investment professionals will enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive middle-market companies in the industries in which we seek to invest.

Staffing

We will not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by the Adviser. Brennan McCaw, our interim chief financial officer and treasurer is an employee of Cyrus Capital and performs his duties for us pursuant to the Adviser’s obligations under the Administration Agreement and indirectly through the Services Agreement. The Adviser currently has two officers, Messrs Mauer and Jansen, and six employees, who are dual employees of the Adviser and Stifel, under the Stifel Arrangement. Additional investment professionals are provided to the Adviser through its Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital.                     , our chief compliance officer, is the                              of                     , and performs his functions as our chief compliance officer under the terms of an agreement between the Adviser and                     . The Adviser has retained                      and                      pursuant to its obligations under our Administration Agreement. In addition, we will reimburse the Adviser for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and the compensation of our chief financial officer and any administrative support staff. The Adviser intends to hire a chief financial officer promptly following completion of this offering and, to the extent necessary, additional investment and other administrative personnel dedicated to us as necessary to support our growth and reduce the Adviser’s use of the Cyrus Capital employees. See Management Agreements – Administration Agreement.

Properties

We do not own any real estate. Our principal executive offices are currently located at 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022. We expect to move our principal executive offices during the first calendar quarter of 2014 and will then no longer share office space with Cyrus Capital. All locations are provided to us by the Adviser pursuant to the Administration Agreement and indirectly by Cyrus Capital through the Services Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are and will be suitable and adequate for our business as we contemplate conducting it.

Legal Proceedings

We and the Adviser are not subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

84


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

As of September 30, 2013, our portfolio consisted of debt and equity investments in 12 portfolio companies consisting of 54.8% first lien investments, 44.6% second lien investments and 0.6% warrant positions, at fair value. We do not believe that there are any material differences in the underwriting standards that were used to originate our portfolio and the underwriting standards described in this prospectus.

As of September 30, 2013, the weighted average annualized yield of the debt investments in our portfolio was 12.13%. The weighted average annualized yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all debt investments at fair value, plus yield to maturity from September 30, 2013 of our debt investments, including our unfunded obligations. As of September 30, 2013, all portfolio companies were in compliance with the terms of their respective credit agreements.

The following table sets forth certain information as of September 30, 2013 for each portfolio company in which we had an investment. Other than these investments, we expect that our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies will be the managerial assistance we may provide, and the board observation or participation rights we may receive in connection with our investment. We do not “control” any of our portfolio companies, as defined in the 1940 Act. In general, under the 1940 Act, we would “control” a portfolio company if we owned more than 25.0% of its voting securities and we would be an “affiliate” of a portfolio company if we owned 5.0% or more of its voting securities.

 

Description

  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest   Maturity   Principal
Amount  (1)
    Cost     Fair
Value  (2)
 

Active Media Services, Inc.

One Blue Hill Plaza

Pearl River, NY 10965

  Commercial Services   Senior Secured
First Lien
  L+9.50%   2/1/2018   $ 5,000,000      $ 4,865,386      $ 4,862,500   

AM General LLC

105 North Niles Avenue

South Bend, IN 16617

  Automobiles and
Components
  Senior Secured
First Lien
  L+9.00%   3/22/2018     15,600,000        15,374,910        14,040,000   

Capitol Petroleum Group

6820-B Commercial Drive

Springfield, VA 22151

  Oil and Gas
  Senior Secured   11% cash,
3% PIK
  12/3/2019     10,253,951        10,076,250        10,048,872   

Crestwood Holdings, LLC

One Lafayette Place

Greenwich, CT 06830

  Pipelines   Senior Secured
First Lien
  L+6.00%   6/19/2019     9,975,000        9,927,605        10,124,625   

Endeavour International Corporation

811 Main Street

Suite 2100

Houston, TX 77002

  Oil and Gas   Senior Secured

First Lien

Warrants

  13%   6/30/2014    

 

17,953,305

160,000

  

  

   

 

17,755,672

160,000

  

  

   

 

17,953,305

368,000

  

  

MF Global Holdings, Ltd.

142 West 57th Street

10th Floor

New York, NY 10019

  Diversified
Financial Services
  Senior Secured
First Lien
  L+6.50%   12/4/2014     8,537,327        8,398,194        8,451,954   
    Senior Secured
First Lien (3)
  0.5%   12/4/2014     (5,122,397     (81,190     (51,224

Telecommunications Management, LLC

(New Wave)

8500 W 110th Street

Suite 600

Overland Park, KS 66210

  Telecommunications
  Senior Secured
Second Lien
  L+8.00%   10/30/2020     8,831,169        8,752,253        8,919,481   

Telular Corporation

(ACP Tower Holdings, LLC)

311 S Wacker Drive

Suite 4300

Chicago, IL 60606

  Telecommunications   Senior Secured
Second Lien
  L+8.00%   6/24/2020     7,500,000        7,392,580        7,387,500   

TNS Inc.

11480 Commerce Park Drive

Suite 600

Reston, VA 20191

  Telecommunications   Senior Secured
Second Lien
  L+8.00%   8/14/2020     7,862,500        7,868,112        7,941,125   

Trident USA Health Services, LLC

930 Ridgebrook Road

3rd Floor

Sparks, MD 21152

  Healthcare Products/
Services
  Senior Secured
Second Lien
  L+9.00%   7/29/2020     20,000,000        19,941,632        20,000,000   

 

85


Table of Contents

Description

  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest   Maturity   Principal
Amount  (1)
    Cost     Fair
Value  (2)
 

Virgin America Inc.

555 Airport Blvd

Burlingame, CA 94010

  Airlines   Senior Secured   17% PIK   6/9/2016     5,000,000        4,839,246        5,000,000   
    Senior Secured   8.5% cash,
8.5% PIK
  6/9/2016     5,425,073        5,007,276        5,425,074   
    Warrants         513,333        184,116        272,066   
    Warrants         385,000        53,441        127,050   

YRCW Receivables Inc.

10990 Roe Avenue

Overland Park, KS 66211

  Trucking and
Leasing
  Senior Secured
First Lien
  L+9.75%   9/30/2014     12,043,559        12,095,804        12,224,212   

YRC Worldwide, Inc. (4)

10990 Roe Avenue

Overland Park, KS 66211

  Trucking and
Leasing
  Senior Secured
First Lien
  7.5%   3/31/2015     (12,349,448     (86,766     (185,242

 

(1) Principal amount includes the amount of PIK interest. See Note 2.b. to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding PIK interest.
(2) Indicates fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. None of the portfolio companies has (a) been in payment default, (b) extended the original maturity of its loan, (c) converted from cash interest to PIK interest or (d) otherwise entered into a material amendment to its credit facility related to deteriorating financial performance.
(3) This investment is an unfunded obligation.
(4) This investment is an unfunded obligation.

Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company in which we have made an investment:

Active Media Services, Inc. is a provider of media, marketing and other business services through corporate trade.

AM General, LLC provides design, engineering, production, and technical and parts support of military and special purpose vehicles.

Capitol Petroleum Group owns, operates or supplies over 140 petroleum retail sites in the metropolitan Washington, D.C. region.

Crestwood Holdings, Inc. is the general partner, owner and manager of Crestwood Midstream Partners LP, a master limited partnership focused on providing midstream infrastructure for the future development of North America shale and unconventional resource basins.

Endeavour International Corporation is an oil and gas exploration and production company focused on the acquisition, exploration and development of oil and natural gas in the North Sea and the United States.

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. and its affiliates, through its regulated and unregulated broker dealers, provide execution and clearing services for exchange-traded OTC derivative products, non-derivative foreign exchange products and securities in the cash market.

Telecommunications Management LLC is a provider of cable television, Internet, and digital telephone services Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana and Missouri.

Telular Corporation is a developer of products and services that utilize wireless networks to provide data and voice connectivity among people and machines.

TNS Inc. is a leading provider of data communications and interoperability solutions.

Trident USA Health Services, LLC is a national provider of outsourced diagnostic healthcare services to post-acute facilities and other customers.

 

86


Table of Contents

Virgin America, Inc. is a San Francisco-based airline that provides transportation in the North American Market.

YRCW Receivables Inc. is a bankruptcy remote accounts receivable financing vehicle that is wholly owned by YRC Worldwide, a provider of transportation and global logistics services.

YRC Worldwide, Inc. is a provider of transportation and global logistics services across North America.

Since September 30, 2013, we made three new investments totaling $38.0 million, one of which was an addition to an existing investment, which increased our investment portfolio to $170.9 million and the average investment per company to $11.4 million as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

$12.0 million investment in a second lien loan of CT Technologies Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a national provider of medical exchange information management services in the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

$20.0 million additional investment in a first lien term loan of Endeavour International Corp.; and

 

  Ÿ  

$6.0 million investment in a first lien term loan of Bennu Oil & Gas, LLC, an oil and gas exploration and production company focused on the development of oil and natural gas in the gulf of Mexico.

 

87


Table of Contents

SENIOR SECURITIES

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012. The report of Ernst & Young, LLP, our independent registered public accountants, on the senior securities table as of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. This information has been derived from our consolidated financial statements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview” for more detailed information regarding the senior securities.

 

     Total Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Treasury
Securities  (1)
     Asset
Coverage
per Unit  (2)
     Average
Market
Value
per Unit  (3)
     (dollar amounts thousands)

Class and Year

        

Financing Facility

        

2013

   $ 76,500       $ 2,140       N/A

2012

   $       $       N/A

 

(1) Total amount of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.
(2) Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness.
(3) Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading.

 

88


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors and Its Leadership Structure

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The board of directors consists of seven members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of the Adviser, or its affiliates as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our “independent directors.” The board of directors elects our officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors. The responsibilities of the board of directors include quarterly valuation of our assets, corporate governance activities, oversight of our financing arrangements and oversight of our investment activities.

Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by the Adviser as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The board of directors anticipates reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of the Adviser as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the board of directors’ risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the board of directors’ oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of investments.

The board of directors has established an audit committee, a valuation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee, and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. The scope of the responsibilities assigned to each of these committees is discussed in greater detail below. Mr. Mauer serves as Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and as a member of the Adviser’s investment committee. We believe that Mr. Mauer’s history with the Adviser, his familiarity with its investment platform, and his extensive knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry qualify him to serve as the Chairman of the Board.

The board of directors does not have a lead independent director. We are aware of the potential conflicts that may arise when a non-independent director is Chairman of the Board, but believe these potential conflicts are offset by our strong corporate governance practices. Our corporate governance practices include regular meetings of the independent directors in executive session without the presence of interested directors and management, the establishment of an audit committee, a valuation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee, each of which is comprised solely of independent directors, and the appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer, with whom the independent directors meet without the presence of interested directors and other members of management, for administering our compliance policies and procedures.

The board of directors believes that its leadership structure is appropriate in light of our characteristics and circumstances because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that affords effective oversight. Specifically, the board of directors believes that the relationship of Messrs. Mauer and Jansen with the Adviser provides an effective bridge between the board of directors and management, and encourages an open dialogue between management and our board of directors, ensuring that these groups act with a common purpose. The board of directors also believes that its small size creates an efficient governance structure that provides ample opportunity for direct communication and interaction among our management, the Adviser and the board of directors.

 

89


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

We have adopted provisions in our articles of incorporation that divide our board of directors into three classes. At each annual meeting, directors will be elected for staggered terms of three years (other than the initial terms, which extend for up to three years), with the term of office of only one of these three classes of directors expiring each year. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Under the Stifel Arrangement, upon consummation of the formation transactions, Stifel will have a right to appoint a member of our board of directors, who would be considered “interested” (that is, not independent for purposes of the 1940 Act). Stifel intends to appoint Mr. Kuppenheimer. Stifel will also have the right to nominate for election a member of our board of directors upon the expiration of Mr. Kuppenheimer’s term and subsequently for all elections for the seat currently occupied by Mr. Kuppenheimer.

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

 

Name

   Year of
Birth
    

Position

   Director
Since
     Term
Expires
     Other
Directorships
Held
 

Interested Directors

              

Michael C. Mauer

     1961       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board      2013         2016           

Christopher E. Jansen

     1959       President, Secretary and Director      2013         2015           

Stephan Kuppenheimer (1)

     1970       Director      2013         2014           

Independent Directors

              

Julie Persily

     1965       Director      2013         2014           

Robert Ryder

     1960       Director      2013         2016           

Robert Wagner

     1962       Director      2013         2015           

Keith Lee

     1971      

Director

     2013         2014           

 

 

(1) Stifel’s nominee upon consummation of the formation transactions.

The address for each of our directors is c/o CM Finance Inc, 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

 

Name

   Year of
Birth
    

Position

Brennan McCaw

     1969       Interim Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
      Chief Compliance Officer

The address for each of our executive officers is c/o CM Finance Inc, 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

90


Table of Contents

Biographical Information

The board of directors will consider whether each of the directors is qualified to serve as a director, based on a review of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each director, including those described below. The board of directors will also consider whether each director has significant experience in the investment or financial services industries and has held management, board or oversight positions in other companies and organizations. For the purposes of this presentation, our directors have been divided into two groups—independent directors and interested directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Independent Directors

Keith Lee serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Lee has served as a senior partner and Managing Director at H/2 Capital Partners, a commercial real estate focused investment manager, since August 2013. At H/2, Mr. Lee is responsible for the firm’s Finance and Capital Markets functions. Mr. Lee previously served from 2011 to 2013 as Managing Director at UBS Securities and Head of Structured Financing for the Americas. In this role, Mr. Lee arranged term financing facilities for UBS clients secured by structured finance assets backed primarily by commercial real estate, residential mortgages and corporate loans and bonds. Prior to joining UBS, Mr. Lee was with Goldman Sachs in its Principal Funding and Investments Group from 2010 to 2011. Mr. Lee was the head of the Goldman Sachs U.S. CLO business from 2006 to 2010 and previously held a similar position at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Lee holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and philosophy from Knox College, and a master’s degree in business administration in finance and accounting from the University of Chicago, Booth School of Business. We believe Mr. Lee’s extensive experience with financial institutions and his knowledge of capital markets and structured financing brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Julie Persily serves as a member of our board of directors. Ms. Persily retired from serving as the Co-Head of Leveraged Finance and Capital Markets of Nomura Securities North America, a unit of Nomura Holdings Inc. (NYSE: NMR), a securities and investment banking company, since July 2010. Ms. Persily previously served in various capacities at Citigroup Inc., a financial services company, including as the Co-Head of Leveraged Finance Group from December 2006 to November 2008, the Head of Acquisition Finance Group from December 2001 to November 2006 and as Managing Director from July 1999 to November 2001. From 1990 to 1999, Ms. Persily served in various capacities including as a Managing Director, Leveraged Finance at BT Securities Corp., a financial services company and a subsidiary of Bankers Trust Corp., which was acquired by Deutsche Bank in April 1999. From 1987 to 1989, Ms. Persily served as an analyst at Drexel Burnham Lambert, a securities and investment banking company. Ms. Persily received a B.A. in psychology and economics from Columbia College and a M.B.A in financing and accounting from Columbia Business School. We believe Ms. Persily’s extensive experience with structuring, negotiating and marketing senior loans, high yield and mezzanine financings brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Robert Ryder serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Ryder has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Constellation Brands, Inc. (NYSE: STZ), a wine, beer and spirits company, since May 2007. Mr. Ryder previously served from 2005 to 2006 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of IMG, a sports marketing and media company. From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Ryder was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of American Greetings Corporation, a publicly traded, multinational consumer products company. From 1989 to 2002, Mr. Ryder held several management positions of increasing responsibility with PepsiCo, Inc. These included control, strategic planning, mergers and acquisitions, CFO and Controller positions serving at PepsiCo’s corporate headquarters and at its

 

91


Table of Contents

Frito-Lay International and Frito-Lay North America divisions. Mr. Ryder received a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Scranton and is a certified public accountant. We believe Mr. Ryder’s extensive experience with public companies, public boards and knowledge of accounting and public company regulatory issues brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Robert Wagner serves as a member of our Board of Directors. Mr. Wagner has been a self-employed management consultant, working closely with client management on company strategy, financing, investor relations and compensation policies since March 2012. In February 2012, Mr. Wagner retired from Silver Point Capital, L.P., a credit opportunity hedge fund, where he had served as a senior management leader and operating committee member and Director of Marketing and Investor Relations since May 2006. While at Silver Point Capital, L.P., Mr. Wagner ran its Global Markets team, a deal-sourcing and relationship development team, and served on the firm’s

private-side, direct lending investment committee. From 1999 to 2005, Mr. Wagner served as a Managing Director and a senior leader in the fixed income division at Goldman, Sachs & Co., a global investment banking, securities and investment management firm. From 1993 to 1999, Mr. Wagner served as a Managing Director and team leader of the leveraged loan capital markets group at BT Securities Corp., a financial services company and a subsidiary of Bankers Trust Corp., which was acquired by Deutsche Bank in April 1999. Mr. Wagner served in a similar capacity at Bank of America from 1989 to 1993. Mr. Wagner received a B.B.A. in Finance and Accounting from the University of Michigan and an M.S. in Journalism from Columbia University—Graduate School of Journalism. We believe Mr. Wagner’s extensive experience in deal-sourcing, investor relations and credit underwriting brings important and valuable skills to our Board of Directors.

Interested Directors

Michael C. Mauer is our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Mauer has also served as the Managing Partner and Co-Chief Investment Officer of CM Investment Partners, LP since January 2012. Mr. Mauer is a member of the Adviser’s investment committee and board of managers. Mr. Mauer served as a Senior Managing Director and head of the leveraged loan effort at Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. since September 2011. Mr. Mauer intends to resign from Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. upon our election to be regulated as a BDC. From July 2009 to September 2010, Mr. Mauer worked for Icahn Capital where he was a Senior Managing Director and a member of the investment team. In addition, he was in charge of the firm’s Marketing and Investor Relations. Prior to that, Mr. Mauer was a Managing Director at Citigroup Inc., a financial services company, from 2001 to 2009. During that time he led several businesses including Global Co-Head of Leveraged Finance and Global Co-Head of Fixed Income Currency and Commodity Distribution. In addition, during this period he was a senior member of Citigroup Inc.’s credit committee responsible for all underwriting and principal commitments of leveraged finance capital worldwide. From 1988 to 2001, Mr. Mauer held several positions at JPMorgan including Head of North American Investment Grade and Leverage Loan Syndicate, Sales and Trading businesses. Mr. Mauer began his career in 1982 at Price Waterhouse & Co., where he was a Senior Accountant and a C.P.A. Mr. Mauer received a B.S. from the University of Scranton and an M.B.A. from Columbia University. We believe Mr. Mauer’s extensive investing, finance, and restructuring experience bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Christopher E. Jansen is our President, Secretary and a member of our board of directors. Mr. Jansen has also served as a Partner and Co-Chief Investment Officer of CM Investment Partners, LP since June 2012. Mr. Jansen is a member of the Adviser’s investment committee and board of managers. Mr. Jansen also served as a Senior Managing Director at Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. since June 2012. Mr. Jansen intends to resign from Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. upon our election to be regulated as a BDC. Formerly, Mr. Jansen was a founding Managing Partner and Senior Portfolio Manager for Stanfield Capital Partners from inception in 1998 until the sale of the company in 2010. As a member of Stanfield

 

92


Table of Contents

Capital Partners’ Management Committee, Mr. Jansen was involved in planning the strategic direction of the firm. Additional responsibilities included the oversight and administration of the investment process and the implementation of portfolio management procedures of the company’s Collateralized Loan Obligation and bank loan businesses. During his tenure at Stanfield, Jansen was responsible for the management of 15 different portfolios aggregating in excess of $7 billion in assets. These portfolios were comprised of large corporate loans, middle-market loans, second lien loans, high yield bonds and structured finance securities. Prior to Stanfield Capital Partners, Mr. Jansen was Managing Director and Portfolio Manager at Chancellor Senior Secured Management from 1990 to 1998. While at Chancellor, Jansen was responsible for the management of 11 different portfolios aggregating in excess of $4 billion in assets. These portfolios were comprised of large corporate loans, middle-market loans and second lien loans. From 1983 to 1990, Mr. Jansen held various positions at Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, including as Vice President in the Bank’s Acquisition Finance Group and LBO Management Group. Mr. Jansen received a B.A. from Rutgers College and a M.M. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe Mr. Jansen’s extensive investing, finance, and restructuring experience bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Stephan Kuppenheimer will serve as a member of our board of directors upon consummation of the formation transactions and serves as a member of the Adviser’s investment committee and board of managers. Mr. Kuppenheimer has served in various capacities, including most recently as Senior Managing Director and Head of Credit Investments, at Stifel Financial Corp., a diversified financial services holding company, since March 2010. Mr. Kuppenheimer has also served as Chief Executive Officer of FSI Capital, LLC, an investment adviser, Chief Executive Officer, President and a Trustee of FSI Realty Trust, a specialty finance realty company, as well as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of FSI Securities, LLC, a registered broker-dealer since June 2006. Prior to joining FSI, Mr. Kuppenheimer was Director and Co-Head of the U.S. Structured Credit Products Group at Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. with responsibility for collateral loan obligations (CLOs), trust preferred collateral debt obligations (CDOs), structured funds and new products from April 2004 to June 2006. Mr. Kuppenheimer was also responsible for investment grade corporate CDOs and trust preferred securities at Credit Suisse First Boston from July 2000 to March 2004. He began his career as an attorney for Brown & Wood, LLP in New York focused on structured credit derivative transactions. Mr. Kuppenheimer received an A.B., with Honors, in Philosophy from Colgate University and a J.D., with Distinction, from Emory University. We believe Mr. Kuppenheimer’s extensive experience in originations, asset management, portfolio advisory, and structured credit and leveraged finance products brings important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Brennan McCaw serves as our Interim Chief Financial Officer. Mr. McCaw has also served as the Chief Financial Officer of Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. since April 13, 2009. Prior to joining Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P., Mr. McCaw served as Director of Accounting and Operations for DKR Oasis Management Company, LP. from 2006 until 2009. Prior to that, Mr. McCaw served as a Vice President and Manager of Operations with Goldman Sachs Administration Services Co. from 2002 to 2004 and again from 2005 until 2006. Mr. McCaw served as Chief Financial Officer for Oxford Advisors Ltd. from 2004 until 2005. Mr. McCaw qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1997 and was awarded the Chartered Financial Analyst designation in 2001. He received his Bachelors of Commerce from the University of Alberta in 1996.

[Biography of Chief Compliance Officer]

Audit Committee

The members of the audit committee are Mr. Lee, Ms. Persily, Mr. Ryder and Mr. Wagner, each of whom meets the independence standards established by the SEC and the Nasdaq for audit

 

93


Table of Contents

committees and is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Mr. Ryder serves as chairman of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Ryder is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act. The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls.

Compensation Committee

The members of the compensation committee are Mr. Lee, Ms. Persily, Mr. Ryder and Mr. Wagner, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance regulations. Ms. Persily serves as chairman of the compensation committee. The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing our compensation policies generally, evaluating executive officer performance, overseeing and setting compensation for our directors and, as applicable, our executive officers and, as applicable, preparing the report on executive officer compensation that SEC rules require to be included in our annual proxy statement. Currently, none of our executive officers is compensated by us, and as such, the compensation committee is not required to produce a report on executive officer compensation for inclusion in our annual proxy statement.

The compensation committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant assisting the compensation committee, including sole authority to approve all such compensation consultants’ fees and other retention terms. The compensation committee may delegate its authority to subcommittees or the chairman of the compensation committee when it deems appropriate and in our best interests.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Lee, Ms. Persily, Mr. Ryder and Mr. Wagner, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the Nasdaq corporate governance regulations. Mr. Lee serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the board or a committee of the board, developing and recommending to the board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board and our management.

The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider nominees to the board of directors recommended by a stockholder if such stockholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a stockholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting of stockholders must deliver written notice to our corporate secretary. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and certain other information set forth in the bylaws. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director by a stockholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our corporate secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements or any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the board of directors, and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines.

 

94


Table of Contents

The nominating and corporate governance committee has not adopted a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying individuals for election as members of the board of directors, but the committee will consider such factors as it may deem are in our best interests and those of our stockholders. Those factors may include a person’s differences of viewpoint, professional experience, education and skills, as well as his or her race, gender and national origin. In addition, as part of the board’s annual-self assessment, the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee will evaluate the membership of the board of directors and whether the board maintains satisfactory policies regarding membership selection.

Valuation Committee

The valuation committee is presently composed of Mr. Lee, Ms. Persily, Mr. Ryder and Mr. Wagner, each of whom is not an interested person of us for purposes of the 1940 Act and is independent for purposes of the Nasdaq corporate governance regulations. Mr. Wagner serves as the chairman of the valuation committee. The valuation committee is responsible for aiding our board of directors in fair value pricing of our debt and equity investments that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The board of directors and valuation committee will utilize the services of an independent valuation firm to help them determine the fair value of these securities.

Compensation of Directors

The following table shows information regarding the compensation expected to be received by our independent directors for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2014. No compensation is paid to directors who are “interested persons” for their service as directors.

 

Name

   Aggregate Cash
Compensation
from CM Finance Inc  (1)
     Total
Compensation
from CM Finance Inc
Paid to Director  (1)
 

Interested Directors

     

Michael C. Mauer

   $                     —       $                     —   

Christopher E. Jansen

   $       $   

Stephan Kuppenheimer

   $       $   

Independent Directors

     

Julie Persily

   $ 104,000       $ 104,000   

Robert Ryder

   $ 109,000       $ 109,000   

Robert Wagner

   $ 104,000       $ 104,000   

Keith Lee

   $ 104,000       $ 104,000   

 

(1) We are newly organized, and the amounts listed are estimated for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2014. For a discussion of the independent directors’ compensation, see below. We do not have a profit-sharing or retirement plan, and directors do not receive any pension or retirement benefits.

The independent directors will receive an annual fee of $75,000. They will also receive $2,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending in person or telephonically each regular board of directors meeting and each special telephonic meeting. They also will receive $1,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with each committee meeting attended in person and each telephonic committee meeting. The chairman of the audit committee will receive an annual fee of $7,500. The chairmen of the valuation committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee will receive an annual fee of $2,500, $2,500 and $2,500, respectively. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

 

95


Table of Contents

Independent directors will have the option of having their directors’ fees paid in shares of our common stock issued at a price per share equal to the greater of net asset value or the market price at the time of payment. No compensation is paid to directors who are “interested persons.”

Investment Committee

The Adviser’s investment committee consists of Messrs. Mauer, Jansen and one individual that is appointed by Stifel. Initially, Stifel has appointed Stephan Kuppenheimer to the Adviser’s investment committee. The investment committee of the Adviser meets regularly to consider our investments, direct our strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by the Adviser on our behalf. In addition, the investment committee reviews and determines, by unanimous vote, whether to make initial prospective investments identified by the Adviser. Follow-on investment decisions in existing portfolio companies and investment dispositions require the approval of a majority of the Adviser’s investment committee. The investment committee also monitors the performance of our investment portfolio. After the completion of this offering, the Adviser may increase the size of its investment committee from time to time.

Portfolio Management

Each initial investment opportunity requires the unanimous approval of the Adviser’s investment committee. Follow-on investment decisions in existing portfolio companies require the approval of Messrs. Mauer and Jansen beyond that obtained when the initial investment in the company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the investment committee. The day-to-day management of investments approved by the investment committee will be overseen by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen. Biographical information with respect to Messrs. Mauer and Jansen is set out under “—Biographical Information—Interested Directors.”

The members of the investment committee, excluding Mr. Kuppenheimer, receive compensation by the Adviser that includes an annual base salary, an annual individual performance bonus, contributions to 401(k) plans, and a portion of the incentive fee earned in connection with their services.

Executive Compensation

None of our executive officers receive compensation from us. Each of Messrs. Mauer and Jansen has a direct ownership and financial interest in, and may receive compensation and/or profit distributions from, the Adviser. None of Mr. Mauer, Mr. Jansen or Mr. Kuppenheimer receives any direct compensation from us. See “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.” Mr. McCaw, our interim chief financial officer and treasurer and, through                     ,                     , our chief compliance officer, are paid by the Adviser, as our administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by such persons to the Adviser. To the extent that the Adviser outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Adviser.

 

96


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

The Adviser will be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act prior to the completion of this offering. The Adviser was formed in July 2013.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, the Adviser will manage our day-to-day operations and provide investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will:

 

  Ÿ  

determine the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

  Ÿ  

identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments we make;

 

  Ÿ  

execute, close, service and monitor the investments we make;

 

  Ÿ  

determine the securities and other assets that we will purchase, retain or sell;

 

  Ÿ  

perform due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and

 

  Ÿ  

provide us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds.

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay the Adviser a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components—a base management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by our stockholders.

For the period commencing upon the consummation of this offering and ending December 31, 2014, the Adviser has agreed to waive its fees (base management and incentive fee) to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to support a minimum dividend payment on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of     % (to be paid on a quarterly basis). For the periods January 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 and January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016, the Adviser has agreed to waive its incentive fees to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to support minimum dividend payments on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of     % and     %, respectively (to be paid on a quarterly basis). The annual dividend yield will be based on our initial public offering price per share. Net investment income is defined as GAAP net income before net realized and unrealized gains (losses).

Management Fee

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents. For services rendered under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.

Incentive Fee

We will pay the Adviser an incentive fee. Incentive fees are calculated as below and payable quarterly in arrears (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date). The incentive fee, which provides the Adviser with a share of the income that it generates for us, has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, calculated as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to

 

97


Table of Contents

a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts, and will be 20.0% of the amount, if any, by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, exceeds a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate and a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, the Adviser receives no incentive fee until our pre-incentive fee net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0%, but then receives, as a “catch-up,” 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized). The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, the Adviser receives 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest expense and any distributions paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as OID, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to the lesser of (i) 20.0% of the amount by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of pre-incentive fee net investment income, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID) will be paid to the Adviser only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such accounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possible elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter, and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle, and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle.

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss, subject to the total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the quarterly minimum hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to

 

98


Table of Contents

realized and unrealized capital losses. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The following is a graphic representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

LOGO

Percentage of Pre-incentive Fee Net Investment Income

Allocated to Income-Related Portion of Incentive Fee

The capital gains component of the incentive fee is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2013, and is equal to 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees, provided that the incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2013 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2013. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally, if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee.

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee before Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Alternative 1

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Hurdle rate  (1)  = 2.0%

Management fee  (2)  = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)  (3)  = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 0.6125%

 

99


Table of Contents

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no income-related incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.9%

Hurdle rate  (1)  = 2.0%

Management fee  (2)  = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)  (3)  = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.2625%

Incentive fee = 100% × Pre-incentive fee net investment income (subject to “catch-up”)  (4)

= 100% × (2.2625% – 2.0%)

= 0.2625%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, but does not fully satisfy the “catch-up” provision, therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.2625%.

Alternative 3

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%

Hurdle rate  (1)  = 2.0%

Management fee  (2)  = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)  (3)  = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.8625%

Incentive fee = 100% × Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(subject to “catch-up”)  (4)

Incentive fee = 100% × “catch-up” + (20.0% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.5%))

“Catch-up” = 2.5% – 2.0%

= 0.5%

Incentive fee = (100% × 0.5%) + (20.0% × (2.8625% – 2.5%))

= 0.5% + (20.0% × 0.3625%)

= 0.5% + 0.725%

= 0.5725%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, and fully satisfies the “catch-up” provision, therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.5725%.

 

(1) Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2) Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee.
(3) Excludes organizational and offering expenses.
(4) The “catch-up” provision is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 20.0% on all pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any fiscal quarter.

 

100


Table of Contents

Example 2: Income Portion of Incentive Fee with Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Alternative 1:

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%

Hurdle rate  (1) = 2.0%

Management fee  (2) = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)  (3) = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.8625%

Cumulative incentive compensation accrued and/or paid for preceding 11 calendar quarters = $9,000,000

20.0% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $8,000,000

Although our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% (as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above), no incentive fee is payable because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters did not exceed the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters.

Alternative 2:

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%

Hurdle rate  (1) = 2.0%

Management fee  (2) = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)  (3) = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.8625%

Cumulative incentive compensation accrued and/or paid for preceding 11 calendar quarters = $9,000,000

20.0% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $10,000,000

Because our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% and because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters, an incentive fee would be payable, as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above.

 

 

(1) Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2) Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee.
(3) Excludes organizational and offering expenses.
(4) The “catch-up” provision is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 20.0% on all pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any fiscal quarter.

 

101


Table of Contents

Example 3: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee(*):

Alternative 1:

Assumptions

Year 1: $2.0 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $3.0 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)

Year 2: Investment A sold for $5.0 million and fair market value (“FMV”) of Investment B determined to be $3.5 million

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $2.0 million

Year 4: Investment B sold for $3.25 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

Year 1: None

Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $0.6 million—($3.0 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)

Year 3: None—$0.4 million (20.0% multiplied by ($3.0 million cumulative capital gains less $1.0 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $0.6 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $50,000—$0.65 million ($3.25 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20%) less $0.6 million (capital gains incentive fee taken in Year 2)

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Year 1: $2.0 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $5.25 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $4.5 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)

Year 2: Investment A sold for $4.5 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $4.75 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $4.5 million

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $5.0 million and Investment C sold for $5.5 million

Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $6.0 million

Year 5: Investment B sold for $4.0 million

The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:

Year 1: None

Year 2: $0.4 million capital gains incentive fee—20.0% multiplied by $2.0 million ($2.5 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $0.5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)

 

102


Table of Contents

Year 3: $0.25 million capital gains incentive fee  (1) —$0.65 million (20.0% multiplied by $3.25 million ($3.5 million cumulative realized capital gains less $0.25 million unrealized capital depreciation)) less $0.4 million capital gains incentive fee received in Year 2

Year 4: $0.05 million capital gains incentive fee—$0.7 million ($3.50 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $0.65 million cumulative capital gains incentive fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3

Year 5: None—$0.45 million (20.0% multiplied by $2.25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $3.5 million less realized capital losses of $1.25 million)) less $0.7 million cumulative capital gains incentive fee paid in Year 2, Year 3 and Year 4  (2)

 

* The hypothetical amounts of returns shown are based on a percentage of our total net assets and assume no leverage. There is no guarantee that positive returns will be realized and actual returns may vary from those shown in this example.
(1) As illustrated in Year 3 of Alternative 1 above, if a portfolio company were to be wound up on a date other than its fiscal year end of any year, it may have paid aggregate capital gains incentive fees that are more than the amount of such fees that would be payable if such portfolio company had been wound up on its fiscal year end of such year.
(2) As noted above, it is possible that the cumulative aggregate capital gains fee received by the Adviser ($0.70 million) is effectively greater than $0.45 million (20% of cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less net realized capital losses or net unrealized depreciation ($2.25 million)).

Payment of Our Expenses

The base management fee and incentive compensation remunerates the Adviser for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:

 

  Ÿ  

our organization, the Formation Transactions and this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);

 

  Ÿ  

fees and expenses payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for us and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments;

 

  Ÿ  

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

other offerings of our common stock and other securities;

 

  Ÿ  

administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including our allocable portion of the Adviser’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs);

 

  Ÿ  

transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act, as amended, and other applicable federal and state securities laws, and stock exchange listing fees;

 

103


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs;

 

  Ÿ  

federal, state and local taxes;

 

  Ÿ  

independent directors’ fees and expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to or communications and meetings with stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with investor relations;

 

  Ÿ  

costs and fees associated with any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

 

  Ÿ  

direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other expenses incurred by us or the Adviser in connection with administering our business.

Duration and Termination

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons.” The Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the Adviser and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice.

Indemnification

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as the Adviser.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

Our board of directors approved the Investment Advisory Agreement at its first meeting, held on October 8, 2013. A discussion regarding the basis for our board of directors’ approval of our Investment Advisory Agreement will be included in our first quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed subsequent to completion of this offering.

Administration Agreement

The Administration Agreement provides that the Adviser will furnish us with office facilities and equipment and will provide us with clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, the Adviser will

 

104


Table of Contents

perform, or oversee the performance of, our required administrative services, which will include being responsible for the financial and other records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports and other materials filed with the SEC. In addition, the Adviser will assist us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversee the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports and other materials to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Under the Administration Agreement, the Adviser will also provide managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance. The Adviser will satisfy certain of its obligations under the Administration Agreement to us through the Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital, including supplying us with our interim chief financial officer. See “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships – Services Agreement.”

Payments under the Administration Agreement will be equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of the Adviser’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. In addition, if requested to provide significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, the Adviser will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, which shall not exceed the amount we receive from such portfolio companies for providing this assistance. The Administration Agreement will have an initial term of two years and may be renewed with the approval of our board of directors. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that the Adviser outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any incremental profit to the Adviser.

Indemnification

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent criminal conduct, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our administrator.

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement with the Adviser under which the Adviser has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “CM Finance.” Under this agreement, we have a right to use the “CM Finance” name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains the Adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “CM Finance” name. This license agreement will remain in effect for so long as the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser is in effect.

 

105


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

Policies and Procedures for Managing Conflicts; Co-investment Opportunities

We have entered into agreements with the Adviser, in which our senior management and members of the Adviser’s investment committee have direct ownership and other financial interests. Mr. Mauer, our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Jansen, our President and Secretary and members of our board of directors together hold a 42% interest in the Adviser. The Adviser may in the future manage other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles that invest or may invest in assets eligible for purchase by us. To the extent that we compete with entities managed by the Adviser or any of its affiliates for a particular investment opportunity, the Adviser will allocate investment opportunities across the entities for which such opportunities are appropriate, consistent with (a) its internal investment allocation policies, (b) the requirements of the Advisers Act, and (c) certain restrictions under the 1940 Act regarding co-investments with affiliates.

Stifel Arrangement

On November     , 2013, we entered into the Stifel Arrangement pursuant to which Stifel made a capital commitment to us in an amount of up to $40.0 million, and will have certain rights, such as a right to nominate for election a member of our board of directors, who would be considered “interested” (that is, not independent for purposes of the 1940 Act). We intend to call the entire capital commitment by Stifel immediately after the CM Finance Merger and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC and the pricing of this offering for purposes of repurchasing $40.0 million of the Cyrus Funds’ interest in us assuming an offering of $100 million. Under the Stifel Arrangement, upon the completion of this offering, Stifel will own approximately 19% of our outstanding common stock. In addition, Stifel holds a 20% interest in the Adviser. As a result of its interest in the Adviser, Stifel will benefit from our performance and our investments. Stifel will not have any rights to exercise a controlling influence over our operations or the operations or investment management function of the Adviser.

Six of the investment professionals employed by the Adviser as part of the Investment Team are also employees of Stifel pursuant to the Stifel Arrangement. Although these investment professionals dedicate a majority of their time to the business and activities of the Adviser, they are concurrent employees of both Stifel and the Adviser, and as a result, may continue to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel. In addition, until such time as we and the Adviser no longer share office space with Cyrus Capital, these dual employees will not maintain office space with the Adviser or Cyrus Capital. This dual employment arrangement could result in a conflict of interest and may distract them from their responsibilities to us. Mr. Kuppenheimer, a member of the Adviser’s investment committee and member of our board of directors, is an employee of Stifel, and as a result, continues to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel, which could result in a conflict of interest and may distract Mr. Kuppenheimer from his responsibilities to us. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen monitor the activities of the members of the Investment Team for any conflicts of interest and will seek to resolve them on our behalf, subject to the oversight of our board of directors. As a member of the Adviser’s investment committee and our board of directors, Mr. Kuppenheimer will recuse himself from consideration of any potential conflict related to Stifel should any such conflict arise.

Under the Stifel Arrangement, Stifel will use its commercially reasonable efforts to present to us, and we will have the right to review and bid on, all Stifel-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities that are not subject to any restrictions that would prohibit Stifel from sharing opportunities with us, subject to the approval of our board of directors, as necessary under the 1940 Act, and certain other limitations. Stifel may invest in the same portfolio companies that we invest in, and (regardless of whether our investment arose from a Stifel-originated opportunity) Stifel may, through such investments, have interests that conflict with

 

106


Table of Contents

ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its interest in the Adviser. We believe that we may co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates upon approval of a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., one of the underwriters in this offering, is also a subsidiary of Stifel Financial Corp. and a sister company to Stifel. Because Stifel will own a 36% interest in us immediately prior to the completion of this offering and approximately 19% after giving effect to this offering, assuming an offering of $100 million, and owns an interest in the Adviser, and will benefit from our performance, including in this offering, a “conflict of interest” is deemed to exist under Rule 5121(f)(5)(B) of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

Cyrus Capital Relationship

The Cyrus Funds currently own 64% of our outstanding equity and will own approximately 33% of our outstanding common stock upon the completion of the CM Finance Merger and this offering. Pursuant to an irrevocable proxy, the shares of our common stock held by the Cyrus Funds upon completion of this offering must be voted in the same manner as our other stockholders (excluding Stifel) vote their shares. The Cyrus Funds also hold a [38]% economic interest, but no voting interest, in the Adviser. As a result of its economic interest in the Adviser, the Cyrus Funds benefit from our performance and our investments. Neither the Cyrus Funds nor Cyrus Capital will have any rights to exercise a controlling influence over our operations or the operations or investment management function of the Adviser. As a result of the relationship with Cyrus and the Cyrus Funds, we could be presumed to be an affiliate of the Cyrus Funds under the 1940 Act. However, a person’s status as an “affiliate” under the 1940 Act is a rebuttable presumption, which we believe we can successfully refute. As a result, we believe that we may invest in the same portfolio companies that the Cyrus Funds invest in, without seeking exemptive relief from the SEC. In addition, the Cyrus Funds may, through such co-investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its economic interest in the Adviser. Cyrus Capital may also provide us with investment opportunities.

The Adviser has entered into a Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital, pursuant to which, Cyrus Capital will provide the Adviser on a non-exclusive basis, with the services of certain employees, who will provide investment services, including analysis of investment opportunities, for us as part of the Adviser’s Investment Team and in connection with the Adviser’s obligations to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. Although we expect that the Adviser will rely on the Cyrus Capital employees that perform analyst functions for less than 25% of the aggregate time dedicated to our business by the Adviser’s Investment Team, the Cyrus Capital employees will also be engaging in investment advisory activities for the private investment funds managed by Cyrus Capital, including the Cyrus Funds, as well as other funds, which could result in a conflict of interest, with respect to, among other things, the allocation of investment opportunities and may distract them from their responsibilities to us. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen will monitor the activities of these investment professionals for any such conflicts and will seek to resolve them on our behalf, subject to the oversight of our board of directors. In addition, under the Services Agreement, the Adviser has retained the services of accounting and back office professionals to assist the Adviser in fulfilling certain of its obligations to us under the Administration Agreement. Our interim Chief Financial Officer is provided to us pursuant to the Adviser’s obligations under the Administration Agreement. We also will be sharing information technology with and receiving other administrative services from Cyrus Capital through the Services Agreement pursuant to the Adviser’s obligations under the Administration Agreement. In addition, we currently share office space with

 

107


Table of Contents

the Adviser and Cyrus Capital. We expect to move our office space during the first calendar quarter of 2014 and will then no longer share office space with Cyrus Capital. The Services Agreement has an initial term of five years and may be terminated by Cyrus Capital at any time only under certain circumstances, including if the Adviser ceases to provide investment advisory service to us. The Services Agreement may also be terminated by either Cyrus Capital or the Adviser upon 90 days’ notice prior to the initial five-year term and the expiration of each one-year anniversary thereafter.

Investment Advisory Agreement

We have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser. Pursuant to this agreement, we have agreed to pay to the Adviser a base management fee and an incentive fee. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, each an interested member of our board of directors, has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the Adviser. See “Management Agreements.” The incentive fee will be computed and paid on income that we may not have yet received in cash at the time of payment. This fee structure may create an incentive for the Adviser to invest in certain types of speculative securities. Additionally, we will rely on investment professionals from the Adviser (including through the Services Agreement) to assist our board of directors with the valuation of our portfolio investments. The Adviser’s management fee and incentive fee is based on the value of our investments and, therefore, there may be a conflict of interest when personnel of the Adviser are involved in the valuation process for our portfolio investments.

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which the Adviser has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “CM Finance.”

Administration Agreement

We have entered into an Administration Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which the Adviser (through the Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital) will furnish us with office facilities and equipment and will provide us with the clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services necessary to conduct day-to-day operations. Under this Administration Agreement, the Adviser will perform, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. See “Management Agreements.” We will reimburse the Adviser for the allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. In addition, the Adviser will satisfy certain of its obligations to us under the Administration Agreement through the Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital.

 

108


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets out certain ownership information with respect to our common stock for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote five percent or more of our outstanding common stock, each of our directors and officers and all officers and directors as a group. Immediately after this offering, there will be                  shares of common stock outstanding.

 

          Percentage of Common Stock Outstanding  
          Immediately Prior to This
Offering  (1)
    Immediately after This
Offering  (2)
 

Name and Address

  

Type of
Ownership

   Shares Owned      Percentage     Shares Owned    Percentage  

Cyrus Opportunities Master Fund II, Ltd.  (3)

Crescent 1, L.P.

CRS Master Fund, L.P.

Cyrus Select Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd.

c/o Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P.

399 Park Avenue, 39 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

  

 

Beneficial

     

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

 

%

 

  

Stifel Venture Corp.  (4)

237 Park Avenue, 8 th Floor

New York, NY 10017

   Beneficial           

Michael C. Mauer

   Beneficial                     %   

Christopher E. Jansen

   Beneficial                     

Stephan Kuppenheimer

   Beneficial                     

Brennan McCaw

   Beneficial                     
   Beneficial                     

Julie Persily

   Beneficial                     

Robert Ryder

   Beneficial                     

Robert Wagner

   Beneficial                     

Keith Lee

   Beneficial                     

All officers and directors as a group (9 persons)

   Beneficial                     

 

* Less than 1.0%
(1) Assumes the issuance of                 shares in connection with the CM Finance Merger and our repurchase of              shares held by the Cyrus Funds.
(2) Assumes the issuance of                  shares offered hereby.
(3) Each of Cyrus Opportunities Master Fund II, Ltd., Crescent 1, L.P., CRS Master Fund, L.P., and Cyrus Select Opportunities Master Fund, Ltd. is subject to a lock-up agreement with respect to the shares of common stock issued to it in connection with the CM Finance Merger. Pursuant to an irrevocable proxy,                 shares held by the Cyrus Funds must be voted in the same manner as our other stockholders, excluding Stifel Venture Corp., vote their shares.
(4) Stifel Venture Corp. is subject to a lock-up agreement with respect to the shares of common stock issued in connection with CM Finance Merger.

 

109


Table of Contents

The following table sets out the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors upon completion of this offering. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Name of Director

   Dollar Range of Equity Securities
in CM Finance Inc  (1)(2)
 

Independent Directors

  

Julie Persily

       

Robert Ryder

       

Robert Wagner

       

Keith Lee

       

Interested Directors

  

Michael C. Mauer

       

Christopher E. Jansen

       

Stephan Kuppenheimer

       

 

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: none, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, or over $100,000.
(2) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.

 

110


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock will be determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding.

In calculating the value of our total assets, investment transactions will be recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses will be computed using the specific identification method. Investments for which market quotations are readily available will be valued at such market quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market price is not readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors based on the input of our management and valuation committee. In addition, our board of directors will retain one or more independent valuation firms to review the valuation of each portfolio investment for which a market quotation is not available at least quarterly. We also have adopted ASC 820. This accounting statement requires us to assume that the portfolio investment is assumed to be sold in the principal market to market participants, or in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market, which may be a hypothetical market. Market participants are defined as buyers and sellers in the principal or most advantageous market that are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact. In accordance with ASC 820, the market in which we can exit portfolio investments with the greatest volume and level activity is considered our principal market.

The valuation process will be conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with each of our valuations of portfolio companies without market quotations subject to review by one or more independent valuation firm each quarter. When an external event with respect to one of our portfolio companies, such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we expect to use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation.

A readily available market value is not expected to exist for most of the investments in our portfolio, and we will value these portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors under our valuation policy and process. The types of factors that our board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparisons of financial ratios of the portfolio companies that issued such private equity securities to peer companies that are public, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, and other relevant factors. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, the company will consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate the private equity valuation. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material. In addition, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investments may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different from the valuations currently assigned. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Investments—Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.”

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

  Ÿ  

our quarterly valuation process will begin with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

111


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with our senior management and the Adviser;

 

  Ÿ  

at least once quarterly, the valuation for each portfolio investment will be reviewed by an independent valuation firm and/or independent auditors;

 

  Ÿ  

the valuation committee of our board of directors will then review these preliminary valuations; and

 

  Ÿ  

the board of directors will then discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of the Adviser, the independent valuation firm, the independent auditors and the valuation committee.

In following these approaches, the types of factors that will be taken into account in fair value pricing investments will include, as relevant, but not be limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables;

 

  Ÿ  

applicable market yields and multiples;

 

  Ÿ  

security covenants;

 

  Ÿ  

call protection provisions;

 

  Ÿ  

information rights;

 

  Ÿ  

the nature and realizable value of any collateral;

 

  Ÿ  

the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business;

 

  Ÿ  

comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public;

 

  Ÿ  

comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and

 

  Ÿ  

the principal market and enterprise values.

Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates not susceptible to substantiation by auditing procedures. Under current auditing standards, the notes to our financial statements refer to the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on our financial statements.

 

112


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that will provide for reinvestment of our stockholder distributions, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. As a result, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash distribution, then our stockholders who have not “opted out” of such dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution.

No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to have its cash distribution reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, the plan administrator and our transfer agent, registrar and distribution disbursing agent, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator by the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than three business days prior to the payment date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share. The plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a brokerage commission of $0.10 per share from the proceeds of the sale of any fractional share.

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

We expect to use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. Under such circumstances, the number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by 95% of the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the payment date fixed by our board of directors. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on The Nasdaq Global Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. We reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. Shares purchased in open market transactions by the plan administrator will be allocated to a stockholder based on the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of common stock purchased in the open market.

There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrator’s fees will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a brokerage commission of $0.10 per share from the proceeds.

Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock are generally subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. The amount of the distribution for federal income tax purposes will be equal to the fair market value of the stock received. However, since a participating stockholder’s cash distributions will be reinvested, such stockholder will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes on reinvested distributions. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss

 

113


Table of Contents

upon the sale of stock received in a distribution from us will generally be equal to the amount treated as a distribution for federal income tax purposes. Any stock received in a distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator by filling out the transaction request form located at the bottom of the participant’s statement and sending it to the plan administrator at the address below. Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other nominee who wish to terminate his or her account under the plan may do so by notifying his or her broker or nominee. You may also terminate your account online at www.amstock.com or via the toll free number (800) 937-5449. You may also call the toll free number with any inquiries you may have. Representatives are available Monday to Friday 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. Eastern Standard Time.

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any stockholder distribution by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC, 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York, 11219, or by calling the plan administrator at (718) 921-8124.

If you withdraw or the plan is terminated, you will receive the number of whole shares in your account under the plan and a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account.

If you hold your common stock with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the plan, you will not be able to participate in the plan and any distribution reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial adviser for more information.

Neither we nor American Stock Transfer & Trust Co, LLC will be liable for any act performed in good faith or for any good faith omission to act or failure to act, including, without limitation, any claim of liability (a) arising out of failure to terminate a participant’s account, sell shares held in the Plan or reinvest dividends; (b) with respect to the prices at which stock is purchased or sold for the participant’s account and the time such purchases or sales are made. Without limiting the foregoing, American Stock Transfer & Trust Co, LLC will not be liable for any claim made more than 30 days after any instruction to buy or sell stock was given to American Stock Transfer & Trust Co, LLC.

 

114


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares of common stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as a capital asset (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

A “U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust if either a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to that date, and has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective investor that is a partner in a partnership that will hold shares of our common stock should consult its tax advisors with respect to the partnership’s purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares of common stock will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty, and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

 

115


Table of Contents

Election to be Taxed as a RIC

As a BDC, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary taxable income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

Taxation as a RIC

If we:

 

  Ÿ  

qualify as a RIC; and

 

  Ÿ  

satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement;

then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain, defined as net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, we distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any net income or net capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on our undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (a) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (b) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (c) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding year and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). We currently intend to make sufficient distributions each taxable year to satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

qualify to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

  Ÿ  

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (which generally are partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends and other permitted RIC income) (the “90% Income Test”); and

 

  Ÿ  

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

  Ÿ  

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

 

116


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Tests”).

We may invest in partnerships, including qualified publicly traded partnerships, which may result in our being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding liabilities.

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. If we are not able to obtain sufficient cash from other sources to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on all of our taxable income without the benefit of the dividends-paid deduction.

If we form an SBIC subsidiary, we expect that we would be partially dependent on the SBIC subsidiary for cash distributions to enable us to meet the RIC distribution requirements. The SBIC subsidiary may be limited by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, and SBA regulations governing SBICs, from making certain distributions to us that may be necessary to maintain our status as a RIC. We may have to request a waiver of the SBA’s restrictions for the SBIC subsidiary to make certain distributions to maintain our RIC status. We cannot assure you that the SBA will grant such waiver and if the SBIC subsidiary is unable to obtain a waiver, compliance with the SBA regulations may result in loss of RIC tax treatment and a consequent imposition of corporate-level federal income tax on us.

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order (i) to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and to otherwise eliminate our liability for U.S. federal income and excise taxes and (ii) to satisfy the Diversification Tests. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to borrow additional funds or to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation—Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement, the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement or the Diversification Tests may be limited by (a) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (b) other requirements relating to our qualification as a RIC. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement, the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, or the Diversification Tests, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

We anticipate that, as a result of the CM Finance Merger, we may hold assets (including intangible assets not reflected on the balance sheet, such as goodwill) with “built-in gain,” which are assets whose fair market value as of the effective date of the merger exceed their tax basis. In general, to the extent that such built-in gain is attributable to members of CM Finance LLC as of the date of the merger that are C corporations for tax purposes (“C-corporation members”), we will be required to pay a corporate-level tax on the net amount of any such built-in gains that we

 

117


Table of Contents

recognize during the ten-year period beginning on the effective date of our election to be treated as a RIC. Alternatively, we may make a special election to cause the C-corporation members to recognize an allocable portion of net built-in gain as of the date of the merger. In that event, CM Finance LLC would be required to recognize such built-in gain as if a proportionate share of its assets were sold at the time of the merger. The amount of any such gain recognized is required to be allocated to the C-corporation members as of the date of the merger. We do not anticipate making this election at this time. Any corporate-level built-in gain tax is payable at the time the built-in gains are recognized (which generally will be the years in which the built-in gain assets are sold in a taxable transaction). The amount of this tax will vary depending on the assets that are actually sold by us in this 10-year period, the actual amount of net built-in gain or loss present in those assets as of the effective date of our election to be treated as a RIC, and effective tax rates. The payment of any such corporate-level tax on built-in gains will be a company expense that will be borne by all stockholders (not just any former C-corporation members) and will reduce the amount available for distribution to shareholders. Recognized built-in gains that are ordinary in character and the excess of short-term capital gains over long-term capital losses will be included in our investment company taxable income, and generally we must distribute annually at least 90% of any such amounts (net of corporate taxes we pay on those gains) in order to be eligible for RIC tax treatment. Any such amount distributed likely will be taxable to stockholders as ordinary income. Built-in gains (net of taxes) that are recognized within the 10-year period and that are long-term capital gains likely will also be distributed (or deemed distributed) annually to our stockholders. Any such amount distributed (or deemed distributed) likely will be taxable to stockholders as long-term capital gains.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (a) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (b) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such treatment, (c) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (d) convert lower-taxed long term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (e) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (f) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (g) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (h) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (i) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent our disqualification as a RIC.

We may in the future acquire equity interests in companies that are treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as shares in PFICs. We may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our allocable share of a portion of any “excess distribution” received on, or any gain from the disposition of, such shares even if our allocable share of such income is distributed as a taxable dividend to the PFIC’s stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest generally will be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distribution or gain. If we elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed by the QEF. Alternatively, we may elect mark-to-market treatment for a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income our allocable share of any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss our allocable share of any decrease in such value to the extent that any such decrease does not exceed prior increases included in our income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of distributions from PFICs and proceeds from dispositions of PFIC shares during that year, and we must distribute such income to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and the Excise

 

118


Table of Contents

Tax Avoidance Requirement. Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, we may hold assets that generate such income and provide services that generate such fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. federal corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and if certain remedial provisions are not available, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate stockholders would be eligible to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to such distributions, and non-corporate stockholders would be able to treat such dividend income as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year we may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets ( i.e. , the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next ten years.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will qualify as a RIC and will satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations and if certain holding period requirements are met, such distributions generally will be treated as qualified dividend income and will be eligible for a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 20% maximum U.S. federal income tax rate. Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%) in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder. U.S. stockholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a

 

119


Table of Contents

distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Although we currently intend to distribute any net long-term capital gains at least annually, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our net long-term capital gains but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal its allocable share of the tax paid on the deemed distribution by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for their shares of common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gains at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual U.S. stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for U.S. federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

We may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in part in our stock. Under certain applicable provision of the Code and the Treasury regulations, distributions payable in cash or in shares of stock at the election of shareholders are treated as taxable dividends. The Internal Revenue Service has issued private rulings indicating that this rule will apply even if the total amount of cash that may be distributed is limited to no more than 20% of the total distribution. Under these rulings, if too many shareholders elect to receive their distributions in cash, each such shareholder would receive a pro rata share of the total cash to be distributed and would receive the remainder of their distribution in shares of stock. If we decide to make any distributions consistent with these rulings that are payable in part in our stock, taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend (whether received in cash, our stock, or combination thereof) as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly designated as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for United States federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our stock.

For purposes of determining (a) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (b) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during

 

120


Table of Contents

January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares of our common stock will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of their investment.

A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of their shares of our common stock. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held their shares of common stock for more than one year. Otherwise, it would be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the common stock acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss.

In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain ( i.e. , the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year), including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares of common stock. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. In addition, individuals with income in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate stockholders with net capital losses for a year ( i.e. , net capital losses in excess of net capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carryback such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

We (or the applicable withholding agent) will send to each of our U.S. stockholders after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal income tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation. Dividends distributed by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the lower tax rates applicable to certain qualified dividends.

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) from all distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (a) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (b) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any

 

121


Table of Contents

amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such stockholder to a refund, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act generally imposes a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners). The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends paid after June 30, 2014, and the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S.-source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2016. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. When these provisions become effective, a U.S. stockholder that holds its shares through foreign intermediaries or foreign entities could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a U.S. stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in the shares of our common stock is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our common stock.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income, net short-term capital gain or foreign-source dividend and interest income, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, in which case the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. In that case, we will not be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their tax advisors.

Under a provision that applies to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014, properly reported dividends received by a Non-U.S. stockholder generally are exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (a) are paid in respect of our “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we are at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (b) are paid in connection with our “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Although this provision has been subject to previous extensions, we cannot be certain whether this exception will apply for any taxable years beginning after December 31, 2013. In addition, we cannot provide any certainty that we will report any of our distributions as eligible for this exception.

 

122


Table of Contents

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States or, in the case of an individual Non-U.S. stockholder, the stockholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of the sale or capital gain dividend and certain other conditions are met.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty).

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act generally imposes a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners). The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends paid after June 30, 2014, and the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S.-source interest or dividends paid after December 31, 2016. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. When these provisions become effective, depending on the status of a Non-U.S. stockholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, Non-U.S. stockholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

An investment in shares by a non-U.S. person may also be subject to U.S. estate tax. Non-U.S. persons should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, U.S. estate tax and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares of our common stock.

 

123


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws and relevant contracts. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the Maryland General Corporation Law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Our authorized stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which are initially designated as common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the ticker symbol “CMFN.” There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

Our outstanding classes of securities immediately following the completion of this offering will be as follows:

 

(1)

Title of Class

   (2)
Amount
Authorized
     (3)
Amount Held
by Us or for
Our Account
     (4)

Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Amounts
Shown Under (3)

Common Stock

     100,000,000              

Under our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock without obtaining stockholder approval. As permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that the board of directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.

Common Stock

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, voting, and distributions and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be unable to elect any director.

Preferred Stock

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including preferred stock. The cost of any such

 

124


Table of Contents

reclassification would be borne by our existing common stockholders. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors is required by Maryland law and by our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (a) immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our gross assets after deducting the amount of such distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (b) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if distributions on such preferred stock are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a BDC. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions. However, we do not currently have any plans to issue preferred stock.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

Our charter authorizes us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while a director and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made a party to the proceeding by reason of his service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her status as a present or former director or officer and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of us in any of the capacities described above and any of our employees or agents or any employees or agents of our predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

 

125


Table of Contents

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Our insurance policy does not currently provide coverage for claims, liabilities and expenses that may arise out of activities that our present or former directors or officers have performed for another entity at our request. There is no assurance that such entities will in fact carry such insurance. However, we note that we do not expect to request our present or former directors or officers to serve another entity as a director, officer, partner or trustee unless we can obtain insurance providing coverage for such persons for any claims, liabilities or expenses that may arise out of their activities while serving in such capacities.

Certain Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

Classified board of directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. Upon expiration of their terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify and each year one class of directors will be elected by the stockholders. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

Election of Directors

Our charter and bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a plurality of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors cast at a meeting of

 

126


Table of Contents

stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present will be required to elect a director. Pursuant to our charter our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

Number of Directors; Vacancies; Removal

Our charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than one nor more than nine. Our charter provides that, at such time as we have at least three independent directors and our common stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law regarding the filling of vacancies on the board of directors. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.

Our charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause, as defined in our charter, and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors.

Action by Stockholders

Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or (unless the charter provides for stockholder action by less than unanimous written consent, which our charter does not) by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of our bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (a) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (b) by the board of directors or (c) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of our bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by the board of directors or (3) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws. The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of

 

127


Table of Contents

directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors and certain of our officers. Additionally, our bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the secretary of the corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Action; Amendment of Charter and Bylaws

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter generally provides for approval of charter amendments and extraordinary transactions by the stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our charter also provides that certain charter amendments, any proposal for our conversion, whether by charter amendment, merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company and any proposal for our liquidation or dissolution requires the approval of the stockholders entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter. However, if such amendment or proposal is approved by a majority of our continuing directors (in addition to approval by our board of directors), such amendment or proposal may be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such a matter. In either event, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, any such amendment or proposal that would have the effect of changing the nature of our business so as to cause us to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC would be required to be approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities, as defined under the 1940 Act. The “continuing directors” are defined in our charter as (a) our current directors, (b) those directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of our current directors then on the board of directors or (c) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of continuing directors or the successor continuing directors then in office.

Our charter and bylaws provide that the board of directors will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our bylaws.

No Appraisal Rights

Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Control Share Act discussed below, as permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law, our charter provides that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless a majority of the board of directors shall determine such rights apply.

 

128


Table of Contents

Control Share Acquisitions

The Maryland General Corporation Law provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter (the “Control Share Act”). Shares owned by the acquirer, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

  Ÿ  

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

  Ÿ  

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

  Ÿ  

a majority or more of all voting power.

The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of the demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including, as provided in our bylaws compliance with the 1940 Act. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The Control Share Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future. However, we will not amend our bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Act unless the board of directors determines that it would be in the best interests of our stockholders and we obtain the express approval by the SEC staff of our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act.

 

129


Table of Contents

Business Combinations

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder (the “Business Combination Act”). These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

 

  Ÿ  

any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of then outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the stockholder otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

  Ÿ  

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

  Ÿ  

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution that any business combination between us and any other person is exempted from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by the board of directors, including a majority of the directors who are not interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. This resolution may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time; however, our board of directors will adopt resolutions so as to make us subject to the provisions of the Business Combination Act only if the board of directors determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Business Combination Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. If this resolution is repealed, or the board of directors does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

 

130


Table of Contents

Conflict with 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, including the Control Share Act (if we amend our bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act, or any provision of our charter or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

 

131


Table of Contents

REGULATION

We are a BDC under the 1940 Act and intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies is fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval upon 60 days’ prior written notice to stockholders.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

(1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. Under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, “eligible portfolio companies” include (1) private domestic operating companies, (2) public domestic operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange (e.g., The Nasdaq Global Market) or registered under the Exchange Act, and (3) public domestic operating companies having a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public domestic operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board or through Pink Sheets LLC are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies.

(2) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

(3) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident to

 

132


Table of Contents

such a private transaction, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

(4) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

(5) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(6) Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities that mature in one year or less from the date of investment.

The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

In order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, a BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance. However, when the BDC purchases securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers, employees or agents, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. The Adviser will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets or temporary investments. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, so long as the agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. The Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

 

133


Table of Contents

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Business and Structure—Regulations governing our operation as a BDC will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.”

Codes of Ethics

We and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each such code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with such code’s requirements. You may read and copy our code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, each code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of each code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address:  publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set out below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our directors who are not “interested persons,” and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, the Adviser has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests. As part of this duty, the Adviser recognizes that it must vote our securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests.

The Adviser’s policies and procedures for voting proxies for its investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

The Adviser votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in what it perceives to be the best interest of our stockholders. The Adviser reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to determine its effect on the portfolio securities we hold. In most cases, the Adviser will vote in favor of proposals that the Adviser believes are likely to increase the value of the portfolio securities we hold. Although the Adviser will generally vote against proposals that

 

134


Table of Contents

may have a negative effect on our portfolio securities, the Adviser may vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so.

The Adviser has established a proxy voting committee and adopted proxy voting guidelines and related procedures. The proxy voting committee establishes proxy voting guidelines and procedures, oversees the internal proxy voting process, and reviews proxy voting issues. To ensure that the Adviser’s vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser requires that (1) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (2) employees involved in the decision-making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how the Adviser intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, the Adviser will disclose such conflicts to us, including our independent directors and may request guidance from us on how to vote such proxies.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information about how the Adviser voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: CM Finance Inc, Attention: [Investor Relations], 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022, or by calling us collect at (212) 257-5199. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains this information.

Privacy Principles

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their nonpublic personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third-party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to employees of the Adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We intend to maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

Other

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and the Adviser will each be required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of relevant federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

 

135


Table of Contents

We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. Thus, based on current SEC interpretations, co-investment transactions involving a BDC like us and an entity that is advised by the Adviser or an affiliated adviser generally could not be effected without SEC relief. The staff of the SEC has, however, granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities, provided that the adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met.

Under the Stifel Arrangement, Stifel will use its commercially reasonable efforts to present to us, and we will have the right to review and bid on, all Stifel-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities that are not subject to any restrictions that would prohibit Stifel from sharing opportunities with us, subject to the approval of our board of directors as necessary under the 1940 Act and certain other limitations. Stifel may invest in the same portfolio companies that we invest in (regardless of whether our investment arose from a Stifel-originated opportunity) and Stifel may, through such investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its interest in the Adviser. We believe that we may co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates upon approval of a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

As a result of the relationship with Cyrus and the Cyrus Funds, we could be presumed to be an affiliate of the Cyrus Funds under the 1940 Act. However, a person’s status as an “affiliate” under the 1940 Act is a rebuttable assumption, which we believe we can successfully rebut. As a result, we believe that we may invest in the same portfolio companies that the Cyrus Funds invest in, without seeking exemptive relief from the SEC.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

 

  Ÿ  

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;

 

  Ÿ  

pursuant to Item 307 under Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

  Ÿ  

pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  Ÿ  

pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated under such act. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance with that act.

 

136


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering,              shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and an initial public offering price of $             per share. Of these shares, the              shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act. The remaining              shares (including              shares issued to Stifel and the Cyrus Funds in connection with the CM Finance Merger) will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act or may be sold pursuant to the safe harbors found in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

In general, a person who has beneficially owned “restricted” shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (a) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (b) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned “restricted” shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the total number of securities then outstanding; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 also are subject to certain manners of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. We can give no assurance as to (a) the likelihood that an active market for our common stock will develop, (b) the liquidity of any such market, (c) the ability of our stockholders to sell our securities or (d) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of our securities. We can make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that future sales of securities, or the availability of securities for future sales, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may affect adversely prevailing market prices of our common stock.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our executive officers and our directors will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons will agree not to, without the prior written approval of the representative, offer, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, hedge, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. At any time, the representatives may, in their sole discretion, release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

Each of Stifel and the Cyrus Funds, will enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, each of Stifel and the Cyrus Funds will agree not to, without the prior written approval of the representative of the underwriter, offer, sell,

 

137


Table of Contents

offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, hedge, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of          days after the date of this prospectus. At any time, the representatives may, in their sole discretion, release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to this offering—sales of substantial amounts of our common stock may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.”

Registration Rights

We have granted Stifel and the Cyrus Funds certain registration rights pursuant to which we have agreed to prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 pursuant to Rule 415 to register the resale of the shares of our common stock we issued to the Cyrus Funds and Stifel in connection with the formation transactions. Specifically, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC promptly after a request by either Stifel or the Cyrus Funds to file such a registration statement with the SEC. We agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC within 90 days of the initial filing thereof with the SEC. We have also granted certain piggyback registration rights to Stifel and the Cyrus Funds. Stifel and the Cyrus Funds may only exercise these registration rights after the expiration of the lock-up period described above.

 

138


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held by State Street Bank and Trust Company pursuant to a custody agreement. The principal business address of State Street Bank and Trust Company is 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will acquire and dispose of many of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, many of the transactions that we engage in will not require the use of brokers or the payment of brokerage commissions. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, the Adviser will be primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. The Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. The Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, the Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to the Adviser and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

139


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. Raymond James & Associates, Inc., is the representative of the underwriters and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. are the book-running managers of this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters named below, each of the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

  
  
  

 

Total

  

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

  Ÿ  

receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

 

  Ÿ  

the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have been advised by the representative that the underwriters other than Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., expect to make a market in our common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Over-allotment Option

We will grant the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of                  additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters will have 30 days from the date of our final prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

Commissions and Discounts

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. Sales of shares made outside of the U.S. may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the

 

140


Table of Contents

shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

The following table shows the public offering price and underwriting discounts. The Advisor has agreed to pay     % of the sales load. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option.

 

     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public Offering Price

   $                        $                        $                    

Sales load (underwriting discount and commission) payable by us

   $         $         $     

Sales load (underwriting discount and commission) payable by the Adviser

   $         $         $     

Total sales load (underwriting discount and commission)

   $         $         $     

We and the Adviser have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors, will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons will agree not to, without the prior written approval of the representative, offer, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, hedge, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to this offering. At any time, the representative may, in its sole discretion, release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

Each of Stifel and the Cyrus Funds, will enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Under these agreements, subject to certain exceptions, each of Stifel and the Cyrus Funds will agree not to, without the prior written approval of the representative of the underwriter, offer, sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, hedge, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of          days after the date of this prospectus. At any time, the representative may, in its sole discretion, release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

The Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied to have our common stock listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CMFN.”

Price Stabilization; Short Positions

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:

 

  Ÿ  

stabilizing transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

short sales;

 

141


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

  Ÿ  

imposition of penalty bids; and

 

  Ÿ  

syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on The Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation by us and the representative of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

 

  Ÿ  

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative;

 

  Ÿ  

our history and prospects and the history of and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

  Ÿ  

our past and present financial performance and an assessment of the ability of the Adviser;

 

  Ÿ  

our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

  Ÿ  

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

142


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

  Ÿ  

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Conflict of Interest

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., one of the underwriters, is a subsidiary of Stifel Financial Corp. and a sister company to Stifel. Because Stifel will own a 36% interest in us before the completion of this offering and approximately 19% after giving effect to this offering and will own an interest in the Adviser, and benefit from our performance, including in this offering, a “conflict of interest” is deemed to exist under FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(B). Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. As such, it will not confirm sales to accounts in which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written consent of the customer. Pursuant to Rule 5121, a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in Rule 5121) must participate in the preparation of the prospectus and perform its usual standard of due diligence with respect to the prospectus. Raymond James & Associates, Inc. is acting as the qualified independent underwriter for the offering in accordance with Rule 5121. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will also not make a market in our shares of common stock.

Additional Information

The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage in transactions with us and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.

The principal business address of Raymond James & Associates, Inc. is 880 Carillon Parkway, St. Petersburg, FL 33716. The principal business address of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is 787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

143


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLC, Washington, DC 20001. Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLC also represents the Adviser and certain of its affiliates. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York 10104.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and for the year ended June 30, 2013 and the period from March 7, 2012 (commencement of operations) to June 30, 2012, as set forth in their report. We have included our consolidated financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. Ernst & Young LLP’s principal business address is 5 Times Square, New York, New York 10036.

 

144


Table of Contents

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus.

Upon completion of this offering, we will file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

We plan to maintain a website at www.[ ].com and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. You may also obtain such information by contacting us in writing at 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022, Attention: [Investor Relations]. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with the SEC at www.sec.gov . Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may also be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

 

145


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

For the three months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012

 

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     F-2   

Unaudited Consolidated Schedules of Investments

     F-3   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-7   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Capital

     F-8   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9   

For the year ended

June 30, 2013 and the period from March 7, 2012

(date of inception) to June 30, 2012

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-27   

Audited Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition

     F-28   

Audited Consolidated Schedule of Investments

     F-29   

Audited Consolidated Statement of Operations

     F-32   

Audited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Capital

     F-33   

Audited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-34   

Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-35   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

 

     (Unaudited)         
     September 30,
2013
     June 30,
2013
 

Assets

     

Investments at fair value (amortized cost of $132,724,521 and $118,142,962 respectively)

  

$

132,909,298

  

  

$

119,209,284

  

     

Cash, restricted

     33,879,449         42,601,338   

Due from broker

     2,964,047         22,975,552   

Interest receivable

     1,609,601         1,012,042   

Deferred debt issuance costs (net of accumulated amortization of $36,973 and $10,924, respectively)

     270,007         296,056   

Deferred offering costs

     74,182           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 171,706,584       $ 186,094,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Capital

     

Due to broker

   $ 2,151,074       $   

Note payable

     76,500,000         76,500,000   

Distributions payable

             22,000,000   

Interest payable

     25,396         149,198   

Accrued expenses

     235,238         194,437   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     78,911,708         98,843,635   

Members’ capital

     92,794,876         87,250,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Members’ Capital

   $ 171,706,584       $ 186,094,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

(Unaudited)

September 30, 2013

 

Investments (1)

 

Industry

  Principal
Amount (2)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     % of Members’
Capital (3)
 

Investments:

         

Non-Controlled/Non-Affiliates

         

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

         

Active Media Services, Inc. Term Loan, L+9.50%, due 2/1/2018

  Commercial Services   $ 5,000,000      $ 4,865,386      $ 4,862,500        5.24

AM General, LLC Term Loan B, L+9.00%, due 3/22/2018

  Automobiles and Components     15,600,000        15,374,910        14,040,000        15.13

Crestwood Holdings, LLC Term Loan B-1, L+6.00%, due 6/19/2019

  Pipelines     9,975,000        9,927,605        10,124,625        10.91

Endeavour International Corporation Letter of Credit, 13%, due 6/30/2014

  Oil and Gas     17,953,305        17,955,672        17,953,305        19.35

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. Exit Facility, L+6.50%, due 12/4/2014

  Diversified Financial Services     8,537,327        8,398,194        8,451,954        9.11

YRCW Receivables, LLC ABL Term Loan B, L+9.75%, due 9/30/2014

  Trucking and Leasing     12,043,559        12,095,804        12,224,212        13.17
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

        68,617,571        67,656,596        72.91
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

         

Telecommunications Management LLC 2nd lien, L+8.00%, due 10/30/2020

  Telecommunications     8,831,169        8,752,253        8,919,481        9.61

Telular Corporation 2nd Lien, L+8.00%, due 6/24/2020

  Telecommunications     7,500,000        7,392,580        7,387,500        7.96

TNS Inc., 2nd Lien, L+8.00%, due 8/14/2020

  Telecommunications     7,862,500        7,868,112        7,941,125        8.56

Trident USA Health Services, LLC, 2nd Lien, L+9.00%, due 7/29/2020

  Healthcare-Products/Services     20,000,000        19,941,632        20,000,000        21.55
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

        43,954,577        44,248,106        47.68
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Secured Notes

         

Capitol Petroleum Group, 11.00% cash, 3.00% PIK, due 12/3/2019

  Oil and Gas     10,253,951        10,076,250        10,048,872        10.83

Virgin America, Inc. Notes, 17.00% PIK due 6/9/2016

  Airlines     5,000,000        4,839,246        5,000,000        5.39

Virgin America, Inc. Notes, 8.50% cash, 8.50% PIK, due 6/9/2016

  Airlines     5,425,073        5,007,276        5,425,074        5.85
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Notes

        19,922,772        20,473,946        22.07
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

(Unaudited)

September 30, 2013

 

Investments (1)

 

Industry

  Principal
Amount (2)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     % of Members’
Capital (3)
 

Warrants

         

Endeavour International Corporation $3.01 strike, due 4/30/18

  Oil and Gas   $ 160,000      $ 160,000      $ 368,000        0.40

Virgin America, Inc.
$2.50 strike, due 5/10/43

  Airlines  

 

513,333

  

 

 

184,116

  

 

 

272,066

  

 

 

0.29

$3.50 strike, due 5/10/43

      385,000        53,441        127,050        0.14
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warrants

        397,557        767,116        0.83
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Term Loans and Warrants

        132,892,477        133,145,764        143.49
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unfunded Obligations

         

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. Exit Facility 0.50%, due 12/4/2014

  Diversified Financial     (5,122,397     (81,190     (51,224     -0.06

YRC Worldwide, Inc. Letter of Credit 7.50%, due 3/31/2015

  Trucking and Leasing     (12,349,448     (86,766     (185,242     -0.20
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Unfunded Obligations

        (167,956     (236,466     -0.26
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments

      $ 132,724,521      $ 132,909,298        143.23
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All investments are in non-controlled and non-affiliated issuers. All investments are in U.S. based issuers.

 

(2) Principal amount includes capitalized PIK interest and is net of repayments and unfunded commitments.

 

(3) Percentage is based on members’ capital of $92,794,876 as of September 30, 2013.

 

(4) At the option of the issuer, this rate may be either 5.50% + the greater of the prime rate and the fed funds effective rate or L+6.50%.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

June 30, 2013

 

Investments (1)

  Industry   Principal
Amount (2)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     % of Members’
Capital (3)
 

Investments:

         

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

         

Alcatel-Lucent USA Term Loan C, L+6.25%, due 1/30/2019

  Telecommunications   $ 12,680,639      $ 12,621,632      $ 12,680,639        14.53

AM General, LLC Term Loan B, L+9.00%, due 3/22/2018

  Automobiles and
Components
    16,000,000        15,766,198        15,680,000        17.97

Crestwood Holdings, LLC Term Loan B-1, L+6.00%, due 6/19/2019

  Pipelines     10,000,000        9,950,368        10,050,000        11.52

Endeavour International Corporation Letter of Credit, 13%, due 6/30/2014

  Oil and Gas     17,953,305        17,972,433        17,953,305        20.59

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. Exit Facility, L+6.50%, due 12/4/2014

  Diversified
Financial Services
    6,679,814        6,496,119        6,613,016        7.58

YRCW Receivables, LLC ABL Term Loan B, L+9.75%, due 9/30/2014

  Trucking and
Leasing
    12,074,283        12,139,434        12,255,397        14.05
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

        74,946,184        75,232,357        86.24
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

         

Telecommunications Management LLC 2nd lien, L+8.00%, due 10/30/2020

  Telecommunications     8,000,000        7,922,272        8,100,000        9.28

Telular Corporation 2nd Lien, L+8.00%, due 6/24/2020

  Telecommunications     7,500,000        7,388,551        7,387,500        8.47

TNS Inc., 2nd Lien, L+8.00%, due 8/14/2020

  Telecommunications     7,862,500        7,920,381        7,960,781        9.12
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

        23,231,204        23,448,281        26.87
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Secured Notes

         

Capitol Petroleum Group, 11.00% cash, 3.00% PIK, due 12/3/2019

  Oil and Gas     10,175,935        9,990,986        9,972,417        11.43

Virgin America, Inc. Notes, 17.00% PIK due 6/9/2016

  Airlines     5,000,000        4,824,216        5,000,000        5.73

Virgin America, Inc. Notes, 8.50% cash, 8.50% PIK, due 6/9/2016

  Airlines     5,425,073        4,968,213        5,425,074        6.22
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Notes

        19,783,415        20,397,491        23.38
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

June 30, 2013

 

Investments (1)

  Industry   Principal
Amount (2)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     % of Members’
Capital (3)
 

Warrants

         

Endeavour International Corporation $3.01 strike, due 4/30/18

  Oil and Gas   $ 160,000      $ 160,000      $ 160,000        0.18

Virgin America, Inc.

         

$2.50 strike, due 5/10/43

  Airlines     513,333        184,116        299,955        0.34

$3.50 strike, due 5/10/43

      385,000        53,441        96,016        0.11
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warrants

        397,557        555,971        0.63
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Term Loans and Warrants

        118,358,360        119,634,100        137.12
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unfunded Obligations

         

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. Exit Facility 0.50%, due 12/4/2014

  Diversified
Financial
    (4,007,888     (109,645     (40,079     -0.05

YRC Worldwide, Inc. Letter of Credit 7.50%, due 3/31/2015

  Trucking and
Leasing
    (12,824,547     (105,753     (384,737     -0.44
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Unfunded Obligations

        (215,398     (424,816     -0.49
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments

      $ 118,142,962      $ 119,209,284        136.63
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All investments are in non-controlled and non-affiliated issuers. All investments are in U.S. based issuers.

 

(2) Principal amount includes capitalized PIK interest and is net of repayments and unfunded commitments.

 

(3) Percentage is based on members’ capital of $87,250,637 as of June 30, 2013.

 

(4) At the option of the issuer, this rate may be either 5.50% + the greater of the prime rate and the fed funds effective rate or L+6.50%.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

 

     For the three months ended
September 30,
 
     2013     2012  

Investment Income

    

Investment income:

    

Loan interest income

   $ 3,276,493      $ 983,325   

Payment in-kind interest income

     408,492          

Other fee income

     115,099        18,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     3,800,084        1,001,934   

Expenses:

    

Interest

     501,402          

Legal fees

     91,228        6,611   

Professional fees

     40,000        100,000   

Other expenses

     12,617          

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs

     26,049          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     671,296        106,611   

Net investment income

     3,128,788        895,323   

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

    

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

     258,176        (43,798

Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments

     (881,545     56,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

     (623,369     12,407   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in members’ capital resulting from operations

   $ 2,505,419      $ 907,730   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Capital

(Unaudited)

 

     For the three months ended
September 30,
 
     2013     2012  

Members’ Capital, at beginning of period

   $ 87,250,637      $ 18,141,667   

Capital contributions

     3,038,820        9,524,304   

Net investment income

     3,128,788        895,323   

New realized gain (loss) on investments in securities

     258,176        (43,798

Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments

     (881,545     56,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Members’ Capital, at end of period

   $ 92,794,876      $ 28,573,701   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

 

     For the three months ended
September 30,
 
   2013     2012  
    

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net increase in members’ capital resulting from operations

   $ 2,505,419      $ 907,730   

Adjustments to reconcile net increase in members’ capital resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Purchases of investments

     (29,223,450     (16,098,803

Sales of investments

     14,979,583        10,090,942   

Net realized (gain) loss on investments in securities

     (258,176     43,798   

Net change in unrealized depreciation (appreciation) on investments

     881,545        (56,205

Amorization of discount/premium

     (79,516     (11,750

Net (increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Cash, restricted

     8,721,889          

Due from broker

     20,011,505        (1,096,562

Deferred offering costs

     (74,182  

Interest receivable

     (597,559     118,072   

Deferred debt issuance costs

     26,049          

Net increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Due to broker

     2,151,074        (3,528,138

Interest payable

     (123,802       

Accrued expenses

     40,801        106,612   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

     18,961,180        (9,524,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

    

Capital contributions

     3,038,820        9,524,304   

Capital distributions

     (22,000,000       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities

     (18,961,180     9,524,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

              

Cash

    

Beginning of period

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 625,204      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

September 30, 2013

1. Organization

CM Finance LLC (the “Company”) is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Maryland and commenced operations on March 7, 2012. The Company was formed to invest primarily in the debt of U.S. middle-market companies, maximizing the total return to stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

CM Investment Partners, LP (the “Investment Manager”) serves as the investment manager for the Company, and in such capacity, provides investment advisory and certain administrative services for the Company. The Investment Manager is also the Managing Member of the Company and is responsible for the management and control of the Company.

The Company plans to merge with and into CM Finance Inc, an affiliated corporation organized under the laws of the state of Maryland, immediately prior to its initial public offering. CM Finance Inc will be an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. CM Finance Inc. also intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Pursuant to a services arrangement, the Investment Manager will use Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. (“Cyrus”), a Delaware limited partnership, for services including, but not limited to, trading, execution, research, transaction-related analytical support, operations, finance and accounting, legal, technology and investor services and certain other administrative and clerical services.

The Company has been capitalized with capital commitments from funds (the “Cyrus Funds”) managed by Cyrus.

The Company has consolidated its investments in CM Finance SPV, Ltd (“SPV”), a special purpose vehicle that is used to warehouse certain investments, in accordance with its consolidation policy as discussed in Note 2.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the Company.

a. Basis of Accounting

The accompanying financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and all values are stated in United States dollars, unless noted otherwise. The financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim period as required by U.S. GAAP. The results for the interim period are not necessarily reflective of results for the full year.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

b. Revenue Recognition

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis.

Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.

Origination, closing and/or commitment fees associated with investments in portfolio companies are accreted into interest income over the respective terms of the applicable loans. Accretion of purchase discounts or premiums is calculated by the effective interest method as of the purchase date and adjusted only for material amendments or prepayments. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment penalties and unamortized loan origination, closing and commitment fees are recorded as interest income.

Structuring fees and similar fees are recognized as income as earned, usually when paid. Structuring fees, excess deal deposits, net profits interests and overriding royalty interests are included in other income.

Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses on investments are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the amortized cost basis of the investments, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. Realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated using the specific identification method. The Company reports changes in fair value of investments as a component of the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in the consolidated statements of operations.

Management reviews all loans that become 90 days or more past due on principal or interest or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected for possible placement on non-accrual status. Accrued interest is generally reserved when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment regarding collectability. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current, although the Investment Manager may make exceptions to this general rule if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection.

Prepayment penalties received by the Company for debt instruments paid back to the Company prior to the maturity date are recorded as income upon receipt.

The Company may hold debt investments in its portfolio that contain a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest provision. The PIK interest, which represents contractually deferred interest added to the investment balance that is generally due at maturity, is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent such amounts are expected to be collected. PIK interest is not accrued if the Company does not expect the issuer to be able to pay all principal and interest when due. For the three months ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, the Company earned $408,492 and $0 in PIK, respectively.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

c. Cash, restricted

The Company deposits its cash in a financial institution and, at times, such balance may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company has restrictions on the uses of the cash held by SPV based on the terms of the Note Payable. For more information on the Note Payable, see Note 6.

d. Investment Transactions and Expenses

Purchases of bank debt, including revolving credit agreements, are recorded on a fully committed basis until the funded and unfunded portions are known or estimable, which in many cases may not be until settlement.

Expenses are accrued as incurred.

Organizational expenses consist principally of legal and accounting fees incurred in connection with the organization of the Company and have been expensed as incurred.

Deferred debt issuance costs, incurred in connection with our notes payable, are amortized using the straight line method over the life of the notes.

Offering costs will be charged to paid-in capital upon sale of shares in the initial public offering of CM Finance, Inc.

e. Investment Valuation

The Company applies fair value accounting to all of its financial instruments in accordance with the 1940 Act and ASC Topic 820 – Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC 820, the Company has categorized its investments and financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy as discussed in Note 5. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument rather than an entity specific measure. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

Securities that are traded on securities exchanges (including such securities traded in the after hours market) are valued on the basis of the closing price on the valuation date (if such prices are available). Securities that are traded on more than one securities exchange are valued at the closing price on the primary securities exchange on which such securities are traded on the valuation date (or if reported on the consolidated tape, then their last sales price on the consolidated tape). Listed options for which the last sales price falls between the last “bid” and “ask” prices for such options, are valued at their last sales price on the date of the valuation on the primary securities exchange on which such options are traded. Options for which the last sales price on the valuation date does

 

F-12


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

not fall between the last “bid” and “ask” prices are valued at the average of the last “bid” and “ask” prices for such options on that date. To the extent these securities are actively traded, and valuation adjustments are not applied, they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company did not hold any Level 1 investments as of September 30, 2013 or June 30, 2013.

Investments that are not traded on securities exchanges but are traded on the over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets (such as bank debt and warrants) are valued using various techniques, which may consider recently executed transactions in securities of the issuer or comparable issuers, market price quotations (when observable) and fundamental data relating to the issuer. These investments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, or in instances when lower relative weight is placed on transaction prices, quotations, or similar observable inputs, they are categorized in Level 3.

Investments for which market quotations are not readily available or may be considered unreliable are fair valued by the Investment Manager, in good faith, using a method determined to be appropriate in the given circumstances. The valuation methods used include the Cost Approach, the Market Approach and the Income Approach. Inputs used in these approaches may include, but are not limited to, interest rate yield curves, credit spreads, recovery rates, comparable company transactions, trading multiples, and volatilities. The Investment Manager will typically make changes in the valuation method as changes in the underlying company dictates, such as moving from the Cost Approach to Market Approach when underlying conditions change at the company. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation in these circumstances, the estimated fair values for the aforementioned investments may differ significantly from values that would have been used had a ready and liquid market for such investments existed or from the amounts that might ultimately be realized, and such differences could be material. At September 30, 2013 and June 30, 2013, investments fair valued in good faith by the Investment Manager based on management developed models represented approximately 12% and 33% of Members’ Capital, respectively.

The Company’s valuation policies and procedures are developed by the Investment Manager, which is also responsible for ensuring that the valuation policies and procedures are consistently applied across all investments of the Company. The valuation process for Level 3 investments is completed on a monthly basis and is designed to subject the valuation of Level 3 investments to an appropriate level of consistency, oversight and review. The valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Investment Manager responsible for the portfolio investment. The investment professionals prepare the valuations based on their evaluation of financial and operating data, company-specific developments, market valuations of comparable securities from the same company or that of comparable companies as well as any other relevant factors including recent purchases and sales that may have occurred preceding month-end. Valuation models are typically calibrated upon initial funding, and are re-calibrated accordingly upon subsequent material events (including, but not limited to additional financing activity, changes in comparable companies, and recent trades). The preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Investment Manager. Independent valuation firms engaged by the Investment Manager conduct independent appraisals and review the Investment Manager’s preliminary valuations and make their own independent assessment. The Investment Manager’s Valuation Committee (consisting of all of the partners of the Investment Manager) then reviews the preliminary valuations of the Investment Manager and that of the independent valuation firm and

 

F-13


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

responds to the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments. The Valuation Committee discusses the valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in good faith based on the input of the Investment Manager and the respective independent valuation firm. The Investment Manager has also engaged third party valuation service providers to provide independent valuations on a quarterly basis for all of the Level 3 investments reviewed by the Valuation Committee.

For more information on the classification of the Company’s investments by major categories, see Note 5.

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities that qualify as financial instruments under U.S. GAAP approximates the carrying amounts presented in the Statement of Financial Condition.

f. Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the fair value of investments and other amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Management believes that the estimates utilized in preparing the Company’s financial statements are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

g. Income Taxes

The Company is not subject to federal, state or local income taxes. Members are individually liable for the taxes on their share of the Company’s income. As a result, no income tax liability or expense has been recorded in the accompanying financial statements.

U.S. GAAP requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet a more-likely-than-not threshold would be recorded as a tax expense in the current year. The Company’s policy is to recognize accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as part of the tax provision.

The Investment Manager has analyzed such tax positions and has concluded that no unrecognized tax benefits should be recorded for uncertain tax positions for tax years that may be open for the periods ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012. This conclusion may be subject to review and adjustment at a later date based on factors, including but not limited to, ongoing analysis and changes to laws, regulations, and interpretations thereof.

h. Consolidation

The Company consolidates its controlled and wholly owned subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company consolidated SPV, since the Company owns 100% of the equity of SPV. All material inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Due from and due to Broker

Due from and due to brokers consists of cash in U.S. dollars held as collateral, and the amounts receivable or payable for securities transactions pending settlement at the end of the year.

The Company’s principal trading activities are primarily with brokers and other financial institutions located in North America.

4. Investments

The Company’s investments at any time may include securities and other financial instruments or other assets of any sort, including, without limitation, corporate and government bonds, convertible securities, collateralized loan obligations, bank loans, trade claims, equity securities, privately negotiated securities, direct placements, and investment derivatives (such as credit default swaps, recovery swaps, total return swaps, options, forward contracts, warrants, and futures) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to in these financial statements as “investments”).

a. Certain Risk Factors

In the ordinary course of business, the Company manages a variety of risks including market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The Company identifies, measures and monitors risk through various control mechanisms, including trading limits and diversifying exposures and activities across a variety of instruments, markets and counterparties.

Market risk is the risk of potential adverse changes to the value of financial instruments because of changes in market conditions, including as a result of changes in the credit quality of a particular issuer, credit spreads, interest rates, and other movements and volatility in security prices or commodities. In particular, the Company invests in issuers that are experiencing or have experienced financial or business difficulties (including difficulties resulting from the initiation or prospect of significant litigation or bankruptcy proceedings), which involves significant risks. The Company manages its exposure to market risk through the use of risk management strategies and various analytical monitoring techniques.

The Company’s assets may, at any time, include securities and other financial instruments or obligations that are illiquid or thinly traded, making purchase or sale of such securities and financial instruments at desired prices or in desired quantities difficult. Furthermore, the sale of any such investments may be possible only at substantial discounts, and it may be extremely difficult to value any such investments accurately.

Credit risk is the potential loss the Company may incur from a failure of an issuer to make payments according to the terms of a contract. The Company is subject to credit risk because of its strategy of investing in the debt of financially distressed issuers. The Company’s exposure to credit risk on its investments is limited to the fair value of the investments.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

b. Investments

The composition of the Company’s investments as of September 30, 2013 as a percentage of the total portfolio, at amortized cost and fair value are as follows:

 

     Investments at
Amortized Cost
     Percentage     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage  

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $ 68,449,615         51.57   $ 67,420,130         50.73

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

     43,954,577         33.12     44,248,106         33.29

Senior Secured Notes

     19,922,772         15.01     20,473,946         15.40

Warrants

     397,557         0.30     767,116         0.58
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 132,724,521         100.00   $ 132,909,298         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The composition of the Company’s investments as of June 30, 2013 as a percentage of the total portfolio, at amortized cost and fair value are as follows:

 

     Investments at
Amortized Cost
     Percentage     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage  

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $ 74,730,786         63.25   $ 74,807,541         62.75

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

     23,231,204         19.66     23,448,281         19.67

Senior Secured Notes

     19,783,415         16.75     20,397,491         17.11

Warrants

     397,557         0.34     555,971         0.47
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 118,142,962         100.00   $ 119,209,284         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the portfolio composition by industry grouping at fair value at September 30, 2013:

 

     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
 

Airlines

   $ 10,824,190         8.14

Automobiles and Components

     14,040,000         10.56

Commercial Services

     4,862,500         3.66

Diversified Financial Services

     8,400,730         6.32

Healthcare-Products/Services

     20,000,000         15.05

Oil and Gas

     28,370,177         21.35

Pipelines

     10,124,625         7.62

Telecommunications

     24,248,106         18.24

Trucking and Leasing

     12,038,970         9.06
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 132,909,298         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following table shows the portfolio composition by industry grouping at fair value at June 30, 2013:

 

     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
 

Airlines

   $ 10,821,045         9.08

Automobiles and Components

     15,680,000         13.15

Diversified Financial Services

     6,572,937         5.51

Oil and Gas

     28,085,722         23.56

Pipelines

     10,050,000         8.43

Telecommunications

     36,128,920         30.31

Trucking and Leasing

     11,870,660         9.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 119,209,284         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the portfolio composition by geographic grouping at fair value at September 30, 2013:

 

     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
 

Midwest

   $ 42,385,951         31.90

West

     10,824,190         8.14

Southwest

     18,321,305         13.78

Northeast

     10,124,625         7.62

Mid-Atlantic

     51,253,227         38.56
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 132,909,298         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the portfolio composition by geographic grouping at fair value at June 30, 2013:

 

     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
 

Midwest

   $ 43,038,160         36.11

West

     10,821,045         9.08

Southwest

     18,113,305         15.19

Northeast

     10,050,000         8.43

Mid-Atlantic

     37,186,774         31.19
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 119,209,284         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

c. Derivatives

Derivative contracts include warrants. The Company enters into derivative contracts as part of its investment strategies.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Company may enter into warrants through securities exchanges and the OTC market. Upon the purchase of a warrant, the premium paid is recorded as an investment, at fair value. When a purchased warrant expires unexercised, the Company realizes a loss in the amount of the premium paid. When the Company enters into a closing sale transaction, the Company will realize a gain or loss without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security. When the Company exercises a warrant, the cost of the security which the Company purchases upon such exercise will be increased by the premium originally paid. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on warrants are included in the net realized gain or loss on derivatives, and net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on derivatives.

The following table reflects the fair value and notional amount or number of contracts of the Company’s derivative contracts, none of which were designated as hedging instruments under U.S. GAAP, which are presented on a gross basis, at September 30, 2013.

 

     Assets      Contracts  

Equity contracts

   $ 767,116         1,058,333   
  

 

 

    

Gross fair value of derivative contracts

   $ 767,116      
  

 

 

    

In the preceding table, the number of contracts as of September 30, 2013 is reflective of the volume of derivatives activity during the period.

The following table reflects the fair value and notional amount or number of contracts of the Company’s derivative contracts, none of which were designated as hedging instruments under U.S. GAAP, which are presented on a gross basis, at June 30, 2013.

 

     Assets      Contracts  

Equity contracts

   $ 555,971         1,058,333   
  

 

 

    

Gross fair value of derivative contracts

   $ 555,971      
  

 

 

    

In the preceding table, the number of contracts as of June 30, 2013 is reflective of the volume of derivatives activity during the period.

The following table reflects the amount of gains (losses) on derivatives included in the Statement of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 2013. None of the derivatives were designated as hedging instruments under U.S. GAAP. The Company did not hold any derivative positions during the three months ended September 30, 2012.

 

     Included in net change in
unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) on investments
 

Equity contracts

   $ 211,145   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 211,145   
  

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

d. Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a framework for measuring fair value and a valuation hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability based upon their transparency. The valuation hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Classification within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value have been classified in the following three categories:

Level 1 – valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 – valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as (a) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; (b) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, that is, markets in which there are few transactions for the asset or liability, the prices are not current, or price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers, or in which little information is released publicly; (c) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or (d) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 – valuation is based on unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date. However, the fair value measurement objective remains the same, that is, an exit price from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. Therefore, unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk. Unobservable inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the Company’s own data. The Company’s own data used to develop unobservable inputs is adjusted if information is reasonably available without undue cost and effort that indicates that market participants would use different assumptions.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from security to security and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of security, whether the security is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of the market and other characteristics particular to the security. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the classifications within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of September 30, 2013:

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of September 30, 2013  

Assets

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3*      Total  

Investments

           

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $       $       $ 67,420,130       $ 67,420,130   

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

                     44,248,106         44,248,106   

Senior Secured Notes

                     20,473,946         20,473,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

                     132,142,182         132,142,182   

Derivatives

           

Warrants

                     767,116         767,116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives

                     767,116         767,116   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $       $       $ 132,909,298       $ 132,909,298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Total Level 3 includes fair value of unfunded commitments of $17,471,845 on revolving credit facilities and delayed draw term loan facilities.

The following table summarizes the classifications within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of June 30, 2013:

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of June 30, 2013  

Assets

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3*      Total  

Investments

           

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $       $       $ 74,807,541       $ 74,807,541   

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

                     23,448,281         23,448,281   

Senior Secured Notes

                     20,397,491         20,397,491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

                     118,653,313         118,653,313   

Derivatives

           

Warrants

                     555,971         555,971   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives

                     555,971         555,971   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $       $       $ 119,209,284       $ 119,209,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Total Level 3 includes fair value of unfunded commitments of $16,832,435 on revolving credit facilities and delayed draw term loan facilities.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for investments that use Level 3 inputs for the three months ended September 30, 2013:

 

    Senior Secured
First Lien
Term Loans
    Senior Secured
Second Lien
Term Loans
    Senior
Secured

Notes
    Warrants     Total  

Balance as of June 30, 2013

  $ 74,807,541      $ 23,448,281      $ 20,397,491      $ 555,971      $ 119,209,284   

Purchases

    8,380,920        20,764,514        78,016               29,223,450   

Sales

    (14,979,583                          (14,979,583

Amortization

    5,551        12,626        61,339               79,516   

Net realized gains (losses)

    311,942        (53,766                   258,176   

Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation

    (1,106,241     76,451        (62,900     211,145        (881,545
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2013

  $ 67,420,130      $ 44,248,106      $ 20,473,946      $ 767,116      $ 132,909,298   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for investments that use Level 3 inputs for the three months ended September 30, 2012:

 

     Senior Secured
First Lien
Term Loans
    Senior Secured
Second Lien
Term Loans
     Total  

Balance as of June 30, 2012

   $ 21,571,479      $       $ 21,571,479   

Purchases

     13,865,688        2,233,115         16,098,803   

Sales

     (10,090,942             (10,090,942

Amortization

     11,750                11,750   

Net realized losses

     (43,798             (43,798

Net change in unrealized appreciation

     56,205                56,205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2012

   $ 25,370,382      $ 2,233,115       $ 27,603,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transfers into Level 3 during or at the end of the reporting period are reported under Level 1 or Level 2 as of the beginning of the period. Transfers out of Level 3 during or at the end of the reporting period are reported under Level 3 as of the beginning of the period. Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to Level 3 instruments are included in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and derivatives on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not transfer any investments between Levels 1 and 2 and 3.

The following table presents the changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to Level 3 assets and liabilities still held as of September 30, 2013 and 2012. Both observable and unobservable

 

F-21


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains and losses within the Level 3 category presented in the table below may include changes in fair value that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs.

 

     Changes in unrealized
gains (losses) relating to
assets and liabilities still
held as of September 30,
 
     2013     2012  

Assets

    

Investments

    

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $ (1,035,181   $ 58,611   

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

     26,228          

Senior Secured Notes

     (62,898       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     (1,071,851     58,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives

    

Warrants

     211,145          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Derivatives

     211,145          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ (860,706   $ 58,611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables present the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the Company’s Level 3 investments as of September 30, 2013 and June 30, 2013. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of investment. These inputs are not representative of the inputs that could have been used in the valuation of any one investment. For example, the highest PIK discount presented in the table for senior secured notes is appropriate for valuing a specific investment but may not be appropriate for valuing any other investment. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the Company’s Level 3 investments.

 

    Fair Value as of
September 30, 2013
    Valuation
Methodology
  Unobservable
Input(s)
  Weighted
Average
  Range

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

  $ 67,420,130      Indicative Market Quotations   Broker quotes   N/A   N/A

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

    44,248,106      Indicative Market Quotations   Broker quotes   N/A   N/A

Senior Secured Notes

    10,425,074      Market Comparables   Illiquidity discount   3%   3%
      PIK discount   2.2%   1.5% - 3%
      Yield   7.0%   7.0%
    10,048,872      Indicative Market Quotations   Broker quotes   N/A   N/A

Warrants

    767,116      Market Comparables   Implied volatility   37%   37%
      LTM EBITDA   5.2x   4.7x - 5.7x

 

F-22


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

    Fair Value as of
June 30, 2013
    Valuation
Methodology
  Unobservable
Input(s)
  Weighted
Average
  Range

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

  $ 74,807,541      Indicative Market Quotes   Broker quotes   N/A   N/A

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

    23,448,281      Indicative Market Quotes   Broker quotes   N/A   N/A

Senior Secured Notes

    10,425,074      Market Comparables   Illiquidity discount   3%   3%
      PIK discount   2.2%   1.5% - 3%
      Yield   7.3%   7.3%
    9,972,417      Indicative Market Quotes   Broker quotes   N/A   N/A

Warrants

    395,971      Market Comparables   Implied volatility   37%   37%
    160,000      Other Approach   Recent funding   N/A   N/A

Fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 are sensitive to changes in the assumptions or methodology used to determine fair value and such changes could result in a significant increase or decrease in the fair value. Significant increases in illiquidity discounts, PIK discounts and market yields would result in significantly lower fair value measurements. Significant increases in implied volatility would result in significantly higher fair value measurements.

6. Note Payable

On May 23, 2013, as amended on June 6, 2013, the Company, through SPV, entered into a $76.5 million financing transaction (the “Financing Facility”) due May 22, 2016 with a major European bank. The Financing Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Company will pay interest on the face amount of the Financing Facility monthly at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus a spread that increases from 1.63% per annum from May 23, 2013 to July 14, 2013 to 1.97% per annum from July 15, 2013 to August 14, 2013 to 2.85% per annum from August 15, 2013 through the end of the term. This financing transaction was executed in two steps. First, the Company organized SPV, a consolidated wholly owned bankruptcy remote special-purpose vehicle in the Cayman Islands to purchase the assets through the issuance and sale of notes secured by such assets (the “Notes”). The bank purchased Notes with a face value of $76.5 million, which represent 51% of the Notes issued and outstanding, for $76.5 million in cash. The Company purchased Notes with a face value of $73.5 million, which represent 49% of the Notes issued and outstanding and received $18.7 million in cash, in exchange for assets with a fair market value of $92.2 million. Under the terms of the indenture under which the Notes were issued (the “Indenture”), the holders of the Notes are entitled to periodic interest payments equal to their pro rata portion of the interest collected on the assets held by SPV. Second, the Company and the bank entered into a total return swap transaction (the “TRS”) referencing the Notes and incorporating the material terms relating to the financing, such as the financing rate payable to the bank and other payment obligations as well as mark-to-market triggers and collateral posting requirements (including the posting of the Company’s 49%-portion of the Notes to the bank as security under the total return swap). Under the terms of the Indenture, and subject to certain limitations contained therein, the Company may access additional funding under the Financing Facility through subsequent sales to SPV of debt investments, which will then become part of the portfolio of assets securing the Notes. Cash shall be held by the trustee of the Financing Facility and is restricted to uses defined by the Indenture. Purchases of investments must meet certain eligibility criteria identified by the Indenture. As of September 30, 2013, SPV had assets of $151.5 million, which

 

F-23


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

included $116.9 million of the Company’s portfolio investments at fair value, $0.7 million of accrued interest receivable and $33.9 million in cash held by the trustee of the Financing Facility. Because of the substance of the transactions, the Company has presented the results of the transactions as a Note Payable on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition, and the financing on the TRS is recorded as Interest Expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company’s decision to record these entries in this manner is due to the inherent economic substance of the transactions in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts No. 8. At September 30 and June 30, 2013, the carrying amount of the Notes approximates the fair value. For the three months ended September 30, 2013, the weighted average outstanding debt balance and the weighted average stated interest rate was $76.5 million and 2.54%, respectively. Under the terms of the TRS, for the three months ended September 30, 2013, SPV accrued $501,402 in interest expense, which represents the bank’s contractual interest on the $76.5 million in financing.

7. Indemnification, Guarantees, Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts which provide a variety of representations and warranties, and that provide general indemnifications. Such contracts include those with certain service providers, brokers and trading counterparties. Any exposure to the Company under these arrangements is unknown as it would involve future claims that may be made against the Company; however, based on the Company’s experience, the risk of loss is remote and no such claims are expected to occur. As such, the Company has not accrued any liability in connection with such indemnifications.

Loans purchased by the Company may include revolving credit agreements or other financing commitments obligating the Company to advance additional amounts on demand. As of September 30 and June 30, 2013, the Company held unfunded commitments in the amount of approximately $17.6 million and $16.8 million, respectively.

The following table details the unfunded commitments as of September 30, 2013:

 

Investments

   Principal     Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. Exit Facility, 0.50%, due 12/4/2014

   $ (5,122,397   $ (81,190   $ (51,224

YRC Worldwide, Inc. Letter of Credit, 7.5%, due 3/31/2015

   $ (12,349,448     (86,766     (185,242
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Unfunded Commitments

     $ (167,956   $ (236,466
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table details the unfunded commitments as of June 30, 2013:

 

Investments

   Principal     Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. Exit Facility, 0.50%, due 12/4/2014

   $ (4,007,888   $ (109,645   $ (40,079

YRC Worldwide, Inc. Letter of Credit, 7.5%, due 3/31/2015

   $ (12,824,547     (105,753     (384,737
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Unfunded Commitments

     $ (215,398   $ (424,816
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

8. Related Party Transactions

The Managing Member is responsible for the Company’s Members’ Capital calculation, investment policy, valuation policy, performance of the Company and supervision of the conduct of its affairs.

The Company pays (or reimburses the Investment Manager or Cyrus) for investment expenses, legal expenses, systems and technology, auditing and tax preparation expenses, organizational expenses, expenses relating to the offering and sale of the limited company interests in the Company and extraordinary expenses. Expenses incurred by the Company that are of benefit to one or more other investment vehicles managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates are allocated among such other investment vehicles on a pro rata basis generally in accordance with the relative amount of investment capital of such other investment vehicles. The Company has not utilized soft dollar arrangements to pay for any third party expenses.

The Company does not currently pay a management or incentive fee, and no management or incentive fees have been paid since the inception of the Company. As mentioned in Note 1, the Company plans to merge with and into CM Finance Inc, an entity that will pay management and incentive fees. If the Company had paid incentive fees similar to CM Finance Inc, the Company would have paid $469,521 and $154,815 for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. If the Company had paid management fees similar to CM Finance Inc, the Company would have paid $561,818 and $109,500 for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

9. Financial Highlights

The following represents the expense ratios to average members’ capital:

 

     For the three months ended
September 30,
 
         2013             2012      

Total return

     2.82     3.61

Ratio of net investment income to average members’ capital

     3.44     3.40

Ratio of total expenses to average members’ capital

     (0.74 %)      (0.40 %) 

Portfolio turnover rate

     11.89     35.32

Total return is calculated based on a time-weighted rate of return methodology for the members, and is not annualized. Total return is reflected after all investment-related and operating expenses. An individual member’s return may vary from these returns based on the timing of capital transactions. The ratios to average members’ capital are calculated based on the monthly average members’ capital during the period.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following represents supplemental ratios and data:

 

     For the three months ended
September 30,
 
         2013             2012      

Ratio of operating expenses to average members’ capital

     (0.71 %)      (0.40 %) 

Ratio of credit facility related expenses to average members’ capital

     (0.58 %)      0.00
     (in thousands)  

Members’ capital at end of period

   $ 92,795      $ 87,251   

Average members’ capital

   $ 90,992      $ 26,331   

The ratios to average members’ capital are calculated based on the monthly average members’ capital during the period. Credit facility related expenses include interest expense and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs.

10. Subsequent Events

As required by U.S. GAAP, the Company evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance. As discussed in Note 1, the Company plans to merge with and into CM Finance Inc immediately prior to its initial public offering.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Investment Manager of

CM Finance, LLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of CM Finance, LLC and subsidiary (the “Company”), including the consolidated schedules of investments, as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ capital, and cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2013 and for the period from March 7, 2012 (commencement of operations) to June 30, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of CM Finance, LLC and subsidiary at June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations, changes in their members’ capital and their cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2013 and for the period from March 7, 2012 (commencement of operations) to June 30, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

September 4, 2013

 

F-27


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated statements of financial condition

 

     As of June 30,  
     2013      2012  

Assets

     

Investments at fair value (amortized cost of $118,142,962 and $21,577,936 respectively)

   $ 119,209,284       $ 21,571,479   

Cash and cash equivalents, restricted

     42,601,338           

Due from broker

     22,975,552           

Interest receivable

     1,012,042         296,143   

Deferred debt issuance costs (net of accumulated amortization of $10,924 and $0, respectively)

     296,056           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 186,094,272       $ 21,867,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Capital

     

Due to broker

   $       $ 3,528,138   

Note payable (Financing Facility)

     76,500,000           

Distributions payable (Return of Members Capital)

     22,000,000           

Interest payable (Interest due on Finance Facility)

     149,198           

Accrued expenses

     194,437         197,817   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     98,843,635         3,725,955   

Members’ capital

     87,250,637         18,141,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Members’ Capital

   $ 186,094,272       $ 21,867,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated schedule of investments

June 30, 2013

 

Investments (1)

 

Industry

  Principal
Amount (2)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     % of Members’
Capital (3)
 

Investments:

         

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

         

Alcatel-Lucent USA Term Loan C, L+6.25%, due 1/30/2019

  Telecommunications   $ 12,680,639      $ 12,621,632      $ 12,680,639        14.53

AM General, LLC Term Loan B, L+9.00%, due 3/22/2018

  Automobiles and Components     16,000,000        15,766,198        15,680,000        17.97

Crestwood Holdings, LLC Term Loan B-1, L+6.00%, due 6/19/2019

  Pipelines     10,000,000        9,950,368        10,050,000        11.52

Endeavour International Corporation Letter of Credit, 13%, due 6/30/2014

  Oil and Gas     17,953,305        17,972,433        17,953,305        20.59

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. Exit Facility, L+6.50%, due 12/4/2014

  Diversified Financial Services     6,679,814        6,496,119        6,613,016        7.58

YRCW Receivables, LLC ABL Term Loan B, L+9.75%, due 9/30/2014

  Trucking and Leasing     12,074,283        12,139,434        12,255,397        14.05
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

        74,946,184        75,232,357        86.24
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

         

Telecommunications Management LLC 2nd lien, L+8.00%, due 10/30/2020

  Telecommunications     8,000,000        7,922,272        8,100,000        9.28

Telular Corporation 2nd Lien, L+8.00%, due 6/24/2020

  Telecommunications     7,500,000        7,388,551        7,387,500        8.47

TNS Inc., 2nd Lien, L+8.00%, due 8/14/2020

  Telecommunications     7,862,500        7,920,381        7,960,781        9.12
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

        23,231,204        23,448,281        26.87
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Secured Notes

         

Capitol Petroleum Group, 11.00% cash, 3.00% PIK, due 12/3/2019

  Oil and Gas     10,175,935        9,990,986        9,972,417        11.43

Virgin America, Inc. Notes, 17.00% PIK due 6/9/2016

  Airlines     5,000,000        4,824,216        5,000,000        5.73

Virgin America, Inc. Notes, 8.50% cash, 8.50% PIK, due 6/9/2016

  Airlines     5,425,073        4,968,213        5,425,074        6.22
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured Notes

        19,783,415        20,397,491        23.38
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated schedule of investments (continued)

June 30, 2013

 

Investments (1)

 

Industry

  Principal
Amount (2)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     % of Members’
Capital (3)
 

Warrants

         

Endeavour International Corporation $3.01 strike, due 4/30/18

  Oil and Gas   $ 160,000      $ 160,000      $ 160,000        0.18

Virgin America, Inc.
$2.50 strike, due 5/10/43

  Airlines     513,333        184,116        299,955        0.34

$3.50 strike, due 5/10/43

      385,000        53,441        96,016        0.11
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Warrants

        397,557        555,971        0.63
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Term Loans and Warrants

        118,358,360        119,634,100        137.12
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unfunded Obligations

         

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. Exit Facility 5.00%, due 12/4/2014 (4)

  Diversified Financial     (4,007,888     (109,645     (40,079     (0.05 )% 

YRC Worldwide, Inc. Letter of Credit 7.50%, due 3/31/2015

  Trucking and Leasing     (12,824,547     (105,753     (384,737     (0.44 )% 
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Unfunded Obligations

        (215,398     (424,816     (0.49 )% 
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments

      $ 118,142,962      $ 119,209,284        136.63
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All investments are in Non-controlled and Non-affiliated issuers. All investments are in US based issuers.

 

(2) Principal amount includes capitalized PIK interest and is net of repayments and unfunded commitments.

 

(3) Percentage is based on members’ capital of $87,250,637 as of June 30, 2013.

 

(4) At the option of the issuer, this rate may be either 5.00% + the greater of the prime rate and the fed funds effective rate or L+6.50%.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated schedule of investments

June 30, 2012

 

Investments (1)

 

Industry

  Principal
Amount (2)
    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     % of Members’
Capital (3)
 

Investments:

         

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

         

Crestwood Holdings, LLC Term Loan B, L+8.25%, due 3/26/2018

  Pipelines   $ 5,000,000      $ 4,928,480      $ 5,025,000        27.70

Endeavour International Corporation Letter of Credit, 13%, due 10/12/2013

  Oil and Gas   $ 10,000,000        10,000,000        10,000,000        55.13

YRCW Receivables, LLC ABL Term Loan B, L+9.75%, due 9/30/2014

  Trucking and Leasing   $ 6,714,337        6,649,456        6,546,479        36.09
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

      $ 21,577,936      $ 21,571,479        118.92
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

      $ 21,577,936      $ 21,571,479        118.92
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) All investments are in Non-controlled and Non-affiliated issuers and in US based issuers.

 

(2) Principal amount includes capitalized PIK interest and is net of repayments.

 

(3) Percentage is based on members’ capital of $18,141,667 as of June 30, 2012.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated statements of operations

 

       Year ended
June 30, 2013
     Period from
March 7, 2012 to
June 30, 2012
 

Investment income

     

Investment Income:

     

Loan interest income

   $ 5,890,673       $ 486,894   

Payment in-kind interest income

     641,008           

Other fee income

     241,135         14,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment income

     6,772,816         501,856   

Expenses:

     

Interest

     149,198           

Legal fees

     180,809           

Professional fees

     250,000           

Other expenses

     39,755         38   

Organization costs

             197,779   

Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs

     10,924           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses

     630,686         197,817   

Net Investment Income

     6,142,130         304,039   

Net Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss)

     

Net realized gain on investments

     781,262         110   

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments

     1,072,779         (6,457
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Realized and Unrealized Gain (Loss)

     1,854,041         (6,347
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 7,996,171       $ 297,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated statements of changes in members’ capital

 

     Members’ Capital  

Members’ Capital, at March 7, 2012

   $   

Capital contributions

     17,843,975   

Net investment income

     304,039   

New realized gain on investments

     110   

Net change in unrealized (depreciation) on investments

     (6,457
  

 

 

 

Members’ Capital, at June 30, 2012

   $ 18,141,667   

Capital contributions

     84,453,413   

Capital distributions

     (23,340,614

Net investment income

     6,142,130   

New realized gain on investments in securities

     781,262   

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments

     1,072,779   
  

 

 

 

Members’ Capital, at June 30, 2013

   $ 87,250,637   
  

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

     Year ended
June 30, 2013
    Period from
March 7, 2012 to
June 30, 2012
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ 7,996,171      $ 297,692   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Purchases of investments

     (133,955,675     (25,573,961

Sales of investments

     38,236,069        4,007,538   

Net realized gain on investments in securities

     (781,262     (110

Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments

     (1,072,779     6,457   

Amorization of discount/premium

     (64,158     (11,403

Net (increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents, restricted

     (42,601,338       

Due from broker

     (22,975,552       

Interest receivable

     (715,899     (296,143

Deferred debt issuance costs

     (296,056       

Net increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Due to broker

     (3,528,138     3,528,138   

Interest payable

     149,198          

Accrued expenses

     (3,380     197,817   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

     (159,612,799     (17,843,975
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

    

Capital contributions

     84,453,413        17,843,975   

Capital distributions

     (1,340,614       

Proceeds from borrowing on Notes payable

     76,500,000          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

     159,612,799        17,843,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash and Cash equivalents

              

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Beginning of year/period

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year/period

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements

June 30, 2013

1. Organization

CM Finance, LLC (the “Company”) is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Maryland and commenced operations on March 7, 2012. The Company was formed to invest primarily in the debt of U.S. middle-market companies, maximizing the total return to stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns.

CM Investment Partners, L.P. (the “Investment Manager”) serves as the investment manager for the Company, and in such capacity, provides investment advisory and certain administrative services for the Company. The Investment Manager is also the Managing Member of the Company and is responsible for the management and control of the Company.

The Company plans to merge with and into CM Finance Inc, an affiliated corporation organized under the laws of the state of Maryland, immediately prior to its initial public offering. CM Finance Inc will be an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. CM Finance Inc. also intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Pursuant to a services arrangement, the Investment Manager will use Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. (“Cyrus”), a Delaware limited Partnership, for services related, but not limited to, trading, execution, research, transaction related analytical support, operations, finance and accounting, legal and compliance, technology and client services.

The Company has been capitalized with a capital commitment from funds (the “Cyrus Funds”) managed by Cyrus.

The Company has consolidated its investments in CM Finance SPV, Ltd (“SPV”), a special purpose vehicle that is used to warehouse certain investments, in accordance with its consolidation policy as discussed in Note 2.

2. Significant accounting policies

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the Company.

a. Basis of accounting

The accompanying financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”) and all values are stated in United States dollars, unless noted otherwise.

b. Revenue recognition

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.

Origination, closing and/or commitment fees associated with investments in portfolio companies are accreted into interest income over the respective terms of the applicable loans. Accretion of purchase discounts or premiums is calculated by the effective interest method as of the purchase date and adjusted only for material amendments or prepayments. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment penalties and unamortized loan origination, closing and commitment fees are recorded as interest income.

Structuring fees and similar fees are recognized as income as earned, usually when paid. Structuring fees, excess deal deposits, net profits interests and overriding royalty interests are included in other income.

Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses on investments are measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the amortized cost basis of investment, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. Realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated using the specific identification method. The Company reports changes in fair value of investments as a component of the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in the consolidated statements of operations.

Management reviews all loans that become 90 days or more past due on principal and interest or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected for possible placement on non-accrual status. Accrued interest is generally reserved when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment regarding collectability. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current, although the Investment Manager may make exceptions to this general rule if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection.

Prepayment penalties received by the Company for debt instruments paid back to the Company prior to the maturity date are recorded as income upon receipt.

The Company may hold debt investments in its portfolio that contain a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest provision. The PIK interest, which represents contractually deferred interest added to the investment balance that is generally due at maturity, is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent such amounts are expected to be collected. PIK interest is not accrued if the Company does not expect the issuer to be able to pay all principal and interest when due. For the year ended June 30, 2013 and for the period from March 7, 2012 to June 30, 2012, the Company earned $641,008 and $0 in PIK, respectively.

c. Cash and cash equivalent, restricted

The Company considers cash equivalents to be highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents include deposits in a money market account. The Company deposits its cash in a financial institution and, at times, such balance may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. The Company has

 

F-36


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

restrictions on the uses of the cash held by SPV based on the terms of the Note Payable. For more information on the Note Payable, see Note 6.

d. Investment transactions and expenses

Purchases of bank debt, including revolving credit agreements, are recorded on a fully committed basis until the funded and unfunded portions are known or estimable, which in many cases may not be until settlement.

Expenses are accrued as incurred.

Organizational expenses consist principally of legal and accounting fees incurred in connection with the organization of the Company and have been expensed as incurred.

Deferred debt issuance costs, incurred in connection with our notes payable, are deferred and amortized using the straight line method over the life of the notes.

e. Investment valuation

The Company applies fair value accounting to all of its financial instruments in accordance with the 1940 Act and ASC Topic 820—Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC 820, the Company has categorized its investments and financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy as discussed in Note 5. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument rather than an entity specific measure. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

Securities that are traded on securities exchanges (including such securities traded in the after hours market) are valued on the basis of the closing price on the valuation date (if such prices are available). Securities which are traded on more than one securities exchange are valued at the closing price on the primary securities exchange on which such securities are traded on the valuation date (or if reported on the consolidated tape then their last sales price on the consolidated tape). Listed options for which the last sales price falls between the last “bid” and “ask” prices for such options, are valued at their last sales price on the date of the valuation on the primary securities exchange on which such options are traded. Options for which the last sales price on the valuation date does not fall between the last “bid” and “ask” prices are valued at the average of the last “bid” and “ask” prices for such options on that date. To the extent these securities are actively traded, and valuation adjustments are not applied, they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company did not hold any Level 1 investments as of June 30, 2013 or June 30, 2012.

For investments that are not traded on securities exchanges but are traded on the over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets (such as bank debt) are valued using various techniques, which may consider recently executed transactions in securities of the issuer or comparable issuers, market

 

F-37


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

price quotations (when observable) and fundamental data relating to the issuer. Although most of these investments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, in instances when lower relative weight is placed on transaction prices, quotations, or similar observable inputs, they are categorized in Level 3.

Investments for which market quotations are not readily available or may be considered unreliable are fair valued by the Investment Manager, in good faith, using a method determined to be appropriate in the given circumstances. The valuation methods used include the Cost Approach, the Market Approach and the Income Approach. Inputs used in these approaches may include, but are not limited to, interest rate yield curves, credit spreads, recovery rates, comparable company transactions, trading multiples, and volatilities. The Investment Manager will typically make changes in the valuation method as changes in the underlying company dictates, such as moving from the Cost Approach to Market Approach when underlying conditions change at the company. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation in these circumstances, the estimated fair values for the aforementioned investments may differ significantly from values that would have been used had a ready and liquid market for such investments existed or from the amounts that might ultimately be realized, and such differences could be material. At June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, investments fair valued in good faith by the Investment Manager based on a management developed models represented approximately 33% and 55% of Members’ Capital respectively.

The Company’s valuation policies and procedures are developed by the Investment Manager, which is also responsible for ensuring that the valuation policies and procedures are consistently applied across all investments of the Company. The valuation process for Level 3 investments is completed on a monthly basis and is designed to subject the valuation of Level 3 investments to an appropriate level of consistency, oversight and review. The valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Investment Manager responsible for the portfolio investment. The investment professionals prepare the valuations based on their evaluation of financial and operating data, company specific developments, market valuations of comparable securities from the same company or that of comparable companies as well as any other relevant factors including recent purchases and sales that may have occurred preceding month-end. Valuation models are typically calibrated upon initial funding, and are re-calibrated accordingly upon subsequent material events (including, but not limited to additional financing activity, changes in comparable companies, and recent trades). The preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Investment Manager. Independent valuation firms engaged by the Investment Manager conduct independent appraisals and review the Investment Manager’s preliminary valuations and make their own independent assessment. The Investment Manager’s Valuation Committee (consisting of all of the partners of the Investment Manager) then reviews the preliminary valuations of the Investment Manager and that of the independent valuation firm and responds to the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments. The Valuation Committee discusses the valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in good faith based on the input of the Investment Manager and the respective independent valuation firm. The Investment Manager has also engaged third party valuation service providers to provide independent valuations on a quarterly basis for all of the Level 3 investments reviewed by the Valuation Committee.

For more information on the classification of the Company’s investments by major categories, see Note 5.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities which qualify as financial instruments under US GAAP approximates the carrying amounts presented in the Statement of Financial Condition.

f. Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the fair value of investments and other amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Management believes that the estimates utilized in preparing the Company’s financial statements are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

g. Income taxes

The Company is not subject to federal, state or local income taxes. Members are individually liable for the taxes on their share of the Company’s income. As a result, no income tax liability or expense has been recorded in the accompanying financial statements.

US GAAP requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet a more-likely-than-not threshold would be recorded as a tax expense in the current year. The Company’s policy is to recognize accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as part of the tax provision.

The Investment Manager has analyzed such tax positions and has concluded that no unrecognized tax benefits should be recorded for uncertain tax positions for tax years that may be open for the periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. This conclusion may be subject to review and adjustment at a later date based on factors, including but not limited to, ongoing analysis and changes to laws, regulations, and interpretations thereof.

h. Consolidation

The Company consolidates its controlled and wholly owned subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company consolidated SPV, since the Company owns 100% of the equity of SPV. All material inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

3. New accounting pronouncements

During 2012, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update 2011-04 ‘Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in US GAAP and IFRS’ (ASU 2011-04). ASU 2011-04 requires additional disclosure such as quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used for all Level 3 measurements. While the update had an impact on the Company’s financial statement disclosures, it did not have an impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, members’ capital or cash flows.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

4. Due from and due to broker

Due from and due to brokers consists of cash in U.S. dollars and the amounts receivable or payable for securities transactions pending settlement at the end of the year.

The Company’s principal trading activities are primarily with brokers and other financial institutions located in North America.

5. Investments

The Company’s investments at any time may include securities and other financial instruments or other assets of any sort, including, without limitation, corporate and government bonds, convertible securities, collateralized loan obligations, bank loans, trade claims, equity securities, privately negotiated securities, direct placements, and investment derivatives (such as credit default swaps, recovery swaps, total return swaps, options, forward contracts, warrants, and futures) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to in these financial statements as “investments”).

a. Certain risk factors

In the ordinary course of business, the Company manages a variety of risks including market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The Company identifies, measures and monitors risk through various control mechanisms, including trading limits and diversifying exposures and activities across a variety of instruments, markets and counterparties.

Market risk is the risk of potential adverse changes to the value of financial instruments because of changes in market conditions, including as a result of changes in the credit quality of a particular issuer, credit spreads, interest rates, and other movements and volatility in security prices or commodities. In particular, the Company invests in issuers that are experiencing or have experienced financial or business difficulties (including difficulties resulting from the initiation or prospect of significant litigation or bankruptcy proceedings), which involves significant risks. The Company manages its exposure to market risk through the use of risk management strategies and various analytical monitoring techniques.

The Company’s assets may, at any time, include securities and other financial instruments or obligations that are illiquid or thinly traded, making purchase or sale of such securities and financial instruments at desired prices or in desired quantities difficult. Furthermore, the sale of any such investments may be possible only at substantial discounts, and it may be extremely difficult to value any such investments accurately.

Credit risk is the potential loss the Company may incur from a failure of an issuer to make payments according to the terms of a contract. The Company is subject to credit risk because of its strategy of investing in the debt of financially distressed issuers. The Company’s exposure to credit risk on its investments is limited to the fair value of the investments.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

b. Investments

The composition of the Company’s investments as of June 30, 2013 as a percentage of the total portfolio, at amortized cost and fair value are as follows:

 

     Investments at
Amortized Cost
     Percentage     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage  

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $ 74,730,786         63.25   $ 74,807,541         62.75

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

     23,231,204         19.66     23,448,281         19.67

Senior Secured Notes

     19,783,415         16.75     20,397,491         17.11

Warrants

     397,557         0.34     555,971         0.47
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 118,142,962         100.00   $ 119,209,284         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The composition of the Company’s investments as of June 30, 2012 as a percentage of the total portfolio, at amortized cost and fair value are as follows:

 

     Investments at
Amortized Cost
     Percentage     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage  

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $ 21,577,936         100.00   $ 21,571,479         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,577,936         100.00   $ 21,571,479         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the portfolio composition by industry grouping at fair value at June 30, 2013:

 

     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
 

Airlines

   $ 10,821,045         9.08

Automobiles and Components

     15,680,000         13.15

Diversified Financial Services

     6,572,937         5.51

Oil and Gas

     28,085,722         23.56

Pipelines

     10,050,000         8.43

Telecommunications

     36,128,920         30.31

Trucking and Leasing

     11,870,660         9.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 119,209,284         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

The following table shows the portfolio composition by industry grouping at fair value at June 30, 2012:

 

     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
 

Oil and Gas

   $ 10,000,000         46.36

Pipelines

     5,025,000         23.29

Trucking and Leasing

     6,546,479         30.35
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,571,479         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the portfolio composition by geographic grouping at fair value at June 30, 2013:

 

     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
 

Midwest

   $ 43,038,160         36.11

West

     10,821,045         9.08

Southwest

     18,113,305         15.19

Northeast

     10,050,000         8.43

Mid-Atlantic

     37,186,774         31.19
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 119,209,284         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the portfolio composition by geographic grouping at fair value at June 30, 2012:

 

     Investments at
Fair Value
     Percentage of
Total Portfolio
 

Midwest

   $ 6,546,479         30.35

Southwest

     10,000,000         46.36

Northeast

     5,025,000         23.29
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,571,479         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

c. Derivatives

Derivative contracts include warrants. The Company enters into derivative contracts as part of its investment strategies.

The Company may enter into warrants through securities exchanges and the OTC market. Upon the purchase of a warrant, the premium paid is recorded as an investment, at fair value. When a purchased warrant expires unexercised, the Company realizes a loss in the amount of the premium paid. When the Company enters into a closing sale transaction, the Company will realize a gain or loss without regard to any unrealized gain or loss on the underlying security.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

When the Company exercises a warrant, the cost of the security which the Company purchases upon such exercise will be increased by the premium originally paid. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on warrants are included in the net realized gain or loss on derivatives, and net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on derivatives.

The following table reflects the fair value and notional amount or number of contracts of the Company’s derivative contracts, none of which were designated as hedging instruments under US GAAP, which are presented a gross basis, at June 30, 2013. The Company did not hold any derivative positions at June 30, 2012.

 

     Assets      Contracts  

Equity contracts

   $ 555,971         1,058,333   
  

 

 

    

Gross fair value of derivative contracts

   $ 555,971      
  

 

 

    

In the preceding table, the number of contracts as of June 30, 2013 is reflective of the volume of derivatives activity during the year.

The following table reflects the amount of gains (losses) on derivatives included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended June 30, 2013. None of the derivatives were designated as hedging instruments under US GAAP. The Company did not hold any derivative positions during the period ended June 30, 2012.

 

     Included in net change in
unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) on derivatives
 

Equity contracts

   $ 158,414   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 158,414   
  

 

 

 

d. Fair value measurements

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a framework for measuring fair value and a valuation hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability based upon their transparency. The valuation hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Classification within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value have been classified in the following three categories:

Level 1 – valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 – valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as (a) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; (b) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or

 

F-43


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

liabilities in markets that are not active, that is, markets in which there are few transactions for the asset or liability, the prices are not current, or price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers, or in which little information is released publicly; (c) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or (d) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 – valuation is based on unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date. However, the fair value measurement objective remains the same, that is, an exit price from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. Therefore, unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk. Unobservable inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include the Company’s own data. The Company’s own data used to develop unobservable inputs is adjusted if information is reasonably available without undue cost and effort that indicates that market participants would use different assumptions.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from security to security and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of security, whether the security is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of the market and other characteristics particular to the security. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.

The following table summarizes the classifications within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of June 30, 2013:

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of June 30, 2013  

Assets

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3*      Total  

Investments

           

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $       $       $ 74,807,541       $ 74,807,541   

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

                     23,448,281         23,448,281   

Senior Secured Notes

                     20,397,491         20,397,491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

                     118,653,313         118,653,313   

Derivatives

           

Warrants

                     555,971         555,971   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives

                     555,971         555,971   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $       $       $ 119,209,284       $ 119,209,284   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Total Level 3 includes fair value of unfunded commitments of $16,832,435 on revolving credit facilities and delayed draw term loan facilities.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the classifications within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of June 30, 2012:

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of June 30, 2012  

Assets

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Investments

           

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $       $       $ 21,571,479       $ 21,571,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

                     21,571,479         21,571,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $       $       $ 21,571,479       $ 21,571,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for investments that use Level 3 inputs:

 

    Senior Secured
First Lien
Term Loans
    Senior Secured
Second Lien
Term Loans
    Senior
Secured

Notes
    Warrants     Total  

Balance as of March 7, 2012

  $      $      $      $      $   

Purchases

    33,210,324                             33,210,324   

Sales

    (11,643,901                          (11,643,901

Amortization

    11,403                             11,403   

Net realized gains

    110                             110   

Net change in unrealized (depreciation)

    (6,457                          (6,457
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2012

  $ 21,571,479      $      $      $      $ 21,571,479   

Purchases

    86,991,984        26,829,052        19,737,082        397,557        133,955,675   

Sales

    (34,543,042     (3,693,027                   (38,236,069

Amortization

    14,935        2,889        46,334               64,158   

Net realized gains

    688,972        92,290                      781,262   

Net change in unrealized appreciation

    83,213        217,077        614,075        158,414        1,072,779   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2013

  $ 74,807,541      $ 23,448,281      $ 20,397,491      $ 555,971      $ 119,209,284   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transfers into Level 3 during or at the end of the reporting year are reported under Level 1 or Level 2 as of the beginning of the year. Transfers out of Level 3 during or at the end of the reporting year are reported under Level 3 as of the beginning of the year. Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to Level 3 instruments are included in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and derivatives on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During the year ended June 30, 2013 and the period ended June 30, 2012, the Company did not transfer any investments between Levels 1 and 2 and 3.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

The following table presents the changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to Level 3 assets and liabilities still held as of June 30, 2013 and 2012. Both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains and losses within the Level 3 category presented in the table below may include changes in fair value that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs.

 

     Changes in unrealized
gains/(losses) relating to
assets and liabilities still
held as of June 30,
 
     2013      2012  

Assets

     

Investments

     

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

   $ 171,819       $ (6,457

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

     217,077           

Senior Secured Notes

     614,075           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     1,002,971         (6,457
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives

     

Warrants

     158,414           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Derivatives

     158,414           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 1,161,385       $ (6,457
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For June 30, 2012, the Company used a market comparables model to value its Level 3 investment in bank debt. The unobservable input used was a yield of 7.3%.

The following table presents the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the Company’s Level 3 investments as of June 30, 2013. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of investment. These inputs are not representative of the inputs that could have been used in the valuation of any one investment. For example, the highest PIK discount presented in the table for corporate fixed income is appropriate for valuing a specific investment but may not be appropriate for valuing any other investment. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the Company’s Level 3 investments.

 

    Fair Value as of
June 30, 2013
    Valuation
Methodology
  Unobservable
Input(s)
  Weighted
Average
  Range

Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans

  $ 74,807,541      Other Approach (1)   Other metrics   N/A   N/A

Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans

    23,448,281      Other Approach (1)   Other metrics   N/A   N/A

Senior Secured Notes

    20,397,491      Market Comparables   Illiquidity discount   3%   3%
      PIK discount   2.2%   1.5% - 3%
      Yield   7.3%   7.3%
    Other Approach (1)   Other metrics   N/A   N/A

Warrants

  $ 555,971      Market Comparables   Implied volatility   37%   37%
    Other Approach (2)   Other metrics   N/A   N/A

 

F-46


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

 

(1) Other metrics include marking to broker quotes (100% of Senior Secured First Lien Term Loans and Senior Secured Second Lien Term Loans and 49% of Senior Secured Notes).

 

(3) Other metrics include marking to recent funding activity (29% of Warrants).

Fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 are sensitive to changes in the assumptions or methodology used to determine fair value and such changes could result in a significant increase or decrease in the fair value. Significant increases in illiquidity discounts, PIK discounts and market yields would result in significantly lower fair value measurements. Significant increases in implied volatility would result in significantly higher fair value measurements.

6. Note payable

On May 23, 2013, as amended on June 6, 2013, the Company, through SPV, entered into a $76.5 million financing transaction (the “Financing Facility”) due May 22, 2016 with a major European bank. The Financing Facility is collateralized by a portion of the Company’s assets. The Company will pay interest on the face amount of the Financing Facility monthly at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus a spread that increases from 1.63% per annum from May 23, 2013 to July 14, 2013 to 1.97% per annum from July 15, 2013 to August 14, 2013 to 2.85% per annum from August 15, 2013 through the end of the term. This financing transaction was executed in two steps. First, the Company organized SPV, a consolidated wholly owned bankruptcy remote special-purpose vehicle in the Cayman Islands to purchase the assets through the issuance and sale of notes secured by such assets (the “Notes”). The bank purchased Notes with a face value of $76.5 million, which represent 51% of the Notes issued and outstanding, for $76.5 million in cash. The Company purchased Notes with a face value of $73.5 million, which represent 49% of the Notes issued and outstanding, in exchange for assets with a fair market value of $92.2 million, while receiving cash of $18.7 million. Under the terms of the indenture under which the Notes were issued (the “Indenture”), the holders of the Notes are entitled to periodic interest payments equal to their pro rata portion of the interest collected on the assets held by SPV. Second, the Company and the bank entered into a total return swap transaction (the “TRS”) referencing the Notes and incorporating the material terms relating to the financing, such as the financing rate payable to the bank and other payment obligations as well as mark-to-market triggers and collateral posting requirements (including the posting of the Company’s 49%-portion of the Notes to the bank as security under the total return swap). Under the terms of the Indenture, and subject to certain limitations contained therein, the Company may access additional funding under the Financing Facility through subsequent sales to SPV of debt investments, which will then become part of the portfolio of assets securing the Notes. Cash shall be held by the trustee of the Financing Facility and is restricted to uses defined by the Indenture. Purchases of investments must meet certain eligibility criteria identified by the Indenture. Because of the substance of the transactions, the Company has presented the results of the transactions as a Note Payable on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition, and the financing on the TRS is recorded as Interest Expense on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. At June 30, 2013, the carrying amount of the Notes approximates the fair value. For the year ended June 30, 2013, the weighted average outstanding debt balance and the weighted average stated interest rate was $8.4 million and 0.19%, respectively.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

7. Indemnification, guarantees, commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts which provide a variety of representations and warranties, and which provide general indemnifications. Such contracts include those with certain service providers, brokers and trading counterparties. Any exposure to the Company under these arrangements is unknown as it would involve future claims that may be made against the Company; however, based on the Company’s experience the risk of loss is remote and no such claims are expected to occur. As such, the Company has not accrued any liability in connection with such indemnifications.

Loans purchased by the Company may include revolving credit agreements or other financing commitments obligating the Company to advance additional amounts on demand. As of June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, the Company held unfunded commitments in the amount of approximately $16.8 million and $0 respectively.

The following table details the unfunded commitments as of June 30, 2013:

 

Investments

   Principal     Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value  

MF Global Holdings, Ltd. Exit Facility, 5.00%, due 12/4/2014

   $ (4,007,888   $ (109,645   $ (40,079

YRC Worldwide, Inc. Letter of Credit, 7.5%, due 3/31/2015

   $ (12,824,547     (105,753     (384,737
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Unfunded Commitments

     $ (215,398   $ (424,816
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Related party transactions

The Managing Member is responsible for the Company’s Members’ Capital calculation, investment policy, valuation policy, performance of the Company and supervision of the conduct of its affairs.

The Company pays (or reimburses the Investment Manager or Cyrus) for investment expenses, legal expenses, systems and technology, auditing and tax preparation expenses, organizational expenses, expenses relating to the offering and sale of the limited company interests in the Company and extraordinary expenses. Expenses incurred by the Company which are of benefit to one or more other investment vehicles managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates are allocated among such other investment vehicles on a pro rata basis generally in accordance with the relative amount of investment capital of such other investment vehicles. The Company has not utilized soft dollar arrangements to pay for any third party expenses.

The Company does not currently pay a management or incentive fee. As mentioned in Note 1, the Company plans to merge with and into CM Finance Inc, an entity which will pay management and incentive fees. If the Company had paid incentive fees similar to CM Finance Inc, the Company would have paid $23 for the period ended June 30, 2012 and $669,170 for the year ended June 30, 2013. If the Company had paid management fees similar to CM Finance Inc, the Company would have paid $74,375 for the period ended June 30, 2012 and $965,280 for the year ended June 30, 2013.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

CM FINANCE, LLC AND SUBSIDIARY

Notes to consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

 

9. Financial highlights

The following represents the total returns and ratios to average members’ capital:

 

     Year ended
June 30, 2013
    Period from
March 7, 2012 to
June 30, 2012
 

Total return

     16.16     2.58

Ratio of net investment income to average members’ capital

     11.11     2.06

Ratio of operating expenses to average members’ capital

     (1.12 %)      (1.34 %) 

Ratio of credit facility related expenses to average members’ capital

     (0.29 %)      0.00

Ratio of total expenses to average members’ capital

     (1.14 %)      (1.34 %) 

Portfolio turnover rate

     68.37     69.68

Supplemental Data:

     (in thousands)   

Members’ capital at end of period/year

   $ 87,251      $ 18,142   

Average members’ capital

   $ 55,294      $ 14,790   

Total return is calculated based on a time-weighted rate of return methodology for the members, and is not annualized. Total return is reflected after all investment-related and operating expenses. An individual member’s return may vary from these returns based on the timing of capital transactions. The ratios to average members’ capital are calculated based on the monthly average members’ capital during the year/period. Credit facility related expenses include interest expense and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs.

10. Subsequent events

As required by US GAAP, the Company evaluated subsequent events through the date of issuance. As discussed in Note 1, the Company plans to merge with and into CM Finance Inc immediately prior to its initial public offering.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

 

 

 

                             Shares

CM Finance Inc

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

RAYMOND JAMES

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS

A Stifel Company

                , 2013

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

CM Finance Inc PART C OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(1) Financial statements

None.

(2) Exhibits

 

(a)(1)   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
(b)(1)   Bylaws
(c)   Irrevocable Proxy of the Cyrus Funds*
(d)   Form of Stock Certificate
(e)   Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan*
(f)   Not applicable
(g)(1)   Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and CM Investment Partners LLC
(g)(2)   Collateral Management Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013, by and between CM Finance SPV Ltd and CM Investment Partners, LP
(g)(3)   Form Letter Agreement between the Registrant and CM Investment Partners LLC*
(h)   Form of Underwriting Agreement*
(i)   Not applicable
(j)   Form of Custody Agreement*
(k)(1)   Form of Administration Agreement between Registrant and CM Investment Partners LLC
(k)(2)   Form of License Agreement between the Registrant and CM Investment Partners LLC
(k)(3)   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and the Directors
(k)(4)   2002 Master Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2013, between Registrant and UBS AG
(k)(5)   Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2013, between CM Finance SPV Ltd., as Issuer and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee
(k)(6)   Master Assignment and Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013 between Registrant and CM Finance SPV Ltd.
(k)(7)   Collateral Administration Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013 by and among CM Finance SPV Ltd., CM Investment Partners, LP and State Street Bank and Trust Company
(k)(8)   Amended and Restated Confirmation Letter Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013, between UBS, AG and CM Finance LLC
(k)(9)   Contribution Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013, between CM Finance LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company
(k)(10)   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2013, between CM Finance SPV Ltd., as Issuer and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee
(k)(11)   Registration Right Agreement, dated as of November     , 2013, between Registrant and certain stockholders*
(k)(12)   Stockholder Agreement, dated as of November     , 2013, between the Registrant and Stifel Venture Corp.*

 

C-1


Table of Contents
(l)(1)   Form of Opinion and Consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for Registrant*
(m)   Not applicable
(n)(1)   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
(n)(2)   Report of Ernst & Young LLP with respect to the “Senior Securities” table
(o)   Not applicable
(p)   Not applicable
(q)   Not applicable
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of CM Finance Inc
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics of CM Investment Partners LLC

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Underwriting” on this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 14,812   

FINRA filing fee

     17,750   

Nasdaq Global Market listing fees

     225,000   

Printing expenses (1)

  

Accounting fees and expenses (1)

  

Legal fees and expenses (1)

  

Miscellaneous (1)

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     

 

(1) These amounts are estimates.

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

None.

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Company’s common stock as of November 1, 2013.

 

Title of Class

   Number of Record Holders  

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

     1   

Item 30. Indemnification

Reference is made to Section 2-418 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, Article VII of the Registrant’s charter and Article XI of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws.

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money,

 

C-2


Table of Contents

property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Registrant’s charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

The Registrant’s charter authorizes the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as the Registrant’s director or officer and at the Registrant’s request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The Registrant’s bylaws obligate the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as the Registrant’s director or officer and at the Registrant’s request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit the Registrant to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of the Registrant in any of the capacities described above and any of the Registrant’s employees or agents or any employees or agents of the Registrant’s predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, the Registrant will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Registrant’s charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received unless, in either case, a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer in advance of final disposition of a proceeding upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

C-3


Table of Contents

Adviser and Administrator

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Adviser and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Registrant.

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent criminal conduct, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, CM Investment Partners LLC and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of CM Investment Partners LLC’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.

The law also provides for comparable indemnification for corporate officers and agents. Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide the Registrant’s directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that the Registrant shall indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement (an “Indemnitee”), including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Registrant.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management.” Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors will be set forth in its Form ADV to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

(1) the Registrant, CM Finance Inc, 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022;

(2) the Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219;

(3) the Custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110; and

(4) the Adviser, CM Investment Partners, LP, 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

Item 33. Management Services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

(1) The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement; or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

(2) Not applicable.

(3) Not applicable.

(4) Not applicable.

(5) The Registrant undertakes that:

(a) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(6) Not applicable.

 

C-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York City, in the State of New York, on the 15 th day of November 2013.

 

CM Finance Inc
   

/s/ Michael C. Mauer

By:    

Name:   Michael C. Mauer

Title:     Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Michael C. Mauer and Christopher E. Jansen, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone), his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and on his behalf and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign, execute and file this registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any or all amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, with all exhibits and any and all documents required to be filed with respect thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing appropriate or necessary to be done in order to effectuate the same, as fully to all intents and purposes as he himself might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Michael C. Mauer

Michael C. Mauer

   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)   November 15, 2013

/s/ Christopher E. Jansen

Christopher E. Jansen

   President, Secretary and Director   November 15, 2013

/s/ Brennan McCaw

Brennan McCaw

   Interim Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   November 15, 2013

/s/ Keith Lee

Keith Lee

   Director   November 15, 2013

/s/ Julie Persily

Julie Persily

   Director   November 15, 2013

/s/ Robert Ryder

Robert Ryder

   Director   November 15, 2013

/s/ Robert Wagner

Robert Wagner

   Director   November 15, 2013

 

C-6

Exhibit (a)(1)

CM FINANCE INC

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

FIRST : CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

SECOND : The following provisions are all the provisions of the charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is CM Finance Inc.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSES

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”).

ARTICLE III

RESIDENT AGENT AND PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is National Registered Agents, Inc. of MD., whose address is 836 Park Avenue, 2nd Floor, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The street address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o National Registered Agents, Inc. of MD., 836 Park Avenue, 2nd Floor, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.

ARTICLE IV

PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS

OF THE CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 4.1 Number, Vacancies and Classification of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation is seven, which number may be increased or


decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bylaws, but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”). The names of the directors who shall serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:

Michael C. Mauer

Christopher E. Jansen

Keith Lee

Julie Persily

Robert Ryder

Robert Wagner

These directors may increase the number of directors and may fill any vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise, on the Board of Directors occurring before the first annual meeting of stockholders in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

The Corporation elects, at such time as the Corporation becomes eligible to make an election provided for under Section 3-802(b) of the MGCL, that, subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act and except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined), any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

On the first date on which the Corporation shall have more than one stockholder of record, the directors (other than any director elected solely by holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock in connection with dividend arrearages) shall be classified, with respect to the terms for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible as determined by the Board of Directors, one class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, another class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and another class to hold office initially for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, with the members of each class to hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualify. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualify.

Section 4.2 Extraordinary Actions . Except as specifically provided in Section 4.9 (relating to removal of directors), and in Section 6.2 (relating to certain actions and certain amendments to the charter), notwithstanding any provision of law requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable and approved by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

2


Section 4.3 Election of Directors . Except as otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation, each director shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.

Section 4.4 Quorum . The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders, except with respect to any such matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements or the charter, requires approval by a separate vote of one or more classes or series of stock, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by such classes or series on such a matter shall constitute a quorum. To the extent permitted by Maryland law as in effect from time to time, the foregoing quorum provision may be changed by the Bylaws.

Section 4.5 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Bylaws.

Section 4.6 Preemptive Rights . Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 5.4 or as may otherwise be provided by contract, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell.

Section 4.7 Appraisal Rights . No holder of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to exercise the rights of an objecting stockholder under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor provision thereto unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, or any proportion of the shares thereof, to a particular transaction or all transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

Section 4.8 Determinations by Board . The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with the charter and in the absence of actual receipt of an improper benefit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a court, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or

 

3


cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required by the charter to be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.9 Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 5.1 Authorized Shares . The Corporation has authority to issue 100,000,000 shares of stock, initially consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”). The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $1,000,000. If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class or series of stock pursuant to this Article V, the number of authorized shares of the former class or series shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class or series shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes and series that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. A majority of the entire Board of Directors, without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

Section 5.2 Common Stock . Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series of stock.

Section 5.3 Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of stock of any class or series from time to time, in one or more classes or series of stock, including Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”).

Section 5.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares . Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation;

 

4


(b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of stock may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the charter document filed with the SDAT.

Section 5.5 Inspection of Books and Records . A stockholder that is otherwise eligible under applicable law to inspect the Corporation’s books of account, stock ledger, or other specified documents of the Corporation shall have no right to make such inspection if the Board of Directors determines that such stockholder has an improper purpose for requesting such inspection.

Section 5.6 Charter and Bylaws . All persons who shall acquire stock in the Corporation shall acquire the same subject to the provisions of the charter and the Bylaws. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the exclusive power, at any time, to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS; CERTAIN EXTRAORDINARY TRANSACTIONS

Section 6.1 Amendments Generally . The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to its charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All rights and powers conferred by the charter on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation.

Section 6.2. Approval of Certain Extraordinary Actions and Charter Amendments .

(a) Required Votes . The affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast at least 80 percent of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, each voting as a separate class, shall be necessary to effect:

(i) Any amendment to the charter of the Corporation to make the Corporation’s Common Stock a “redeemable security” or the conversion of the Corporation, whether by amendment to the charter, merger or otherwise, from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act);

 

5


(ii) The liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation and any amendment to the charter of the Corporation to effect any such liquidation or dissolution; and

(iii) Any amendment to Section 4.1, Section 4.2, Section 4.9, Section 6.1 or this Section 6.2; provided, however , that, if the Continuing Directors (as defined herein), by a vote of at least majority of such Continuing Directors, in addition to approval by the Board of Directors, approve such proposal or amendment, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast shall be sufficient to approve such matter.

(b) Continuing Directors . “Continuing Directors” means (i) the directors identified in Section 4.1, (ii) the directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of the directors identified in Section 4.1, who are on the Board at the time of the nomination or election, as applicable, or (iii) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors or successor Continuing Directors, who are on the Board at the time of the nomination or election, as applicable.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION

AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

Section 7.1 Limitation of Liability . To the maximum extent that the Maryland Law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages.

Section 7.2 Indemnification and Advance of Expenses . The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by the Maryland Law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his status as a present or former director or officer of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.

Section 7.3 1940 Act . The provisions of this Article VII shall be subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act.

 

6


Section 7.4 Amendment or Repeal . Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VII, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sections of this Article VII with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

THIRD : The amendment to and restatement of the charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

FOURTH : The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

FIFTH : The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent is as set forth in Article III of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

SIXTH : The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

SEVENTH : The undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and President and attested to by its Secretary on this     th day of              2013.

 

CM FINANCE INC
By:  

/s/ Michael C. Mauer

(SEAL)
Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
By:  

/s/ Christopher E. Jansen

(SEAL)
President, Secretary and Director

 

8

Exhibit (b)(1)

CM FINANCE INC

BYLAWS

October 3, 2013

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE . The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may designate.

Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES . The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING . Commencing with the [2014] annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, an annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on a date and at the time set by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS .

(a) General . The Chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors may call a special meeting of the stockholders. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

(b) Stockholder Requested Special Meetings . (1) Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more


stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such stockholder that must be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which the Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.

(2) In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting, one or more written requests for a special meeting signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) of all of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Request”) shall be delivered to the secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request (a) shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (b) shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) shall set forth the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed) and the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned by each such stockholder, and the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned by such stockholder beneficially but not of record, (d) shall be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) shall be received by the secretary within 60 days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation or the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.

(3) The secretary shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials). The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the mailing of any notice of the meeting.

(4) Except as provided in the next sentence, any special meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors, whoever has called the meeting. In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Stockholder Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”);

 

2


and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m. local time on the 90th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. In fixing a date for any special meeting, the Chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors may consider such factors as he, she or it deems relevant within the good faith exercise of business judgment, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Stockholder Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).

(5) If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the secretary and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting to the secretary, the secretary shall: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been mailed, refrain from mailing the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been mailed and if the secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the secretary’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting, revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

(6) The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the president may appoint independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported request shall be deemed to have been delivered to the secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days after receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

 

3


(7) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS . Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting written or printed notice stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, either by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. A single notice shall be effective as to all stockholders who share an address, except to the extent that a stockholder at such address objects to such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II, or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice. The Corporation may postpone or cancel a meeting of stockholders by making a “public announcement” (as defined in Section 11(c)(3)) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting.

Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT . Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment, by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the Chairman of the Board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting: the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the secretary, the treasurer or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy. The secretary or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of the stockholders, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the

 

4


meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies or other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) determining when the polls should be opened and closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 6. QUORUM . The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the stockholders, except with respect to any such matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements, requires approval by a separate vote of one or more classes of stock, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by each such class on such a matter shall constitute a quorum. This section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure.

If, however, such quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power to (a) adjourn the meeting from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting or (b) conclude the meeting without adjournment to another date. If a meeting is adjourned and a quorum is present at such adjournment, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and convened, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 7. VOTING . A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the charter of the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

 

5


Section 8. PROXIES . A stockholder may cast the votes entitled to be cast by the holder of the shares of stock owned of record by the stockholder in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

Section 9. VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS . Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, a general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any director or other fiduciary may vote stock registered in his or her name as such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the stockholder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

Section 10. INSPECTORS . The Board of Directors or the chair of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor thereto . The inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chair of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by him or her or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

 

6


Section 11. ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR AND OTHER STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . (1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with this Section 11(a).

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting (or if an annual meeting has not previously been held), notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (i) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such individual, (B) the class, series and number of any shares of stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned by such individual, (C) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (D) whether such stockholder believes any such individual is, or is not, an “interested person” of the Corporation, as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Investment Company Act”) and information regarding such individual that is sufficient, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to make such determination and (E) all other information relating to such individual that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder (including such individual’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to

 

7


bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom; (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, (A) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned by such stockholder and by such Stockholder Associated Person, if any, (B) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder and by any such Stockholder Associated Person, (C) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk of share price changes for, or to increase the voting power of, such stockholder or any such Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any shares of stock of the Corporation (collectively, “Hedging Activities”) and (D) a general description of whether and the extent to which such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person has engaged in Hedging Activities with respect to shares of stock or other equity interests of any other company; (iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person covered by clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (2) of this Section 11(a), (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger and current name and address, if different, and of such Stockholder Associated Person ; and (B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any provided to investors or potential investors in such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person; and (v) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business on the date of such stockholder’s notice.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(4) For purposes of this Section 11, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of

 

8


Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 11 shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90 th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General . (1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a Director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall be inaccurate to a material extent, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11. Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Directors, any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a Director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 and (B) a written update of any information previously submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date. If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.

(2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11.

(3) For purposes of this Section 11, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Investment Company Act.

 

9


(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, nor the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.

Section 12. VOTING BY BALLOT . Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the presiding officer shall order or any stockholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

Section 13. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT . Notwithstanding any other provision of the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Subtitle 7 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), or any successor statute, shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.

Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS . At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than one, nor more than nine, and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors.

Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS . An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held from time to time at such places and times as provided by the Board of Directors by resolution, without notice other than such resolution.

Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president or by a majority of the directors then in office. The person or persons

 

10


authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Directors without notice other than such resolution.

Section 5. NOTICE . Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, United States mail or courier to each director at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

Section 6. QUORUM . A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors are present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a particular group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority of such group.

The directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and convened may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

Section 7. VOTING . The action of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute or the charter. If enough directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave less than a quorum but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute or the charter.

 

11


Section 8. ORGANIZATION . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall act as Chairman. In the absence of both the Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, the chief executive officer or in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or in the absence of the president, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as Chairman. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation, or in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the Chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time; provided however, this Section 9 does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to the Investment Company Act, that requires the vote of the directors to be cast in person at a meeting. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 10. WRITTEN CONSENT BY DIRECTORS . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent to such action is given in writing or by electronic transmission and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors; provided however, this Section 10 does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to the Investment Company Act, that requires the vote of the directors to be cast in person at a meeting.

Section 11. VACANCIES . If for any reason any or all the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder, if any. Pursuant to the Corporation’s election in Article IV of the charter, subject to applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, (a) any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum and (b) any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.

Section 12. COMPENSATION . Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors. Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

12


Section 13. LOSS OF DEPOSITS . No director shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or stock have been deposited.

Section 14. SURETY BONDS . Unless required by law, no director shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.

Section 15. RELIANCE . Each director and officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Corporation whom the director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the director or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a director, by a committee of the Board of Directors on which the director does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the director reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.

Section 16. RATIFICATION . The Board of Directors or the stockholders may ratify and make binding on the Corporation any action or inaction by the Corporation or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the stockholders could have originally authorized the matter. Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any stockholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders and such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.

Section 17. EMERGENCY PROVISIONS . Notwithstanding any other provision in the charter or these Bylaws, this Section 17 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, (i) a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be called by any director or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many directors and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio, and (iii) the number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Directors.

 

13


ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS . The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, a Compensation Committee and other committees, composed of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. POWERS . The Board of Directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law.

Section 3. MEETINGS . Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the Committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings.

Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5. WRITTEN CONSENT BY COMMITTEES . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent to such action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

Section 6. VACANCIES . Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate one or more alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee. Subject to the power of the Board of Directors, the members of the committee shall have the power to fill any vacancies on the committee.

 

14


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS . The officers of the Corporation shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, a chief investment officer, a chief compliance officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may designate a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board, who shall not, solely by reason of such designation, be officers of the Corporation but shall have such powers and duties as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION . Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the notice of resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

Section 3. VACANCIES . A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

Section 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief executive officer. In the absence of such designation, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

15


Section 5. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 6. CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief investment officer. The chief investment officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 7. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 8. CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER . The Chief Compliance Officer, subject to the direction of and reporting to the Board of Directors, shall be responsible for the oversight of the Corporation’s compliance with the Federal securities laws. The designation, compensation and removal of the Chief Compliance Officer must be approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940) of the Corporation. The Chief Compliance Officer shall perform such executive, supervisory and management functions and duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time.

Section 9. PRESIDENT . In the absence of a designation of a chief executive officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief executive officer. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 10. VICE PRESIDENTS . In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the president or by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

Section 11. SECRETARY . The secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have

 

16


general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board of Directors.

Section 12. TREASURER . The treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

Section 13. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS . The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the president or the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1. CONTRACTS . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors and executed by an authorized person.

Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. DEPOSITS . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may designate.

 

17


ARTICLE VII

STOCK

Section 1. CERTIFICATES; REQUIRED INFORMATION . The Corporation may issue some or all of the shares of any or all of the Corporation’s classes or series of stock without certificates if authorized by the Board of Directors. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MGCL and shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in the manner permitted by the MGCL. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates. There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates. If a class or series of stock is authorized by the Board of Directors to be issued without certificates, no stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates representing any shares of such class or series of stock held by such stockholder unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors and then only upon written request by such stockholder to the secretary of the Corporation.

Section 2. TRANSFERS . All transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed. The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Directors that such shares shall no longer be represented by certificates. Upon the transfer of uncertificated shares, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of stock will be subject in all respects to the charter of the Corporation and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE . Any officer of the Corporation may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be

 

18


certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such stockholder and the Board of Directors has determined such certificates may be issued. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Corporation, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Corporation a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation.

Section 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE . The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment or postponement thereof, except when the meeting is adjourned or postponed to a date more than 120 days after the record date fixed for the original meeting, in which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth herein.

Section 5. STOCK LEDGER . The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

Section 6. FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS . The Board of Directors may issue fractional stock or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as they may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.

ARTICLE VIII

ACCOUNTING YEAR

The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

 

19


ARTICLE IX

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 1. AUTHORIZATION . Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the charter of the Corporation. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the charter.

Section 2. CONTINGENCIES . Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

ARTICLE X

SEAL

Section 1. SEAL . The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words “Incorporated Maryland.” The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL . Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and the Investment Company Act, in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of Directors

 

20


or any duly authorized committee thereof, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. The indemnification and payment of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, regulation, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Bylaws or charter of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

No provision of this Article XI shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Corporation against liability to the Corporation or its stockholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

ARTICLE XII

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever any notice is required to be given pursuant to the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE XIII

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT

If and to the extent that any provision of the MGCL, including, without limitation, Subtitle 6 and, if then applicable, Subtitle 7, of Title 3 of the MGCL, or any provision of the charter or these Bylaws conflicts with any provision of the Investment Company Act, the applicable provision of the Investment Company Act shall control.

 

21


ARTICLE XIV

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power, at any time, to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

 

22

Exhibit (d)

 

No.                          CM FINANCE INC                         Shares
   Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Maryland  
CUSIP NO. [                      ]     
     Par Value $.001 Per Share
Common Stock     

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION

THIS CERTIFIES THAT                                                                                   IS THE OWNER OF                                                                                   FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, WITH A PAR VALUE OF $.001 PER SHARE, OF CM FINANCE INC (the “Corporation”), transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate if properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:                      , 2013

   CM FINANCE INC  

 

    

 

Secretary    CORPORATE SEAL   Chief Executive Officer

 

  

2013

MARYLAND

 

 
Transfer Agent     


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM    as tenants in common      Unif Gift Min Act -  

 

  Custodian  

 

TEN ENT    tenants by the entireties        (Cust)     (Minor)
JT TEN   

as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

      

Under Uniform Gifts to Minors

 

Act:

            (State)

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

IMPORTANT NOTICE

The Corporation will furnish to any stockholder, on request and without charge, a full statement of the information required by Section 2-211(b) of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland with respect to the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation has authority to issue and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, (i) the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series to the extent set, and (ii) the authority of the Board of Directors to set such rights and preferences of subsequent series. This certificate and the shares of Common Stock represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the charter and bylaws of the Corporation and all amendments thereto (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Corporation), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED, THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

For Value Received,                      the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

  

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)


shares of the Common Stock represented by this certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      Attorney, to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated        
 

 

     

 

        NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM) PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

Exhibit (g)(1)

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

CM FINANCE INC

AND

CM INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC

AGREEMENT, dated as of [            ], 2013, between CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and CM Investment Partners, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), a Delaware limited liability company.

WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Corporation, which intends to elect to operate as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”); and

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1. In General . The Adviser agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment adviser to the Corporation with respect to the investment of the Corporation’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Corporation and the purchase of assets for and the sale of assets held in the investment portfolio of the Corporation.

2. Duties and Obligations of the Adviser with Respect to Investment of Assets of the Corporation .

(a) Subject to the succeeding provisions of this paragraph and subject to the direction and control of the Corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”), the Adviser shall act as the investment adviser to the Company and shall manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) determine the composition of the portfolio of the Corporation, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; (ii) identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments made by the Corporation; (iii) execute, close, service and monitor the investments that the Corporation makes; (iv) determine the securities and other assets that the Corporation will purchase, retain or sell; (v) perform due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and (vi) provide the Corporation with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Corporation may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds. Nothing

 

1


contained herein shall be construed to restrict the Corporation’s right to hire its own employees or to contract for administrative services to be performed by third parties, including but not limited to, the calculation of the net asset value of the Corporation’s shares.

(b) In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Adviser shall at all times use all reasonable efforts to conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act, and of any rules or regulations in force thereunder, subject to the terms of any exemptive order applicable to the Corporation; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation, as such documents may be amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives, policies and restrictions applicable to the Corporation as set forth in the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, initially filed on [            ], 2013 (the “ Registration Statement ”), as they may be amended from time to time by the Board of Directors or stockholders of the Corporation; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and provided in writing to the Adviser.

(c) The Adviser will seek to provide qualified personnel to fulfill its duties hereunder and, except as set forth in the following sentence, will bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with its investment advisory duties hereunder. The Corporation shall reimburse the Adviser for all direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by the Adviser for office space rental, office equipment, utilities and other non-compensation related overhead allocable to performance of investment advisory services hereunder by the Adviser, including the costs and expenses of due diligence of potential investments, monitoring performance of the Corporation’s investments, serving as directors and officers of portfolio companies, providing managerial assistance to portfolio companies, enforcing the Corporation’s rights in respect of its investments and disposing of investments. All allocations made pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be made pursuant to allocation guidelines approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Corporation shall also be responsible for the payment of all the Corporation’s other expenses, including payment of the fees payable to the Adviser under Section 6 hereof; organizational and offering expenses; expenses incurred in valuing the Corporation’s assets and computing its net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); expenses incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Corporation and in monitoring the Corporation’s investments and performing due diligence on the Corporation’s prospective portfolio companies or otherwise related to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments; interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Corporation’s investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts; offerings of the Corporation’s common stock and other securities; investment advisory and management fees payable under this Agreement; administration fees; transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; federal and state registration fees; all costs of registration and listing the Corporation’s shares on any securities exchange; federal, state and local taxes; independent directors’ fees and expenses; costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) or other regulators; costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; the costs associated with individual or group stockholders; the Corporation’s allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, long distance

 

2


telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; and all other non-investment advisory expenses incurred by the Corporation or the Adviser in connection with the administering the Corporation’s business.

(d) The Adviser shall give the Corporation the benefit of its professional judgment and effort in rendering services hereunder, but neither the Adviser nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons shall be liable for any act or omission or for any loss sustained by the Corporation in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, provided, that the foregoing exculpation shall not apply to a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement; provided further, however, that the foregoing shall not constitute a waiver of any rights which the Corporation may have which may not be waived under applicable law.

(e) The Adviser will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Adviser will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Corporation and other clients of the Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Corporation and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Corporation will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Corporation over the long term, subject to review by the Board of Directors of the Corporation from time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of such practice to determine whether the Corporation benefits, directly or indirectly, from such practice.

3. Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided , however , that the Adviser will not undertake, and will cause its employees not to undertake, activities which, in its reasonable judgment, will adversely affect the performance of the Adviser’s obligations under this Agreement.

4. Agency Cross Transactions . From time to time, the Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory

 

3


client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits the Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Corporation authorizes the Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Corporation may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Adviser.

5. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser will bear all compensation expense (including health insurance, pension benefits, payroll taxes and other compensation related matters) of its employees and shall bear the costs of any salaries or directors’ fees of any officers or directors of the Corporation who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser.

6. Compensation of the Adviser . The Adviser, for its services to the Corporation, will be entitled to receive a management fee (the “ Base Management Fee ”) and an incentive fee (“ Incentive Fee ”) from the Corporation.

(a) The Base Management Fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of the Corporation’s gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents. The Base Management Fee is payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For the period from the date of commencement of the Corporation’s operations (the “ Commencement Date ”) through the end of the first and second quarters of the Corporation’s operations, the Base Management Fee will be calculated based on the initial value of the Corporation’s gross assets. Subsequently, the Base Management Fee will be calculated based on the average value of the Corporation’s gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters prior to the quarter for which such fees are being calculated. Base Management Fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.

(b) The Incentive Fee will consist of two parts, as follows:

(i) The first component of the Incentive Fee (the “ Income-Based Fee ”) will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and shall be payable promptly following the filing of the Corporation’s financial statements for such quarter. “ Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income ” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that the Corporation receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Corporation’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, expenses payable under the Corporation’s administration agreement (the “ Administration Agreement ”), any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero

 

4


coupon securities), accrued income not yet received in cash; provided, however, that the portion of the Incentive Fee attributable to deferred interest features shall be paid, only if and to the extent received in cash, and any accrual thereof shall be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual, applied in each case in the order such interest was accrued. Such subsequent payments in respect of previously accrued income shall not reduce the amounts payable for any quarter pursuant to clause (ii) below. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

(ii) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Corporation’s net assets (defined as total assets less senior securities constituting indebtedness and preferred stock) at the end of the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated, will be compared to a “hurdle rate” of 2.00% per quarter (8.00% annualized). The Corporation will pay the Adviser the Income-Based Fee with respect to the Corporation’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

  (1) no Income-Based Fee for any calendar quarter in which the Corporation’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate;

 

  (2) 100% of the Corporation’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% (10% annualized); and

 

  (3) 20.0% of the amount of the Corporation’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds 2.5% (10.0% annualized);

provided that , no Incentive Fee in respect of Sections 6(b)(i) and 6(b)(ii) hereof will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and the 11 preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative Incentive Fees accrued and/or paid pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof for such 11 preceding quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Corporation for the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and the 11 preceding calendar quarters. These calculations will be appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated.

(iii) The second part of the Incentive Fee (the “ Capital Gains Fee ”) will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of this Agreement as set forth below), commencing with the calendar year ending on December 31, 2013, and is calculated at the end of each applicable year by subtracting (1) the sum of the Corporation’s cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and aggregate unrealized capital depreciation from (2) the Corporation’s cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, in each case calculated from the Commencement Date. If the amount so

 

5


calculated is positive, then the Capital Gains Fee for such year is equal to 20% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of Capital Gains Fees paid in all prior years; provided that the Incentive Fee determined as of December 31, 2013 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2013. If such amount is negative, then no Capital Gains Fee will be payable for such year. If this Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date shall be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying a Capital Gains Fee.

7. Indemnification . The Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser) shall not be liable to the Corporation for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Adviser in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Corporation (except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services), and the Corporation shall indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser) (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Section 7 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Adviser’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Adviser’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (as the same shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).

8. Duration and Termination .

(a) This Agreement shall become effective as of the first date above written. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice, (i) by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, (ii) by the vote of the Corporation’s Directors, or (iii) by the Advisor. The provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement as aforesaid, the Adviser shall be entitled to any amounts owed under Section 3 through the date of termination or expiration and Section 7 shall continue in force and effect and apply to the Adviser and its representatives as and to the extent applicable.

 

6


(b) This Agreement shall continue in effect for two years from the date hereof and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (A) the vote of the Board, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation and (B) the vote of a majority of the members of the Corporation’s Board who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any such party, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

(c) This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the 1940 Act).

9. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

10. Amendment of this Agreement . This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent, but the consent of the Corporation must be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

11. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

12. Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.

 

CM FINANCE INC
By:  

 

Name:   Christopher E. Jansen
Title:   President
CM INVESTMENT PARTNERS LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Michael C. Mauer
Title:   Co-Chief Investment Officer

 

8

Exhibit (g)(2)

COLLATERAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This Collateral Management Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 23, 2013, by and between CM Finance SPV Ltd., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Issuer ”) and CM Investment Partners, L.P. a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Collateral Manager ”).

RECITALS:

The Issuer intends to issue certain Notes (the “ Class A Notes ”) pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company, as trustee (together with its permitted successor and assigns, the “ Trustee ”), and in its individual capacity (the “ Bank ”) (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”);

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture;

Pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer has pledged the Collateral to the Trustee as security for the Class A Notes;

The Issuer wishes to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Collateral Manager agrees to perform, on behalf of the Issuer, certain duties with respect to the Collateral securing the Class A Notes in the manner and on the terms set forth herein and to provide such additional services as are consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Indenture; and

The Collateral Manager has the capacity to provide the services required hereby and is prepared to perform such services upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between any term defined herein and any term defined in the Indenture, the defined term as set forth in the Indenture shall govern.

Triggering Event ”: With respect to any Person, (i) the criminal conviction or admission by consent (including a plea of no contest or consent to a permanent injunction prohibiting future violations of the federal securities laws) of such Person to a material violation of federal securities laws, or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder, or any other criminal statute involving a material breach of fiduciary duty; or (ii) the conviction of such Person of a felony under any federal or state statute. A Triggering Event shall be deemed to occur upon final adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction with respect to a criminal or civil action, or upon admission by consent or plea as provided above, as applicable.

 

1


2. General Duties of the Collateral Manager

Subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and this Agreement, the Collateral Manager shall provide services to the Issuer as follows:

(a) The Collateral Manager agrees to supervise and direct the investment and reinvestment of the Collateral, and shall perform on behalf of the Issuer the duties that have been expressly delegated to the Collateral Manager in this Agreement and in the Indenture (and the Collateral Manager shall have no obligation to perform any other duties under the Indenture or otherwise) and, to the extent necessary or appropriate to perform such duties, the Collateral Manager shall have the power to execute and deliver all necessary and appropriate documents and instruments on behalf of the Issuer with respect thereto.

(b) The Collateral Manager shall (i) select all Portfolio Assets which shall be acquired by the Issuer and pledged to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and (ii) facilitate the acquisition, disposition and settlement of Portfolio Assets by the Issuer in accordance with the Indenture, including the delivery of Collateral in accordance with the Indenture.

(c) The Collateral Manager shall monitor the Collateral, on behalf of the Issuer, on an ongoing basis and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to the Issuer all reports, schedules and other data which the Issuer are required to prepare, deliver or furnish under the Indenture, in the form and containing all information required thereby and on or before the date required under the Indenture and to deliver them to the parties entitled thereto under the Indenture. The Collateral Manager shall, on behalf of the Issuer, be responsible for obtaining, to the extent practicable, any information concerning whether a Portfolio Asset has become a Defaulted Obligation.

(d) The Collateral Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish Issuer Orders, Issuer Requests and officer’s certificates as may be required under the Indenture, including providing any certifications, and the Collateral Manager shall have the power to execute and deliver all necessary and appropriate documents and Instruments on behalf of the Issuer with respect thereto.

(e) The Collateral Manager may, in its sole discretion, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and this Agreement, direct the Trustee in writing to take the following actions with respect to any Portfolio Asset, Defaulted Obligation, and any other assets and property included in the Collateral (collectively, the “ Managed Assets ”), as applicable:

(i) retain such Managed Asset;

(ii) sell or otherwise dispose of such Managed Asset in the open market or otherwise;

(iii) acquire, as security for the Class A Notes in substitution for or in addition to any one or more Managed Assets included in the Collateral, one or more additional Managed Assets;

(iv) if applicable, tender such Managed Asset pursuant to an Offer;

 

2


(v) if applicable, consent to any proposed amendment, modification or waiver pursuant to an Offer;

(vi) retain or dispose of any securities or other property (other than Cash) received pursuant to an Offer;

(vii) waive any default with respect to any Defaulted Obligation;

(viii) vote to accelerate the maturity of any Defaulted Obligation;

(ix) amend, waive, consent, or vote with respect to any Managed Asset;

(x) exercise any other rights or remedies with respect to any Managed Asset and as provided in the related Underlying Instrument including without limitation the negotiation of any workout or restructuring and the acceptance of any security or other consideration issued in a plan of reorganization, bankruptcy or other proceeding involving any thereof, or take any other action consistent with the terms of the Indenture which it reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Noteholders; and

(xi) exercise any other rights or remedies with respect to such Managed Asset.

(f) Except as expressly otherwise permitted in Section 6(e), the Collateral Manager shall cause any purchase or sale of any Managed Asset to be effected on an arm’s length basis.

(g) In connection with taking or omitting any action under the Indenture or this Agreement, the Collateral Manager may consult with counsel and may rely in good faith on the advice of such counsel or any opinion of counsel selected in good faith with reasonable care.

The Collateral Manager is hereby granted, and shall have, full power to take all actions and execute and deliver all necessary and appropriate documents and instruments on behalf of the Issuer in accordance with this Agreement. The Collateral Manager hereby accepts and agrees to perform all of the duties delegated to it under this Agreement.

3. No Joint Venture

Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a joint venture or partnership between the parties with respect to the arrangements set forth in this Agreement. For all purposes herein, the Collateral Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and, unless otherwise provided herein or specifically authorized by the Issuer, from time to time, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer.

4. Brokerage

The Collateral Manager shall effect all purchases and sales of securities in a manner consistent with the principles of best execution, taking into account net price (including commissions) and execution capability and other services which the broker may provide. In this regard, the Collateral Manager may effect transactions which cause the Issuer to pay a commission in excess of a commission which another broker would have charged; provided, however, that the Collateral Manager shall have first determined that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage, research, performance measurement service and other services performed by that broker.

 

3


5. Expenses

The Collateral Manager shall be responsible for the ordinary expenses incurred in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; provided , however , that any extraordinary expenses incurred by the Collateral Manager in the performance of such obligations, including, but not limited to: (i) any reasonable expenses incurred by it (whether for its own account or paid for or advanced by the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) to employ outside lawyers or consultants reasonably necessary in connection with the acquisition, holding, monitoring, marking to market, enforcement, amendment, default, evaluation, transfer, workout, restructuring, bankruptcy or disposition of any Portfolio Asset, (ii) any reasonable expenses incurred by it in obtaining advice from counsel with respect to its obligations under this Agreement and the provisions of the Indenture applicable to it, and (iii) any other commercially reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, holding, monitoring, marking to market, enforcement, amendment, default, evaluation, transfer, workout, restructuring, bankruptcy or disposition of any Portfolio Asset, including, without limitation, any and all rating agency expenses, news and quotation subscription expenses, travel costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Manager or its officers (on a pro rata basis) in connection with the performance of the Collateral Manager’s obligations under this Agreement and of software and services costs for record keeping and fund administration, due diligence costs, legal, tax, accounting, appraisal, and any rating agency costs to the extent not paid directly by the Issuer and any extraordinary expenses of any nature or other unusual matters, shall be reimbursed by the Issuer to the extent funds credited to the Expense Account are available therefor in accordance with and subject to the limitations contained in the Indenture. Other than as stated above, the Issuer will bear, and will pay directly in accordance with the Indenture, all other costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the organization, operation or liquidation of the Issuer.

6. Services to Other Companies or Accounts; Conflicts of Interest

(a) The members, Affiliates and associates of the Collateral Manager are in no way prohibited from, and intend to, spend substantial business time in connection with other businesses or activities, including, but not limited to, managing investments, advising or managing entities other than the Issuer, whose investment objectives are the same as or overlap with those of the Issuer, participating in actual or potential investments of the Issuer providing consulting, merger and acquisition, structuring or financial advisory services, including with respect to actual, contemplated or potential investments of the Issuer, or acting as a director, officer or creditors’ committee member of, adviser to, or participant in, any corporation, partnership, trust or other business entity. Such Affiliates or associates may, and expect to, receive fees or other compensation from third parties for any of these activities, which fees will be for the benefit of their own account and not the Issuer. These fees can relate to actual, contemplated or potential investments of the Issuer and may be payable by entities in which the Issuer directly or indirectly, has invested or contemplates investing.

 

4


(b) In addition, the members, Affiliates and associates of the Collateral Manager may manage Affiliates of the Issuer (including, but not limited to, other funds, investment vehicles, accounts or advisory clients of the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates, collectively the “ Other CM Funds ”)). The investment policies, fee arrangements and circumstances of the Issuer may differ from such Other CM Funds. For example, the Issuer may desire to retain an asset at the same time that one or more Other CM Funds desire to sell it. Similarly, the Other CM Funds which are in a liquidation phase may take priority as to sales of investments in which the Issuer is also an investor. These procedures could in certain circumstances affect adversely the price paid or received by the Issuer or the size of the position purchased or sold by the Issuer.

(c) Although the Issuer intends to operate so that the Portfolio Assets are not “plan assets” under ERISA, some of the Other CM Funds may hold or will hold “plan assets” subject to ERISA. For those plan assets, certain members, Affiliates and/or associates of the Collateral Manager are classified as “fiduciaries” under ERISA. ERISA imposes certain general and specific responsibilities and restrictions on fiduciaries with respect to plan assets. As a result, the Collateral Manager may adopt certain procedures to address other conflicts in order to satisfy ERISA requirements, if applicable. The foregoing procedures could in certain circumstances affect adversely the price paid or received by the Issuer or the size of the position purchased or sold by the Issuer (including prohibiting the Issuer from purchasing a position) or may limit the rights that the Issuer may exercise with respect to an investment.

(d) Members, Affiliates and associates of the Collateral Manager may have the ability, under certain circumstances, to take certain actions that would be inconsistent with the objectives of the Issuer. In such circumstances, the Collateral Manager and its members, Affiliates and associates will act in good faith and in a manner believed by them to be equitable, provided that the Collateral Manager and its members, Affiliates and associates may adopt certain procedures to address other conflicts in order to satisfy ERISA requirements, if applicable. The foregoing procedures could in certain circumstances affect adversely the price paid or received by the Issuer or the size of the position purchased or sold by the Issuer (including prohibiting the Issuer from purchasing a position) or may limit the rights that the Issuer may exercise with respect to an investment.

(e) The Collateral Manager shall not direct the Trustee to purchase any Portfolio Asset for inclusion in the Collateral directly from the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates as principal or any account or portfolio for which Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates serve as investment advisor, or direct the Trustee to sell directly any Portfolio Asset to the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates as principal or any account or portfolio for which the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates serve as investment advisor, unless the Collateral Manager shall have certified to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Initial Majority Noteholder with respect to each such transaction that (i) such transaction will be consummated on terms prevailing in the market, (ii) the terms of such transaction are substantially as advantageous to the Issuer as the terms the Issuer would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate, and (iii) such transaction complies with the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), to the extent applicable. In accordance with the foregoing, the Collateral Manager may, in one or more transactions, effect client cross-transactions where the Collateral Manager causes a transaction to be effected between the Issuer and another

 

5


collateralized debt obligation vehicle, collateralized loan obligation vehicle, fund or another investment vehicle or account managed or advised by it or one or more of its Affiliates, but neither it nor the Affiliate will receive any commission or similar fee in connection with such cross-transaction. If consent of the Issuer to any such transaction is required under the Advisers Act, the Collateral Manager will obtain the prior written, informed consent of the Issuer’s general partner. In addition, with the prior authorization of the Issuer, which may be revoked at any time, the Collateral Manager may enter into agency cross-transactions where it or any of its Affiliates acts as broker for the Issuer and for the other party to the transaction, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

(f) The Collateral Manager shall not direct the Trustee to purchase any Portfolio Asset for inclusion in the Collateral if the obligor on such Portfolio Asset is the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates or any other fund or account managed by the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates.

(g) The Collateral Manager shall not cause the Issuer to purchase, and shall not direct the Trustee to purchase, any Portfolio Asset from CM Finance LLC for inclusion in the Collateral unless such purchase complies with the requirements of the Side Letter Security Agreement.

7. Standard of Care

The Collateral Manager shall comply with all the terms and conditions of the Indenture specifically made applicable to the Collateral Manager as specified therein affecting the duties and functions that have been delegated to it thereunder and hereunder and, subject to Section 8 of this Agreement, shall perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder in good faith and with reasonable care, using a degree of skill and attention no less than that which the Collateral Manager exercises with respect to assets comparable to the Portfolio Assets, if any, that it manages for itself and exercises with respect to assets comparable to the Portfolio Assets that it manages for others, and in a manner which the Collateral Manager reasonably believes to be consistent with practices and procedures followed by prudent institutional managers of national standing relating to assets of the nature and character of the Portfolio Assets, except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement and/or the Indenture. To the extent not inconsistent with the foregoing, the Collateral Manager shall follow its customary standards, policies and procedures in performing its duties under the Indenture and hereunder (including those duties of the Issuer under the Indenture which the Collateral Manager has agreed hereunder to perform on the Issuer’s behalf).

8. Limitation of Liability

None of the Collateral Manager, its Affiliates, any officer, director, partner, member, employee, or stockholder of any of such Persons or any other Person that serves or provides advisory services and resources at the request of the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer as an officer, director, partner, member, employee or agent of any other entity (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall be liable to the Trustee, any Noteholder or the Issuer for damages arising from any action taken or omitted to be taken by such Person or for damages arising from any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee, any Noteholder or other Person

 

6


with respect to the Issuer; unless such damages are the result of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith by such Indemnified Person. The Collateral Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, its Affiliates and their Affiliates in the case of any damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Collateral Manager, unless such actions or the damages result from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates (other than the Collateral Manager or the Sole Member).

9. Indemnification

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Issuer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnified Person, against all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, whether or not matured or unmatured or whether or not asserted or brought due to contractual or other restrictions (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage or liability), joint or several (collectively, “ Losses ”), to which an Indemnified Person may become subject by reason of any acts or omissions or any alleged acts or omissions arising out of such Indemnified Person’s or any other Indemnified Person’s activities in connection with the conduct of the business or affairs of the Issuer and/or a Portfolio Asset (including in connection with this Agreement), or caused by or arising out of or in connection with, the issuance of the Class A Notes, unless such Loss results from (i) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person, (ii) a breach of the representation and warranty of the Collateral Manager in Section 12 hereof or (iii) any action or omission which constitutes, with respect to such Person, a Triggering Event, as determined by final adjudication of a court of competent jurisdiction after the exhaustion of all appeals. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the obligations of the Issuer under this Section 9(a) are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable as Administrative Expenses solely out of the amounts credited to the Expense Account in accordance with Section 10(c) of the Indenture. Any indemnification rights provided for in this Section 9(a) shall be retained by any resigned or replaced Collateral Manager and by all former Indemnified Persons.

(b) Expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person in defense or settlement of any claim that may be subject to a right of indemnification hereunder may be advanced by the Issuer prior to the final disposition thereof upon receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Person to repay such amount to the extent that it shall be determined ultimately that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder. The right of any Indemnified Person to the indemnification provided herein shall be cumulative of, and in addition to, any and all rights to which such Indemnified Person may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law or equity and shall extend to such Indemnified Person’s successors, assigns and legal representatives.

(c) The indemnification rights provided for in this Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything else herein, nothing contained in this Section or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be construed as relieving any person for any liability (including liability under applicable U.S. federal securities laws which, under certain circumstances, impose liability even on persons that act in good faith), to the extent that such liability may not be waived under, or such indemnification would be in violation of, applicable law.

 

7


10. Term of Agreement; Survival of Certain Terms

(a) This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof. This Agreement shall continue in force until the first of the following occurs (i) the payment in full or redemption in whole of the Notes and the termination of the Indenture in accordance with its terms; (ii) the liquidation of the Portfolio Assets and the final distribution of proceeds of such liquidation to the Noteholders; or (iii) termination of this Agreement in accordance with subsection (b) of this Section 10. Sections 8, 9 and 11 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated, and the Collateral Manager may be removed for cause, on thirtieth day after the date on which the Issuer or the Trustee, at the direction of the Initial Majority Noteholders, delivers written notice, setting forth the cause of such removal, to the Collateral Manager. For purposes of determining “cause” with respect to termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11, such term shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(i) the Collateral Manager willfully violates or willfully breaches any material provision of this Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party (including, without limitation, any breach of a material representation, warranty or certification of the Collateral Manager hereunder or thereunder);

(ii) the Collateral Manager breaches any provision of this Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party (other than as covered in Section 11(a)) which violation or breach (1) has a material adverse effect on the Holders of any Class A Notes and (2) if capable of being cured, is not cured within 30 days of the Collateral Manager becoming aware of such violation or breach, or, if such violation or breach is not capable of being cured within 30 days but is capable of being cured in a longer period, the Collateral Manager fails to cure such violation or breach within the period in which a reasonably diligent person could cure such violation or breach, but in no event greater than 60 days;

(iii) the Collateral Manager is wound up or dissolved or there is appointed over it or a substantial part of its assets a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer; or the Collateral Manager (A) ceases to be able to, or admits in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due and payable, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of, or enters into any composition or arrangement with, its creditors generally; (B) applies for or consents (by admission of material allegations of a petition or otherwise) to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, assignee, custodian, liquidator or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Collateral Manager, or of any substantial part of its properties or assets, or authorizes such an application or consent, or Proceedings seeking such appointment are commenced without such authorization, consent or application against the Collateral Manager, and continue undismissed for 60 days; (C) authorizes or files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or applies for or consents (by admission of material allegations of a petition or otherwise) to the application of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, insolvency or dissolution, or authorizes such application or consent, or proceedings to such end are instituted

 

8


against the Collateral Manager, without such authorization, application or consent and are approved as properly instituted and remain undismissed for 60 days or result in adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency; or (D) permits or suffers all or any substantial part of its properties or assets to be sequestered or attached by court order and the order remains undismissed for 60 days;

(iv) the occurrence of any Event of Default under the Indenture which default is primarily the result of any act or omission of the Collateral Manager resulting from a breach of its duties under this Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement or the Indenture (but not as a result of any default of any Portfolio Asset); or

(v) the occurrence of any act constituting fraud or criminal negligence in respect of investment activity by the Collateral Manager or any officer of the Collateral Manager who has direct responsibility for the investment activities of the Issuer.

If any of the events specified in this subclause (b) of this Section 10 shall occur, the Collateral Manager shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Issuer and the Trustee upon the Collateral Manager’s becoming aware of the occurrence of such event.

11. Action Upon Termination

(a) Upon any termination of this Agreement, the Collateral Manager shall as soon as practicable:

(i) deliver to the Issuer, or to the successor collateral manager if so directed by the Issuer, all property and documents of the Trustee or the Issuer or otherwise relating to the Portfolio Assets then in the custody of the Collateral Manager; and

(ii) deliver to the Trustee an accounting with respect to the books and records delivered to the Trustee or the successor collateral manager.

Notwithstanding such termination, the Collateral Manager shall remain liable to the extent set forth herein (but subject to Section 8 hereof) for its acts or omissions hereunder arising prior to termination, and for any expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in respect of or arising out of a breach of the representations and warranties made by the Collateral Manager in Section 12(c) hereof or from any failure of the Collateral Manager to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.

(b) The Collateral Manager agrees that, notwithstanding any termination, it shall reasonably cooperate in any Proceeding arising in connection with this Agreement, the Indenture, or any of the Portfolio Assets (excluding any such Proceeding in which claims are asserted against the Collateral Manager or any Affiliate of the Collateral Manager) upon receipt of appropriate indemnification and expense reimbursement satisfactory to the Collateral Manager.

 

9


(c) If the Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee (at the direction of the Initial Majority Noteholder) or, otherwise, the Issuer shall appoint a successor upon the termination of this Agreement. No termination of this Agreement or any removal or resignation of the Collateral Manager shall be effective until the date as of which a successor collateral manager shall have agreed in writing to assume all of the Collateral Manager’s duties and obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Upon the acceptance by a successor collateral manager of such appointment, all rights and obligations of the Collateral Manager under this Agreement shall terminate, except as provided in Sections 5, 8, 9, 11 and 16.

12. Representations and Warranties

(a) The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Manager as follows as of the date hereof:

(i) The Issuer is an exempted company incorporated with limited liability duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands, has the full power and authority to own its assets and the Portfolio Assets proposed to be owned by it and included in the Collateral and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged and is duly qualified under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires, or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents would require, such qualification, except for failures to be so qualified, authorized or licensed that would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Issuer.

(ii) The Issuer has the necessary power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and all obligations required hereunder and thereunder, and has taken all necessary action to authorize this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party on the terms and conditions hereof and thereof, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the performance of all obligations imposed upon it hereunder and thereunder. No consent of any other Person including, without limitation, partners and creditors of the Issuer, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority, other than those that may be required under state securities or “blue sky” laws and those that have been or shall be obtained in connection with the Indenture and the issuance of the Class A Notes, is required by the Issuer in connection with this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the obligations imposed upon it hereunder or thereunder. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, when executed and delivered hereunder by all parties hereto, shall constitute, the legally valid and binding obligation of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, to (A) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights, as such laws would apply in the event of any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar event applicable to the Issuer and (B) general equitable principles (whether enforceability of such principles is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

10


(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party do not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation binding on the Issuer, or any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority binding on the Issuer, or the Constitutive Documents of, or any securities issued by, the Issuer or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its assets may be bound, the violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Issuer, and do not result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien on any of its property, assets or revenues pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking (other than the lien of the Indenture).

(iv) The Issuer is not required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

(v) The Issuer is not in violation of its Constitutive Documents or in breach or violation of or in default under the Indenture or any other contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound, or any applicable statute or any rule, regulation or order of any court, government agency or body having jurisdiction over the Issuer or its properties, the breach or violation of which or default under which would have a material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the performance by the Issuer of its duties hereunder.

(vi) True and complete copies of the Indenture and the Issuer’s Constitutive Documents have been delivered to the Collateral Manager.

(vii) The Issuer represents and warrants that it is not a person (A) subject to an order of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued under Section 203(f) of the Advisers Act; (B) convicted within the previous ten years of any felony or misdemeanor involving conduct described in Sections 203(e)(2)(A)-(D) or 203(e)(3) of the Advisers Act; (C) who has been found by the Securities and Exchange Commission to have engaged, or has been convicted of engaging, in any of the conduct specified in paragraphs (1), (5) or (6) of Section 203(e) of the Advisers Act; or (D) is subject to an order, judgment or decree described in Section 203(e)(4) of the Advisers Act.

The Issuer agrees to deliver a true and complete copy of each amendment to the documents referred to in paragraph (a)(vi) above to the Collateral Manager as promptly as practicable after its adoption or execution.

The Issuer agrees to conduct its activities hereunder and under the Indenture in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which the activities contemplated hereunder will occur (including, without limitation, campaign finance laws and laws respecting gifts or other contributions to political figures or to officials from or associated with governmental agencies affiliated with investors). The Issuer further acknowledges that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it shall not receive any fee hereunder with respect to any investor to the extent the payment of such fee violates any applicable law or regulation, which violation cannot be cured.

 

11


(b) The Collateral Manager hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer as follows as of the date hereof:

(i) The Collateral Manager is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged and is duly qualified and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires, or the performance of this Agreement would require such qualification, except for those jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified, authorized or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Collateral Manager or on the ability of the Collateral Manager to perform its obligations under, or on the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement and the provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Collateral Manager.

(ii) The Collateral Manager has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder and under the provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Collateral Manager, and has taken all necessary action to authorize this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereof and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder and under the terms of the Indenture applicable to the Collateral Manager. No consent of any other Person, including, without limitation, any partners or creditors of the Collateral Manager, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Collateral Manager in connection with this Agreement or the Collateral Administration Agreement, or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement or the obligations required hereunder, under the Collateral Administration Agreement or under the terms of the Indenture applicable to the Collateral Manager. This Agreement has been, and each instrument and document required hereunder or under the terms of the Indenture shall be, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Collateral Manager, and this Agreement constitutes, and each instrument and document required hereunder or under the terms of the Indenture when executed and delivered by the Collateral Manager hereunder or under the terms of the Indenture shall constitute, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Collateral Manager enforceable against the Collateral Manager in accordance with their terms, subject to (A) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (B) general equitable principles.

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance by the Collateral Manager of the terms of the Indenture applicable to it will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation binding the Collateral Manager, or any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority binding on the Collateral Manager, or the organizational

 

12


documents of, or any securities issued by, the Collateral Manager or constitute, with or without giving notice or lapse of time or both, a default under or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which the Collateral Manager is a party or by which the Collateral Manager or any of its assets may be bound, the violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Collateral Manager to perform its obligations under or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or provisions of the Indenture and Collateral Administration Agreement applicable to the Collateral Manager, and will not result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien on any of its property, assets or revenues pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking.

(iv) There is no charge, investigation, action, suit or proceeding before or by any court pending or, to the best knowledge of the Collateral Manager, threatened that, if determined adversely to the Collateral Manager, would have a material adverse effect upon the performance by the Collateral Manager of its duties under, or on the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement and the provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Collateral Manager hereunder.

(v) The Collateral Manager is not in violation of its Constitutive Documents or in breach or violation of or in default under any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound, or any applicable statute or any rule, regulation or order of any court, government agency or body having jurisdiction over the Collateral Manager or its properties, the breach or violation of which or default under which would have a material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Collateral Manager, or the performance by the Collateral Manager of its duties hereunder or thereunder.

The Collateral Manager’s representations and warranties in Sections 11(b)(iii) are given on the assumptions that there shall be no misreprestantions or breach of covenants by purchasers of the Notes and do not address the consequences of such misrepresentations or breach, and that none of the assets of the Issuer are or will be (or are or will be deemed for purposes of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or any substantially similar applicable federal, state, local or non-US law, to be) “plan assets” subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (or any substantially similar law).

13. Amendment

This Agreement may not be modified or amended without the prior written consent of the Trustee and the Majority Noteholders and in writing executed by the parties hereto. Failure on the part of either party to insist upon strict compliance by the other with any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition.

14. Assignment

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors. Any assignment of the Collateral Manager’s obligations under this Agreement (other than to an Affiliate of the Collateral Manager), as determined by reference to the Advisers Act, shall require the consent of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Majority Noteholders.

 

13


The Collateral Manager hereby acknowledges that, pursuant to Article 15 of the Indenture, the Issuer is assigning all of its right, title and interest in, to and under this Agreement to the Trustee as representative of the Noteholders and the Collateral Manager agrees that all of the representations, covenants and agreements made by the Collateral Manager in this Agreement are also for the benefit of the Trustee.

15. Entire Agreement; Unenforceability; Counterparts

This instrument contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof, or of the application of any provision hereof to any circumstances, shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision, or the application of such provision to any other circumstances. Descriptive headings are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of this Agreement) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission or e-mail), each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart signature page of this Agreement by e-mail (PDF) or facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

16. Non-Petition; Limited Recourse

(a) The Collateral Manager agrees not to cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or to institute any reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings against the Issuer for the nonpayment of the fees or other amounts payable by the Issuer to the Collateral Manager under this Agreement until the payment in full of all Notes issued under the Indenture and the expiration of a period equal to one year and a day, or, if longer, the applicable preference period and one day, following such payment. Nothing in this Section 16 shall preclude, or be deemed to stop, the Collateral Manager from taking any action prior to the expiration of the aforementioned period in (A) any case or proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Issuer or (B) any involuntary insolvency proceeding filed or commenced by a Person other than the Collateral Manager.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Transaction Documents are limited recourse obligations payable solely from Collateral granted to the Trustee pursuant to the Granting Clauses of the Indenture. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement against any other asset of the Issuer or against any officer, director, employee, partner, member, shareholder or incorporator of the Issuer. The obligations of the Issuer under this Agreement are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely as Administrative Expenses from amounts credited to the Expense Account pursuant to Section 10(c) of the Indenture, and following the reduction thereof to zero and realization of all other Collateral and application of such proceeds in accordance with the Indenture, all obligations and all claims against the Issuer hereunder or arising in connection herewith shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive. This Section 16(b) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

14


17. Notices

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, instruction, order, notice, consent, waiver or other documents provided or permitted by this Agreement to be made upon, given, delivered, e-mailed or furnished to, or filed with:

(a) the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by facsimile in legible form, to the Issuer addressed to it at c/o CM Finance LLC, 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, NY 10022 or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the other parties hereto by the Issuer, as the case may be, with a copy to the Collateral Manager at its address below;

(b) the Collateral Manager shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by facsimile in legible form, to the Collateral Manager addressed to it at 399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Email: mmauer@cyruscapital.com, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the parties hereto.

18. Governing Law

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and this Agreement and any matters arising out of or relating in any way whatsoever to this Agreement (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York.

19. Third Party Beneficiaries

Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement except, with respect to the Trustee and Initial Majority Noteholder, as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.

20. Written Disclosure Statement.

The Issuer shall provide, if reasonably available to it, and the Issuer shall use its reasonable efforts to cause each of the Noteholders (and holders of beneficial interests in the Notes) and the Trustee to provide, to the Collateral Manager all information reasonably requested by the Collateral Manager in connection with regulatory matters, including without limitation any information that is necessary or advisable in order for the Collateral Manager (or its parent or Affiliates) to complete its Form ADV, Form PF, any other form required by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or to comply with any requirement of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as amended from time to time, and any other laws or regulations applicable to the Collateral Manager from time to time. The Issuer acknowledges receipt of Part II of the Collateral Manager’s Form ADV more than 48 hours prior to the date of execution of this Agreement.

 

15


[remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have set our hands as of the day and year first written above.

 

CM FINANCE SPV LTD.
By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen
Name:   Christopher E. Jansen
Title:   Director

Signature Page - Collateral Management Agreement


CM INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen
Name:   Christopher E. Jansen
Title:   Co Chief Investment Officer

Signature Page - Collateral Management Agreement

Exhibit (k)(1)

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

This ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) made as of October 8, 2013 by and between CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and CM Investment Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Administrator ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Corporation is a newly organized closed-end investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to retain the Administrator to provide administrative services to the Corporation in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth; and

WHEREAS, the Administrator is willing to provide administrative services to the Corporation on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Corporation and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:

1. Duties of the Administrator.

(a) Employment of Administrator . The Corporation hereby employs the Administrator to act as administrator of the Corporation, and to furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities described below, subject to review by and the overall control of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”), for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Administrator hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render, or arrange for the rendering of, such services and to assume the obligations herein set forth subject to the reimbursement of costs and expenses as provided for below. The Administrator and any such other persons providing services arranged for by the Administrator shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be independent contractors and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized herein, have no authority to act for or represent the Corporation in any way or otherwise be deemed agents of the Corporation.

(b) Services . The Administrator shall perform (or oversee, or arrange for, the performance of) the administrative services necessary for the operation of the Corporation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall provide the Corporation with office facilities, equipment, clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such office facilities and such other services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board, shall from time to time determine to be necessary or useful to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator shall also, on behalf of the Corporation, arrange for the services of, and oversee, custodians, depositories, transfer

 

1


agents, dividend disbursing agents, other stockholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and such other persons in any such other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall make reports to the Board of its performance of obligations hereunder and furnish advice and recommendations with respect to such other aspects of the business and affairs of the Corporation as it shall determine to be desirable; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to require the Administrator to, and the Administrator shall not, in its capacity as Administrator, provide any advice or recommendation relating to the securities and other assets that the Corporation should purchase, retain or sell or any other investment advisory services to the Corporation. The Administrator shall be responsible for the financial and other records that the Corporation is required to maintain and shall prepare all reports and other materials required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) or any other regulatory authority, including, but not limited to, current reports on Form 8-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, annual reports on Form 10-K and proxy or information statements to stockholders. At the Corporation’s request, the Administrator will provide on the Corporation’s behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Corporation is required to offer such assistance. In addition, the Administrator will assist the Corporation in determining and publishing the Corporation’s net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of the Corporation’s tax returns, and the printing and dissemination of reports to stockholders of the Corporation, and generally overseeing the payment of the Corporation’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Corporation by others.

2. Records . The Administrator agrees to maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Corporation that relate to activities performed by the Administrator hereunder and, if required by any applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including without limitation, the 1940 Act, will maintain and keep such books, accounts and records in accordance with such statutes, rules and regulations. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Administrator agrees that all records that it maintains for the Corporation shall at all times remain the property of the Corporation, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of this Agreement or otherwise on written request. The Administrator further agrees that all records which it maintains for the Corporation pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. The Administrator shall have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator may engage one or more third parties to perform all or a portion of the foregoing services.

3. Confidentiality . The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information of natural persons pursuant to Regulation S-P of the SEC, shall be used by the other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information

 

2


that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any authority or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.

4. Compensation; Allocation of Costs and Expenses .

(a) In full consideration of the provision of the services of the Administrator, the Corporation shall reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations and providing personnel and facilities hereunder, including the costs and expenses charged by any sub-administrator that may be retained by the Administrator to provide services to the Corporation or on the Administrator’s behalf.

(b) The Corporation will bear all costs and expenses that are incurred in its operation and transactions and not specifically assumed by the Corporation’s investment advisor (the “ Adviser ”), pursuant to that certain Investment Management Agreement, dated as of [                    ], by and between the Corporation and the Adviser. Costs and expenses to be borne by the Corporation include, but are not limited to, those relating to: the Corporation’s organization; calculating the Corporation’s net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firms); expenses, including travel expense, incurred by the Adviser or payable to third parties performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring the Corporation’s investments and, if necessary, enforcing its rights; interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Corporation’s investments; offerings of the Corporation’s common stock and other securities, if any; investment advisory and management fees; distributions on the Corporation’s shares; administration fees payable under this Agreement; the allocated costs incurred by the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it; amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments; transfer agent and custodial fees; registration fees; listing fees; taxes; independent director fees and expenses; preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC; preparation of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs; the Corporation’s fidelity bond; directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; indemnification payments; expenses relating to the development and maintenance of the Corporation’s website; direct costs and expenses of administration, including audit and legal costs; and all other expenses reasonably incurred by the Corporation or the Administrator in connection with administering the Corporation’s business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under this Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of the Corporation’s chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs.

5. Limitation of Liability of the Administrator; Indemnification . The Administrator, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with any of them shall not be liable to the Corporation for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrator in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Corporation, and the Corporation shall indemnify, defend and

 

3


protect the Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”), and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Administrator’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Corporation. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Paragraph 5 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of criminal conduct, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Administrator’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Administrator’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (to the extent applicable, as the same shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).

6. Activities of the Administrator . The services of the Administrator to the Corporation are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator and each other person providing services as arranged by the Administrator is free to render services to others. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the Corporation are or may become interested in the Administrator and its affiliates, as directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners, stockholders or otherwise, and that the Administrator and directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners and stockholders of the Administrator and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Corporation as officers, directors, stockholders or otherwise.

7. Duration and Termination of this Agreement .

(a) This Agreement shall continue in effect for two years from the date hereof and thereafter continue automatically for successive annual periods, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Board of Directors of the Corporation and (ii) a majority of those members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined by Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of any such party.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, or by the Administrator, upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

(c) This Agreement may not be assigned by a party without the consent of the other party. The provisions of Section 5 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Administrator shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement.

8. Amendments of this Agreement . This Agreement may be amended pursuant to a written instrument by mutual consent of the parties hereto.

 

4


9. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, if any. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

10. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service (with signature required), by facsimile, or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at their respective principal executive office addresses.

12. Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

CM Finance Inc
By:  

 

Name:   Christopher E. Jansen
Title:   President
CM Investment Partners, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Michael C. Mauer
Title:   Co-Chief Investment Officer

 

6

Exhibit (k)(2)

LICENSE AGREEMENT

This LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and effective as of [October 8], 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between CM Investment Partners LLC (the “ Licensor ”), a Delaware limited liability company, and CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation (the “ Licensee ”) (each a “ party ,” and collectively, the “ parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Licensor has certain common law rights in the trade name “CM Finance” (the “ Licensed Name ”) and owns an intent-to-use application serial number 85909763 filed on April 19, 2013;

WHEREAS, the Licensee is a closed-end investment company that intends to elect to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, dated as of [October 8], 2013, by and between the Licensor and the Licensee (the “ Advisory Agreement ”), the Licensee has engaged the Licensor to act as the investment advisor to the Licensee; and

WHEREAS, the Licensee desires to use the Licensed Name in connection with the operation of its business, and the Licensor is willing to permit the Licensee to use the Licensed Name, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

LICENSE GRANT

1.1 License . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to the Licensee, and the Licensee hereby accepts from Licensor, a personal, non-exclusive, royalty-free right and license to use the Licensed Name solely and exclusively as an element of the Licensee’s own company name and as a service mark in connection with the conduct of its business. Except as provided above, neither the Licensee nor any affiliate, owner, director, officer, employee, or agent thereof shall otherwise use the Licensed Name or any derivative thereof without the prior express written consent of the Licensor in its sole and absolute discretion. All rights not expressly granted to the Licensee hereunder shall remain the exclusive property of Licensor.

1.2 Licensor’s Use . Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Licensor, its affiliates, or any of its respective successors or assigns from using or permitting other entities to use the Licensed Name whether or not such entity directly or indirectly competes or conflicts with the Licensee’s business in any manner.

ARTICLE 2

OWNERSHIP

2.1 Ownership . The Licensee acknowledges and agrees that Licensor is the owner of all right, title, and interest in and to the Licensed Name, and all such right, title, and interest shall remain with the Licensor. The Licensee shall not otherwise contest, dispute, or challenge Licensor’s right, title, and interest in and to the Licensed Name.

2.2 Goodwill . All goodwill and reputation generated by Licensee’s use of the Licensed Name shall inure to the benefit of Licensor. The Licensee shall not by any act or omission use the Licensed Name in any manner that disparages or reflects adversely on Licensor or its business or reputation. Except as expressly provided herein, neither party may use any trademark or service mark of the other party without that party’s prior written consent, which consent shall be given in that party’s sole discretion.

 

1


ARTICLE 3

COMPLIANCE

3.1 Quality Control . In order to preserve the inherent value of the Licensed Name, the Licensee agrees to use reasonable efforts to ensure that it maintains the quality of the Licensee’s business and the operation thereof equal to the standards prevailing in the operation of the Licensor’s and the Licensee’s business as of the date of this Agreement. The Licensee further agrees to use the Licensed Name in accordance with such quality standards as may be reasonably established by Licensor and communicated to the Licensee from time to time in writing, or as may be agreed to by Licensor and the Licensee from time to time in writing.

3.2 Compliance With Laws . The Licensee agrees that the business operated by it in connection with the Licensed Name shall comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any governmental body in the United States of America (the “ Territory ”) or elsewhere as may be applicable to the operation, advertising and promotion of the business, and that it shall notify Licensor of any action that must be taken by the Licensee to comply with such law, rules, regulations or requirements.

3.3 Notification of Infringement . Each party shall immediately notify the other party and provide to the other party all relevant background facts upon becoming aware of (i) any registrations of, or applications for registration of, marks in the Territory that do or may conflict with the Licensed Name, and (ii) any infringements, imitations, or illegal use or misuse of the Licensed Name in the Territory.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4.1 Mutual Representations . Each party hereby represents and warrants to the other party as follows:

(a) Due Authorization . Such party is duly formed and in good standing as of the Effective Date, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such party.

(b) Due Execution . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and, with due authorization, execution and delivery by the other party, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

(c) No Conflict . Such party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any provision of the organizational documents of such party; (ii) conflict with or violate any law or governmental order applicable to such party or any of its assets, properties or businesses; or (iii) conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, require any consent under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, suspension, revocation or cancellation of any contract, agreement, lease, sublease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or arrangement to which it is a party.

ARTICLE 5

TERM AND TERMINATION

5.1 Term . This Agreement shall remain in effect only for so long as the Licensor or one of its affiliates remains the Licensee’s investment advisor.

5.2 Termination for Cause. If the Licensee fails to cure any breach of Section 3.1 or 3.2 within thirty days following written notice thereof by Licensor, Licensor may terminate the license granted in Section 1.1.

5.3 Upon Termination . Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, all rights granted to the Licensee under this Agreement with respect to the Licensed Name shall cease, and the Licensee shall immediately discontinue use of the Licensed Name.

 

2


ARTICLE 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. No assignment by either party permitted hereunder shall relieve the applicable party of its obligations under this Agreement. Any assignment by either party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be pursuant to a written assignment agreement in which the assignee expressly assumes the assigning party’s rights and obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Licensee under this Agreement shall be deemed to be assigned to a newly-formed entity in the event of the merger of the Licensee into, or conveyance of all of the assets of the Licensee to, such newly-formed entity; provided , further , however , that the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the Licensee’s legal form into another limited liability entity.

6.2 Independent Contractor . This Agreement does not give any party, or permit any party to represent that it has any power, right or authority to bind the other party to any obligation or liability, or to assume or create any obligation or liability on behalf of the other party.

6.3 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service (with signature required), by facsimile, or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the other party at its principal office.

6.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts formed and to be performed entirely within the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles or rules thereof, to the extent such principles would require application of the laws of another jurisdiction. The parties unconditionally and irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in the State of New York and waive any objection with respect thereto, for the purpose of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.5 Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by all parties hereto.

6.6 No Waiver . The failure of either party to enforce at any time for any period the provisions of or any rights deriving from this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or rights or the right of such party thereafter to enforce such provisions, and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by all parties hereto.

6.7 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

6.8 Headings . The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

3


6.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Any party may deliver an executed copy of this Agreement and of any documents contemplated hereby by facsimile or other electronic transmission to another party and such delivery shall have the same force and effect as any other delivery of a manually signed copy of this Agreement or of such other documents.

6.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to such subject matter.

6.11 Third-Party Beneficiaries . Nothing in this Agreement, either express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any third party any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank ]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date by its duly authorized officer.

 

 

 

 

5

Exhibit (k)(3)

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made and entered into this      day of October, 2013, by and between CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation (the “Company” ), and the undersigned ( “Indemnitee” ).

WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as a director of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of his service; and

WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to continue to serve as such director, the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the fullest extent permitted by law, except as otherwise expressly provided for herein; and

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events after the Effective Date of this Agreement:

(i) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(ii) the acquisition, whether directly, indirectly, beneficially (within the meaning of rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act ”)) or of record, as a result of a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of securities of the Company representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the aggregate voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock by any “person” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act), including, but not limited to, any corporation or group of persons acting in concert, other than (i) the Company or its subsidiaries and/or (ii) any employee pension benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) of the Company or its subsidiaries, including a trust established pursuant to any such plan; or

(iii) the individuals who were members of the Board of Directors as of the Effective Date (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Board; provided , however , that any director appointed by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the then Incumbent Board or nominated by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors (a majority of the members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall be members of the then Incumbent Board or appointees thereof), other than any director appointed or nominated in connection with, or as a result of, a threatened or actual proxy or control contest, shall be deemed to constitute a member of the Incumbent Board.


(b) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

(e) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. If a Change of Control has not occurred, Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors, with the approval of Indemnitee, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld. If a Change of Control has occurred, Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, with the approval of the Board of Directors, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

(g) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including on appeal), except one (i) initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement or (ii) pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee.

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will serve as a director of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

Section 3. Indemnification — General. The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) otherwise to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the date hereof. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by Section 2-418(g) of the Maryland General Corporation Law ( “MGCL” ). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3 or any other section of this Agreement, for so long as the Company is subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Investment Company Act” ), the Company shall not indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee to the extent such indemnification or advance would violate the Investment Company Act.

Section 4. Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4 if, by reason of his Corporate Status,


he is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with a Proceeding by reason of his Corporate Status unless it is established that (i) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services, or (iii) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 5. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 5 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 5, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding unless it is established that (i) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to such a Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (ii) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services.

Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification. In addition to any other indemnification that may be provided under this Agreement, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification in the following circumstances:

(a) if it determines Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the expenses of securing such reimbursement; or

(b) if it determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper. However, indemnification with respect to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or in which liability shall have been adjudged in the circumstances described in Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL shall be limited to Expenses.

Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, made a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 8. Advance of Expenses. The Company shall advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party or a witness, within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by


Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof, to reimburse the portion of any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee relating to claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which it shall ultimately be established that the standard of conduct has not been met and which have not been successfully resolved as described in Section 7. For so long as the Company is subject to the Investment Company Act, any advancement of Expenses shall be subject to at least one of the following as a condition of the advancement: (a) Indemnitee shall provide a security for his or her undertaking, (b) the Company shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances or (c) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Directors of the Company, or Independent Counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full-trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification . To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.

Section 9. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 9(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change of Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors, or (B) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (C) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

Section 10. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings. (a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption. (b) The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.

Section 11. Remedies of Indemnitee. (a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of


Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement within 30 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification or advance of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 11(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. (b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. (c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification. (d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 11, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.

Section 12. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding. (a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly upon being served with or receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, notice, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder; provided, however, that the failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced. (b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 12(b) and of Section 12(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 12(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee or (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. This Section 12(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 11 above or Section 18 below. (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that he may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the


Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 11(d)), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.

Section 13. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation; Insurance; Investment Company Act. (a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company (as amended from time to time, the “Charter” ) or the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as amended from time to time, the “Bylaws” ), any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. (b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights. (c) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as expenses hereunder if and to the extent that (i) Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise, or (ii) for so long as the Company is subject to the Investment Company Act, indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses would not be permissible under the Investment Company Act.

Section 14. Insurance. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Company, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee for service as a director or officer of the Company and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee for service as a director or officer of the Company. Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in the previous sentence.

Section 15. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other party, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be advanced all reasonable Expenses and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 16. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect. (a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate ten years after the date that Indemnitee’s Corporate Status shall have ceased; provided, that the rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall continue until the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement relating thereto. (b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the written request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives. (c) The Company


shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 18. Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advance of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, unless (a) the Proceeding is brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise or (b) the Company’s Bylaws, the Charter, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses under this Agreement to the extent such indemnification or advance of Expenses would conflict with any provision of the Company’s Bylaws or the Charter, in each case without giving effect to the non-exclusivity provision set forth in Section 7.8 of the Charter; provided , that foregoing restriction not apply and shall be of no force or effect if and to the extent the Company’s common stock is qualified as a “covered security,” as such term is defined in Section 18 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Section 19. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 20. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 21. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a) If to Indemnitee, to: the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

(b) If to the Company, to:

CM Finance Inc

399 Park Avenue, 39 th Floor

New York, NY 10022


or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 23. Governing Law. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with (i) the laws of the State of Maryland applicable to contracts formed and to be performed entirely within the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules, to the extent such rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction, and (ii) the Investment Company Act. To the extent the applicable laws of the State of Maryland or any applicable provision of this Agreement shall conflict with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, the latter shall control.

Section 24. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:     CM FINANCE INC  

 

    By:  

 

  (SEAL)
      Name:   Michael C. Mauer  
      Title:   Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Director  
WITNESS:     INDEMNITEE  

 

   

 

 
      Name:    
      Title:    
      Address:    


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

The Board of Directors of CM Finance Inc

Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement (the “Indemnification Agreement” ) dated the     day of             , 20    , by and between CM Finance Inc (the “Company” ) and the undersigned Indemnitee ( “Indemnitee” ), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding” ).

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm that at all times, insofar as I was involved as director of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) acted in good faith and honestly, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.

In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorneys’ fees and related expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses” ), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established and which have not been successfully resolved as described in Section 7 of the Indemnification Agreement. To the extent that Advanced Expenses do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, I agree that such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this      day of             , 20    .

 

WITNESS:      

 

   

 

  (SEAL)

Exhibit (k)(4)

ISDA ®

International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

2002 MASTER AGREEMENT

May 20, 2013

dated as of

 

UBS AG       CM Finance LLC
   and   

have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a “Transaction”) that are or will be governed by this 2002 Master Agreement, which includes the schedule (the “Schedule”), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a “Confirmation”) exchanged between the parties or otherwise effective for the purpose of confirming or evidencing those Transactions. This 2002 Master Agreement and the Schedule are together referred to as this “Master Agreement”.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:—

1. Interpretation

(a) Definitions. The terms defined in Section 14 and elsewhere in this Master Agreement will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.

(b) Inconsistency. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement, such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

(c) Single Agreement. All Transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Master Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this “Agreement”), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.

2. Obligations

(a) General Conditions.

(i) Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

(ii) Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

Copyright © 2002 by International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.


(iii) Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other condition specified in this Agreement to be a condition precedent for the purpose of this Section 2(a)(iii).

(b) Change of Account. Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the Scheduled Settlement Date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.

(c) Netting of Payments. If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable:—

(i) in the same currency; and

(ii) in respect of the same Transaction,

by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party’s obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by which the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount and payment obligation will be determined in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of those Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction. The election may be made in the Schedule or any Confirmation by specifying that “Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” applies to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election (in which case clause (ii) above will not apply to such Transactions). If Multiple Transaction Payment Netting is applicable to Transactions, it will apply to those Transactions with effect from the starting date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation, or, if a starting date is not specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation, the starting date otherwise agreed by the parties in writing. This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of Offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries.

(d) Deduction or Withholding for Tax.

(i) Gross-Up. All payments under this Agreement will be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If a party is so required to deduct or withhold, then that party (“X”) will:—

(1) promptly notify the other party (“Y”) of such requirement;

(2) pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by X to Y under this Section 2(d)) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such amount has been assessed against Y;

(3) promptly forward to Y an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Y, evidencing such payment to such authorities; and

 

   2    ISDA ® 2002


(4) if such Tax is an Indemnifiable Tax, pay to Y, in addition to the payment to which Y is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Y (free and clear of Indemnifiable Taxes, whether assessed against X or Y) will equal the full amount Y would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required. However, X will not be required to pay any additional amount to Y to the extent that it would not be required to be paid but for:—

(A) the failure by Y to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d); or

(B) the failure of a representation made by Y pursuant to Section 3(f) to be accurate and true unless such failure would not have occurred but for (I) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, after a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (II) a Change in Tax Law.

(ii) Liability. If:—

(1) X is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction or withholding in respect of which X would not be required to pay an additional amount to Y under Section 2(d)(i)(4);

(2) X does not so deduct or withhold; and

(3) a liability resulting from such Tax is assessed directly against X,

then, except to the extent Y has satisfied or then satisfies the liability resulting from such Tax, Y will promptly pay to X the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest, but including any related liability for penalties only if Y has failed to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)).

3. Representations

Each party makes the representations contained in Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(d), 3(e) and 3(f) and, if specified in the Schedule as applying, 3(g) to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the representations in Section 3(f), at all times until the termination of this Agreement). If any “Additional Representation” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the party or parties specified for such Additional Representation will make and, if applicable, be deemed to repeat such Additional Representation at the time or times specified for such Additional Representation.

(a) Basic Representations.

(i) Status. It is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;

(ii) Powers. It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorise such execution, delivery and performance;

 

   3    ISDA ® 2002


(iii) No Violation or Conflict. Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

(iv) Consents. All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and

(v) Obligations Binding. Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors” rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

(b) Absence of Certain Events. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(c) Absence of Litigation. There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it, any of its Credit Support Providers or any of its applicable Specified Entities any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document.

(d) Accuracy of Specified Information. All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect.

(e) Payer Tax Representation. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(e) is accurate and true.

(f) Payee Tax Representations. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(f) is accurate and true.

(g) No Agency. It is entering into this Agreement, including each Transaction, as principal and not as agent of any person or entity.

4. Agreements

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party:—

(a) Furnish Specified Information. It will deliver to the other party or, in certain cases under clause (iii) below, to such government or taxing authority as the other party reasonably directs:—

(i) any forms, documents or certificates relating to taxation specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation;

(ii) any other documents specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; and

 

   4    ISDA ® 2002


(iii) upon reasonable demand by such other party, any form or document that may be required or reasonably requested in writing in order to allow such other party or its Credit Support Provider to make a payment under this Agreement or any applicable Credit Support Document without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction or withholding at a reduced rate (so long as the completion, execution or submission of such form or document would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the party in receipt of such demand), with any such form or document to be accurate and completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such other party and to be executed and to be delivered with any reasonably required certification,

in each case by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b) Maintain Authorisations. It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

(c) Comply With Laws. It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(d) Tax Agreement. It will give notice of any failure of a representation made by it under Section 3(f) to be accurate and true promptly upon learning of such failure.

(e) Payment of Stamp Tax. Subject to Section 11, it will pay any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon it or in respect of its execution or performance of this Agreement by a jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, or where an Office through which it is acting for the purpose of this Agreement is located (“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction”), and will indemnify the other party against any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon the other party or in respect of the other party’s execution or performance of this Agreement by any such Stamp Tax Jurisdiction which is not also a Stamp Tax Jurisdiction with respect to the other party.

5. Events of Default and Termination Events

(a) Events of Default. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes (subject to Sections 5(c) and 6(e)(iv)) an event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to such party:—

(i) Failure to Pay or Deliver. Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 9(h)(i)(2) or (4) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on or before the first Local Business Day in the case of any such payment or the first Local Delivery Day in the case of any such delivery after, in each case, notice of such failure is given to the party;

(ii) Breach of Agreement; Repudiation of Agreement.

(1) Failure by the party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2(a)(i) or 9(h)(i)(2) or (4) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or obligation under Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)) to be complied with or performed by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied within 30 days after notice of such failure is given to the party; or

(2) the party disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, this Master Agreement, any Confirmation executed and delivered by that party or any Transaction evidenced by such a Confirmation (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

 

   5    ISDA ® 2002


(iii) Credit Support Default.

(1) Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period has elapsed;

(2) the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document, or any security interest granted by such party or such Credit Support Provider to the other party pursuant to any such Credit Support Document, to be in full force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement (in each case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other party; or

(3) the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

(iv) Misrepresentation. A representation (other than a representation under Section 3(e) or 3(f)) made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(v) Default Under Specified Transaction. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party:—

(l) defaults (other than by failing to make a delivery) under a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default results in a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that Specified Transaction;

(2) defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment due on the last payment or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a Specified Transaction (or, if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default continues for at least one Local Business Day);

(3) defaults in making any delivery due under (including any delivery due on the last delivery or exchange date of) a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default results in a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, all transactions outstanding under the documentation applicable to that Specified Transaction; or

(4) disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction that is, in either case, confirmed or evidenced by a document or other confirming evidence executed and delivered by that party, Credit Support Provider or Specified Entity (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

 

   6    ISDA ® 2002


(vi) Cross-Default. If “Cross-Default” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of:—

(l) a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) where the aggregate principal amount of such agreements or instruments, either alone or together with the amount, if any, referred to in clause (2) below, is not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments before it would otherwise have been due and payable; or

(2) a default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments under such agreements or instruments on the due date for payment (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period) in an aggregate amount, either alone or together with the amount, if any, referred to in clause (1) above, of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount;

(vii) Bankruptcy. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party:—

(l) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4)(A) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors” rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official, or (B) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors” rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in clause (A) above and either (I) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (II) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 15 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 15 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (l) to (7) above (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

 

   7    ISDA ® 2002


(viii) Merger Without Assumption. The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, or reorganises, reincorporates or reconstitutes into or as, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, transfer, reorganisation, reincorporation or reconstitution:—

(l) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party; or

(2) the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Termination Events. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any event specified below constitutes (subject to Section 5(c)) an Illegality if the event is specified in clause (i) below, a Force Majeure Event if the event is specified in clause (ii) below, a Tax Event if the event is specified in clause (iii) below, a Tax Event Upon Merger if the event is specified in clause (iv) below, and, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger if the event is specified pursuant to clause (v) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is specified pursuant to clause (vi) below:—

(i) Illegality. After giving effect to any applicable provision, disruption fallback or remedy specified in, or pursuant to, the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, due to an event or circumstance (other than any action taken by a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party) occurring after a Transaction is entered into, it becomes unlawful under any applicable law (including without limitation the laws of any country in which payment, delivery or compliance is required by either party or any Credit Support Provider, as the case may be), on any day, or it would be unlawful if the relevant payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day (in each case, other than as a result of a breach by the party of Section 4(b)):—

(1) for the Office through which such party (which will be the Affected Party) makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to such Transaction to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction, to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

(2) for such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party (which will be the Affected Party) to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery which such party or Credit Support Provider has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction, to receive a payment or delivery under such Credit Support Document or to comply with any other material provision of such Credit Support Document;

(ii) Force Majeure Event. After giving effect to any applicable provision, disruption fallback or remedy specified in, or pursuant to, the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, by reason of force majeure or act of state occurring after a Transaction is entered into, on any day:—

(1) the Office through which such party (which will be the Affected Party) makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to such Transaction is prevented from performing any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction, from receiving a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or from complying with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction (or would be so prevented if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day), or it becomes impossible or

 

   8    ISDA ® 2002


impracticable for such Office so to perform, receive or comply (or it would be impossible or impracticable for such Office so to perform, receive or comply if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day); or

(2) such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party (which will be the Affected Party) is prevented from performing any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery which such party or Credit Support Provider has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction, from receiving a payment or delivery under such Credit Support Document or from complying with any other material provision of such Credit Support Document (or would be so prevented if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day), or it becomes impossible or impracticable for such party or Credit Support Provider so to perform, receive or comply (or it would be impossible or impracticable for such party or Credit Support Provider so to perform, receive or comply if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day),

so long as the force majeure or act of state is beyond the control of such Office, such party or such Credit Support Provider, as appropriate, and such Office, party or Credit Support Provider could not, after using all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party or Credit Support Provider to incur a loss, other than immaterial, incidental expenses), overcome such prevention, impossibility or impracticability;

(iii) Tax Event. Due to (1) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, after a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (2) a Change in Tax Law, the party (which will be the Affected Party) will, or there is a substantial likelihood that it will, on the next succeeding Scheduled Settlement Date (A) be required to pay to the other party an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 9(h)) or (B) receive a payment from which an amount is required to be deducted or withheld for or on account of a Tax (except in respect of interest under Section 9(h)) and no additional amount is required to be paid in respect of such Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B));

(iv) Tax Event Upon Merger. The party (the “Burdened Party”) on the next succeeding Scheduled Settlement Date will either (1) be required to pay an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 9(h)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount has been deducted or withheld for or on account of any Tax in respect of which the other party is not required to pay an additional amount (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4)(A) or (B)), in either case as a result of a party consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging with or into, or transferring all or substantially all its assets (or any substantial part of the assets comprising the business conducted by it as of the date of this Master Agreement) to, or reorganising, reincorporating or reconstituting into or as, another entity (which will be the Affected Party) where such action does not constitute a Merger Without Assumption;

(v) Credit Event Upon Merger. If “Credit Event Upon Merger” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, a Designated Event (as defined below) occurs with respect to such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (in each case, “X”) and such Designated Event does not constitute a Merger Without Assumption, and the creditworthiness of X or, if applicable, the successor, surviving or transferee entity of X, after taking into account any applicable Credit Support Document, is materially weaker immediately after the occurrence of such Designated Event than that of X immediately prior to the occurrence of such Designated Event (and, in any such event, such party or its successor, surviving or transferee entity, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party). A “Designated Event” with respect to X means that:—

(1) X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets (or any substantial part of the assets comprising the business conducted by X as of the date of this Master Agreement) to, or reorganises, reincorporates or reconstitutes into or as, another entity;

 

   9    ISDA ® 2002


(2) any person, related group of persons or entity acquires directly or indirectly the beneficial ownership of (A) equity securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or its equivalent) of X or (B) any other ownership interest enabling it to exercise control of X; or

(3) X effects any substantial change in its capital structure by means of the issuance, incurrence or guarantee of debt or the issuance of (A) preferred stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for debt or preferred stock or (B) in the case of entities other than corporations, any other form of ownership interest; or

(vi) Additional Termination Event. If any “Additional Termination Event” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event, the Affected Party or Affected Parties will be as specified for such Additional Termination Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation).

(c) Hierarchy of Events.

(i) An event or circumstance that constitutes or gives rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event will not, for so long as that is the case, also constitute or give rise to an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i), 5(a)(ii)(1) or 5(a)(iii)(1) insofar as such event or circumstance relates to the failure to make any payment or delivery or a failure to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement or a Credit Support Document, as the case may be.

(ii) Except in circumstances contemplated by clause (i) above, if an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event also constitutes an Event of Default or any other Termination Event, it will be treated as an Event of Default or such other Termination Event, as the case may be, and will not constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event.

(iii) If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to a Force Majeure Event also constitutes an Illegality, it will be treated as an Illegality, except as described in clause (ii) above, and not a Force Majeure Event.

(d) Deferral of Payments and Deliveries During Waiting Period. If an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to a Transaction, each payment or delivery which would otherwise be required to be made under that Transaction will be deferred to, and will not be due until:—

(i) the first Local Business Day or, in the case of a delivery, the first Local Delivery Day (or the first day that would have been a Local Business Day or Local Delivery Day, as appropriate, but for the occurrence of the event or circumstance constituting or giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event) following the end of any applicable Waiting Period in respect of that Illegality or Force Majeure Event, as the case may be; or

(ii) if earlier, the date on which the event or circumstance constituting or giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event ceases to exist or, if such date is not a Local Business Day or, in the case of a delivery, a Local Delivery Day, the first following day that is a Local Business Day or Local Delivery Day, as appropriate.

(e) Inability of Head or Home Office to Perform Obligations of Branch. If (i) an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event occurs under Section 5(b)(i)(1) or 5(b)(ii)(1) and the relevant Office is not the Affected Party’s head or home office, (ii) Section 10(a) applies, (iii) the other party seeks performance of the relevant obligation or

 

   10    ISDA ® 2002


compliance with the relevant provision by the Affected Party’s head or home office and (iv) the Affected Party’s head or home office fails so to perform or comply due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if that head or home office were the Office through which the Affected Party makes and receives payments and deliveries with respect to the relevant Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, and such failure would otherwise constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii)(1) with respect to such party, then, for so long as the relevant event or circumstance continues to exist with respect to both the Office referred to in Section 5(b)(i)(1) or 5(b)(ii)(1), as the case may be, and the Affected Party’s head or home office, such failure will not constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii)(1).

6. Early Termination; Close-Out Netting

(a) Right to Terminate Following Event of Default. If at any time an Event of Default with respect to a party (the “Defaulting Party”) has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the “Non-defaulting Party”) may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the relevant Event of Default, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions. If, however, “Automatic Early Termination” is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party, then an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(1), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8), and as of the time immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).

(b) Right to Terminate Following Termination Event.

(i) Notice. If a Termination Event other than a Force Majeure Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and each Affected Transaction, and will also give the other party such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require. If a Force Majeure Event occurs, each party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, use all reasonable efforts to notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Force Majeure Event, and will also give the other party such other information about that Force Majeure Event as the other party may reasonably require.

(ii) Transfer to Avoid Termination Event. If a Tax Event occurs and there is only one Affected Party, or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party, the Affected Party will, as a condition to its right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv), use all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party to incur a loss, other than immaterial, incidental expenses) to transfer within 20 days after it gives notice under Section 6(b)(i) all its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Affected Transactions to another of its Offices or Affiliates so that such Termination Event ceases to exist.

If the Affected Party is not able to make such a transfer it will give notice to the other party to that effect within such 20 day period, whereupon the other party may effect such a transfer within 30 days after the notice is given under Section 6(b)(i).

Any such transfer by a party under this Section 6(b)(ii) will be subject to and conditional upon the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be withheld if such other party’s policies in effect at such time would permit it to enter into transactions with the transferee on the terms proposed.

(iii) Two Affected Parties. If a Tax Event occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use

all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days after notice of such occurrence is given under Section 6(b)(i) to avoid that Termination Event.

 

   11    ISDA ® 2002


(iv) Right to Terminate.

(1) If:—

(A) a transfer under Section 6(b)(ii) or an agreement under Section 6(b)(iii), as the case may be, has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or

(B) a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs, or a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is not the Affected Party,

the Burdened Party in the case of a Tax Event Upon Merger, any Affected Party in the case of a Tax Event or an Additional Termination Event if there are two Affected Parties, or the Non-affected Party in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may, if the relevant Termination Event is then continuing, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.

(2) If at any time an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event has occurred and is then continuing and any applicable Waiting Period has expired:—

(A) Subject to clause (B) below, either party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party, designate (I) a day not earlier than the day on which such notice becomes effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions or (II) by specifying in that notice the Affected Transactions in respect of which it is designating the relevant day as an Early Termination Date, a day not earlier than two Local Business Days following the day on which such notice becomes effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of less than all Affected Transactions. Upon receipt of a notice designating an Early Termination Date in respect of less than all Affected Transactions, the other party may, by notice to the designating party, if such notice is effective on or before the day so designated, designate that same day as an Early Termination Date in respect of any or all other Affected Transactions.

(B) An Affected Party (if the Illegality or Force Majeure Event relates to performance by such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party of an obligation to make any payment or delivery under, or to compliance with any other material provision of, the relevant Credit Support Document) will only have the right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv)(2)(A) as a result of an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2) or a Force Majeure Event under Section 5(b)(ii)(2) following the prior designation by the other party of an Early Termination Date, pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv)(2)(A), in respect of less than all Affected Transactions.

(c) Effect of Designation.

(i) If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or 6(b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing.

(ii) Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 9(h)(i) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date will be determined pursuant to Sections 6(e) and 9(h)(ii).

 

   12    ISDA ® 2002


(d) Calculations; Payment Date.

(i) Statement. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (l) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including any quotations, market data or information from internal sources used in making such calculations), (2) specifying (except where there are two Affected Parties) any Early Termination Amount payable and (3) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation or market data obtained in determining a Close-out Amount, the records of the party obtaining such quotation or market data will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation or market data.

(ii) Payment Date. An Early Termination Amount due in respect of any Early Termination Date will, together with any amount of interest payable pursuant to Section 9(h)(ii)(2), be payable (1) on the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default and (2) on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective (or, if there are two Affected Parties, after the day on which the statement provided pursuant to clause (i) above by the second party to provide such a statement is effective) in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event.

(e) Payments on Early Termination. If an Early Termination Date occurs, the amount, if any, payable in respect of that Early Termination Date (the “Early Termination Amount”) will be determined pursuant to this Section 6(e) and will be subject to Section 6(f).

(i) Events of Default. If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, the Early Termination Amount will be an amount equal to (1) the sum of (A) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts (whether positive or negative) determined by the Non-defaulting Party for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (2) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party. If the Early Termination Amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of the Early Termination Amount to the Defaulting Party.

(ii) Termination Events. If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event:—

(1) One Affected Party . Subject to clause (3) below, if there is one Affected Party, the Early Termination Amount will be determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i), except that references to the Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and to the Non-affected Party, respectively.

(2) Two Affected Parties . Subject to clause (3) below, if there are two Affected Parties, each party will determine an amount equal to the Termination Currency Equivalent of the sum of the Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and the Early Termination Amount will be an amount equal to (A) the sum of (I) one-half of the difference between the higher amount so determined (by party “X”) and the lower amount so determined (by party “Y”) and (II) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y. If the Early Termination Amount is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number, X will pay the absolute value of the Early Termination Amount to Y.

 

   13    ISDA ® 2002


(3) Mid-Market Events . If that Termination Event is an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, then the Early Termination Amount will be determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) above, as appropriate, except that, for the purpose of determining a Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts, the Determining Party will:—

(A) if obtaining quotations from one or more third parties (or from any of the Determining Party’s Affiliates), ask each third party or Affiliate (I) not to take account of the current creditworthiness of the Determining Party or any existing Credit Support Document and (II) to provide mid-market quotations; and

(B) in any other case, use mid-market values without regard to the creditworthiness of the Determining Party.

(iii) Adjustment for Bankruptcy. In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs because Automatic Early Termination applies in respect of a party, the Early Termination Amount will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by applicable law to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

(iv) Adjustment for Illegality or Force Majeure Event. The failure by a party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to pay, when due, any Early Termination Amount will not constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii)(1) if such failure is due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to payment, delivery or compliance related to a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event. Such amount will (1) accrue interest and otherwise be treated as an Unpaid Amount owing to the other party if subsequently an Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions and (2) otherwise accrue interest in accordance with Section 9(h)(ii)(2).

(v) Pre-Estimate. The parties agree that an amount recoverable under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks, and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither party will be entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of the termination of the Terminated Transactions.

(f) Set-Off. Any Early Termination Amount payable to one party (the “Payee”) by the other party (the “Payer”), in circumstances where there is a Defaulting Party or where there is one Affected Party in the case where either a Credit Event Upon Merger has occurred or any other Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions has occurred, will, at the option of the Non-defaulting Party or the Non-affected Party, as the case may be (“X”) (and without prior notice to the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party, as the case may be), be reduced by its set-off against any other amounts (“Other Amounts”) payable by the Payee to the Payer (whether or not arising under this Agreement, matured or contingent and irrespective of the currency, place of payment or place of booking of the obligation). To the extent that any Other Amounts are so set off, those Other Amounts will be discharged promptly and in all respects. X will give notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this Section 6(f).

For this purpose, either the Early Termination Amount or the Other Amounts (or the relevant portion of such amounts) may be converted by X into the currency in which the other is denominated at the rate of exchange at which such party would be able, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency.

 

   14    ISDA ® 2002


If an obligation is unascertained, X may in good faith estimate that obligation and set off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained.

Nothing in this Section 6(f) will be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This Section 6(f) will be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, offset, combination of accounts, lien, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled or subject (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

7. Transfer

Subject to Section 6(b)(ii) and to the extent permitted by applicable law, neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that:—

(a) a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

(b) a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any Early Termination Amount payable to it by a Defaulting Party, together with any amounts payable on or with respect to that interest and any other rights associated with that interest pursuant to Sections 8, 9(h) and 11.

Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section 7 will be void.

8. Contractual Currency

(a) Payment in the Contractual Currency. Each payment under this Agreement will be made in the relevant currency specified in this Agreement for that payment (the “Contractual Currency”). To the extent permitted by applicable law, any obligation to make payments under this Agreement in the Contractual Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than the Contractual Currency, except to the extent such tender results in the actual receipt by the party to which payment is owed, acting in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures in converting the currency so tendered into the Contractual Currency, of the full amount in the Contractual Currency of all amounts payable in respect of this Agreement. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party receiving the payment will refund promptly the amount of such excess.

(b) Judgments. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Contractual Currency is rendered (i) for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, (ii) for the payment of any amount relating to any early termination in respect of this Agreement or (iii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in clause (i) or (ii) above, the party seeking recovery, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which such party is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order, will be entitled to receive immediately from the other party the amount of any shortfall of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency and will refund promptly to the other party any excess of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the Contractual Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purpose of such judgment or order and the rate of exchange at which such party is able, acting in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures in converting the currency received into the Contractual Currency, to purchase the Contractual Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order actually received by such party.

 

   15    ISDA ® 2002


(c) Separate Indemnities. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the indemnities in this Section 8 constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Agreement, will be enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply notwithstanding any indulgence granted by the party to which any payment is owed and will not be affected by judgment being obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums payable in respect of this Agreement.

(d) Evidence of Loss. For the purpose of this Section 8, it will be sufficient for a party to demonstrate that it would have suffered a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made.

9. Miscellaneous

(a) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. Each of the parties acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it has not relied on any oral or written representation, warranty or other assurance (except as provided for or referred to in this Agreement) and waives all rights and remedies which might otherwise be available to it in respect thereof, except that nothing in this Agreement will limit or exclude any liability of a party for fraud.

(b) Amendments. An amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will only be effective if in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system.

(c) Survival of Obligations. Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and 6(c)(ii), the obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.

(d) Remedies Cumulative. Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.

 

(e) Counterparts and Confirmations.

(i) This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission and by electronic messaging system), each of which will be deemed an original.

(ii) The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation will be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes, by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system or by an exchange of e-mails, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex, electronic message or e-mail constitutes a Confirmation.

(f) No Waiver of Rights. A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(g) Headings. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

 

   16    ISDA ® 2002


(h) Interest and Compensation.

(i) Prior to Early Termination. Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction:—

(1) Interest on Defaulted Payments. If a party defaults in the performance of any payment obligation, it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as the overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of the overdue amount is due pursuant to clause (3)(B) or (C) below), at the Default Rate.

(2) Compensation for Defaulted Deliveries. If a party defaults in the performance of any obligation required to be settled by delivery, it will on demand (A) compensate the other party to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement and (B) unless otherwise provided in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), pay to the other party interest (before as well as after judgment) on an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was required to be delivered in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the originally scheduled date for delivery to (but excluding) the date of actual delivery (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of that amount is due pursuant to clause (4) below), at the Default Rate. The fair market value of any obligation referred to above will be determined as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, by the party that was entitled to take delivery.

(3) Interest on Deferred Payments. If:—

(A) a party does not pay any amount that, but for Section 2(a)(iii), would have been payable, it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c) and clauses (B) and (C) below, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on that amount to the other party on demand (after such amount becomes payable) in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the date the amount would, but for Section 2(a)(iii), have been payable to (but excluding) the date the amount actually becomes payable, at the Applicable Deferral Rate;

(B) a payment is deferred pursuant to Section 5(d), the party which would otherwise

have been required to make that payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subject to Section 6(c) and for so long as no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party has occurred and is continuing, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the amount of the deferred payment to the other party on demand (after such amount becomes payable) in the same currency as the deferred payment, for the period from (and including) the date the amount would, but for Section 5(d), have been payable to (but excluding) the earlier of the date the payment is no longer deferred pursuant to Section 5(d) and the date during the deferral period upon which an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party occurs, at the Applicable Deferral Rate; or

(C) a party fails to make any payment due to the occurrence of an Illegality or a Force

Majeure Event (after giving effect to any deferral period contemplated by clause (B) above), it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subject to Section 6(c) and for so long as the event or circumstance giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event

 

   17    ISDA ® 2002


continues and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party has occurred and is continuing, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as the overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the date the party fails to make the payment due to the occurrence of the relevant Illegality or Force Majeure Event (or, if later, the date the payment is no longer deferred pursuant to Section 5(d)) to (but excluding) the earlier of the date the event or circumstance giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event ceases to exist and the date during the period upon which an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party occurs (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of the overdue amount is due pursuant to clause (B) above), at the Applicable Deferral Rate.

(4) Compensation for Deferred Deliveries. If:—

(A) a party does not perform any obligation that, but for Section 2(a)(iii), would have been required to be settled by delivery;

(B) a delivery is deferred pursuant to Section 5(d); or

(C) a party fails to make a delivery due to the occurrence of an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event at a time when any applicable Waiting Period has expired,

the party required (or that would otherwise have been required) to make the delivery will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), compensate and pay interest to the other party on demand (after, in the case of clauses (A) and (B) above, such delivery is required) if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

(ii) Early Termination. Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of a Transaction:—

(1) Unpaid Amounts. For the purpose of determining an Unpaid Amount in respect of the relevant Transaction, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, interest will accrue on the amount of any payment obligation or the amount equal to the fair market value of any obligation required to be settled by delivery included in such determination in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the date the relevant obligation was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii) or 5(d)) required to have been performed to (but excluding) the relevant Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Close-out Rate.

(2) Interest on Early Termination Amounts. If an Early Termination Amount is due in respect of such Early Termination Date, that amount will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be paid together with interest (before as well as after judgment) on that amount in the Termination Currency, for the period from (and including) such Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date the amount is paid, at the Applicable Close-out Rate.

(iii) Interest Calculation . Any interest pursuant to this Section 9(h) will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

 

   18    ISDA ® 2002


10. Offices; Multibranch Parties

(a) If Section 10(a) is specified in the Schedule as applying, each party that enters into a Transaction through an Office other than its head or home office represents to and agrees with the other party that, notwithstanding the place of booking or its jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation, its obligations are the same in terms of recourse against it as if it had entered into the Transaction through its head or home office, except that a party will not have recourse to the head or home office of the other party in respect of any payment or delivery deferred pursuant to Section 5(d) for so long as the payment or delivery is so deferred. This representation and agreement will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which the parties enter into a Transaction.

(b) If a party is specified as a Multibranch Party in the Schedule, such party may, subject to clause (c) below, enter into a Transaction through, book a Transaction in and make and receive payments and deliveries with respect to a Transaction through any Office listed in respect of that party in the Schedule (but not any other Office unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing).

(c) The Office through which a party enters into a Transaction will be the Office specified for that party in the relevant Confirmation or as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, and, if an Office for that party is not specified in the Confirmation or otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, its head or home office. Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, the Office through which a party enters into a Transaction will also be the Office in which it books the Transaction and the Office through which it makes and receives payments and deliveries with respect to the Transaction. Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither party may change the Office in which it books the Transaction or the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to a Transaction without the prior written consent of the other party.

11. Expenses

A Defaulting Party will on demand indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees, execution fees and Stamp Tax, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection.

12. Notices

(a) Effectiveness. Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner described below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by electronic messaging system or e-mail) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system or e-mail details provided (see the Schedule) and will be deemed effective as indicated:—

(i) if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

(ii) if sent by telex, on the date the recipient’s answerback is received;

(iii) if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date it is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine);

(iv) if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date it is delivered or its delivery is attempted;

(v) if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date it is received; or

 

   19    ISDA ® 2002


(vi) if sent by e-mail, on the date it is delivered,

unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication will be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

(b) Change of Details. Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic messaging system or e-mail details at which notices or other communications are to be given to it.

13. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.

(b) Jurisdiction. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably:—

(i) submits:—

(1) if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, to (A) the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts if the Proceedings do not involve a Convention Court and (B) the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts if the Proceedings do involve a Convention Court; or

(2) if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City;

(ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party; and

(iii) agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions will not preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c) Service of Process. Each party irrevocably appoints the Process Agent, if any, specified opposite its name in the Schedule to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings. If for any reason any party’s Process Agent is unable to act as such, such party will promptly notify the other party and within 30 days appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the other party. The parties irrevocably consent to service of process given in the manner provided for notices in Section 12(a)(i), 12(a)(iii) or 12(a)(iv). Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of either party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

(d) Waiver of Immunities. Each party irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.

 

   20    ISDA ® 2002


14. Definitions

As used in this Agreement:—

“Additional Representation” has the meaning specified in Section 3.

“Additional Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Transactions” means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, Force Majeure Event, Tax Event or Tax Event Upon Merger, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event (which, in the case of an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2) or a Force Majeure Event under Section 5(b)(ii)(2), means all Transactions unless the relevant Credit Support Document references only certain Transactions, in which case those Transactions and, if the relevant Credit Support Document constitutes a Confirmation for a Transaction, that Transaction) and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions.

“Affiliate” means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose, “control” of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 1(c).

“Applicable Close-out Rate” means:—

(a) in respect of the determination of an Unpaid Amount:—

(i) in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(ii) in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate;

(iii) in respect of obligations deferred pursuant to Section 5(d), if there is no Defaulting Party and for so long as the deferral period continues, the Applicable Deferral Rate; and

(iv) in all other cases following the occurrence of a Termination Event (except where interest accrues pursuant to clause (iii) above), the Applicable Deferral Rate; and

(b) in respect of an Early Termination Amount:—

(i) for the period from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable:—

(1) if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(2) if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and

(3) in all other cases, the Applicable Deferral Rate; and

 

   21    ISDA ® 2002


(ii) for the period from (and including) the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable to (but excluding) the date of actual payment:—

(1) if a party fails to pay the Early Termination Amount due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to a payment or delivery under a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, and for so long as the Early Termination Amount remains unpaid due to the continuing existence of such event or circumstance, the Applicable Deferral Rate;

(2) if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Defaulting Party (but excluding any period in respect of which clause (1) above applies), the Default Rate;

(3) if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Non-defaulting Party (but excluding any period in respect of which clause (1) above applies), the Non-default Rate; and

(4) in all other cases, the Termination Rate.

“Applicable Deferral Rate” means:—

(a) for the purpose of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(A), the rate certified by the relevant payer to be a rate offered to the payer by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the payer for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market;

(b) for purposes of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(B) and clause (a)(iii) of the definition of Applicable Close-out Rate, the rate certified by the relevant payer to be a rate offered to prime banks by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the payer after consultation with the other party, if practicable, for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market; and

(c) for purposes of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(C) and clauses (a)(iv), (b)(i)(3) and (b)(ii)(1) of the definition of Applicable Close-out Rate, a rate equal to the arithmetic mean of the rate determined pursuant to clause (a) above and a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount.

“Automatic Early Termination” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Burdened Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(iv).

“Change in Tax Law” means the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law (or in the application or official interpretation of any law) that occurs after the parties enter into the relevant Transaction.

“Close-out Amount” means, with respect to each Terminated Transaction or each group of Terminated Transactions and a Determining Party, the amount of the losses or costs of the Determining Party that are or would be incurred under then prevailing circumstances (expressed as a positive number) or gains of the Determining Party that are or would be realised under then prevailing circumstances (expressed as a negative number) in replacing, or in providing for the Determining Party the economic equivalent of, (a) the material terms of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, including the payments and deliveries by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date (assuming satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Section 2(a)(iii)) and (b) the option rights of the parties in respect of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions.

 

   22    ISDA ® 2002


Any Close-out Amount will be determined by the Determining Party (or its agent), which will act in good faith and use commercially reasonable procedures in order to produce a commercially reasonable result. The Determining Party may determine a Close-out Amount for any group of Terminated Transactions or any individual Terminated Transaction but, in the aggregate, for not less than all Terminated Transactions. Each Close-out Amount will be determined as of the Early Termination Date or, if that would not be commercially reasonable, as of the date or dates following the Early Termination Date as would be commercially reasonable.

Unpaid Amounts in respect of a Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions and legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to in Section 11 are to be excluded in all determinations of Close-out Amounts.

In determining a Close-out Amount, the Determining Party may consider any relevant information, including, without limitation, one or more of the following types of information:—

(i) quotations (either firm or indicative) for replacement transactions supplied by one or more third parties that may take into account the creditworthiness of the Determining Party at the time the quotation is provided and the terms of any relevant documentation, including credit support documentation, between the Determining Party and the third party providing the quotation;

(ii) information consisting of relevant market data in the relevant market supplied by one or more third parties including, without limitation, relevant rates, prices, yields, yield curves, volatilities, spreads, correlations or other relevant market data in the relevant market; or

(iii) information of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above from internal sources (including any of the Determining Party’s Affiliates) if that information is of the same type used by the Determining Party in the regular course of its business for the valuation of similar transactions.

The Determining Party will consider, taking into account the standards and procedures described in this definition, quotations pursuant to clause (i) above or relevant market data pursuant to clause (ii) above unless the Determining Party reasonably believes in good faith that such quotations or relevant market data are not readily available or would produce a result that would not satisfy those standards. When considering information described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the Determining Party may include costs of funding, to the extent costs of funding are not and would not be a component of the other information being utilised. Third parties supplying quotations pursuant to clause (i) above or market data pursuant to clause (ii) above may include, without limitation, dealers in the relevant markets, end-users of the relevant product, information vendors, brokers and other sources of market information.

Without duplication of amounts calculated based on information described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, or other relevant information, and when it is commercially reasonable to do so, the Determining Party may in addition consider in calculating a Close-out Amount any loss or cost incurred in connection with its terminating, liquidating or re-establishing any hedge related to a Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions (or any gain resulting from any of them).

Commercially reasonable procedures used in determining a Close-out Amount may include the following:—

(1) application to relevant market data from third parties pursuant to clause (ii) above or information from internal sources pursuant to clause (iii) above of pricing or other valuation models that are, at the time of the determination of the Close-out Amount, used by the Determining Party in the regular course of its business in pricing or valuing transactions between the Determining Party and unrelated third parties that are similar to the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions; and

 

   23    ISDA ® 2002


(2) application of different valuation methods to Terminated Transactions or groups of Terminated Transactions depending on the type, complexity, size or number of the Terminated Transactions or group of Terminated Transactions.

“Confirmation” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“consent” includes a consent, approval, action, authorisation, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control consent.

“Contractual Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 8(a).

“Convention Court” means any court which is bound to apply to the Proceedings either Article 17 of the 1968 Brussels Convention on Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters or Article 17 of the 1988 Lugano Convention on Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters.

“Credit Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Credit Support Document” means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement.

“Credit Support Provider” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Cross-Default” means the event specified in Section 5(a)(vi).

“Default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus 1% per annum.

“Defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Designated Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(v).

“Determining Party” means the party determining a Close-out Amount.

“Early Termination Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 6(e).

“Early Termination Date” means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iv).

“electronic messages” does not include e-mails but does include documents expressed in markup languages, and

“electronic messaging system” will be construed accordingly.

“English law” means the law of England and Wales, and “English” will be construed accordingly.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.

“Force Majeure Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“General Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits).

“Illegality” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

 

   24    ISDA ® 2002


“Indemnifiable Tax” means any Tax other than a Tax that would not be imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement but for a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxation authority imposing such Tax and the recipient of such payment or a person related to such recipient (including, without limitation, a connection arising from such recipient or related person being or having been a citizen or resident of such jurisdiction, or being or having been organised, present or engaged in a trade or business in such jurisdiction, or having or having had a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in such jurisdiction, but excluding a connection arising solely from such recipient or related person having executed, delivered, performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or a Credit Support Document).

“law” includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation (as modified, in the case of tax matters, by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority), and “unlawful” will be construed accordingly.

“Local Business Day” means (a) in relation to any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), a General Business Day in the place or places specified in the relevant Confirmation and a day on which a relevant settlement system is open or operating as specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if a place or a settlement system is not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement, (b) for the purpose of determining when a Waiting Period expires, a General Business Day in the place where the event or circumstance that constitutes or gives rise to the Illegality or Force Majeure Event, as the case may be, occurs, (c) in relation to any other payment, a General Business Day in the place where the relevant account is located and, if different, in the principal financial centre, if any, of the currency of such payment and, if that currency does not have a single recognised principal financial centre, a day on which the settlement system necessary to accomplish such payment is open, (d) in relation to any notice or other communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a)(i), a General Business Day (or a day that would have been a General Business Day but for the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to payment, delivery or compliance related to a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event) in the place specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and (e) in relation to Section 5(a)(v)(2), a General Business Day in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.

“Local Delivery Day” means, for purposes of Sections 5(a)(i) and 5(d), a day on which settlement systems necessary to accomplish the relevant delivery are generally open for business so that the delivery is capable of being accomplished in accordance with customary market practice, in the place specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, in a location as determined in accordance with customary market practice for the relevant delivery.

“Master Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“Merger Without Assumption” means the event specified in Section 5(a)(viii).

“Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c).

“Non-affected Party” means, so long as there is only one Affected Party, the other party.

“Non-default Rate” means the rate certified by the Non-defaulting Party to be a rate offered to the Non-defaulting Party by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the Non-defaulting Party for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market.

“Non-defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Office” means a branch or office of a party, which may be such party’s head or home office.

“Other Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).

 

   25    ISDA ® 2002


“Payee” has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).

“Payer” has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).

“Potential Event of Default” means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Proceedings” has the meaning specified in Section 13(b).

“Process Agent” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“rate of exchange” includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Contractual Currency.

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means, with respect to a party, the jurisdictions (a) in which the party is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, (b) where an Office through which the party is acting for purposes of this Agreement is located, (c) in which the party executes this Agreement and (d) in relation to any payment, from or through which such payment is made.

“Schedule” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“Scheduled Settlement Date” means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(i) with respect to a Transaction.

“Specified Entity” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Specified Indebtedness” means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.

“Specified Transaction” means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect to any such transaction) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is not a Transaction under this Agreement but (i) which is a rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction or forward purchase or sale of a security, commodity or other financial instrument or interest (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or (ii) which is a type of transaction that is similar to any transaction referred to in clause (i) above that is currently, or in the future becomes, recurrently entered into in the financial markets (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference in such agreement) and which is a forward, swap, future, option or other derivative on one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity securities or other equity instruments, debt securities or other debt instruments, economic indices or measures of economic risk or value, or other benchmarks against which payments or deliveries are to be made, (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.

“Stamp Tax” means any stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction” has the meaning specified in Section 4(e).

 

   26    ISDA ® 2002


“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that is imposed by any government or other taxing authority in respect of any payment under this Agreement other than a stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Tax Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Terminated Transactions” means, with respect to any Early Termination Date, (a) if resulting from an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, all Affected Transactions specified in the notice given pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv), (b) if resulting from any other Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (c) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions in effect either immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early Termination Date or, if Automatic Early Termination applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date.

“Termination Currency” means (a) if a Termination Currency is specified in the Schedule and that currency is freely available, that currency, and (b) otherwise, euro if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law or United States Dollars if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

“Termination Currency Equivalent” means, in respect of any amount denominated in the Termination Currency, such Termination Currency amount and, in respect of any amount denominated in a currency other than the Termination Currency (the “Other Currency”), the amount in the Termination Currency determined by the party making the relevant determination as being required to purchase such amount of such Other Currency as at the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if the relevant Close-out Amount is determined as of a later date, that later date, with the Termination Currency at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of the foreign exchange agent (selected as provided below) for the purchase of such Other Currency with the Termination Currency at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) on such date as would be customary for the determination of such a rate for the purchase of such Other Currency for value on the relevant Early Termination Date or that later date. The foreign exchange agent will, if only one party is obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), be selected in good faith by that party and otherwise will be agreed by the parties.

“Termination Event” means an Illegality, a Force Majeure Event, a Tax Event, a Tax Event Upon Merger or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.

“Termination Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts.

“Threshold Amount” means the amount, if any, specified as such in the Schedule.

“Transaction” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“Unpaid Amounts” owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section 2(a)(iii) or due but for Section 5(d)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d)(i)(4) on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date, (b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction, for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii) or 5(d)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered and (c) if the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions, any Early Termination Amount due prior to such Early Termination Date and which remains unpaid as of such Early Termination Date, in each case together with any amount of interest accrued or other

 

   27    ISDA ® 2002


compensation in respect of that obligation or deferred obligation, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 9(h)(ii)(l) or (2), as appropriate. The fair market value of any obligation referred to in clause (b) above will be determined as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it will be the average of the Termination Currency Equivalents of the fair market values so determined by both parties.

Waiting Period means:—

(a) in respect of an event or circumstance under Section 5(b)(1), other than in the case of Section 5(b)(i)(2) where the relevant payment, delivery or compliance is actually required on the relevant day (in which case no Waiting Period will apply), a period of three Local Business Days (or days that would have been Local Business Days but for the occurrence of that event or circumstance) following the occurrence of that event or circumstance; and

(b) in respect of an event or circumstance under Section 5(b)(ii), other than in the case of Section 5(b)(ii)(2) where the relevant payment, delivery or compliance is actually required on the relevant day (in which case no Waiting Period will apply), a period of eight Local Business Days (or days that would have been Local Business Days but for the occurrence of that event or circumstance) following the occurrence of that event or circumstance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dates specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.

 

UBS AG

   

CM Finance LLC

(Name of Party)     (Name of Party)
   

 

        By:   CM Investment Partners, LP, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Nicholas llett

      By:  

/s/ Christopher E. Jansen

  Name: Nicholas llett         Name: Christopher E. Jansen
  Title:    Executive Director         Title:   Co-Chief Investment Officer
  Date:    Region Americas Legal         Date:   5-20-13
By:  

/s/ Sandrine Foret-Geary

       
  Name: Sandrine Foret-Geary        
  Title:   Director and Counsel        
 

Date:   Region Americas Legal

             Fixed Income Section

       

 

   28    ISDA ® 2002

Exhibit (k)(5)

EXECUTION VERSION

Dated as of May 23, 2013

CM FINANCE SPV LTD.,

as Issuer

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY ,

as Trustee

 

 

INDENTURE

 

 

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

SECTION    PAGE  

1. Definitions

     2   

1.1 Definitions

     2   

1.2 Assumptions as to Collateral

     27   

2. The Notes

     28   

2.1 Forms Generally

     28   

2.2 Forms of Notes

     29   

2.3 Authorized Amount; Stated Maturity; Denominations

     30   

2.4 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

     30   

2.5 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange

     31   

2.6 Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Note

     40   

2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest and Other Amounts; Principal and Interest Rights Preserved

     41   

2.8 Persons Deemed Owners

     43   

2.9 Cancellation

     44   

2.10 DTC Ceases to be Depository

     44   

2.11 Non-Permitted Holders or Violation of ERISA Representations or Noteholder Reporting Obligations

     45   

2.12 Tax Certification and Noteholder Reporting Obligations

     47   

2.13 Additional Issuance of Notes

     47   

3. Conditions Precedent

     48   

3.1 Conditions to Issuance of Notes on Closing Date

     48   

3.2 Custodianship; Delivery of Portfolio Assets and Eligible Investments

     51   

3.3 Application of Proceeds of Issuance

     52   

4. Satisfaction And Discharge

     52   

4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     52   

4.2 Application of Trust Cash

     53   

4.3 Repayment of Cash Held by Paying Agent

     54   

5. Remedies

     54   

5.1 Events of Default

     54   

 

i


5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

     57   

5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

     57   

5.4 Remedies

     59   

5.5 Optional Preservation of Collateral

     61   

5.6 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes

     62   

5.7 Application of Cash Collected

     63   

5.8 Limitation on Suits

     63   

5.9 Unconditional Rights of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest

     63   

5.10 Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     64   

5.11 Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     64   

5.12 Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     64   

5.13 Control by Majority Noteholders

     64   

5.14 Waiver of Past Defaults

     65   

5.15 Undertaking for Costs

     65   

5.16 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

     66   

5.17 Sale of Collateral

     66   

5.18 Action on the Notes

     67   

6. The Trustee

     67   

6.1 Certain Duties and Responsibilities

     67   

6.2 Notice of Default

     69   

6.3 Certain Rights of Trustee

     69   

6.4 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes

     73   

6.5 May Hold Notes

     73   

6.6 Cash Held in Trust

     73   

6.7 Compensation and Reimbursement

     73   

6.8 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility

     75   

6.9 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

     75   

6.10 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

     77   

6.11 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee

     77   

6.12 Co-Trustees

     78   

6.13 Certain Duties of Trustee Related to Delayed Payment of Proceeds

     79   

6.14 Authenticating Agents

     79   

6.15 Withholding

     80   

 

ii


6.16 Fiduciary for Holders Only; Agent for each other Secured Party

     81   

6.17 Representations and Warranties of the Bank

     81   

7. Covenants

     82   

7.1 Payment of Principal and Interest

     82   

7.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency

     82   

7.3 Cash for Note Payments to be Held in Trust

     84   

7.4 Existence of Issuer

     85   

7.5 Protection of Collateral

     86   

7.6 Opinions as to Collateral

     87   

7.7 Performance of Obligations

     87   

7.8 Negative Covenants

     89   

7.9 Statement as to Compliance

     89   

7.10 Issuer May Not Consolidate Except on Certain Terms

     90   

7.11 Successor Substituted

     90   

7.12 No Other Business

     90   

7.13 Acquisition of Portfolio Assets

     90   

7.14 Reporting

     91   

7.15 Certain Tax Matters

     92   

8. Supplemental Indentures

     92   

8.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders of Notes

     93   

8.2 Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders of Notes

     94   

8.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures

     95   

8.4 Determination of Effect on Holders

     95   

8.5 Effect of Supplemental Indentures

     96   

8.6 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures

     96   

9. [Reserved]

     96   

10. Accounts, Accountings And Releases

     96   

10.1 Collection of Cash

     96   

10.2 Collection Account

     97   

10.3 Transaction Accounts

     99   

10.4 Reinvestment of Funds in Accounts; Reports by Trustee

     101   

10.5 Accountings

     103   

10.6 Release of Collateral

     108   

 

iii


10.7 Procedures Relating to the Establishment of Accounts Controlled by the Trustee

     109   

10.8 Section 3(c)(7) Procedures

     109   

11. Application Of Cash

     110   

11.1 Disbursements of Cash from Payment Account

     110   

12. Sale of Portfolio Assets; purchase of additional Portfolio Assets

     111   

12.1 Sales of Portfolio Assets

     111   

12.2 Acquisition of Portfolio Assets; Eligible Investments

     112   

12.3 Conditions Applicable to All Sale and Purchase Transactions

     112   

13. Relations among Holders

     113   

13.1 Relations among Holders

     113   

13.2 Standard of Conduct

     113   

14. Miscellaneous

     114   

14.1 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

     114   

14.2 Acts of Holders

     114   

14.3 Notices, etc., to Trustee, the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Administrator, the Paying Agent, the Valuation Agent

     115   

14.4 Notices to Holders; Waiver

     117   

14.5 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

     118   

14.6 Successors and Assigns

     118   

14.7 Severability

     118   

14.8 Benefits of Indenture

     118   

14.9 Legal Holidays

     119   

14.10 Governing Law

     119   

14.11 Submission to Jurisdiction

     119   

14.12 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     119   

14.13 Counterparts

     120   

14.14 Acts of Issuer

     120   

14.15 Confidential Information

     120   

15. Assignment Of Certain Agreements

     122   

15.1 Assignment of Collateral Management Agreement, Collateral Administration Agreement and Issuer Contribution Agreement

     122   

 

iv


Schedules and Exhibits

 

Schedule 1    List of Portfolio Assets as of Closing Date
Schedule 2    Moody’s Industry Classifications
Schedule 3    S&P Industry Classifications
Exhibit A     Forms of Notes
A1    Form of Global Class A Note
A2    Form of Certificated Class A Note
Exhibit B     Forms of Transfer and Exchange Certificates
B1    Form of Transferor Certificate for Transfer of Rule 144A Global Note or
   Certificated Note to Regulation S Global Note
B2    Form of Purchaser Representation Letter for Certificated Notes
B3    Form of Transferor Certificate for Transfer of Certificated Note to Rule 144A
   Global Note
B4    Form of Transferee Certificate of Rule 144A Global Note
B5    Form of Transferee Certificate of Regulation S Global Note
Exhibit C     Form of Opinion of Nixon Peabody LLP
Exhibit D     Form of Opinion of Bingham McCutchen LLP
Exhibit E     Form of Opinion of Applyby (Cayman) Ltd.
Exhibit F     Form of Beneficial Owner Certificate

 

v


INDENTURE , dated as of May 23, 2013 between CM FINANCE SPV LTD. , an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the Issuer ) and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY , a Massachusetts trust company, as trustee (herein, together with its permitted successors and assigns in the trusts hereunder, the Trustee ) and, solely as expressly specified herein, in its individual capacity (the Bank ).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Issuer is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture to provide for the Notes issuable as provided in this Indenture. Except as otherwise provided herein, all covenants and agreements made by the Issuer herein are for the benefit and security of the Secured Parties. The Issuer is entering into this Indenture, and the Trustee is accepting the trusts created hereby, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer in accordance with the agreement’s terms have been done.

GRANTING CLAUSES

The Issuer hereby Grants to the Trustee, for the benefit and security of the Holders of the Notes, the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator (collectively, the Secured Parties ), all of its right, title and interest in, to and under, in each case, whether now owned or existing, or hereafter acquired or arising, (a) the Portfolio Assets as of the Closing Date which the Issuer causes to be Delivered to the Trustee (directly or through an intermediary or bailee, including the Custodian) herewith and all payments thereon or with respect thereto, and all Portfolio Assets which are Delivered to the Trustee (directly or through an intermediary or bailee, including the Custodian) in the future pursuant to the terms hereof and all payments thereon or with respect thereto, (b) each of the Accounts, and any Eligible Investments purchased with funds on deposit in any of the Accounts, and all income from the investment of funds therein and all other property standing to the credit of each of the Accounts, (c) the Collateral Management Agreement as set forth in Article 15 hereof, the Collateral Administration Agreement, the Placement Agency Agreement, each Subscription Agreement, the Issuer Contribution Agreement, the Issuer Account Control Agreement, the Master Participation and Assignment Agreement and the Side Letter Security Agreement, (d) all Cash delivered to the Trustee (or the Custodian) for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (e) all accounts, chattel paper, Deposit Accounts, general intangibles, instruments and investment property, and all letter-of-credit rights and other supporting obligations relating to the foregoing (in each case as defined in the UCC), (f) any other property otherwise delivered to the Trustee (directly or through an intermediary or bailee, including the Custodian) by or on behalf of the Issuer (including any other securities or investments not listed above and whether or not constituting Portfolio Assets or Eligible Investments) and (g) all proceeds with respect to the foregoing; provided that such Grants shall not include any Excepted Property (the assets referred to in (a) through (g), excluding the Excepted Property, are collectively referred to as the Collateral ).

 

Page 1


The above Grant of Collateral is made in favor of the Trustee to hold in trust to secure the Notes and certain other amounts payable by the Issuer as described herein. Except as set forth in the Priority of Payments and Article 13 of this Indenture, the Notes are secured by the Grant equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction between any Note and any other Note by reason of difference in time of issuance or otherwise. The Grant is made to secure, in accordance with the priorities set forth in the Priority of Payments and Article 13 of this Indenture, (i) the payment of all amounts due on the Notes in accordance with their terms, (ii) the payment of all other sums payable under this Indenture, (iii) the payment of amounts owing by the Issuer under the Collateral Administration Agreement and (iv) compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, in each case as provided in this Indenture (collectively, the Secured Obligations ). The foregoing Grant shall, for the purpose of determining the property subject to the lien of this Indenture, be deemed to include any interests in any securities and any investments granted to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Issuer, whether or not such securities or investments satisfy the Asset Eligibility Criteria or other criteria set forth in the definitions of Portfolio Asset or Eligible Investments , as the case may be.

The Trustee acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof, and agrees to perform the duties herein in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Definitions

Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Indenture, and the definitions of such terms are equally applicable both to the singular and plural forms of such terms and to the masculine, feminine and neuter genders of such terms. Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require: (i) references to an agreement or other document are to it as amended, supplemented, restated and otherwise modified from time to time and to any successor document (whether or not already so stated); (ii) references to a statute, regulation or other government rule are to it as amended from time to time and, as applicable, are to corresponding provisions of successor governmental rules (whether or not already so stated); (iii) the word “including” and correlative words shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless actually followed by such phrase or a phrase of like import; (iv) the word “or” is always used inclusively herein (for example, the phrase “A or B” means “A or B or both,” not “either A or B but not both”), unless used in an “either … or” construction; (v) references to a Person are references to such Person’s successors and assigns (whether or not already so stated); (vi) all references in this Indenture to designated “Articles”, “Sections”, “sub-Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated articles, sections, sub-sections and other subdivisions of this Indenture; and (vii) the words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular article, section, sub-section or other subdivision.

 

Page 2


Acceleration Event : The meaning specified in Section 5.4(a).

Accounts : (i) The Payment Account, (ii) the Collection Account, (iii) the Expense Account, (iv) the Delayed Draw/Committed Proceeds Account and (v) the Custodial Account.

Accredited Investor : The meaning set forth in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the Securities Act.

Act and Act of Holders : The meanings specified in Section 14.2(a).

Adjusted Principal Balance : With respect to any Portfolio Asset on any date of determination, the product of (i) the Principal Balance of such Portfolio Asset as of such date of determination and (ii) the Purchase Price of such Portfolio Asset.

Administrative Expenses : The fees, expenses (including indemnities) and other amounts due or accrued and payable by the Issuer from funds standing to the credit of the Expense Account in the following order by the Issuer:

first , to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7 and the other provisions of this Indenture,

second , to the Collateral Administrator and Collateral Manager pursuant to the Collateral Administration Agreement and Collateral Management Agreement, respectively,

third , on a pro rata basis, to any other Person in respect of any other fees or expenses permitted under this Indenture and the documents delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Indenture (including all legal and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the purchase or sale of any Portfolio Assets and any other expenses incurred in connection with the Portfolio Assets) and the Notes, and

fourth , on a pro rata basis, indemnities payable to any Person pursuant to any Transaction Document;

provided that Administrative Expenses shall not include (a) any amounts due or accrued with respect to the actions taken on or in connection with the Closing Date or (b) amounts payable in respect of the Notes.

Administrator : Appleby Trust (Cayman) Ltd. and any successor thereto.

 

Page 3


Affected Bank : A “bank” for purposes of Section 881 of the Code or an entity affiliated with such a bank that is neither (x) a United States Person nor (y) entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with the United States under which withholding taxes on interest payments made by obligors resident in the United States to such bank are reduced to 0%.

Affiliate : With respect to a Person, (i) any other Person who, directly or indirectly, is in control of, or controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person or (ii) any other Person who is an Officer or employee (a) of such Person, (b) of any subsidiary or parent company of such Person or (c) of any Person described in clause (i) above. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, (x) to vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Persons or (y) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

Agent Members : Members of, or participants in, DTC Euroclear or Clearstream.

Aggregate Outstanding Amount : With respect to any of the Notes as of any date, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Notes Outstanding on such date.

Aggregate Principal Balance : When used with respect to all or a portion of the Portfolio Assets or the Collateral, the sum of the Principal Balances of all or of such portion of the Portfolio Assets or Collateral, respectively.

Asset-backed Commercial Paper : Commercial paper or other short-term obligations of a program that primarily issues externally rated commercial paper backed by assets or exposures held in a bankruptcy-remote, special purpose entity.

Asset Eligibility Criteria : Criteria satisfied in respect of a Portfolio Asset or prospective Portfolio Asset on the trade date for the acquisition thereof (the Portfolio Asset Trade Date ) if:

 

(a) the obligation is a Loan (or a Participation Interest therein) or a Bond;

 

(b) the obligation is denominated in USD and is neither convertible by the related Portfolio Asset Obligor thereon or thereof into, nor payable in, any other currency;

 

(c) the obligation constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of each related Portfolio Asset Obligor, enforceable against such person in accordance with its terms;

 

(d) the obligation is not a lease;

 

(e) the obligation provides for a fixed amount of principal payable at no less than par, in cash, no later than its stated maturity;

 

Page 4


(f) the obligation is in the form of, and is treated as, indebtedness for U.S. Federal income tax purposes;

 

(g) no principal, interest, fee or other amount owing on such obligation that became payable prior to the Portfolio Asset Trade Date remains unpaid;

 

(h) the obligation is not a Defaulted Obligation or Margin Stock;

 

(i) the Issuer is entitled to receive all payments on such obligation free of U.S. Federal or foreign withholding tax;

 

(j) the obligation is not a Bridge Security, Structured Finance Obligation or Synthetic Security;

 

(k) the obligation is not, by its terms, convertible into or exchangeable for an Equity Security at any time over its life, provided that the obligation may have attached warrants the aggregate value of which does not exceed 5% of the purchase price of such obligation (which valuation will be based on the reasonable business judgment of the Collateral Manager, without regard to any Portfolio Asset Obligor’s valuation of such warrants);

 

(l) the obligation does not require any future advances to be made to any Portfolio Asset Obligor on or after the Portfolio Asset Trade Date; provided that this claim shall be deemed not to apply to any Delayed-Draw Loan if the undrawn portion of such Delayed-Draw Loan is deposited in the Delayed-Draw Committed Proceeds Account; and

 

(m) the obligation is Registered.

Authenticating Agent : The Person designated by the Trustee to authenticate the Notes on behalf of the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.14 hereof.

Authorized Representative : With respect to the Issuer, any Officer or any other Person who is authorized to act for the Issuer in matters relating to, and binding upon, the Issuer; provided that the Collateral Manager is not an Authorized Officer of the Issuer. With respect to the Collateral Manager, any Officer, employee, member or agent of the Collateral Manager who is authorized to act for the Collateral Manager in matters relating to, and binding upon, the Collateral Manager with respect to the subject matter of the request, certificate or order in question. With respect to the Collateral Administrator, any Officer, employee, partner or agent of the Collateral Administrator who is authorized to act for the Collateral Administrator in matters relating to, and binding upon, the Collateral Administrator with respect to the subject matter of the request, certificate or order in question. With respect to the Trustee or any other bank or trust company acting as trustee of an express trust or as custodian, a Trust Officer. With respect to any Authenticating Agent, any Officer of such Authenticating Agent who is authorized to authenticate the Notes. Each party may receive and accept a certification of the authority of any other party as conclusive evidence of the authority of any Person to act, and such certification may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by such other party of written notice to the contrary.

 

Page 5


Authorizing Resolution : With respect to (i) the Issuer, any action or resolution taken by the Board of Directors or the Sole Shareholder within the powers vested to it pursuant to the Constitutive Documents of the Issuer and (ii) the Sole Shareholder, any action taken by its manager, CM Investment Partners, LP, any Officer of, or other Person authorized by, such manager or any Officer of the Sole Shareholder, within the powers vested to it pursuant to the Constitutive Documents of the Sole Shareholder.

Balance : On any date, with respect to Cash or Eligible Investments in any account, the aggregate of the (i) current balance of Cash, demand deposits, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and certificates of deposit; (ii) principal amount of any interest-bearing Eligible Investments; and (iii) the accreted amount (but not greater than the face amount) of any non-interest-bearing Eligible Investments other than Cash.

Bank : State Street Bank and Trust Company, in its individual capacity and not as Trustee, or any successor thereto.

Bankruptcy Law : The federal Bankruptcy Code, Title 11 of the United States Code, Part V of the Companies Law (2012 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, the Bankruptcy Law (1997 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, the Foreign Bankruptcy Proceedings (International Cooperation) Rules 2008 of the Cayman Islands and the Companies Winding Up Rules 2008 of the Cayman Islands, each as amended from time to time.

Benefit Plan Investor : An employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA, a plan to which Section 4975 of the Code applies or an entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of such an employee benefit plan’s or a plan’s investment in such entity, in each case within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulation or otherwise.

Board of Directors : With respect to the Issuer, the directors of the Issuer duly appointed by the Sole Shareholder of the Issuer or the board of directors of the Issuer in accordance with the Issuer’s Constitutive Documents.

Bond : A debt security (that is not a loan) that is issued by a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust.

Bridge Security : Any obligation or security that (x) is a debt obligation incurred in connection with a merger, acquisition, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, restructuring or similar transaction and (y), which debt obligation by its terms is required to be repaid within one year of the incurrence thereof with proceeds from additional borrowings or other refinancings (other than any additional borrowing or refinancing if one or more financial institutions shall have provided the obligor on such debt obligation with a binding written commitment to provide the same) (it being

 

Page 6


understood that any such obligation or security that has a nominal maturity date of one year or less from the incurrence thereof but has a term-out or other provision whereby (automatically or at the sole option of the obligor thereof) the maturity of the indebtedness thereunder may be extended to a later date is not a Bridge Security).

Business Day : A day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments in New York, Boston and London and that is also a TARGET Settlement Day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day that is a legal holiday in the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located or on which the New York Stock Exchange or banks are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts.

Cash : Such funds denominated in currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for payment of all public and private debts in the United States of America, including funds standing to the credit of an Account.

Certificate of Authentication : The meaning specified in Section 2.1.

Certificated Note : A Note issued in the form of a definitive, fully registered note without coupons substantially in the applicable form attached as Exhibit A2 which shall be registered in the name of the owner thereof, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as herein provided.

Certificated Security : The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC.

Class A Notes : The Class A Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture and having the characteristics specified in Section 2.3.

Clearing Agency : An organization registered as a clearing agency pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

Clearing Corporation : (i) Clearstream, (ii) DTC, (iii) Euroclear and (iv) any entity included within the meaning of “clearing corporation” under Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC.

Clearing Corporation Security : Securities which are in the custody of or maintained on the books of a Clearing Corporation or a nominee subject to the control of a Clearing Corporation and, if they are Certificated Securities in registered form, properly endorsed to or registered in the name of the Clearing Corporation or such nominee.

Clearstream : Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, a corporation organized under the laws of the Duchy of Luxembourg (formerly known as Cedelbank, société anonyme).

Closing Date : May 23, 2013.

Code : The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Page 7


Collateral : The meaning assigned in the Granting Clauses hereof.

Collateral Administration Agreement : An agreement dated as of the Closing Date relating to the administration of the Collateral among the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and the Collateral Administrator, as amended from time to time.

Collateral Administrator : State Street Bank and Trust Company, acting as collateral administrator under the Collateral Administration Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Collateral Management Agreement : The agreement dated as of the Closing Date, between the Issuer and the Collateral Manager relating to the management of the Portfolio Assets and the other Collateral by the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

Collateral Manager : CM Investment Partners, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Collection Account : The account established pursuant to Section 10.2, which consists of the Principal Collection Subaccount and the Interest Collection Subaccount.

Commitment Amount : With respect to any Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed-Draw Loan as of any date of determination, the maximum outstanding principal amount of such Portfolio Asset that a registered holder of the amount of such Portfolio Asset held by the Issuer would on such date be obligated to fund (including all amounts previously funded and outstanding, whether or not such amounts, if repaid, may be reborrowed).

Committed Proceeds Asset : A Portfolio Asset that is the subject of a Committed Proceeds Transaction.

Committed Proceeds Transaction : Any transaction for the acquisition of a Portfolio Asset listed in Schedule 1 hereto with respect to which, as of the Closing Date, the Issuer has entered into a contractual commitment to acquire such Portfolio Asset but for which the settlement date of such transaction has not yet occurred.

Confidential Information : The meaning specified in Section 14.15(b).

Constitutive Documents : With respect to (i) the Issuer, the Issuer’s Certificate of Incorporation, dated as of May 14, 2013, and Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association, dated as of May 23, 2013, as they may be amended, revised or restated from time to time and (ii) the Sole Shareholder, the Sole Shareholder’s articles of organization, dated as of February 15, 2013 and as amended by the articles of amendment dated February 28, 2012, and operating agreement, dated as of March 1, 2012.

Corporate Trust Office : The principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, currently located at 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, Attention: Structured Trust and Analytics, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders of the Notes, the Collateral Manager and the Issuer or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.

 

Page 8


Costs of Assignment : With respect to any Portfolio Asset, the sum of (a) any costs of any purchase, exchange, sale, transfer or assignment transaction with respect to such Portfolio Asset that would be paid by a Person effecting such transaction under the terms of such Portfolio Asset or otherwise actually imposed on such Person by any applicable trustee, administrative agent, registrar, borrower or obligor incurred in connection with any such transaction with respect to such Portfolio Asset (including, without limitation, any amounts reimbursable by such Person in respect of any tax or other governmental charge incurred with respect thereto), (b) any reasonable expenses that are incurred by such Person in connection with any such transaction and (c) any reasonable administrative, legal or accounting fees, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any fees and expenses of the trustee of or outside counsel to the Obligor) that are incurred by such Person in connection with any such transaction.

Cov-Lite Loan : An obligation, the Underlying Instruments for which do not (i) contain any financial covenants or (ii) require the Obligor thereunder to comply with any Maintenance Covenants (regardless of whether compliance with one or more Incurrence Covenants is otherwise required by such Underlying Instruments).

Current Price : On any date with respect to any Portfolio Asset, the determination by the Valuation Agent of the net cash proceeds that would be received from the sale on such date of determination of such Portfolio Asset, exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest and net of the related Costs of Assignment. The “Current Price” shall be (a) expressed as a percentage of par and (b) determined exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest.

Custodial Account : The account established pursuant to Section 10.3(b).

Custodian : The meaning specified in the first sentence of Section 3.2(a) with respect to items of collateral referred to therein, and each entity with which an Account is maintained, as the context may require, each of which shall be a Securities Intermediary.

Daily Report : The meaning specified in Section 10.5(c).

Default : Any Event of Default or any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would unless cured or waived become, an Event of Default.

Defaulted Obligation : Any Portfolio Asset as to which (a) there has occurred a default as to the payment of principal and/or interest and/or capitalized interest (without regard to any notice requirement or grace period) (provided that such default may continue for a period of up to three Business Days from the date of such default if the Collateral Manager has certified to the Trustee that the payment failure is not due to credit-related reasons), (b) such Portfolio Asset is a Participation Interest with respect to which the Selling Institution has defaulted in any respect in the performance of any of its payment

 

Page 9


obligations under the Participation Interest or (c) such Portfolio Asset is a Participation Interest in a Loan that would, if such Loan were a Portfolio Asset, constitute a “Defaulted Obligation”; provided that, in each of the cases set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above, such Portfolio Asset will only constitute a “Defaulted Obligation” for so long as such default has not been cured or waived.

Deferrable Security : A Portfolio Asset which by its terms permits the deferral and/or capitalization of payment of accrued, unpaid interest.

Delayed-Draw Loan : Any Loan with respect to which the Issuer is obligated to make or otherwise fund future term-loan advances to a borrower, but such future term-loan advances may not be paid back and reborrowed.

Delayed-Draw/Committed Proceeds Account: : The account established pursuant to Section 10.3(d).

Deliver or Delivered or Delivery : The taking of the following steps:

 

  (i) in the case of each Certificated Security (other than a Clearing Corporation Security) and Instrument,

 

  (a) causing the delivery of such Certificated Security or Instrument to the Custodian by registering the same in the name of the Custodian or its affiliated nominee or by endorsing the same to the Custodian or in blank;

 

  (b) causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Certificated Security or Instrument is credited to the applicable Account; and

 

  (c) causing the Custodian to maintain continuous possession of such Certificated Security or Instrument;

 

  (ii) in the case of each Uncertificated Security (other than a Clearing Corporation Security),

 

  (a) causing such Uncertificated Security to be continuously registered on the books of the issuer thereof in the name of the Custodian; and

 

  (b) causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Uncertificated Security is credited to the applicable Account;

 

  (iii) in the case of each Clearing Corporation Security,

 

Page 10


  (a) causing the relevant Clearing Corporation to credit such Clearing Corporation Security to a securities account in the name of the Custodian, and

 

  (b) causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Clearing Corporation Security is credited to the applicable Account;

 

  (iv) in the case of each security issued or guaranteed by the United States of America or agency or instrumentality thereof and that is maintained in book-entry records of a Federal Reserve Bank ( FRB ) (each such security, a Government Security ),

 

  (a) causing the creation of a Security Entitlement to such Government Security by the credit of such Government Security to a securities account in the name of the Custodian at such FRB, and

 

  (b) causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Government Security is credited to the applicable Account;

 

  (v) in the case of each Security Entitlement with respect to a Financial Asset not governed by clauses (iii) through (iv) above,

 

  (a) causing the relevant Securities Intermediary to indicate on its books and records that the underlying Financial Asset has been credited to the Custodian’s securities account,

 

  (b) causing such Securities Intermediary to make entries on its books and records continuously identifying such Financial Asset as belonging to the Custodian and continuously indicating on its books and records that such Financial Asset is credited to the Custodian’s securities account, and

 

  (c) causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Security Entitlement (or all rights and property of the Custodian representing such Security Entitlement) is credited to the applicable Account;

 

  (vi) in the case of Cash,

 

  (a) causing the delivery of such Cash to the Custodian,

 

  (b) causing the Custodian to credit such Cash to the applicable Account or sub-account (which shall be a Deposit Account), and

 

Page 11


  (c) causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Cash is credited to the applicable Account; and

 

  (vii) in the case of each general intangible (including any Participation Interest),

 

  (a) causing the filing of a Financing Statement in the office of the Recorder of Deeds of the District of Columbia, Washington, DC naming the Issuer as debtor and the Trustee as secured party and describing such Participation Interest as the collateral or indicating that the collateral includes “all assets” or “all personal property” of the Issuer (or a similar description), and

 

  (b) causing the registration of this Indenture in the Secured Note Register of Mortgages of the Issuer at the Issuer’s registered office in the Cayman Islands.

In addition, the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer will obtain any and all consents required by the Underlying Instruments relating to any general intangibles for the transfer of ownership and/or pledge of Collateral hereunder (except to the extent that the requirement for such consent is rendered ineffective under Section 9-406 of the UCC).

Deposit Account : The meaning of “deposit accounts” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(29) of the UCC, as to which the Issuer is the “customer” (within the meaning of Section 4-104(1)(e) of the UCC) of such Accounts.

Determination Date : The last day of each Monthly Period.

DIP Loan : A loan made to a debtor-in-possession pursuant to Section 364 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code having the priority allowed by either Section 364(c) or 364(d) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and fully secured by senior liens.

Dollar , USD or U.S.$ : Such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for all debts, public and private.

DTC : The Depository Trust Company, its nominees, and their respective successors.

Due Date : Each date on which any payment is due on a Portfolio Asset, Eligible Investment or other financial asset held by the Issuer in accordance with its terms.

Eligible Investment Required Ratings : (a) If such obligation or security (i) has both a long-term and a short-term credit rating from Moody’s, such ratings are “Aa3” or better (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) and “P-1” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade), respectively, (ii) has only a long-term credit rating from Moody’s, such rating is “Aaa” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) or (iii) has only a short-term credit rating from Moody’s, such rating is “P-1” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) and (b) “A-1” or better (or, in the absence of a short-term credit rating, a long-term credit rating of “A+” or better) from S&P.

 

Page 12


Eligible Investments : Any Dollar investment that, at the time it is Delivered (directly or through an intermediary), (x) matures not later than the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date immediately following the date of Delivery thereof (or such earlier date as expressly provided herein), and (y) is one or more of the following obligations or securities:

 

  (i) direct Registered obligations of, and Registered obligations the timely payment of principal and interest on which is fully and expressly guaranteed by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the obligations of which are expressly backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America;

 

  (ii) demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, bankers’ acceptances issued by (a) the Valuation Agent or (b) any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof (including the Bank) and subject to supervision and examination by Federal and/or State banking authorities, in each case payable within 183 days after issuance, so long as the commercial paper and/or the debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company (or, in the case of the principal depository institution in a holding company system, the commercial paper or debt obligations of such holding company) at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment have the Eligible Investment Required Ratings;

 

  (iii) unleveraged repurchase obligations (if treated as debt by the Issuer and the counterparty) with respect to (a) any security described in clause (i) above or (b) any other Registered security issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (ii) above or entered into with (1) the Valuation Agent or (2) an entity (acting as principal) with, or whose parent company has (in addition to a guarantee agreement with such entity, which guarantee agreement complies with S&P’s then-current criteria with respect to guarantees), the Eligible Investment Required Ratings;

 

  (iv) Registered debt securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by (a) the Valuation Agent or (b) a corporation formed under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that satisfies the Eligible Investment Required Ratings at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment;

 

Page 13


  (v) commercial paper or other short-term obligations (other than Asset-backed Commercial Paper) that (a) either (1) are issued by the Valuation Agent or (2) have the Eligible Investment Required Ratings, (b) either (1) bear interest or (2) are sold at a discount from the face amount thereof and (c) have a maturity of not more than 183 days from their date of issuance; and

 

  (vi) money market funds that have, at all times, credit ratings of “Aaa-mf” by Moody’s and “AAAm” or “AAAm-G” by S&P, respectively;

provided that (1) Eligible Investments purchased with funds in the Collection Account shall be held until maturity except as otherwise specifically provided herein and shall include only such obligations or securities, other than those referred to in clause (vi) above, as mature (or are putable at par to the issuer thereof) no later than the Business Day prior to the next Payment Date unless such Eligible Investments are issued by the Trustee in its capacity as a banking institution, in which event such Eligible Investments may mature on such Payment Date; and (2) none of the foregoing obligations or securities shall constitute Eligible Investments if (a) such obligation or security has an “f”, “r”, “p”, “pi”, “q” or “t” subscript assigned by S&P, (b) all, or substantially all, of the remaining amounts payable thereunder consist of interest and not principal payments, (c) payments with respect to such obligations or securities or proceeds of disposition are subject to withholding taxes by any jurisdiction and the payor is not required to make “gross-up” payments that cover the full amount of any such withholding tax on an after-tax basis, (d) such obligation or security is secured by real property, (e) such obligation or security is purchased at a price greater than 100% of the principal or face amount thereof, (f) such obligation or security is subject of a tender offer, voluntary redemption, exchange offer, conversion or other similar action, (g) in the Collateral Manager’s judgment (as certified to the Trustee in writing), such obligation or security is subject to material non-credit related risks, (h) such obligation is a Structured Finance Obligation or (i) such obligation or security is represented by a certificate of interest in a grantor trust. Eligible Investments may include, without limitation, those investments for which the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee provides services and receives compensation.

Enforcement Event : The meaning specified in Section 11.1(a)(iii).

Equity Security : Any equity or other security that is not eligible for purchase by the Issuer as a Portfolio Asset.

ERISA : The United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Euroclear : Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.

Event of Default : The meaning specified in Section 5.1.

 

Page 14


Excepted Property : The U.S.$250 transaction fee paid to the Issuer in consideration of the issuance of the Notes and the funds attributable to the issuance and allotment of the Issuer’s ordinary shares or the bank account in the Cayman Islands in which such funds are deposited (or any interest thereon).

Exchange Act : The U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expense Account : The account established pursuant to Section 10.3(c).

FATCA : The meaning specified in Section 2.12(b).

FATCA Compliance : Compliance with Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and any related provisions of law, court decisions, or administrative guidance.

Financial Asset : The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC.

Financing Statements : The meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(39) of the UCC.

GAAP : The meaning specified in Section 6.3(j).

Global Note : Any Regulation S Global Note or Rule 144A Global Note.

Grant or Granted : To grant, bargain, sell, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, create and grant a security interest in and right of setoff against, deposit, set over and confirm. A Grant of Collateral, or of any other instrument, shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the granting party thereunder, including, the immediate continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of Collateral, and all other Cash payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the granting party or otherwise, and generally to do and receive anything that the granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

Holder : With respect to any Note, the Person whose name appears on the Note Register as the registered holder of such Note.

Incurrence Covenant : A covenant by any borrower to comply with one or more financial covenants only upon the occurrence of certain actions of the borrower, including a debt issuance, dividend payment, share purchase, merger, acquisition or divestiture.

Indebtedness : With respect to any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding

 

Page 15


current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances.

Indenture : This instrument as originally executed and, if from time to time supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, as so supplemented or amended.

Independent : As to any Person, any other Person (including, in the case of an accountant or lawyer, a firm of accountants or lawyers, and any member thereof, or an investment bank and any member thereof) who (i) does not have and is not committed to acquire any material direct or any material indirect financial interest in such Person or in any Affiliate of such Person, and (ii) is not connected with such Person as an Officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions. “Independent” when used with respect to any accountant may include an accountant who audits the books of such Person if in addition to satisfying the criteria set forth above the accountant is independent with respect to such Person within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Professional Conduct of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Whenever any Independent Person’s opinion or certificate is to be furnished to the Trustee, such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is Independent within the meaning hereof.

Any pricing service, certified public accountant or legal counsel that is required to be Independent of another Person under this Indenture must satisfy the criteria above with respect to the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and their Affiliates.

Insolvency Event : With respect to any Person, an event that occurs when such Person shall (1) be dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) become insolvent or unable to pay its debts or fail or admit in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) make a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) institute or have instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition shall be presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 45 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) have a resolution passed for its winding-up, official

 

Page 16


management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seek or become subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) have a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or have a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party shall maintain possession, or any such process shall not be dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 45 days thereafter; (8) cause or become subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) (inclusive); or (9) take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Instrument : The meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC.

Interest Collection Subaccount : The meaning specified in Section 10.2(a).

Interest Collections : With respect to any Monthly Period, (a) all collections of interest, capitalized interest, fees and other amounts (other than Principal Collections) paid in respect of any Portfolio Asset and received by the Issuer during such Monthly Period (whether or not directly from the relevant Portfolio Asset Obligor), including the portion of the proceeds of any sale properly attributable to any of the foregoing or, in the case of any sale of a Portfolio Asset permitted hereunder, any Realized Gains that are attributable to such sale (but not including any amounts deducted or withheld by any Obligor on a Portfolio Asset for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges with respect to payments by such Obligor on such Portfolio Asset), and (b) with respect to Eligible Investments credited to the Interest Collection Subaccount at any time during such Monthly Period, all interest paid on, and proceeds of, such Eligible Investments;.

Investment Company Act : The U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules promulgated thereunder.

ISDA Master Agreement : The ISDA 2002 Master Agreement (together with the Schedule and Credit Support Annex thereto and Confirmation exchanged thereunder), each dated as of May 20, 2013, between UBS AG and the Sole Shareholder.

Issuer : The Person named as such on the first page of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become the Issuer pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Issuer” shall mean such successor Person.

Issuer Account Control Agreement : The Account Control Agreement dated as of the Closing Date between the Issuer, the Trustee and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Custodian.

 

Page 17


Issuer Contribution Agreement : means the Equity Contribution Agreement dated as of May 23, 2013 between the Sole Shareholder and the Trustee.

Issuer Order and Issuer Request : A written order or request (which may be a standing order or request) to be provided by the Issuer or by the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, dated and signed in the name of the Issuer by an Authorized Representative of the Issuer, as applicable, or, in the case of an order or request executed by the Collateral Manager, by an Authorized Representative thereof, on behalf of the Issuer.

LC Commitment Amount : With respect to any Pre-funded Letter of Credit, the amount which the Issuer could be required to pay to the Pre-funded LOC Agent Bank in respect thereof (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any portion thereof which the Issuer has collateralized or deposited into a trust or with the Pre-funded LOC Agent Bank for the purpose of making such payments).

Lien : With respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

Loan : Any obligation for the payment or repayment of borrowed money that is documented by a term loan agreement, revolving loan agreement or other similar credit agreement.

Maintenance Covenant : A covenant by any Obligor to comply with one or more financial covenants during each reporting period, whether or not such Obligor has taken any specified action.

Majority Noteholders : The Holders of more than 50% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

Margin Stock : The meaning specified under Regulation U.

Master Participation and Assignment Agreement : The Master Participation and Assignment Agreement dated as of May 23, 2013 between the Issuer and the Sole Shareholder in respect of the purchase of Portfolio Assets as identified therein.

Material Adverse Effect : A material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Issuer, (b) the ability of the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder to perform any of its obligations under the Notes or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or (c) the rights of or benefits available to any of the Holders or the Trustee under the Notes or any of the other Transaction Documents.

 

Page 18


Maturity : With respect to any Note, the date on which the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise.

Monthly Period : Each period from, and including, the 15th calendar day of each calendar month (each, a Monthly Date ) to, but excluding, the next following Monthly Date, except that (a) the initial Monthly Period will commence on, and include, the Closing Date and will end on, but exclude, the 15 th day of June 2013 and (b) the final Monthly Period will end on, but exclude, the date on which the Notes are paid in full.

Moody’s : Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Moody’s Industry Classification : The industry classifications set forth in Schedule 2 hereto, as such industry classifications shall be updated at the option of the Collateral Manager if Moody’s publishes revised industry classifications.

Non-Permitted ERISA Holder : As defined in Section 2.11(c).

Non-Permitted Holder : As defined in Section 2.11(b).

Non-USD Currency : Any lawful coin or currency other than Dollars.

Noteholder Reporting Obligations : The obligations set forth in Section 2.12(b).

Note Register and Note Registrar : The respective meanings specified in Section 2.5(a).

Notes : The Class A Notes.

Obligor : The issuer, obligor or guarantor in respect of a Portfolio Asset or Eligible Investment or other loan or security, whether or not Collateral.

Offer : As defined in Section 10.6(c).

Officer : (a) With respect to the Issuer, any director, Chairman of the Board of Directors or any Person authorized thereby to take any and all actions necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; (b) with respect to any other entity that is a partnership, any general partner thereof or any Person authorized by such entity; (c) with respect to any other entity that is a limited liability company, any member thereof or any Person authorized by such entity; and (d) with respect to the Trustee and any bank or trust company acting as trustee of an express trust or as custodian or agent, any vice president or assistant vice president of such entity or any officer customarily performing functions similar to those performed by a vice president or assistant vice president of such entity.

Offshore transaction : The meaning specified in Regulation S.

 

Page 19


Opinion of Counsel : A written opinion addressed to the Trustee (or upon which the Trustee is permitted to rely) and the Issuer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, of a nationally or internationally recognized and reputable law firm. Whenever an Opinion of Counsel is required hereunder, such Opinion of Counsel may rely on opinions of other counsel who are so admitted and so satisfactory, which opinions of other counsel shall accompany such Opinion of Counsel and shall either be addressed to the Trustee or shall state that the Trustee shall be entitled to rely thereon.

Other Plan Law: Any State, local, Federal or non-U.S. laws or regulations that are substantially similar to the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Outstanding : With respect to the Notes, as of any date of determination, all of the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

  (i) Notes theretofore canceled by the Note Registrar or delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation in accordance with the terms of Section 2.9;

 

  (ii) Notes for whose payment funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(ii);

 

  (iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a “protected purchaser” (within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC); and

 

  (iv) Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Notes have been issued as provided in Section 2.6;

provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Aggregate Outstanding Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuer shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding.

Par Amount : In relation to any Portfolio Asset, the outstanding principal amount of such Portfolio Asset.

Participation Interest : An obligation of the Issuer in respect of a Pre-funded Letter of Credit or a participation interest of the Issuer in a Loan (other than a Delayed-Draw Loan) that, if acquired directly by the Issuer, would qualify as a Portfolio Asset as of the Portfolio Asset Trade Date.

Paying Agent : Any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer as specified in Section 7.2.

 

Page 20


Payment Account : The account established pursuant to Section 10.3(a).

Payment Date : Each date occurring eight Business Days after the last day of any Monthly Period.

Payment Date Report : The meaning specified in Section 10.5(a).

Person : An individual, corporation (including a business trust), partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated association or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Placement Agent : UBS Securities LLC, in its capacity as placement agent under the Placement Agency Agreement.

Placement Agency Agreement : The Placement Agency Agreement dated May 23, 2013 between the Issuer and the Placement Agent.

Plan Asset Regulation : U.S. Department of Labor regulations, 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA.

Portfolio : At any time, all Portfolio Assets held by the Issuer at such time.

Portfolio Asset : A Loan (or a Participation Interest therein) or Bond.

Portfolio Asset Obligor : In relation to any Portfolio Asset, the borrower or issuer of or obligor on the Portfolio Asset. In addition, “Portfolio Asset Obligor”, unless the context otherwise requires, shall also refer to any guarantor of or other obligor on the Portfolio Asset.

Portfolio Asset Trade Date : The meaning set forth in the definition of “Asset Eligibility Criteria”.

Pre-funded Letter of Credit : A multi-lender credit facility to which the Issuer is party whereby (i) a fronting bank (the Pre-funded LOC Agent Bank ) issues or will issue a letter of credit ( LC ) for account of an Obligor under an Underlying Instrument, (ii) in the event that the LC is drawn, and such Obligor does not reimburse the Pre-funded LOC Agent Bank, each lender is obligated to fund its portion of the facility, (iii) the Pre-funded LOC Agent Bank passes on (in whole or in part) the fees and any other amounts it receives for providing the LC to the lenders and (iv)(a) the related Underlying Instrument requires the Issuer to fully collateralize the Issuer’s obligations to the related Pre-funded LOC Agent Bank or obligate the Issuer to contribute to a trust an aggregate amount equal to the related LC Commitment Amount, (b) either (i) the collateral posted by the Issuer to the related Pre-funded LOC Agent Bank is held by a depository institution meeting the requirement set forth in Section 10.1 at the time such collateral is posted or (ii) the trust in which the contribution by the Issuer is held at is a depository institution that meets the requirement set forth in Section 10.1 and (c) if clause (b)(ii) applies, the Issuer’s contribution to a trust is invested in Eligible Investments only.

 

Page 21


Pre-funded LOC Agent Bank : The meaning specified in the definition of the term “Pre-funded Letter of Credit”.

Principal Balance : Subject to Section 1.2, with respect to (a) any item of Collateral other than a Delayed-Draw Loan, the outstanding principal amount of such Collateral (excluding any capitalized interest) and (b) any Delayed-Draw Loan, the outstanding principal of such Delayed-Draw Loan (excluding any capitalized interest), plus (except as expressly set forth herein) any undrawn commitments that have not been irrevocably reduced or withdrawn with respect to such Delayed-Draw Loan; provided that for all purposes the Principal Balance of any Defaulted Obligation that has remained a Defaulted Obligation for a continuous period of three years after becoming a Defaulted Obligation and has not been sold or terminated during such three year period shall be deemed to be zero.

Principal Collections : With respect to any Monthly Period, (a) all collections of principal on a Portfolio Asset (excluding any capitalized interest) paid in respect of any Portfolio Asset and received by the Issuer during such Monthly Period (whether or not directly from the relevant Portfolio Asset Obligor), including the proceeds of any sale properly attributable to principal (excluding proceeds of any sale properly attributable to capitalized interest) (but not including any amounts deducted or withheld by any Obligor on a Portfolio Asset for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges with respect to payments by such Obligor on such Portfolio Asset), and (b) with respect to Eligible Investments credited to the Principal Collection Subaccount at any time during such Monthly Period, all interest paid on, and proceeds of, such Eligible Investments; provided that for the purposes of attributing collections to principal and capitalized interest, such attribution shall be made (i) if the Underlying Instruments include provisions for such attribution, then in accordance with such provisions and (ii) if the Underlying Instruments do not include any such provisions, then on a pro rata basis.

Principal Collection Subaccount : The meaning specified in Section 10.2(a).

Priority of Payments : The meaning specified in Section 11.1(a).

Proceeding : Any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

Purchase Amount : (i) with respect to any Portfolio Asset that is not a Delayed-Draw Loan as of any date of determination, the product of the Purchase Price and the Par Amount and (ii) with respect to any Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed-Draw Loan as of any date of determination, the product of the Purchase Price and the Commitment Amount.

 

Page 22


Purchase Price : In relation to any Portfolio Asset, (a) in the case of a Portfolio Asset other than a Delayed-Draw Loan, the original purchase price therefor paid by the Issuer to acquire such Portfolio Asset (expressed as a percentage of par and exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest, but inclusive of any costs incurred by the Issuer to acquire such Portfolio Asset) and (b) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed-Draw Loan, the original purchase price therefor paid by the Issuer to acquire such Portfolio Asset (expressed as a percentage of par and the Commitment Amount in respect of such Portfolio Asset and exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest, but inclusive of any costs incurred by the Issuer to acquire such Portfolio Asset).

Qualified Institutional Buyer : The meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Qualified Purchaser : The meaning specified in the Investment Company Act.

Realized Gains : Any gain realized by the Issuer from the repayment, sale or other disposition of any Portfolio Asset or any portion thereof by reason of the fact that the net principal proceeds received in respect of such repayment or sale is greater than the Purchase Amount thereof (or, if applicable, the portion of the Purchase Amount attributable to the portion of the Portfolio Asset repaid, sold or otherwise disposed of).

Record Date : With respect to the Global Notes, the date one day prior to the applicable Payment Date and, with respect to the Certificated Notes, the date 15 days prior to the applicable Payment Date.

Registered : In registered form for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and issued after July 18, 1984, provided that a certificate of interest in a grantor trust shall not be treated as Registered unless each of the obligations or securities held by the trust was issued after that date.

Registered Office Agreement : The Registered Office Agreement, between the Administrator, the Sole Shareholder and the Issuer dated May 23, 2013, providing for the provision of registered office services to the Issuer, as modified, amended and supplemented from time to time.

Regulation S : Regulation S, as amended, under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note : The meaning specified in Section 2.2(b)(i).

Regulation U : Regulation U (12 C.F.R. 221) issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Rule 144A : Rule 144A, as amended, under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Global Note : The meaning specified in Section 2.2(b)(i).

 

Page 23


S&P : Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor or successors thereto.

S&P Industry Classification : The S&P Industry Classifications set forth in Schedule 3 hereto, and such industry classifications shall be updated at the option of the Collateral Manager if S&P publishes revised industry classifications.

Sale : The meaning specified in Section 5.17.

Scheduled Distribution : With respect to any Portfolio Asset or Eligible Investment, for each Due Date, the scheduled payment of principal and/or interest and/or capitalized interest due on such Due Date with respect to such Collateral, determined in accordance with the assumptions specified in Section 1.2 hereof.

Second Lien Loan : Any Loan that: (i) is not (and cannot by its terms become) subordinate in right of payment to any other obligation of the Obligor of the Loan; (ii) is secured by a valid first-priority perfected security interest or lien in, to or on specified collateral securing the Obligor’s obligations under the Loan; (iii) the value of the collateral securing the Loan together with other attributes of the Obligor (including, without limitation, its general financial condition, ability to generate cash flow available for debt service and other demands for that cash flow) is adequate (in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Collateral Manager, as certified to the Trustee in writing) to repay the Loan in accordance with its terms and to repay all other Loans of equal seniority secured by a first lien or security interest in the same collateral and (iv) is not secured solely or primarily by common stock or other equity interests; provided that the limitation set forth in this clause (iv) shall not apply with respect to a Loan made to a parent entity that is secured solely or primarily by the stock of one or more of the subsidiaries of such parent entity to the extent that the granting by any such subsidiary of a lien on its own property would violate law or regulations applicable to such subsidiary (whether the obligation secured is such Loan or any other similar type of Indebtedness owing to third parties).

Secured Obligations : The meaning assigned in the Granting Clauses hereof.

Secured Parties : The meaning specified in the Granting Clauses.

Securities Act : The U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securities Intermediary : The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC.

Security Entitlement : The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC.

Selling Institution : The entity obligated to make payments to the Issuer under the terms of a Participation Interest.

 

Page 24


Senior Secured Loan : Any Loan that: (i) is not (and by its terms is not permitted to become) subordinate in right of payment to any other debt for borrowed money incurred by the obligor of such Loan and (ii) is secured by a valid first priority perfected security interest or lien on specified collateral (such collateral, together with any other pledged assets, having a value (as reasonably determined by the Collateral Manager at the time of acquisition, which determination will not be questioned based on subsequent events) equal to or greater than the Principal Balance of the Loan) securing the obligor’s obligations under the Loan, which security interest or lien is subject to customary liens.

Side Letter Security Agreement : The letter agreement dated as of May 23, 2012 between the Issuer and the Sole Shareholder in contemplation of the sale from time to time of Portfolio Assets from the Sole Shareholder to the Issuer.

Similar Law : Any Federal, State, local, non-U.S. or other law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Issuer to be treated as assets of the investor in any Note (or any interest therein) by virtue of its interest and thereby subject the Issuer and the Collateral Manager (or other Persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Issuer’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Sole Shareholder : CM Finance LLC, a limited liability company formed under the law of the State of Maryland and sole shareholder of the Issuer.

Stated Maturity : With respect to the Notes, the date specified as such in Section 2.3.

Structured Finance Obligation : Any debt obligation secured directly by, or representing ownership of, a pool of consumer receivables, auto loans, auto leases, equipment leases, home or commercial mortgages, corporate debt or sovereign debt obligations, including collateralized bond obligations, collateralized loan obligations, mortgage-backed securities or any similar security or other asset backed security or similar investment or equipment trust certificate or trust certificate of the type generally considered to be a repackaged security.

Subscription Agreements : (i) The agreement dated as of May 23, 2013 by and between the Issuer and CM Finance LLC relating to the sale of U.S.$73,500,000 of the Notes, as amended from time to time, and (ii) the agreement dated as of May 23, 2013 by and between the Issuer and UBS AG relating to the sale of U.S.$76,500,000 of the Notes, as amended from time to time.

Support Document : Each of the Issuer Account Control Agreement and the Issuer Contribution Agreement.

Synthetic Security : Any U.S. Dollar denominated swap transaction (including any default swap), LCDX, structured bond investment, credit linked note or other derivative investment, which investment contains a probability of default, recovery upon default and expected loss characteristics closely correlated to a reference obligation, but which may provide for a different maturity, interest rate or other non credit characteristics than such reference obligation.

 

Page 25


TARGET Settlement Day : Any day on which TARGET (the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross settlement Express Transfer system) is open.

Tax : Any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge or assessment of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) imposed by any governmental taxing authority.

Tax Event : An event that occurs if (i) any Obligor under any Portfolio Asset is required to deduct or withhold from any payment under such Portfolio Asset for or on account of any Tax for whatever reason (other than (x) withholding tax on (1) fees received with respect to a Pre-funded Letter of Credit and (2) amendment, waiver, consent and extension fees and (y) withholding tax imposed as a result of the failure by any Holder to comply with its Noteholder Reporting Obligations, so long as the Issuer, within 60 days after the imposition of such withholding tax, exercises its right to demand that such Non-Permitted Holder transfer its interest to a Person that is not a Non-Permitted Holder and, if such Non-Permitted Holder fails to so transfer its Notes, the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager acting for the Issuer) exercises its right to sell such Notes or interest therein to a Person that is not a Non-Permitted Holder) and such Obligor is not required to pay to the Issuer such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received with respect to any payment under such Portfolio Asset (free and clear of Taxes, whether assessed against such Obligor or the Issuer) will equal the full amount that the Issuer would have received had no such deduction or withholding occurred or (ii) any jurisdiction imposes net income, profits or similar Tax on the Issuer, provided that the sum of (A) the tax or taxes imposed on the Issuer as described in clause (ii) of this definition and (B) the total amount withheld from payments under the Portfolio Assets described in clause (i) of this definition and which are not compensated for by payment of additional amounts is in excess of 5% of the aggregate interest due and payable on the Portfolio Assets for the relevant Monthly Period.

Transaction Documents : The Indenture, the Issuer Account Control Agreement, Collateral Management Agreement, the Registered Office Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement, the Side Letter Security Agreement, the Placement Agency Agreement, each Subscription Agreement and the Issuer Contribution Agreement.

Transfer Agent : The Person or Persons, which may be the Issuer, authorized by the Issuer to exchange or register the transfer of Notes.

Trust Officer : When used with respect to the Trustee, any Officer within the Corporate Trust Office (or any successor group of the Trustee) including any Officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at the Corporate Trust Office because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, having direct responsibility for the administration of this transaction.

Trustee : As defined in the first sentence of this Indenture.

 

Page 26


UBS : UBS AG.

UCC : The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, as amended from time to time.

Uncertificated Security : The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(18) of the UCC.

Underlying Instrument : The indenture, credit agreement or other agreement pursuant to which a Portfolio Asset has been issued or created and each other agreement that governs the terms of or secures the obligations represented by such Portfolio Asset or of which the holders of such Portfolio Asset are the beneficiaries.

United States Person : The meaning specified in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Unregistered Securities : The meaning specified in Section 5.17(c).

U.S. Person or U.S. person : The meaning specified in Regulation S.

Valuation Agent : UBS AG in its capacity as valuation agent, as appointed by the Issuer pursuant to the appointment letter dated the date hereof between the Issuer and UBS AG, and its permitted successors and assigns.

 

1.2 Assumptions as to Collateral

In connection with all calculations required to be made pursuant to this Indenture with respect to Scheduled Distributions on any Portfolio Asset or Eligible Investment, or any payments on any other assets included in the Collateral, with respect to the sale of and reinvestment in Portfolio Assets, and with respect to the income that can be earned on Scheduled Distributions on such Collateral and on any other amounts that may be received for deposit in the Collection Account, the provisions set forth in this Section 1.2 shall be applied. The provisions of this Section 1.2 shall be applicable to any determination or calculation that is covered by this Section 1.2, whether or not reference is specifically made to Section 1.2, unless some other method of calculation or determination is expressly specified in the particular provision.

 

(a) All calculations with respect to Scheduled Distributions on the Collateral securing the Notes shall be made on the basis of information as to the terms of each such item of Collateral and upon reports of payments, if any, received on such item of Collateral that are furnished by or on behalf of the Obligor of such item of Collateral and, to the extent they are not manifestly in error, such information or reports may be conclusively relied upon in making such calculations.

 

(b)

For each Monthly Period and as of any date of determination, the Scheduled Distribution on any item of Collateral (other than a Defaulted Obligation, which shall be assumed to have a Scheduled Distribution of zero) shall be the sum of (i) the total amount of payments and collections to be received during such Monthly Period in respect of such item of Collateral (including the proceeds of

 

Page 27


  the sale of such Collateral received and, in the case of sales which have not yet settled, to be received during the Monthly Period and not reinvested in additional Portfolio Assets or Eligible Investments or retained in the Collection Account for subsequent reinvestment pursuant to Section 12.2(b)) that, if received as scheduled, will be available in the Collection Account at the end of the Monthly Period and (ii) any such amounts received in prior Monthly Periods that were not disbursed on a previous Payment Date.

 

(c) All calculations, unless otherwise set forth herein or the context otherwise requires, shall be rounded to the nearest ten-thousandth if expressed as a percentage, and to the nearest one-hundredth if expressed otherwise.

 

(d) All monetary calculations under this Indenture shall be in Dollars.

 

(e) Any reference in this Indenture to an amount of the Trustee’s or the Collateral Administrator’s fees calculated with respect to a period at a per annum rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months prorated for the related Monthly Period and shall be based on the aggregate face amount of the Portfolio Assets and the Eligible Investments.

 

(f) To the extent of any ambiguity in the interpretation of any definition or term contained in this Indenture or to the extent more than one methodology can be used to make any of the determinations or calculations set forth herein, the Collateral Administrator shall request direction from the Collateral Manager as to the interpretation and/or methodology to be used, and the Collateral Administrator shall follow such direction, and together with the Trustee, shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon without any responsibility or liability therefor.

 

(g) For purposes of calculating compliance with any tests hereunder, the trade date (and not the settlement date) with respect to any acquisition or disposition of a Portfolio Asset or Eligible Investment shall be used by the Collateral Administrator to determine whether and when such acquisition or disposition has occurred.

 

2. T HE N OTES

 

2.1 Forms Generally

The Notes and the Trustee’s or Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication thereon (the Certificate of Authentication ) shall be in substantially the forms required by this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be consistent herewith, determined by the Authorized Representatives of the Issuer executing such Notes as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. Any portion of the text of any such Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of such Note.

 

Page 28


2.2 Forms of Notes

 

(a) The forms of the Notes, including the forms of Certificated Notes, Regulation S Global Notes and Rule 144A Global Notes, shall be as set forth in the applicable part of Exhibit A hereto.

 

(b) Regulation S Global Notes, Rule 144A Global Notes; Certificated Notes .

 

  (i) The Notes sold to Persons who are not U.S. persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one permanent global note, in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the applicable form attached as Exhibit A1 hereto (the Regulation S Global Note ), and shall be deposited on behalf of the subscribers for such Notes represented thereby with the Bank as custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of, DTC for the respective accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

  (ii) The Notes sold to Persons that are initial purchasers that are also both (A) a Qualified Purchaser or an entity owned (or in the case of Qualified Purchasers, beneficially owned) by one or more Qualified Purchasers and (B)(I) a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (II) an Accredited Investor who is purchasing such Notes in a non-public transaction shall be issued initially in the form of one permanent global note, in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A2 hereto (the Rule 144A Global Note ) and shall be deposited on behalf of the subscribers for such Notes represented thereby with the Bank as custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of, DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 

  (iii) The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note and the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee or DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided.

 

(c) The Issuer in issuing the Notes shall use “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “private placement” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Issuer will indicate the “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “private placement” numbers of the Notes in related materials as a convenience to Holders.

 

(d) Book Entry Provisions. This Section 2.2(d) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or for account of DTC.

 

Page 29


The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” of Euroclear and the “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Participants” of Clearstream, respectively, will be applicable to the Global Notes insofar as interests in such Global Notes are held by the Agent Members of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be.

Agent Members shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Bank, as custodian for DTC and DTC may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee, or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

2.3 Authorized Amount; Stated Maturity; Denominations

 

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to U.S.$150,000,000, excluding (i) Notes issued upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.5, 2.6 or 8.5 of this Indenture or (ii) additional notes issued in accordance with Section 2.13 and other applicable provisions of Article 8.

 

(b) The Notes shall have the designations, aggregate principal amounts and other characteristics as follows:

 

Class Designation

   A  

Original Aggregate

   U.S.$ 150,000,000   

Principal Amount

  

Stated Maturity

     May 22, 2015   

The Class A Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$500,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof and shall only be transferred or resold in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

2.4 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by one of its Authorized Representatives. The signature of such Authorized Representative on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of any individual who was at any time an Authorized Representative of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer notwithstanding the fact that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of issuance of such Notes.

 

Page 30


At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, upon Issuer Order, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes as provided in this Indenture and not otherwise.

Each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon Issuer Order on the Closing Date shall be dated as of the Closing Date. All other Notes that are authenticated and delivered after the Closing Date for any other purpose under this Indenture shall be dated the date of their authentication.

Notes issued upon transfer, exchange or replacement of other Notes shall be issued in authorized denominations reflecting the original Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes so transferred, exchanged or replaced, but shall represent only the current Outstanding principal amount of the Notes so transferred, exchanged or replaced. In the event that any Note is divided into more than one Note in accordance with this Article 2, the original principal amount of such Note shall be proportionately divided among the Notes delivered in exchange therefor and shall be deemed to be the original aggregate principal amount of such subsequently issued Notes.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a Certificate of Authentication, substantially in the form provided for herein, executed by the Trustee or by the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Representatives, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

2.5 Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange

 

(a) The Issuer shall cause the Notes to be Registered and shall cause to be kept a register (the Note Register ) at the office of the Trustee in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of the Holders of the Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed “registrar” (the Note Registrar ) for the purpose of maintaining the Note Register and registering the Holders of the Notes and transfers of such Notes in the Note Register. Upon any resignation or removal of the Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, in the absence of such appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.

If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note Registrar, the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of a Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Note Register, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof and the Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of the Note Registrar by an Officer thereof as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Notes and the principal or face amounts and numbers of such Notes. Upon written request at any time, the Note Registrar shall provide to the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or any Holder a current list of Holders as reflected in the Note Register.

 

Page 31


Subject to this Section 2.5, upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 7.2, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal or face amount.

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for Notes of like terms, in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Note is surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Notes authenticated and delivered upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt (to the extent they evidence debt), and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Note Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Note Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signatures of the transferor and transferee.

The Note Registrar shall ensure that the Note Register is maintained in a manner such that the Notes are treated as Registered.

 

(b) No Note may be sold or transferred (including, without limitation, by pledge or hypothecation) unless such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, is exempt from the registration requirements under applicable State securities laws and will not cause the Issuer to become subject to the requirement that it register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

 

Page 32


(c)             (i) No Note may be transferred to a Benefit Plan Investor and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor the Note Registrar will recognize any such transfer to a Person that has represented that it is a Benefit Plan Investor. Each initial purchaser of a Note or an interest therein will be required and deemed to represent and warrant, and each subsequent transferee of a Note or an interest therein will be deemed to have represented and warranted, that: (A) for so long as it holds such Note or interest therein, it is not, and is not acting on behalf of, a Benefit Plan Investor; and (B) if such Person is a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, (i) it is not, and for so long as it holds such Note or interest therein will not be, subject to any Similar Law, and (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of its interest in such Note will not constitute or result in a violation of any applicable Other Plan Laws.

 

  (ii) Each purchaser and subsequent transferee of Notes will be required or deemed to represent that such purchaser or subsequent transferee, as applicable, is not an Affected Bank. Each subsequent transferee of any Notes will be deemed to represent that such purchaser or subsequent transferee, as applicable, is not an Affected Bank. No transfer of any Note to an Affected Bank will be effective, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor the Note Registrar will recognize any such transfer, unless such transfer is specifically authorized by the Issuer in writing.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Trustee shall not be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer complies with, or for otherwise monitoring or determining compliance with, the registration provisions of or any exemptions from the Securities Act, applicable State securities laws or the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, ERISA, the Code or the Investment Company Act; provided that if a certificate is specifically required by the terms of this Section 2.5 to be provided to the Trustee by a prospective transferor or transferee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to receive and examine the same to determine whether or not the certificate substantially conforms on its face to the applicable requirements of this Indenture and shall promptly notify the party delivering the same if such certificate does not comply with such terms.

 

(e) Transfers of Notes shall only be made in accordance with the following requirements:

 

  (i)

Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note. If a holder of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note deposited with DTC wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Note, such holder ( provided that such holder or, in the case of a transfer, the transferee is not a U.S. person and is acquiring such interest in an offshore transaction) may, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence and the rules and procedures of DTC, exchange or transfer, or

 

Page 33


  cause the exchange or transfer of, such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Note. Upon receipt by the Note Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with DTC’s procedures from an Agent Member directing the Note Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Note, but not less than the minimum denomination applicable to such holder’s Notes, in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (B) a written order given in accordance with DTC’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of DTC and the Euroclear or Clearstream account to be credited with such increase, (C) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B1 attached hereto given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes, including that the holder or the transferee, as applicable, is not a U.S. person, and in an offshore transaction pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S, and (D) a written certification in the form of Exhibit B5 attached hereto given by the transferee in respect of such beneficial interest stating, among other things, that such transferee is a non-U.S. person purchasing such beneficial interest in an offshore transaction pursuant to Regulation S, then the Note Registrar shall approve the instructions at DTC to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note and to increase the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the securities account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note.

 

  (ii)

Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note. If a holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note deposited with DTC wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Note or to transfer its interest in such Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Note, such holder may, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence and the rules and procedures of Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC, as the case may be, exchange or transfer, or cause the exchange or transfer of, such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Note. Upon receipt by the Note Registrar of (A) instructions from Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC, as the case may be, directing the Note Registrar to cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in

 

Page 34


  such Regulation S Global Note, but not less than the minimum denomination applicable to such holder’s Notes to be exchanged or transferred, such instructions to contain information regarding the participant account with DTC to be credited with such increase, (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B3 attached hereto given by the holder of such beneficial interest and stating, among other things, that, in the case of a transfer, the Person transferring such interest in such Regulation S Global Note reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest in a Rule 144A Global Note is a Qualified Institutional Buyer and also a Qualified Purchaser or an entity beneficially owned exclusively by Qualified Purchasers, is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (C) a written certification in the form of Exhibit B4 attached hereto given by the transferee in respect of such beneficial interest stating, among other things, that such transferee is a Qualified Institutional Buyer and also a Qualified Purchaser or an entity beneficially owned exclusively by Qualified Purchasers, then the Note Registrar will approve the instructions at DTC to reduce, or cause to be reduced, such Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be transferred or exchanged and the Note Registrar shall instruct DTC, concurrently with such reduction, to credit or cause to be credited to the securities account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note.

 

  (iii) Transfer of Global Note to Certificated Note. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may not transfer its interest in such Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a corresponding Certificated Note. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may not exchange such interest for a corresponding Certificated Note unless it satisfies the requirements of Section 2.10.

 

  (iv) Transfer of Certificated Notes to Certificated Notes. Upon receipt by the Note Registrar of (A) a Holder’s Certificated Note properly endorsed for assignment to the transferee, and (B) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B2 executed by the transferee, the Note Registrar shall cancel such Certificated Note in accordance with Section 2.9, record the transfer in the Note Register in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and upon execution by the Issuer and authentication and delivery by the Trustee, deliver one or more Certificated Notes bearing the same designation as the Certificated Note endorsed for transfer, registered in the names specified in the assignment described in clause (A) above, in principal amounts designated by the transferee (the aggregate of such principal amounts being equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Certificated Note surrendered by the transferor), and in authorized denominations.

 

Page 35


  (v) Transfer of Certificated Notes to Global Notes. If a Holder of a Certificated Note wishes at any time to transfer its interest in such Certificated Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a Global Note, such Holder may, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence and the rules and procedures of Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC, as the case may be, exchange or transfer, or cause the exchange or transfer of, such Certificated Note for a beneficial interest in an applicable Global Note. Upon receipt by the Note Registrar of (A) a Holder’s Certificated Note properly endorsed for assignment to the transferee, (B) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B1 (in the case of transfer to a Regulation S Global Note) or Exhibit B3 (in the case of transfer to a Rule 144A Global Note) attached hereto executed by the transferor and a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B4 (in case of transfer to a Rule 144A Global Note) or Exhibit B5 (in case of transfer to a Regulation S Global Note) attached hereto executed by the transferee, (C) instructions given in accordance with Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC’s procedures, as the case may be, from an Agent Member to instruct DTC to cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note in an amount equal to the Certificated Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and (D) a written order given in accordance with DTC’s procedures containing information regarding the participant’s account at DTC and/or Euroclear or Clearstream to be credited with such increase, the Note Registrar shall cancel such Certificated Note in accordance with Section 2.9, record the transfer in the Note Register in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and approve the instructions at DTC, concurrently with such cancellation, to credit or cause to be credited to the securities account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Certificated Note transferred or exchanged.

 

(f) Legends. Any Note issued upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes shall bear such applicable legend substantially as set forth in the applicable part of Exhibit A hereto.

 

(g) Each Person who becomes a beneficial owner of Notes represented by an interest in a Global Note, and any original purchaser of any Notes, by its acquisition of a Note, will be deemed to have represented and agreed as follows:

 

  (i) In connection with the purchase of such Notes:

 

  (A) none of the Issuer, the Sole Shareholder, the Collateral Manager, the Placement Agent, the Valuation Agent, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or any of their respective Affiliates is acting as a fiduciary or financial or investment advisor for such beneficial owner;

 

Page 36


  (B) such beneficial owner is not relying (for purposes of making any investment decision or otherwise) upon any advice, counsel or representations (whether written or oral) of the Issuer, the Sole Shareholder, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, the Placement Agent, the Valuation Agent, or any of their respective Affiliates;

 

  (C) such beneficial owner has consulted with its own legal, regulatory, tax, business, investment, financial and accounting advisors to the extent it has deemed necessary and has made its own investment decisions (including decisions regarding the suitability of any transaction pursuant to this Indenture) based upon its own judgment and upon any advice from such advisors as it has deemed necessary and not upon any view expressed by the Issuer, the Sole Shareholder, the Collateral Manager, the Placement Agent, the Valuation Agent, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or any of their respective Affiliates;

 

  (D) such beneficial owner (1) in the case of an initial purchaser, is both (x) a Qualified Purchaser, or an entity owned (or in the case of Qualified Purchasers, beneficially owned) by one or more Qualified Purchasers, and (y)(I) a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (II) an Accredited Investor who is purchasing such Notes in a non- public transaction and (2) in the case of a Person who becomes a beneficial owner subsequent to the date hereof, is both (x) a Qualified Purchaser, or an entity owned (or in the case of Qualified Purchasers, beneficially owned) by one or more Qualified Purchasers, and (y) a Qualified Institutional Buyer that is not a broker-dealer which owns and invests on a discretionary basis less than U.S.$25,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated persons of the dealer and is not a plan referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(d) or (a)(1)(i)(e) of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or a trust fund referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(f) of Rule 144A under the Securities Act that holds the assets of such a plan, if investment decisions with respect to the plan are made by beneficiaries of the plan, who is purchasing the Notes in reliance on the exemption from Securities Act registration provided by Rule 144A thereunder;

 

  (E) such beneficial owner is acquiring its interest in such Notes for its own account for investment and not with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in violation of the Securities Act;

 

Page 37


  (F) such beneficial owner was not formed for the purpose of investing in such Notes;

 

  (G) such beneficial owner understands that the Issuer may receive a list of participants holding interests in the Notes from one or more book-entry depositories;

 

  (H) such beneficial owner will hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of such Notes;

 

  (I) such beneficial owner is a sophisticated investor and is purchasing the Notes with a full understanding of all of the terms, conditions and risks thereof, and is capable of and willing to assume those risks;

 

  (J) such beneficial owner will provide notice of the relevant transfer restrictions to subsequent transferees, including that such beneficial owners are relying on the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder;

 

  (K) none of such beneficial owner or any of its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) or any other Person acting on any of their behalf has engaged or will engage, in connection with such Notes, in any form of (i) general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act or (ii) directed selling efforts within the meaning of Rule 902(c) of Regulation S thereunder;

 

  (L) such beneficial owner has not solicited and will not solicit offers for such Notes, and has not arranged and will not arrange commitments to purchase such Notes, except in accordance with this Indenture and any applicable U.S. Federal and State securities laws and the securities laws of any other jurisdiction in which such Notes have been offered; and

 

  (M) if such beneficial owner is not a United States person, it is not acquiring any Note as part of a plan to reduce, avoid or evade U.S. Federal income tax.

 

  (ii) Each Person who purchases a Note or any interest therein will be required or deemed to represent, warrant and agree that (A) for so long as it holds such Note or interest therein, such Person is not, and is not acting on behalf of, a Benefit Plan Investor, and (B) if such Person is a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Other Plan Law, (1) it is not, and for so long as it holds such Notes or interest therein it will not be, subject to any Similar Law, and (2) its purchase, holding and disposition of such Note will not constitute or result in a violation of any applicable Other Plan Laws.

 

Page 38


  (iii) Such beneficial owner understands that such Notes are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering in the United States of America within the meaning of the Securities Act, such Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and, if in the future such beneficial owner decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer such Notes, such Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the legend on such Notes, including any requirement for written certifications. In particular, such beneficial owner understands that the Notes may be transferred only to a Person that is either (a) both (1)(x) a Qualified Purchaser, or (y) an entity owned (or in the case of Qualified Purchasers, beneficially owned) by one or more Qualified Purchasers and (2) a Qualified Institutional Buyer that is not a broker-dealer which owns and invests on a discretionary basis less than U.S.$25,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated persons of the dealer and is not a plan referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(d) or (a)(1)(i)(e) of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or a trust fund referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(f) of Rule 144A under the Securities Act that holds the assets of such a plan, if investment decisions with respect to the plan are made by beneficiaries of the plan, who is purchasing the Notes in reliance on the exemption from Securities Act registration provided by Rule 144A or (b) a Person that is not a U.S. Person and is acquiring the Notes in an offshore transaction in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S thereunder. Such beneficial owner acknowledges that no representation has been made as to the availability of any exemption under the Securities Act or any State securities laws for resale of such Notes. Such beneficial owner understands that the Issuer has not been registered under the Investment Company Act, and that the Issuer is exempt from registration as such by virtue of Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act.

 

  (iv) Such beneficial owner is aware that, except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, any Notes being sold to it in reliance on Regulation S will be represented by a Regulation S Global Note and that beneficial interests therein may be held only through DTC for the respective accounts of Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

  (v) Such beneficial owner will provide notice to each Person to whom it proposes to transfer any interest in the Notes of the transfer restrictions and representations set forth in this Section 2.5, including the Exhibits referenced herein, Sections 2.11 and 2.12 hereunder, and the legends on the Notes.

 

Page 39


  (vi) Such beneficial owner understands that the Issuer, the Sole Shareholder, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Placement Agent, the Valuation Agent, and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and agreements, and such beneficial owner hereby consents to such reliance.

 

(h) Each Person who becomes an owner of a Certificated Note will be required to make the representations and agreements set forth in Exhibit B2.

 

(i) Any purported transfer of a Note not in accordance with this Section 2.5 shall be null and void and shall not be given effect for any purpose whatsoever.

 

(j) The Note Registrar, the Trustee and the Issuer shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any transferor and transferee certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 2.5 and shall be able to presume conclusively the continuing accuracy thereof, in each case without further inquiry or investigation.

 

2.6 Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Note

If (a) any mutilated or defaced Note is surrendered to a Transfer Agent, or if there shall be delivered to the Issuer, the Trustee and the relevant Transfer Agent evidence to their reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (b) there is delivered to the Issuer, the Trustee and such Transfer Agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Trustee or such Transfer Agent that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuer shall execute and, upon Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of any such mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note, of like tenor (including the same date of issuance) and equal principal or face amount, registered in the same manner, dated the date of its authentication, bearing interest from the date to which interest has been paid on the mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Note and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

If, after delivery of such new Note, a protected purchaser of the predecessor Note presents for payment, transfer or exchange such predecessor Note, the Issuer, the Transfer Agent and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such new Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking therefrom, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent in connection therewith.

In case any such mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become due and payable, the Issuer in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note pay such Note without requiring surrender thereof except that any mutilated or defaced Note shall be surrendered.

 

Page 40


Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.6, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder thereof of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.6 in lieu of any mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer and such new Note shall be entitled, subject to the second paragraph of this Section 2.6, to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 2.6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest and Other Amounts; Principal and Interest Rights Preserved

 

(a) Interest on the Notes shall accrue on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes for each day during any Monthly Period in amount equal to (i) all Interest Collections received during such Monthly Period divided by (ii) the actual number of days during such Monthly Period. Interest Collections received by the Issuer will be credited to the Interest Collection Subaccount. Interest Collections that are received in a Monthly Period will be payable to the Holders on the related Payment Date.

 

(b) Principal Collections received by the Issuer will be credited to the Principal Collection Subaccount. Principal Collections that are received in a Monthly Period will, at the election of the Collateral Manager acting on behalf of the Issuer, either be invested in Eligible Investments to be credited to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 10.2 or reinvested in Portfolio Assets that satisfy the requirements of Section 12.2. No payments of principal of the Notes shall be made prior to the Stated Maturity except as provided in Article 9.

 

(c) All payments of interest and principal on the Notes will be made in accordance with the Priority of Payments and Articles 9 and 13.

 

(d)

The Paying Agent shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed applicable tax certifications (generally, in the case of U.S. Federal income tax, either (i) in the case of a United States Person, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) or (ii) in the case of a Person that is not a United States Person, (A) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) and (B) at any other time, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY to which an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 in respect of the beneficial owner is attached (or, in each case, the applicable successor form)), any information

 

Page 41


  requested pursuant to the Noteholder Reporting Obligations, or any other certification acceptable to it to enable the Issuer, the Trustee and any Paying Agent to determine their duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay, deduct or withhold from payments in respect of such Note or the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note under any present or future law or regulation of the Cayman Islands, the United States of America, any other jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein or to comply with any reporting or other requirements under any such law or regulation. The Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any additional amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes as a result of deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges with respect to the Notes.

 

(e) Payments in respect of interest on and principal of any Note shall be made by the Trustee, in Dollars to DTC or its nominee with respect to a Global Note and to the Holder or its nominee with respect to a Certificated Note, by wire transfer, as directed by the Holder, in immediately available funds to a Dollar account maintained by DTC or its nominee with respect to a Global Note, and to the Holder or its nominee with respect to a Certificated Note; provided that (1) in the case of a Certificated Note, the Holder thereof shall have provided written wiring instructions to the Trustee on or before the related Record Date and (2) if appropriate instructions for any such wire transfer are not received by the related Record Date, then such payment shall be made by check drawn on a U.S. bank mailed to the address of the Holder specified in the Note Register. Upon final payment due on the Maturity of a Note, the Holder thereof shall present and surrender such Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or at the office of any Paying Agent on or prior to such Maturity; provided that in the absence of notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that the applicable Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, such final payment shall be made without presentation or surrender, if the Trustee and the Issuer shall have been furnished such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and an undertaking thereafter to surrender such certificate. None of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Manager, and any Paying Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by DTC, Euroclear, Clearstream or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Global Note. In the case where any final payment of principal and interest is to be made on any Note (other than on the Stated Maturity thereof), the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer shall, not more than 30 nor less than 10 days prior to the date on which such payment is to be made, mail (by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the Persons entitled thereto at their addresses appearing on the Note Register a notice which shall specify the date on which such payment will be made, the amount of such payment per U.S.$1,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes and the place where Notes may be presented and surrendered for such payment.

 

Page 42


(f) Payments to Holders shall be made ratably in the proportion that the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes registered in the name of each such Holder on the applicable Record Date bears to the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Notes on such Record Date.

 

(g) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any other document to which the Issuer may be party, the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture or any other document to which either the Issuer may be party are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Collateral and following realization of the Collateral, and application of the proceeds thereof in accordance with this Indenture, all obligations of and any claims against the Issuer hereunder or in connection herewith after such realization shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive. No recourse shall be had against any Officer, director, employee, shareholder or incorporator of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or their respective Affiliates, successors or assigns for any amounts payable under the Notes or this Indenture. It is understood that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (g) shall not (i) prevent recourse to the Collateral for the sums due or to become due under any security, instrument or agreement which is part of the Collateral; or (ii) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Notes or secured by this Indenture until such Collateral has been realized. It is further understood that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (g) shall not limit the right of any Person to name the Issuer as a party defendant in any Proceeding or in the exercise of any other remedy under the Notes or this Indenture, so long as no judgment in the nature of a deficiency judgment or seeking personal liability shall be asked for or (if obtained) enforced against any such Person.

 

(h) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7, each Note delivered under this Indenture and upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to unpaid interest and principal (or other applicable amount) that were carried by such other Note.

 

2.8 Persons Deemed Owners

The Issuer and the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat as the owner of each Note (a) for the purpose of receiving payments on such Note (whether or not such Note is overdue), the Person in whose name such Note is registered on the Note Register at the close of business on the applicable Record Date and (b) on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), the Person in whose name such Note is then registered on the Note Register, and none of the Issuer the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Page 43


2.9 Cancellation

All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange, or mutilated, defaced or deemed lost or stolen, shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee and may not be reissued or resold. No Note may be surrendered (including any surrender in connection with any abandonment, donation, gift, contribution or other event or circumstance) except for payment as provided herein under Section 2.6 or 2.7(e), or for registration of transfer, exchange or for replacement in connection with any Note mutilated, defaced or deemed lost or stolen. Any such Notes shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated or registered in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section 2.9, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Notes held by the Trustee shall be destroyed or held by the Trustee in accordance with its standard retention policy unless the Issuer shall direct by an Issuer Order received prior to destruction that they be returned to it.

 

2.10 DTC Ceases to be Depository

 

(a) A Global Note deposited with DTC pursuant to Section 2.2 shall be transferred in the form of a corresponding Certificated Note to the beneficial owners thereof only if (A) such transfer complies with Section 2.5 of this Indenture and (B) either (x) (i) DTC notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note or (ii) DTC ceases to be a Clearing Agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depository is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days after such event or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such transfer is requested by the Holder of such Global Note.

 

(b) Any Global Note that is transferable in the form of a corresponding Certificated Note to the beneficial owner thereof pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be surrendered by DTC to the Trustee’s office located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive physical certificates (pursuant to the instructions of DTC) in authorized denominations. Any Certificated Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.5, bear the legends set forth in the applicable Exhibit A and shall be subject to the transfer restrictions referred to in such legends.

 

(c) Subject to the provisions of sub-Section (b) of this Section 2.10, the Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which such Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

Page 44


(d) In the event of the occurrence of either of the events specified in sub-Section (a) of this Section 2.10, the Issuer will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Certificated Notes.

In the event that Certificated Notes are not so issued by the Issuer to such beneficial owners of interests in Global Notes as required by sub-Section (a) of this Section 2.10, the Issuer expressly acknowledges that the beneficial owners shall be entitled to pursue any remedy that the Holders of a Global Note would be entitled to pursue in accordance with Article 5 of this Indenture (but only to the extent of such beneficial owner’s interest in the Global Note) as if corresponding Certificated Notes had been issued; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate of ownership provided by such beneficial owners and/or other forms of reasonable evidence of such ownership (including a certificate in the form of Exhibit E).

 

2.11 Non-Permitted Holders or Violation of ERISA Representations or Noteholder Reporting Obligations

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Indenture, any transfer of a beneficial interest in any Note to a person that is not (i) a Qualified Institutional Buyer and (ii) a Qualified Purchaser (or an entity beneficially owned exclusively by Qualified Purchasers) and that is not made pursuant to an applicable exemption under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act shall be null and void and any such purported transfer of which the Issuer or the Trustee shall have notice may be disregarded by the Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar for all purposes.

 

(b)

If (x) any person that is not permitted to acquire an interest in a Note or Notes (including in such form) pursuant to Section 2.11(a) shall become the beneficial owner of an interest in such Note or Notes or (y) any Holder of Notes shall fail to comply with the Noteholder Reporting Obligations (any such Person, a Non-Permitted Holder ), the Issuer shall, promptly after discovery that such Person is a Non-Permitted Holder by the Issuer or the Trustee (and notice by the Trustee (if a Trust Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge) to the Issuer if the Trustee makes the discovery), send notice to such Non-Permitted Holder demanding that such Non-Permitted Holder transfer its interest in the Notes held by such Person to a Person that is not a Non-Permitted Holder within 30 days after the date of such notice. If such Non-Permitted Holder fails to so transfer such Notes, the Issuer or the Collateral Manager acting for the Issuer shall have the right, without further notice to the Non-Permitted Holder, to sell such Notes or interest in such Notes to a purchaser selected by the Issuer that is not a Non-Permitted Holder on such terms as the Issuer may choose. The Issuer, or the Collateral Manager acting on behalf of the Issuer, may select the purchaser by soliciting one or more bids from one or more brokers or other market professionals that regularly deal in securities similar to the Notes and sell such Notes to the highest such bidder, provided that the Collateral Manager, its Affiliates and accounts, funds, clients or

 

Page 45


  portfolios established and controlled by the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates shall be entitled to bid in any such sale (to the extent any such entity is not a Non-Permitted Holder). However, the Issuer or the Collateral Manager may select a purchaser by any other means determined by it in its sole discretion. The Holder of each Note, the Non-Permitted Holder and each other Person in the chain of title from the Holder to the Non-Permitted Holder, by its acceptance of an interest in the Notes, agrees to cooperate with the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and the Trustee to effect such transfers. The proceeds of such sale, net of any commissions, expenses and taxes due in connection with such sale shall be remitted to the Non-Permitted Holder. The terms and conditions of any sale under this Section 2.11(b) shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Issuer, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or the Collateral Manager or any of their Affiliates shall be liable to any Person having an interest in the Notes sold as a result of any such sale or the exercise of such discretion.

 

(c) Any transfer of a beneficial interest in a Note to a Person who is a Benefit Plan Investor or acting on behalf of or using the assets of any Benefit Plan Investor to acquire such Note (any such Person, a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder ) shall be null and void and any such purported transfer of which the Issuer or the Trustee shall have notice may be disregarded by the Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar for all purposes.

 

(d)

If any Non-Permitted ERISA Holder shall become the beneficial owner of an interest in any Note, the Issuer shall, promptly after discovery that such Person is a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder by the Issuer or upon notice from the Trustee (if a Trust Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge), if the Trustee makes the discovery and who agrees to notify the Issuer of such discovery, send notice to such Non-Permitted ERISA Holder demanding that such Non-Permitted ERISA Holder transfer all or any portion of the Notes held by such Person to a Person that is not a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder (and that is otherwise eligible to hold such Notes or an interest therein) within 20 days after the date of such notice. If such Non-Permitted ERISA Holder fails to so transfer such Notes the Issuer or the Collateral Manager acting for the Issuer shall have the right, without further notice to the Non-Permitted ERISA Holder, to sell such Notes or interest in such Notes to a purchaser selected by the Issuer that is not a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder (and that is otherwise eligible to hold such Notes or an interest therein) on such terms as the Issuer may choose. The Issuer, or the Collateral Manager acting on behalf of the Issuer, may select the purchaser by soliciting one or more bids from one or more brokers or other market professionals that regularly deal in securities similar to the Notes and sell such Notes to the highest such bidder, provided that the Collateral Manager, its Affiliates and accounts, funds, clients or portfolios established and controlled by the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates shall be entitled to bid in any such sale (to the extent any such entity is not a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder). However, the Issuer or the Collateral Manager may select a purchaser by any other means determined by it in its sole

 

Page 46


  discretion. The Holder of each Note, the Non-Permitted ERISA Holder and each other Person in the chain of title from the Holder to the Non-Permitted ERISA Holder, by its acceptance of an interest in the Notes agrees to cooperate with the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and the Trustee to effect such transfers. The proceeds of such sale, net of any commissions, expenses and taxes due in connection with such sale shall be remitted to the Non-Permitted ERISA Holder. The terms and conditions of any sale under this Section 2.11(d) shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Issuer, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or the Collateral Manager or any of their Affiliates shall be liable to any Person having an interest in the Notes sold as a result of any such sale or the exercise of such discretion.

 

2.12 Tax Certification and Noteholder Reporting Obligations

 

(a) Each Holder and beneficial owner of a Note, by acceptance of such Note or an interest in such Note, shall be deemed to understand and acknowledge that failure to provide the Issuer, the Trustee or any Paying Agent with the properly completed and signed applicable tax certifications (generally, in the case of U.S. Federal income tax, either (i) in the case of a United States Person, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) or (ii) in the case of a Person that is not a United States Person, (A) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) and (B) at any other time, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY to which an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 in respect of the beneficial owner is attached (or, in each case, the applicable successor form)) or the failure to meet its Noteholder Reporting Obligations may result in withholding from payments in respect of such Note, including U.S. Federal withholding or back-up withholding.

 

(b) If a payment made to a Holder under this agreement is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code ( FATCA ) then any Holder that may be subject to such withholding shall deliver to the Issuer (or its authorized agent), the Trustee and any Paying Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Issuer (or its authorized agent), the Trustee or a Paying Agent, documentation necessary for the Issuer, Trustee or Paying Agent to determine their obligations under FATCA and shall update any such information or documentation provided upon learning that any such information or documentation previously provided has become obsolete or incorrect or is otherwise required (the foregoing requirements of this Section 2.12(b), the Noteholder Reporting Obligations ).

 

2.13 Additional Issuance of Notes

At the direction of the Collateral Manager, the Issuer may issue and sell, pursuant to a supplemental indenture issued in accordance with Section 8.2 and the other applicable provisions of Article 8, additional notes of any one or more new classes of notes that are

 

Page 47


fully subordinated to the existing Notes (or to the most junior class of securities of the Issuer issued pursuant to this Indenture, if any class of securities issued pursuant to this Indenture other than the Notes is then Outstanding) and/or additional Class A Notes and use the proceeds to purchase additional Portfolio Assets or as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; provided that, in the case of additional issuances of notes of any one or more new classes of notes and/or additional Class A Notes pursuant to this Indenture, the following conditions are met:

 

(a) each Holder shall have provided its prior written consent to such issuance;

 

(b) the terms of each additional note issued must be substantially identical to the respective terms of previously issued notes (except that the interest due on such additional notes will accrue from the issue date of such additional notes and interest, seniority of payments and certain consent or approval rights hereunder may differ among notes that are subordinated to the existing Notes);

 

(c) receipt by the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel that such issuance shall not cause the Issuer, the Sole Shareholder or the pool of Collateral to become an investment company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act;

 

(d) the proceeds of any additional notes (net of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such issuance) shall be treated as Principal Collections and used to purchase additional Portfolio Assets, to invest in Eligible Investments or to apply pursuant to the Priority of Payments;

 

(e) an opinion of tax counsel of nationally recognized standing in the United States experienced in such matters shall be delivered to the Trustee to the effect that in the case of additional Class A Notes, such issuance would not cause the Holders or beneficial owners of previously issued Class A Notes to be deemed to have sold or exchanged such Notes under Section 1001 of the Code; and

 

(f) any additional notes issued as described above will, to the extent reasonably practicable, be offered first to Holders of Notes in such amounts as are necessary to preserve their pro rata holdings of Notes.

 

3. C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT

 

3.1 Conditions to Issuance of Notes on Closing Date

The Notes to be issued on the Closing Date may be registered in the names of the respective Holders thereof and may be executed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon Issuer Order and upon receipt by the Trustee of the following:

 

Page 48


(a) Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer Regarding Limited Liability Company Matters. An Officer’s certificate of the Issuer (A) evidencing the authorization of the execution and delivery on behalf of the Issuer of (1) the Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party and (2) such related documents as may be required for the purpose of the transactions contemplated therein and (B) certifying that (1) the attached copy of the Authorizing Resolution and Constitutive Documents is, in each case, a true and complete copy thereof, (2) such authorizations have not been amended or rescinded and are in full force and effect on and as of the Closing Date, (3) the Officers of the Issuer authorized to execute and deliver such documents hold the offices and have the signatures indicated thereon and (4) all Portfolio Asset Obligors on all Portfolio Assets have been directed to make all payments under the relevant Underlying Instrument in respect of such Portfolio Asset directly to the Collection Account.

 

(b) Officers’ Certificate of the Sole Shareholder Regarding Limited Liability Company Matters. An Officer’s certificate of the Sole Shareholder (A) evidencing the authorization by Authorizing Resolution of the execution and delivery of (1) the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (2) such related documents as may be required for the purpose of the transactions contemplated therein and (B) certifying that (1) the attached copy of the Authorizing Resolution and Constitutive Documents is in each case a true and complete copy thereof, (2) such resolutions have not been amended or rescinded and are in full force and effect on and as of the Closing Date, (3) the Officers of the Sole Shareholder or its manager authorized to execute and deliver such documents hold the offices and have the signatures indicated thereon.

 

(c) Governmental Approvals. From the Issuer either (A) a certificate of the Issuer, or other official document, evidencing the due authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body or bodies, at the time having jurisdiction in the premises, together with an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer that no other authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body is required for the valid issuance of the Notes or (B) an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer that no such authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body is required for the valid issuance of the Notes except as has been given.

 

(d) U.S. Counsel Opinions. Opinion of Nixon Peabody LLP, counsel to the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator, and Bingham McCutchen LLP, counsel to the Issuer, Sole Shareholder and Collateral Manager, each dated the Closing Date, substantially in the respective forms of Exhibit C and Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

(e) Cayman Counsel Opinion. An opinion of Appleby (Cayman) Ltd., Cayman Islands counsel to the Issuer, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto.

 

(f)

Officers’ Certificates of Issuer Regarding Indenture. A certificate of the Issuer stating that, to the undersigned officer’s knowledge, the Issuer is not in default under this Indenture and that the issuance of the Notes applied for by it will not result in a default or a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions

 

Page 49


  of, or constitute a default under, its organizational documents, any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order of any court or administrative agency entered in any Proceeding to which it is a party or by which it may be bound or to which it may be subject; that all conditions precedent provided in this Indenture relating to the authentication and delivery of the Notes applied for by it have been complied with; and that all expenses due or accrued with respect to the issuance and sale of such Notes or relating to actions taken on or in connection with the Closing Date have been paid or reserves therefor have been made. The Officer’s certificate of the Issuer shall also state that all of its representations and warranties contained herein are true and correct as of the Closing Date.

 

(g) Transaction Documents. An executed counterpart of each Transaction Document.

 

(h) Grant of Portfolio Assets. The Grant by the Issuer pursuant to the Granting Clauses of this Indenture of all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the Portfolio Assets pledged to the Trustee for inclusion in the Collateral on the Closing Date shall be effective, and Delivery of such Collateral (including any promissory note and all other Underlying Instruments related thereto to the extent received by the Issuer) as contemplated by Section 3.2 shall have been effected.

 

(i) Certificate of the Issuer Regarding Collateral. A certificate of an Authorized Representative of the Issuer, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that:

 

  (i) in the case of each Portfolio Asset pledged to the Trustee, on the Closing Date and immediately prior to the Delivery thereof on the Closing Date;

 

  (A) the Issuer is the owner of each Portfolio Asset free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever except for (i) those which are being released on the Closing Date and (ii) those Granted pursuant to this Indenture;

 

  (B) the Issuer has acquired its ownership in each Portfolio Asset in good faith without notice of any adverse claim, except as described in paragraph (A) above;

 

  (C) the Issuer has not assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered any interest in any such Portfolio Asset (or, if any such interest has been assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered, it has been released or will be released on the Closing Date) other than interests Granted pursuant to this Indenture;

 

  (D) the Issuer has full right to Grant a security interest in and assign and pledge each Portfolio Asset to the Trustee;

 

Page 50


  (E) Schedule 1 hereto is a complete list of the Portfolio Assets as of the Closing Date and the information set forth with respect to such Portfolio Asset in Schedule 1 hereto is correct; and

 

  (F) upon Grant by the Issuer, the Trustee has (or will have, upon the filing of the Financing Statement(s) contemplated in Section 7.5 of this Indenture and the execution and delivery of the Issuer Account Control Agreement) a first priority perfected security interest in the Portfolio Assets and other Collateral, except as permitted by this Indenture; and

 

  (ii) each Portfolio Asset that the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer purchased or committed to purchase on or prior to the Closing Date satisfies, or will upon its acquisition satisfy, the requirements of Section 12.2(a).

 

(j) Accounts. Evidence of the establishment of each of the Accounts.

 

(k) [Reserved]

 

(l) Withholding Certificates. From each Holder acquiring Notes on the Closing Date, either (A) a properly completed and duly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or (B) a properly completed and duly executed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY to which are attached forms described in clause (A) in respect of each beneficial owner of the Notes.

 

(m) Other Documents. Such other documents as the Trustee may reasonably require.

 

3.2 Custodianship; Delivery of Portfolio Assets and Eligible Investments

 

(a) The Issuer, shall deliver or cause to be delivered to a custodian appointed by the Issuer, which shall be a Securities Intermediary (the Custodian ), all Collateral in accordance with the definition of “Deliver”. Initially, the Custodian shall be the Bank. Any successor custodian shall be a State or national bank or trust company that has capital and surplus of at least U.S.$200,000,000 acting as a Securities Intermediary. The Trustee or the Custodian, as applicable, shall hold (i) all Portfolio Assets, Eligible Investments, Cash and other investments purchased in accordance with this Indenture and (ii) all other Collateral otherwise Delivered to the Trustee or the Custodian, as applicable, by or on behalf of the Issuer, in the relevant Account established and maintained pursuant to Article 10; as to which in each case the Trustee shall have entered into the Issuer Account Control Agreement (or an agreement substantially in the form thereof, in the case of a successor custodian) providing, inter alia, that the establishment and maintenance of such Account will be governed by a law of a jurisdiction satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

Page 51


(b) Each time that the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer directs or causes the acquisition of any Portfolio Asset, Eligible Investment or other investment, the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Issuer) shall, if the Portfolio Asset or Eligible Investment is required to be, but has not already been, transferred to the relevant Account, cause the Portfolio Asset, Eligible Investment or other investment to be Delivered to the Custodian to be held in the Custodial Account, or in the case of any Eligible Investment, in the Account in which the funds used to purchase the investment are held in accordance with Article 10, for the benefit of the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture. The security interest of the Trustee in the funds or other property used in connection with the acquisition shall, immediately and without further action on the part of the Trustee, be released. The security interest of the Trustee shall nevertheless come into existence and continue in the related Portfolio Asset or Eligible Investment so acquired, including all interests of the Issuer in to any contracts related to and proceeds of such Portfolio Asset or Eligible Investment.

 

3.3 Application of Proceeds of Issuance

The Issuer shall apply the proceeds of issuance of the Notes received on the Closing Date (a) for the purchase of Portfolio Assets, (b) to fund the Expense Account and the Delayed-Draw/Committed Proceeds Account pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 10.3(c) and 10.3(d), respectively, and (c) to fund Eligible Investments.

 

4. S ATISFACTION A ND D ISCHARGE

 

4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Holders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, (v) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Collateral Manager hereunder and under the Collateral Management Agreement, (vi) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Collateral Administrator hereunder and under the Collateral Administration Agreement, and (vii) the rights of Holders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property deposited with the Trustee and payable to all or any of them (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture) when:

 

(a) either:

 

  (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered to Holders (other than (A) Notes which have been mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6, (B) Notes for whose payment Cash has theretofore irrevocably been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 7.3, and (C) Notes in respect of which final payment has been made without presentation or surrender pursuant to Section 2.7(e) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

Page 52


  (ii) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable, or (B) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust for such purpose, Cash or non-callable direct obligations of the United States of America; provided that the obligations are entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States of America or are debt obligations which are rated “Aaa” by Moody’s and “AAA” by S&P, in an amount sufficient, as verified by a firm of Independent certified public accountants which are nationally recognized, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes, for principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable), or to their Stated Maturity, as the case may be, and shall have Granted to the Trustee a valid perfected security interest in such Eligible Investment that is of first priority or free of any adverse claim, as applicable, and shall have furnished an Opinion of Counsel with respect thereto; provided that this sub-section (ii) shall not apply if an election to act in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.5(a) shall have been made and not rescinded;

 

(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable hereunder (including any amounts then due and payable pursuant to the Collateral Administration Agreement and the Collateral Management Agreement) by the Issuer and no other amounts are scheduled to be due and payable by the Issuer;

 

(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee Officers’ certificates and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; and

 

(d) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee a certificate stating that (i) there is no Collateral that remains subject to the lien of this Indenture and (ii) all funds on deposit in the Accounts have been distributed in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including the Priority of Payments) or have otherwise been irrevocably deposited in trust with the Trustee for such purpose.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee and, if applicable, the Holders, as the case may be, under Sections 2.7, 4.2, 5.4(d), 5.9, 5.18, 6.6, 6.7, 7.1 and 7.3 shall survive.

 

4.2 Application of Trust Cash

All Cash and obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by it in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this

 

Page 53


Indenture, including, without limitation, the Priority of Payments, to the payment of principal and interest, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Trustee may determine; and such Cash and obligations shall be held in a segregated account identified as being held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

4.3 Repayment of Cash Held by Paying Agent

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all Cash then held by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be paid to the Trustee to be held and applied pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof and in accordance with the Priority of Payments and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such Cash.

 

5. R EMEDIES

 

5.1 Events of Default

Event of Default , wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(a) the Issuer shall default in the payment of any principal, interest or other amount owing under the Notes when due (whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, upon optional or mandatory prepayment or otherwise) and such default shall continue for at least three Business Days after notice thereof to the Issuer by any Holder; or

 

(b) the failure (i) on any Payment Date to disburse amounts available in the Payment Account in accordance with the Priority of Payments and the continuation of such failure for a period of three Business Days, or (ii) by the Sole Shareholder to make any equity contribution or other amount owing to the Issuer pursuant to the Issuer Contribution Agreement and the continuation of such failure for a period of three Business Days; or

 

(c) any representation, warranty or certification made herein or pursuant hereto or in or pursuant to any Support Document (or in any modification or supplement hereto or thereto) by the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder shall prove to have been false or misleading as of the time made in any material respect; provided , however, that if any such representation, warranty or certification is (i) remediable and (ii) not the result of fraud or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuer or Sole Shareholder, such representation, warranty or certification continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after the Issuer becomes aware of such false or misleading representation, warranty or certification; or

 

Page 54


(d) (i) the Issuer shall default in the performance of any of its other obligations hereunder or (ii) the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder shall default in the performance of any of its obligations under any Support Document, and in each case such default (A) has a material adverse effect on the Holders of the Notes and (B) if remediable, continues unremedied for a period of 10 days after notice thereof to the Issuer by any Holder; or

 

(e) the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder shall (1) be dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) become insolvent or unable to pay its debts or fail or admit in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) make a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) institute or have instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition shall be presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition (A) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (B) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) have a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seek or become subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) have a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or have a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party shall maintain possession, or any such process shall not be dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter; (8) cause or become subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) (inclusive); or (9) take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

 

(f) the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder shall consolidate or amalgamate with, or merge with or into, or transfer all or substantially all its assets to, another Person and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer:

 

  (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person shall fail to assume all the obligations of the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder under the Notes or any Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement satisfactory to the Holders of all Notes then Outstanding;

 

Page 55


  (ii) the benefits of any Support Document shall fail to extend (without the unanimous consent of the Holders of all Notes then Outstanding) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee Person of its obligations under such Support Document; or

 

  (iii) the creditworthiness of the resulting, surviving or transferee Person shall be materially weaker than that of the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder, as the case may be, immediately prior to such advance; or

 

(g) any Transaction Document shall cease to be in full force or effect or the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder shall disaffirm, disclaim, repudiate or reject, in whole or in part, or challenge the validity of, any Transaction Document to which it is a party; or

 

(h) the Constitutive Documents of the Issuer shall be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, or shall be terminated, without the consent of each Holder, except for any amendment, supplement or other modification that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(i) any of the Issuer, the Sole Shareholder or the pool of Collateral becomes an investment company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act; or

 

(j) any default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of Sole Shareholder under any obligation for the payment of Indebtedness under any agreement or instrument in an amount greater than U.S.$10,000,000 has resulted in such Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under, such agreement or instrument (including as a result of the early termination thereof), before it would otherwise have been due and payable; or

 

(k) an “Event of Default” or “Additional Termination Event” occurs and is continuing under the ISDA Master Agreement with respect to which the Sole Shareholder is the “Defaulting Party” or “Affected Party” (as each such term is defined therein).

Upon obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of an Event of Default, each of (i) the Issuer, (ii) the Trustee and (iii) the Collateral Manager shall notify each other. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default known or made known pursuant to the foregoing to a Trust Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall, not later than one Business Day thereafter, notify the Holders (as their names appear on the Note Register), each Paying Agent and DTC of such Event of Default in writing (unless such Event of Default has been waived as provided in Section 5.14).

 

Page 56


5.2 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

 

(a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(e)), the Trustee may, and shall (upon the written direction of the Majority Noteholders), by notice to the Issuer, declare the principal of all the Notes to be immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration such principal, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and other amounts payable hereunder, shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(e) occurs, all unpaid principal, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, of all the Notes, and other amounts payable thereunder and hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

(b) At any time after such a declaration of acceleration of maturity has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the Cash due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article 5, such declaration may not be rescinded except by the Majority Noteholders.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

The Issuer covenants that if a default shall occur in respect of the payment of any principal of or interest when due and payable on any Note, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holder of such Note, the whole amount, if any, then due and payable on such Note for principal and interest with interest upon the overdue principal and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may, and shall upon direction of the Majority Noteholders, institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder and collect the Cash adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the Collateral.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion, and shall upon written direction of the Majority Noteholders, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Secured Parties by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual (if no such direction is received by the Trustee) or as the Trustee may be directed by the Majority Noteholders, to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

 

Page 57


Subject always to the provisions of Section 5.8, in case there shall be pending Proceedings relative to the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder under the Bankruptcy Law or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder or their respective property or such other obligor or its property, or in case of any other comparable Proceedings relative to the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder, or the creditors or property of the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder, the Trustee, regardless of whether the principal of any Note shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and regardless of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.3, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

 

(a) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes upon direction by the Majority Noteholders and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the Holders allowed in any Proceedings relative to the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or the Sole Shareholder;

 

(b) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Holders upon the direction of the Majority Noteholders, in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency Proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable Proceedings; and

 

(c) to collect and receive any Cash or other property payable to or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Holders and of the Trustee on their behalf; and any trustee, receiver or liquidator, custodian or other similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Holders to make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to the Holders to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

 

Page 58


Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holders, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holders, as applicable, in any such Proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

In any Proceedings brought by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes (and any such Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.3 to the contrary, the Trustee may not sell or liquidate the Collateral or institute Proceedings in furtherance thereof pursuant to this Section 5.3 except according to the provisions specified in Section 5.5(a) .

 

5.4 Remedies

 

(a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and the Notes have been declared or have become due and payable (an Acceleration Event ) and such Acceleration Event and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Issuer agrees that the Trustee may, and shall, upon written direction of the Majority Noteholders, to the extent permitted by applicable law, exercise one or more of the following rights, privileges and remedies:

 

  (i) with respect to each Portfolio Asset, the Trustee (at the direction of the Majority Noteholders) may direct each Portfolio Asset Obligor thereon under the relevant Underlying Instrument to pay all amounts payable under such Underlying Instrument to (or to the order of) the Trustee in satisfaction of all payment obligations thereunder;

 

  (ii) the Trustee in its discretion may, in its name or in the name of the Issuer or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for the Portfolio Assets and other Collateral but shall be under no obligation to do so;

 

  (iii) the Trustee may set-off any amounts payable by the Issuer with respect to any obligations against any Collateral in the form of Cash; and

 

  (iv) institute Proceedings for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Notes or otherwise payable under this Indenture, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Portfolio Assets and other Collateral any Cash adjudged due;

 

Page 59


  (v) sell or cause the sale of all or a portion of the Portfolio Assets and other Collateral or rights or interests therein, at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law and in accordance with Section 5.17 hereof;

 

  (vi) institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Portfolio Assets and other Collateral;

 

  (vii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes hereunder (including exercising all rights of the Trustee under any Support Document); and

 

  (viii) exercise any other rights and remedies that may be available at law or in equity;

provided that the Trustee may not sell or liquidate the Collateral or institute Proceedings in furtherance thereof pursuant to this Section 5.4 except according to the provisions of Section 5.5(a).

The Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking firm of national reputation (the cost of which shall be payable as an Administrative Expense) in structuring and distributing securities similar to the Notes, which may be the Valuation Agent, as to the feasibility of any action proposed to be taken in accordance with this Section 5.4 and as to the sufficiency of the proceeds and other amounts receivable with respect to the Collateral to make the required payments of principal of and interest on the Notes which opinion shall be conclusive evidence as to such feasibility or sufficiency.

 

(b) If an Event of Default as described in Section 5.1(d) hereof shall have occurred and be continuing the Trustee shall be entitled, and at the direction of the Majority Noteholders shall, institute (or cause the Issuer to institute, in which case the Issuer shall comply with any instruction of the Trustee with respect to such Proceeding) a Proceeding solely to compel performance of the covenant or agreement or to cure the representation or warranty, the breach of which gave rise to the Event of Default under such Section, and enforce any equitable decree or order arising from such Proceeding.

 

(c) Upon any sale, whether made under the power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial Proceedings, any Secured Party may bid for and purchase the Collateral or any part thereof and, upon compliance with the terms of sale, may hold, retain, possess or dispose of such property in its or their own absolute right without accountability.

 

Page 60


Upon any sale, whether made under the power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial Proceedings, the receipt of Cash by the Trustee, or of the Officer making a sale under judicial Proceedings, shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers at any sale for its or their purchase, and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obliged to see to the application thereof.

Any such sale, whether under any power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial Proceedings, shall bind the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, shall operate to divest all right, title and interest whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of each of them in and to the property sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against each of them and their successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming through or under them.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, none of the Trustee, the Secured Parties or the Holders may, prior to the date which is one year (or if longer, any applicable preference period) and one day after the payment in full of all Notes and any other debt obligations of the Issuer that have been rated upon issuance by any rating agency at the request of the Issuer, institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation Proceedings, or other Proceedings under Cayman Islands, U.S. Federal or State bankruptcy or similar laws. Nothing in this Section 5.4 shall preclude, or be deemed to estop, the Trustee, any Secured Party or any Holder (i) from taking any action prior to the expiration of the aforementioned period in (A) any case or Proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Issuer or (B) any involuntary insolvency Proceeding filed or commenced by a Person other than the Trustee, such Secured Party or such Holder, respectively, or (ii) from commencing against the Issuer or any of its properties any legal action which is not a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation Proceeding.

 

5.5 Optional Preservation of Collateral

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall retain the Collateral securing the Notes intact, collect and cause the collection of the proceeds thereof and make and apply all payments and deposits and maintain all accounts in respect of the Collateral and the Notes in accordance with the Priority of Payments and the provisions of Article 10 and Article 12 unless either:

 

  (i) the Trustee, pursuant to Section 5.5(c), determines that the anticipated proceeds of a sale or liquidation of the Collateral (after deducting the reasonable expenses of such sale or liquidation) would be sufficient to discharge in full the amounts then due (or, in the case of interest, accrued) and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, and all other amounts that, pursuant to the Priority of Payments, are required to be paid prior to such payments on such Notes (including amounts due and owing as Administrative Expenses), and the Majority Noteholders agree with such determination; or

 

Page 61


  (ii) the Majority Noteholders direct the sale and liquidation of the Collateral.

The Trustee shall give written notice of the retention of the Collateral to the Issuer with a copy to the Collateral Manager. So long as such Event of Default is continuing, any such retention pursuant to this Section 5.5(a) may be rescinded at any time when the conditions specified in clause (i) or (ii) exist.

 

(b) Nothing contained in Section 5.5(a) shall be construed to require the Trustee to sell the Collateral securing the Notes if the conditions set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 5.5(a) are not satisfied. Nothing contained in Section 5.5(a) shall be construed to require the Trustee to preserve the Collateral securing the Notes if prohibited by applicable law.

 

(c) In determining whether the condition specified in Section 5.5(a)(i) exists, the Trustee shall compute the anticipated proceeds of sale or liquidation on the basis of the Current Price of each Portfolio Asset. In addition, for the purposes of determining issues relating to the execution of a sale or liquidation of the Collateral and the execution of a sale or other liquidation thereof in connection with a determination whether the condition specified in Section 5.5(a)(i) exists, the Trustee may retain and rely on an opinion of an Independent investment banking firm of national reputation (the cost of which shall be payable as an Administrative Expense).

The Trustee shall deliver to the Holders and the Collateral Manager a report stating the results of any determination required pursuant to Section 5.5(a)(i) no later than 10 days after such determination is made. The Trustee shall make the determinations required by Section 5.5(a)(i) within 30 days after an Event of Default and at the request of the Majority Noteholders at any time during which the Trustee retains the Collateral pursuant to Section 5.5(a)(i).

 

(d) This Section 5.5 shall in all respects be subject to the application of Section 12.1(c). In the event of any conflicting notice or instruction delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1(c) and pursuant to this Section 5, the notice or instruction delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1(c) shall govern and the Trustee shall follow, and entitled to rely upon, such notice or instruction delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1(c).

 

5.6 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or under any of the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other Proceeding relating thereto, and any such action or Proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be applied as set forth in Section 5.7 hereof.

 

Page 62


5.7 Application of Cash Collected

Any Cash collected by the Trustee with respect to the Notes pursuant to this Article 5 and any Cash that may then be held or thereafter received by the Trustee with respect to the

Notes hereunder shall be applied, in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.1(a)(iii), at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee (each such date to occur on a Payment Date). Upon the final distribution of all proceeds of any liquidation effected hereunder, the provisions of Section 4.1(b) shall be deemed satisfied for the purposes of discharging this Indenture pursuant to Article 4.

 

5.8 Limitation on Suits

No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any Proceedings, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(a) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default;

 

(b) the Majority Noteholders shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute Proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder and such Holder or Holders have provided the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(c) the Trustee, for 30 days after its receipt of such notice, request and provision of such indemnity, has failed to institute any such Proceeding; and

 

(d) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 30-day period by the Majority Noteholders; it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders subject to and in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 

5.9 Unconditional Rights of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest

Subject to Section 2.7(g), but notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive

 

Page 63


payment of the principal of and interest on such Note, as such principal, interest and other amounts become due and payable in accordance with the Priority of Payments, as the case may be, and, subject to the provisions of Section 5.8, to institute proceedings for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

5.10 Restoration of Rights and Remedies

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holder shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holder shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

 

5.11 Rights and Remedies Cumulative

No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

5.12 Delay or Omission Not Waiver

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein or of a subsequent Event of Default. Every right and remedy given by this Article 5 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Notes may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of the Notes.

 

5.13 Control by Majority Noteholders

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Majority Noteholders shall have the right following the occurrence, and during the continuance of, an Event of Default to cause the institution of and direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee; provided that:

 

(a) such direction shall not conflict with any rule of law or with any express provision of this Indenture;

 

(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction; provided that subject to Section 6.1, the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability (unless the Trustee has received the indemnity as set forth in sub-Section (c) below);

 

Page 64


(c) the Trustee shall have been provided with indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it; and

 

(d) notwithstanding the foregoing, any direction to the Trustee to undertake a Sale of the Collateral must satisfy the requirements of Section 5.5.

 

5.14 Waiver of Past Defaults

Prior to the time a judgment or decree for payment of the Cash due has been obtained by the Trustee, as provided in this Article 5, Holders of the Notes may waive any past Event of Default or any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default and its consequences; provided that any such Event of Default or occurrence in respect of a covenant or provision hereof cannot be modified or amended without the waiver or consent of each Holder.

In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto. The Trustee shall promptly give written notice of any such waiver to the Collateral Manager and each Holder.

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

5.15 Undertaking for Costs

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.15 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note on or after the applicable Stated Maturity.

 

Page 65


5.16 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any valuation, appraisement, redemption or marshalling law or rights, in each case wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants, the performance of or any remedies under this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law or rights, and covenant that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted or rights created.

 

5.17 Sale of Collateral

 

(a) The power to effect any sale or other disposition (a Sale ) of any portion of the Collateral pursuant to Sections 5.4 and 5.5 shall not be exhausted by any one or more Sales as to any portion of such Collateral remaining unsold, but shall continue unimpaired until the entire Collateral shall have been sold or all amounts secured by the Collateral shall have been paid. The Trustee may upon notice to the Holders, and shall, upon direction of the Majority Noteholders, from time to time postpone any Sale by public announcement made at the time and place of such Sale. The Trustee hereby expressly waives its rights to any amount fixed by law as compensation for any Sale; provided that the Trustee shall be authorized to deduct the reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by it in connection with such Sale from the proceeds thereof notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.7.

 

(b) The Trustee, the Collateral Manager or any of the Collateral Manager’s Affiliates may bid for and acquire any portion of the Collateral in connection with a public Sale thereof, and may pay all or part of the purchase price by crediting against amounts owing on the Notes in the case of the Collateral or other amounts secured by the Collateral, all or part of the net proceeds of such Sale after deducting the reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Trustee, the Collateral Manager or an Affiliate of the Collateral Manager, as the case may be, in connection with such Sale notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.7 hereof. The Notes need not be produced in order to complete any such Sale, or in order for the net proceeds of such Sale to be credited against amounts owing on the Notes. The Trustee and the Collateral Manager may hold, lease, operate, manage or otherwise deal with any property so acquired in any manner permitted by law in accordance with this Indenture and the Collateral Management Agreement, respectively.

 

(c)

If any portion of the Collateral consists of securities issued without registration under the Securities Act ( Unregistered Securities ), the Trustee may seek an Opinion of Counsel, or, if no such Opinion of Counsel can be obtained and with the consent of the Majority Noteholders, seek a no action position from the

 

Page 66


  Securities and Exchange Commission or any other relevant Federal or State regulatory authorities, regarding the legality of a public or private Sale of such Unregistered Securities.

 

(d) The Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument of conveyance transferring its interest in any portion of the Collateral in connection with a Sale thereof. In addition, the Trustee is hereby irrevocably appointed the agent and attorney in fact of the Issuer to transfer and convey its interest in any portion of the Collateral in connection with a Sale thereof, and to take all action necessary to effect such Sale. No purchaser or transferee at such a sale shall be bound to ascertain the Trustee’s authority, to inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any Cash.

 

5.18 Action on the Notes

The Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by the seeking or obtaining of or application for any other relief under or with respect to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Trustee or the Holders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Collateral or upon any of the assets of the Issuer.

 

6. T HE T RUSTEE

 

6.1 Certain Duties and Responsibilities

 

(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

  (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

  (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided that in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they substantially conform to the requirements of this Indenture and shall promptly, but in any event within three Business Days in the case of an Officer’s certificate furnished by the Collateral Manager, notify the party delivering the same if such certificate or opinion does not conform. If a corrected form shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 15 days after such notice from the Trustee, the Trustee shall so notify the Holders.

 

Page 67


(b) In case an Event of Default known to the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from the Majority Noteholders, or such other percentage as permitted by this Indenture, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

  (i) this sub-Section (c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of sub-Section (a) of this Section 6.1;

 

  (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it shall be proven that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

  (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager in accordance with this Indenture and/or the Majority Noteholders (or such other percentage as may be required by the terms hereof) relating to the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

 

  (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers contemplated hereunder, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it (if the amount of such funds or risk or liability is reasonably expected not to exceed the amount available for payment to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7(a) on the immediately succeeding Payment Date net of the amounts specified in Section 6.7(a), the Trustee shall be deemed to be reasonably assured of such repayment) unless such risk or liability relates to the performance of its ordinary services, including mailing of notices under Article 5, under this Indenture; and

 

  (v) in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage (including lost profits) even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such damages and regardless of such action.

 

Page 68


(d) For all purposes under this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Event of Default described in Sections 5.1(e) or 5.1(i) unless a Trust Officer assigned to and working in the Corporate Trust Office has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such an Event of Default or Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Notes generally, the Issuer, the Collateral or this Indenture. For purposes of determining the Trustee’s responsibility and liability hereunder, whenever reference is made in this Indenture to such an Event of Default or a Default, such reference shall be construed to refer only to such an Event of Default or Default of which the Trustee is deemed to have notice as described in this Section 6.1.

 

(e) Upon the Trustee receiving written notice from the Collateral Manager that an event constituting “Cause” as defined in the Collateral Management Agreement has occurred, the Trustee shall, not later than one Business Day thereafter, notify the Holders (as their names appear in the Note Register).

 

(f) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.1.

 

6.2 Notice of Default

Promptly (and in no event later than three Business Days) after the occurrence of any Default actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee or after any declaration of acceleration has been made or delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.2, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to the Issuer, Collateral Manager and all Holders of Notes, as their names and addresses appear on the Note Register, notice of all Defaults hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived.

 

6.3 Certain Rights of Trustee

Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1:

 

(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(b) any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order, as the case may be;

 

(c)

whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall (i) deem it desirable that a matter of fact be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s certificate or (ii) be required to determine the value of any Collateral or

 

Page 69


  funds hereunder or the cash flows projected to be received therefrom, the Trustee may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely on reports of nationally recognized accountants, investment bankers or other Persons qualified to provide the information required to make such determination, including nationally recognized dealers in securities of the type being valued and securities quotation services;

 

(d) as a condition to the taking or omitting of any action by it hereunder, the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

 

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise or to honor any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have provided to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities which might reasonably be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

 

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may, and upon the written direction of Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Notes shall, make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit or as it shall be directed, and the Trustee shall be entitled, on reasonable prior notice to the Issuer and the Collateral Manager, to examine the books and records relating to the Notes and the Collateral, personally or by agent or attorney, during the Issuer’ or the Collateral Manager’s normal business hours; provided that the Trustee shall, and shall cause its agents to, hold in confidence all such information, except (i) to the extent disclosure may be required by law by any regulatory or governmental authority and (ii) to the extent that the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine that such disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder; provided , further, that the Trustee may disclose on a confidential basis any such information to its agents, attorneys and auditors in connection with the performance of its responsibilities hereunder;

 

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys; provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any non-Affiliated agent appointed and supervised, or non-Affiliated attorney appointed, with due care by it hereunder;

 

(h) Subject to Section 6.1(b), the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers hereunder;

 

Page 70


(i) nothing herein shall be construed to impose an obligation on the part of the Trustee to recalculate, evaluate or verify or independently determine the accuracy of any report, certificate or information received from the Issuer or Collateral Manager (unless and except to the extent otherwise expressly set forth herein); provided that nothing in this clause (i) shall supersede or modify the responsibilities and duties of the Collateral Administrator under the Collateral Administration Agreement;

 

(j) to the extent any defined term hereunder, or any calculation required to be made or determined by the Trustee hereunder, is dependent upon or defined by reference to generally accepted accounting principles (as in effect in the United States of America) ( GAAP ), the Trustee shall be entitled to request and receive (and rely upon) instruction from the Issuer or, in the absence of its receipt of timely instruction therefrom, shall be entitled to obtain from an Independent accountant at the expense of the Issuer, as to the application of GAAP in such connection, in any instance;

 

(k) the Trustee shall not be liable for the actions or omissions of the Collateral Manager, the Issuer and any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) and without limiting the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to monitor, evaluate or verify compliance by the Collateral Manager with the terms of the Collateral Management Agreement, or to verify or independently determine the accuracy of information received by the Trustee from the Collateral Manager (or from any selling institution, agent bank, trustee or similar source) with respect to the Collateral;

 

(l) notwithstanding any term hereof (or any term of the UCC that might otherwise be construed to be applicable to a “securities intermediary” as defined in the UCC) to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Custodian shall be under a duty or obligation in connection with the acquisition or Grant by the Issuer to the Trustee of any item constituting the Collateral, or to evaluate the sufficiency of the documents or instruments delivered to it by or on behalf of the Issuer in connection with its Grant or otherwise, or in that regard to examine any Underlying Instrument, in each case, in order to determine compliance with applicable requirements of and restrictions on transfer in respect of such Collateral;

 

(m) in the event the Bank is also acting in the capacity of Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Transfer Agent, Collateral Administrator or Custodian, the rights, protections, benefits, immunities and indemnities afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 shall also be afforded to the Bank acting in such capacities;

 

(n) any permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty;

 

Page 71


(o) to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of this Indenture or otherwise;

 

(p) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any matter unless a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Notes generally, the Issuer or this Indenture. Whenever reference is made in this Indenture to a Default or an Event of Default such reference shall, insofar as determining any liability on the part of the Trustee is concerned, be construed to refer only to a Default or an Event of Default of which the Trustee is deemed to have knowledge in accordance with this paragraph;

 

(q) the Trustee shall not be responsible for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control;

 

(r) to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Trustee will obtain, verify, and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the Trustee. The Trustee will ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. The Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided. In accordance with the U.S. Unlawful Internet Gambling Act (the Gambling Act ), the Issuer may not use the Accounts or other facilities of the Bank in the United States to process “restricted transactions” as such term is defined in U.S. 31 CFR Section 132.2(y). Therefore, neither the Issuer nor any Person who has an ownership interest in or control over the Accounts may use it to process or facilitate payments for prohibited internet gambling transactions. For more information about the Gambling Act, including the types of transactions that are prohibited, please refer to the following link: HTTP://WWW.FEDERALRESERVE.GOV/NEWSEVENTS/PRESS/BCREG/20 081112B.HTM;

 

(s) the protections and immunities afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture and the rights of the Trustee under Section 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 also shall be afforded to the Collateral Administrator, except to the extent they are inconsistent with the terms of the Collateral Administration Agreement;

 

(t) in making or disposing of any investment permitted by this Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to deal with itself (in its individual capacity) or with any one or more of its Affiliates, in each case on an arm’s-length basis, whether it or such Affiliate is acting as a subagent of the Trustee or for any third person or dealing as principal for its own account. If otherwise qualified, obligations of the Bank or any of its Affiliates shall qualify as Eligible Investments hereunder;

 

Page 72


(u) the Trustee or its Affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Trustee’s economic self-interest for (i) serving as investment adviser, administrator, shareholder, servicing agent, custodian or subcustodian with respect to certain of the Eligible Investments, (ii) using Affiliates to effect transactions in certain Eligible Investments and (iii) effecting transactions in certain Eligible Investments. Such compensation is not payable or reimbursable under Section 6.7 of this Indenture; and

 

(v) the Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing, or depositing of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording, filing or depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redepositing of any thereof or (ii) to maintain any insurance.

 

(w) The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to execute in its capacity as Trustee and deliver in the form presented to it all Transaction Documents to which it is a party, as Trustee.

 

6.4 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, other than the Certificate of Authentication thereon, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer; and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture (except as may be made with respect to the validity of the Trustee’s obligations hereunder), the Collateral or the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of the Notes or the proceeds thereof or any Cash paid to the Issuer pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

6.5 May Hold Notes

The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.

 

6.6 Cash Held in Trust

Cash held by the Trustee hereunder shall be held in trust to the extent required herein. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any Cash received by it hereunder except to the extent of income or other gain on investments which are deposits in or certificates of deposit of the Bank in its commercial capacity and income or other gain actually received by the Trustee on Eligible Investments.

 

6.7 Compensation and Reimbursement

 

(a) Subject to Section 6.7(b) below, the Issuer agrees:

 

Page 73


  (i) to pay the Trustee on each Payment Date reasonable compensation, as set forth in a separate fee letter, for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

  (ii) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee in a timely manner upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or other Transaction Document (including, without limitation, securities transaction charges and the reasonable compensation and expenses and disbursements of its agents and legal counsel and of any accounting firm or investment banking firm employed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.4, 5.5 or 6.3(c) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith) but with respect to securities transaction charges, only to the extent any such charges have not been waived during a Monthly Period due to the Trustee’s receipt of a payment from a financial institution with respect to certain Eligible Investments, as specified by the Collateral Manager;

 

  (iii) to indemnify the Trustee and its Officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder and under any other Transaction Document; and

 

  (iv) to pay the Trustee reasonable additional compensation together with its expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) for any collection action taken pursuant to Section 6.13 hereof.

 

(b) The Trustee shall receive amounts pursuant to this Section 6.7 and any other amounts payable to it under this Indenture only as provided in Section 10.3(c) and only to the extent that funds are available for the payment thereof. Subject to Section 6.9, the Trustee shall continue to serve as Trustee under this Indenture notwithstanding the fact that the Trustee shall not have received amounts due it hereunder; provided that nothing herein shall impair or affect the Trustee’s rights under Section 6.9. No direction by the Holders shall affect the right of the Trustee to collect amounts owed to it under this Indenture. If on any date when a fee shall be payable to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture insufficient funds are available for the payment thereof, any portion of a fee not so paid shall be deferred and payable on such later date on which a fee shall be payable and sufficient funds are available therefor.

 

Page 74


(c) The Trustee hereby agrees not to cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy against the Issuer until at least one year and one day, or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day, after the payment in full of all Notes (and any other debt obligations of the Issuer that have been rated upon issuance by any rating agency at the request of the Issuer) issued under this Indenture.

 

(d) The Issuer’s payment obligations to the Trustee under this Section 6.7 shall be secured by the lien of this Indenture, and shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default under Section 5.1(e), the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

6.8 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be an Independent organization or entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$200,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority, having a rating of at least “Baa1” by Moody’s and at least “BBB+” by S&P and having an office within the United States of America. If such organization or entity publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.8, the combined capital and surplus of such organization or entity shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent published report of condition. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.8, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article 6.

 

6.9 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

 

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.10.

 

(b)

The Trustee may resign at any time by giving not less than 30 days’ written notice thereof to the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and the Holders of the Notes. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees satisfying the requirements of Section 6.8 by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by an Authorized Representative of the Issuer, one copy of which shall be delivered to the Trustee so resigning and one copy to the successor Trustee or Trustees, together with a copy to each Holder and the Collateral Manager; provided that such successor Trustee shall be appointed only upon the written consent of each Holder or, at any time when an Event of Default

 

Page 75


  shall have occurred and be continuing, by an Act of the Majority Noteholders. If no successor Trustee shall have been appointed and an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee or any Holder, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.8.

 

(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time by an Act of Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Notes delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer.

 

(d) If at any time:

 

  (i) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder; or

 

  (ii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver or liquidator of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

then, in any such case (subject to Section 6.9(a)), (A) the Issuer, by Issuer Order, may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 5.15, any Holder may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Trustee for any reason (other than resignation), the Issuer, by Issuer Order, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee, provided that any such appointment shall be subject to the prior consent of each Holder. If the Issuer shall fail to appoint a successor Trustee within 60 days after such resignation, removal or incapability or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee may be appointed by Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Notes by written instrument delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee. The successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and supersede any successor Trustee proposed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Notes and shall have accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, subject to Section 5.15, any Holder may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Page 76


(f) The Issuer shall give prompt notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by mailing written notice of such event by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Collateral Manager, the Holders of the Notes as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. If the Issuer fail to mail such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Issuer.

 

(g) If the Bank shall resign or be removed as Trustee, the Bank shall also resign or be removed as Custodian, Paying Agent, Note Registrar and any other capacity in which the Bank is then acting pursuant to this Indenture or any other Transaction Document.

 

6.10 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall meet the requirements of Section 6.8 and shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment. Upon delivery of the required instruments, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or the Majority Noteholders or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges then unpaid, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and Cash held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

 

6.11 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee

Any organization or entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any organization or entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any organization or entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided that such organization or entity shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article 6, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any of the Notes has been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

Page 77


6.12 Co-Trustees

At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Issuer and the Trustee shall have power to appoint one or more Persons to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Trustee, of all or any part of the Collateral, with the power to file such proofs of claim and take such other actions pursuant to Section 5.6 herein and to make such claims and enforce such rights of action on behalf of the Holders, as such Holders themselves may have the right to do, subject to the other provisions of this Section 6.12.

The Issuer shall join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint a co-trustee. If the Issuer does not join in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by them of a request to do so, the Trustee shall have the power to make such appointment.

Should any written instrument from the Issuer be required by any co-trustee so appointed, more fully confirming to such co-trustee such property, title, right or power, any and all such instruments shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer. The Issuer agrees to pay as Administrative Expenses, to the extent funds are available therefor under the Priority of Payments, for any reasonable fees and expenses in connection with such appointment.

Every co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following terms:

 

(a) the Notes shall be authenticated and delivered, and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody of securities, Cash and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder, shall be exercised, solely by the Trustee;

 

(b) the rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee in respect of any property covered by the appointment of a co-trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee jointly as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee;

 

(c) the Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Issuer evidenced by an Issuer Order, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee appointed under this Section 6.12, and in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall have the power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee without the concurrence of the Issuer. A successor to any co-trustee so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section 6.12;

 

(d) no co-trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of the Trustee hereunder;

 

Page 78


(e) the Trustee shall not be liable by reason of any act or omission of a co-trustee; and

 

(f) any Act of Holders delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered to each co-trustee.

 

6.13 Certain Duties of Trustee Related to Delayed Payment of Proceeds

In the event that the Collateral Administrator provides the Trustee with notice that a payment with respect to any item of Collateral has not been received on its Due Date, (a) the Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer and the Collateral Manager in writing and (b) unless within three Business Days (or the end of the applicable grace period for such payment, if any) after such notice (x) such payment shall have been received by the Trustee or (y) the Trustee has received notice from the Collateral Manager that it is taking action in respect of such payment, the Trustee shall request the issuer of or obligor on such item of Collateral, the trustee under the related Underlying Instrument or the paying agent designated by either of them, as the case may be, to make such payment as soon as practicable after such request but in no event later than three Business Days after the date of such request. In the event that such payment is not made within such time period, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of clause (iv) of Section 6.1(c), shall take such action as the Collateral Manager shall direct. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture. In the event that the Issuer or the Collateral Manager requests a release of any Collateral and/or delivers an additional Portfolio Asset in connection with any such action under the Collateral Management Agreement, such release and/or substitution shall be subject to Section 10.6 and Article 12 of this Indenture, as the case may be. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer or its designee any payment with respect to any additional Portfolio Asset or other Collateral received after the Due Date thereof to the extent the Issuer previously made provisions for such payment satisfactory to the Trustee in accordance with this Section 6.13 and such payment shall not be deemed part of the Collateral. The foregoing shall not preclude any other exercise of any right or remedy by the Issuer with respect to any default or event of default arising under a Portfolio Asset.

 

6.14 Authenticating Agents

Upon the request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall, and if the Trustee so chooses the Trustee may, appoint one or more Authenticating Agents with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication of Notes in connection with issuance, transfers and exchanges under Sections 2.4, 2.5, 2.6 and 8.6, as fully to all intents and purposes as though each such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized by such Sections to authenticate such Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication of Notes by an Authenticating Agent pursuant to this Section 6.14 shall be deemed to be the authentication of Notes by the Trustee.

 

Page 79


Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, without the execution or filing of any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent or such successor corporation.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and the Issuer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation or upon such a termination, the Trustee shall promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent and shall give written notice of such appointment to the Issuer.

Unless the Authenticating Agent is also the same entity as the Trustee, the Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services, and reimbursement for its reasonable expenses relating thereto as an Administrative Expense. The provisions of Sections 2.8, 6.4 and 6.5 shall be applicable to any Authenticating Agent.

 

6.15 Withholding

All payments made to a Holder under this agreement shall be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future Tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If any withholding Tax is imposed on the Issuer’s payment (or allocations of income) under the Notes by any such applicable law, such Tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the relevant Holder. The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to any Holder sufficient funds for the payment of any Tax that is legally owed or required to be withheld by the Issuer by law or pursuant to the Issuer’s agreement with a governmental authority (but such authorization shall not prevent the Trustee from contesting any such Tax in appropriate proceedings and withholding payment of such Tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of such proceedings) and to timely remit such amounts to the appropriate taxing authority. The amount of any withholding Tax imposed by law or pursuant to the Issuer’s agreement with a governmental authority with respect to any Note shall be treated as having been paid as interest or principal on such Note to the relevant Holder at the time such amounts are withheld by the Trustee. If there is a possibility that withholding Tax is payable with respect to a distribution, the Paying Agent or the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, withhold such amounts in accordance with this Section 6.15. If any Holder or beneficial owner wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding Tax, the Trustee shall reasonably cooperate with such Person in providing readily available information so long as such Person agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred. Nothing herein shall impose an obligation on the part of the Trustee to determine the amount of any Tax or withholding obligation on the part of the Issuer or in respect of the Notes.

 

Page 80


6.16 Fiduciary for Holders Only; Agent for each other Secured Party

With respect to the security interest created hereunder, the delivery of any Collateral to the Trustee is to the Trustee as trustee for the Holders and agent for each other Secured Party. In furtherance of the foregoing, the possession by the Trustee of any Collateral, the endorsement to or registration in the name of the Trustee of any Collateral (including without limitation as entitlement holder of the Custodial Account) are all undertaken by the Trustee in its capacity as trustee for the Holders, and agent for each other Secured Party. The Trustee shall not by reason of this Indenture be deemed to be acting as fiduciary for the Collateral Manager, provided that the foregoing shall not limit any of the express obligations of the Trustee under this Indenture.

 

6.17 Representations and Warranties of the Bank

The Bank hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a) Organization. The Bank has been duly organized and is validly existing as a trust company with trust powers under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has the power to conduct its business and affairs as a trustee, paying agent, registrar, transfer agent, custodian and calculation agent.

 

(b) Authorization; Binding Obligations. The Bank has the corporate power and authority to perform the duties and obligations of Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Transfer Agent and Custodian under this Indenture. The Bank has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Indenture, and all of the documents required to be executed by the Bank pursuant hereto. This Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Bank and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Bank enforceable in accordance with its terms subject, as to enforcement, (i) to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights as such laws would apply in the event of any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar event applicable to the Bank and (ii) to general equitable principles (whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

(c) Eligibility. The Bank is eligible under Section 6.8 to serve as Trustee hereunder.

 

(d) No Conflict. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Indenture, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture, (i) is prohibited by, or requires the Bank to obtain any consent, authorization, approval or registration under, any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree that is binding upon the Bank or any of its properties or assets, or (ii) will violate any provision of, result in any default or acceleration of any obligations under, result in the creation or imposition of any lien pursuant to, or require any consent under, any material agreement to which the Bank is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Page 81


7. COVENANTS

 

7.1 Payment of Principal and Interest

The Issuer will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Notes, in accordance with the terms of such Notes and this Indenture pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

Amounts properly withheld under the Code or other applicable law or pursuant to the Issuer’s agreement with a governmental authority by any Person from a payment under a Note shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to the relevant Holder for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

7.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency

The Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as a Paying Agent for payments on the Notes and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee at its applicable Corporate Trust Office, as the Issuer’s agent where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time appoint additional paying agents; provided that no paying agent shall be appointed in a jurisdiction which subjects payments on the Notes to withholding tax solely as a result of such Paying Agent’s activities. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain the appointment of a paying agent, or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, presentations and surrenders may be made (subject to the limitations described in the preceding sentence), and Notes may be presented and surrendered for payment, to the Trustee at its main office.

The Issuer irrevocably consents to service of process on the Issuer by registered or certified mail or hand delivery to the address for notices to the Issuer specified in Section 14.3. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

The Issuer shall at all times maintain a duplicate copy of the Note Register at the Corporate Trust Office. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee and the Holders of the appointment or termination of any such agent and of the location and any change in the location of any such office or agency.

 

7.3 Cash for Note Payments to be Held in Trust

All payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Payment Account shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Trustee or a Paying Agent.

When the Issuer shall have a Paying Agent that is not also the Note Registrar, it shall furnish, or cause the Note Registrar to furnish, no later than the fifth calendar day after each Record Date a list, if necessary, in such form as such Paying Agent may reasonably request, of the names and addresses of the Holders and of the certificate numbers of individual Notes held by each such Holder.

 

Page 82


Whenever the Issuer shall have a Paying Agent with respect to the Notes other than the Trustee, it shall, on or before the Business Day next preceding each Payment Date, direct the Trustee to deposit on such Payment Date with such Paying Agent, if necessary, an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due (to the extent funds are then available for such purpose in the Payment Account), such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. Any Cash deposited with a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) in excess of an amount sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due on the Notes with respect to which such deposit was made shall be paid over by such Paying Agent to the Trustee for application in accordance with Article 10.

The initial Paying Agent shall be as set forth in Section 7.2. Any additional or successor Paying Agents shall be appointed by Issuer Order with written notice thereof to the Trustee. The Issuer shall not appoint any Paying Agent that is not, at the time of such appointment, a depository institution or trust company subject to supervision and examination by Federal and/or State and/or national banking authorities. The Issuer shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee and if the Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.3, that such Paying Agent will:

 

(a) allocate all sums received for payment to the Holders of Notes for which it acts as Paying Agent on each Payment Date among such Holders in the proportion specified in the applicable Payment Date Report to the extent permitted by applicable law;

 

(b) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

 

(c) if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards set forth above required to be met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment;

 

(d) if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, immediately give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment required to be made; and

 

Page 83


(e) if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such Cash.

Except as otherwise required by applicable law, any Cash deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (with respect to Notes) in trust for any payment on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Order; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment of such amounts (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer) and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust Cash shall thereupon cease. The Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such release of payment, may, but shall not be required to, adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer any reasonable means of notification of such release of payment, including, but not limited to, mailing notice of such release to Holders whose right to or interest in Cash due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of any Paying Agent, at the last address of record of each such Holder.

 

7.4 Existence of Issuer

 

(a)

The Issuer shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, maintain in full force and effect its existence and rights as a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and shall obtain and preserve its qualification to do business as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which such qualifications are or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, or any of the Collateral; provided that (x) the Issuer shall be entitled to change its jurisdiction of incorporation from the Cayman Islands to any other jurisdiction reasonably selected by the Issuer so long as (i) the Issuer has received a legal opinion (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) to the effect that such change is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders, (ii) the Issuer has taken all necessary steps to ensure that Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral continues in effect and has received an Opinion of Counsel similar to closing date opinion given by counsel to the Issuer to the effect that, after giving effect to such change, Trustee has a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral and that the Issuer shall not be subject to any obligations for payment of Taxes that it would not have been subject to but for such change of jurisdiction, (iii) written notice of such change shall have been given by the Trustee to the Holders and the Collateral Manager, and (iv) on or prior to the 15th Business Day

 

Page 84


  following receipt of such notice the Trustee shall not have received written notice from Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Notes objecting to such change and (y) the Issuer shall be entitled to take any action required by this Indenture within the United States notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture requiring the Issuer to take such action outside of the United States so long as prior to taking any such action the Issuer receives a legal opinion from nationally recognized legal counsel to the effect that it is not necessary to take such action outside of the United States or any political subdivision thereof in order to prevent the Issuer from becoming subject to United States federal, state or local income taxes on a net income basis or any material other taxes to which the Issuer would not otherwise be subject.

 

(b) The Issuer shall ensure that all limited liability company or other formalities regarding its existence (including holding regular members’, managers’ or other similar meetings) are followed. The Issuer shall not take any action or conduct its affairs in a manner, that is likely to result in its separate existence being ignored (other than for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) or in its assets and liabilities being substantively consolidated with any other Person in a bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) the Issuer shall not have any subsidiaries, (ii) the Issuer shall not (A) have any employees, (B) engage in any transaction with any Person that would constitute a conflict of interest ( provided that its entering into and performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents shall not be deemed to be a transaction that would constitute a conflict of interest) or (C) pay distributions to its equity owners other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and its Constitutive Documents and (iii) the Issuer shall (A) maintain books and records separate from any other Person, (B) maintain its accounts separate from those of any other Person, (C) not commingle its assets with those of any other Person, (D) conduct its own business in its own name, (E) maintain separate financial statements, (F) pay its own liabilities out of its own funds, (G) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates, (H) use separate stationery, invoices and checks, (I) hold itself out as a separate Person and (J) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity.

 

7.5 Protection of Collateral

 

(a)

The Issuer will take such action as is necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Trustee in the Collateral; provided that the Issuer shall be entitled to rely on any Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 7.6 and any Opinion of Counsel with respect to the same subject matter delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(d) to determine what actions are necessary, and shall be fully protected in so relying on such an Opinion of Counsel, unless the Issuer has actual knowledge that the procedures described in any such Opinion of Counsel are no longer adequate to maintain such perfection and priority. The Issuer shall from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and file or authorize the filing of all such Financing

 

Page 85


  Statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, and shall take such other action as may be necessary or advisable or desirable to secure the rights and remedies of the Holders of the Notes hereunder and to:

 

  (i) Grant more effectively all or any portion of the Collateral;

 

  (ii) maintain, preserve and perfect any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture including, without limitation, the first priority nature of the lien or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

 

  (iii) perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture (including any and all actions necessary or desirable as a result of changes in law or regulations);

 

  (iv) enforce any of the Collateral or other instruments or property included in the Collateral;

 

  (v) preserve and defend title to the Collateral and the rights therein of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes in the Collateral against the claims of all Persons and parties; or

 

  (vi) pay or cause to be paid any and all taxes levied or assessed upon all or any part of the Collateral.

The Issuer hereby authorizes the Trustee to prepare and file any Financing Statement, continuation statement and all other instruments, and take all other actions, required pursuant to this Section 7.5. Such designation shall not impose upon the Trustee, or release or diminish, the Issuer’s obligations under this Section 7.5. The Issuer further authorizes, and shall cause the Issuer’s United States counsel to file, a Financing Statement that names the Issuer as debtor and the Trustee as secured party and that describes “all personal property of the Debtor now owned or hereafter acquired, other than ‘Excepted Property’” (and that defines Excepted Property in accordance with its definition herein) or words of similar effect as the Collateral in which the Trustee has a Grant.

 

(b) The Issuer shall enforce all of its material rights and remedies under each Transaction Document to which it is a party.

 

7.6 Opinions as to Collateral

On or before May 31 in each calendar year, commencing in 2014, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel relating to the security interest granted by the Issuer to the Trustee, stating that, as of the date of such opinion, the lien and security interests created by this Indenture with respect to the Collateral remain in effect and that no further action (other than as specified in such opinion) needs to be taken to ensure the continued effectiveness of such lien over the next year.

 

Page 86


7.7 Performance of Obligations

 

(a) The Issuer shall not take any action that would release any Person from any of such Person’s covenants or obligations under any instrument included in the Collateral, except (i) in the case of enforcement action taken with respect to any Defaulted Obligation in accordance with the provisions hereof or (ii) actions by the Collateral Manager under the Collateral Management Agreement and in conformity with this Indenture or as otherwise required hereby (including consenting to any amendment or modification to the documents governing any Portfolio Asset); provided , however, that the Issuer shall not be required to take any action following the release of any Obligor under any Portfolio Asset to the extent such release is completed pursuant to the Underlying Instruments related to such Portfolio Asset in accordance with their terms.

 

(b) The Issuer may, with the prior written consent of each Holder (except in the case of the Collateral Management Agreement and the Collateral Administration Agreement, in which case no consent shall be required), contract with other Persons, including the Collateral Manager, the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator for the performance of actions and obligations to be performed by the Issuer hereunder and under the Collateral Management Agreement by such Persons. Notwithstanding any such arrangement, the Issuer shall remain primarily liable with respect thereto. In the event of such contract, the performance of such actions and obligations by such Persons shall be deemed to be performance of such actions and obligations by the Issuer; and the Issuer will punctually perform, and use their best efforts to cause the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator and such other Person to perform, all of their obligations and agreements contained in the Collateral Management Agreement, this Indenture, the Collateral Administration Agreement or any such other agreement.

 

7.8 Negative Covenants

 

(a) The Issuer will not at any time from and after the Closing Date:

 

  (i) sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of, or pledge, mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise encumber (or permit such to occur or suffer such to exist), any part of the Collateral, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture;

 

  (ii) claim any credit on, make any deduction from, or dispute the enforceability of payment of the principal or interest payable (or any other amount) in respect of the Notes (other than amounts withheld or deducted in accordance with the Code or any applicable laws of the Cayman Islands or other applicable jurisdiction);

 

Page 87


  (iii) incur or assume or guarantee any Indebtedness, other than the Notes, this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

  (iv) issue any additional class of securities or any additional membership interests;

 

  (v) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture or any Support Document or any Grant hereunder or thereunder to be impaired, or permit the lien of this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to this Indenture or the Notes except as may be permitted hereby;

 

  (vi) except as permitted by this Indenture, take any action that would permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority security interest in the Collateral;

 

  (vii) amend the Collateral Management Agreement (except pursuant to the terms thereof and Article 15 of this Indenture) or the Issuer Contribution Agreement;

 

  (viii) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, except as permitted hereunder or required by applicable law;

 

  (ix) other than as otherwise expressly provided herein, pay any distributions other than in accordance with the Priority of Payments;

 

  (x) permit the formation of any subsidiaries;

 

  (xi) conduct business under any name other than its own;

 

  (xii) have any employees (other than directors to the extent they are employees);

 

  (xiii) sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of Collateral, or enter into an agreement or commitment to do so or enter into or engage in any business with respect to any part of the Collateral, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture; or

 

  (xiv) apply proceeds of the issuance of Notes for any purpose other than as described in Section 3.3; or

 

Page 88


(b) The Issuer will not be party to any agreements without including customary “non-petition” and “limited recourse” provisions therein (and shall not amend or eliminate such provisions in any agreement to which it is party), except for any agreements related to the purchase and sale of any Portfolio Assets or Eligible Investments which contain customary purchase or sale terms or which are documented using customary loan trading documentation.

 

(c) The Issuer may not acquire any of the Notes (including any Notes surrendered or abandoned).

 

(d) The Issuer shall not hold Cash in any accounts other than the Accounts and shall not permit any Interest Collections or Principal Collections to be paid into any account except the Collection Account. In the event that any Interest Collections or Principal Collections are paid to any account other than the Collection Account, the Issuer shall procure that such funds are promptly transferred to the Collection Account.

 

(e) In the event that, for any reason, the Issuer receives Cash denominated in a Non- USD Currency (from any source), the Issuer shall promptly exchange (or cause the Trustee to exchange at the spot rate of exchange customarily offered by the Trustee for such purposes) such Cash into Dollars and credit such USD funds to the appropriate Account.

 

7.9 Statement as to Compliance

On or before May 31 in each calendar year commencing in 2014, or immediately if there has been a Default under this Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (to be forwarded by the Trustee to the Collateral Manager and each Holder making a written request therefor) a certificate of the Issuer that, having made reasonable inquiries of the Collateral Manager, and to the best of the knowledge, information and belief of the Issuer, there did not exist, as at a date not more than five days prior to the date of the certificate, nor had there existed at any time prior thereto since the date of the last certificate (if any), any Default hereunder or, if such Default did then exist or had existed, specifying the same and the nature and status thereof, including actions undertaken to remedy the same, and that the Issuer has complied with all of its obligations under this Indenture or, if such is not the case, specifying those obligations with which it has not complied.

 

7.10 Issuer May Not Consolidate Except on Certain Terms

The Issuer will not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or transfer or convey all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, in each case without the prior consent of each Holder.

 

Page 89


7.11 Successor Substituted

Upon any consolidation or merger, or transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, in accordance with Section 7.10 in which the Issuer is not the surviving corporation, the successor entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, transfer or conveyance, the Person named as the “Issuer” in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor which shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 7 may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter, and such Person thereafter shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker on all the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture.

 

7.12 No Other Business

The Issuer shall not have any employees and shall not engage in any business or activity other than issuing, paying and redeeming the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture, acquiring, holding, selling, exchanging, redeeming and pledging, solely for its own account, Portfolio Assets, Eligible Investments and any other Collateral, and other activities incidental thereto, including entering into, and performing its obligations under, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and other documents contemplated thereby and/or incidental thereto. The Issuer shall not hold itself out as originating loans, lending funds or securities, making a market in loans or other assets or selling loans or other assets to customers or as willing to enter into, assume, offset, assign or otherwise terminate positions in derivative financial instruments with customers. The Issuer shall not hold itself out as a derivatives dealer willing to enter into either side of, or to offer to enter into, assume, offset, assign or otherwise terminate positions in (i) interest rate, currency, equity, or commodity swaps or caps or (ii) derivative financial instruments (including options, forward contracts, short positions and similar instruments) in any commodity, currency, share of stock, partnership or trust, note, bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness, swap or cap. The Issuer shall not amend, or permit the amendment of, its Constitutive Documents without prior written consent of the Trustee and each Holder (unless such amendment could not reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect any of the Issuer, the Holders, the Collateral or the interests of the Trustee and Issuer therein and notice thereof has been given to the Trustee and the Valuation Agent).

 

7.13 Acquisition of Portfolio Assets

No Portfolio Asset may be acquired by the Issuer at any time unless (a) such Portfolio Asset, and the acquisition thereof, complies with the requirements of Section 12.2 and (b) the purchase of such Portfolio Asset is financed with (i) proceeds of the issuance of the Notes on the Closing Date or any additional issuance pursuant to Section 2.13 or (ii) Principal Collections.

 

Page 90


7.14 Reporting

At any time when the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and are not exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, upon the request of a Holder or beneficial owner of a Note, the Issuer shall promptly furnish or cause to be furnished Rule 144A Information to such Holder or beneficial owner, to a prospective purchaser of such Note designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, or to the Trustee for delivery to such Holder or beneficial owner or a prospective purchaser designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, as the case may be, in order to permit compliance by such Holder or beneficial owner with Rule 144A under the Securities Act in connection with the resale of such Note. “Rule 144A Information” shall be such information as is specified pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto).

 

7.15 Certain Tax Matters

 

(a) The Issuer represents that (i) it is treated as an entity disregarded from its owner, the Sole Shareholder, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and (ii) the Sole Shareholder is treated as a U.S. person not classified as a corporation for U.S. Federal tax purposes. The Issuer shall not take any action, and shall not permit or cause the Sole Shareholder to take any action, that would result in the Issuer being classified other than as a disregarded entity for U.S. Federal tax purposes.

 

(b) The Issuer will treat each purchase of Portfolio Assets as a “purchase” for tax accounting and reporting purposes.

 

(c) The Issuer shall file, or cause to be filed, any tax returns, including information tax returns, required by any governmental authority.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Collateral Manager, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, the Placement Agent, the Holders and beneficial owners of the Notes and each employee, representative or other agent of those Persons, may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the U.S. tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture and all materials of any kind, including opinions or other tax analyses, that are provided to those Persons. This authorization to disclose the U.S. tax treatment and tax structure does not permit disclosure of information identifying the Collateral Manager, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, the Placement Agent, the Holders or any other party to the transactions contemplated by this Indenture, the issuance and sale of the Notes or the pricing (except to the extent such information is relevant to U.S. tax structure or tax treatment of such transactions).

 

(e) Each of the Collateral Manager, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, the Holders and each beneficial owner of the Notes agrees, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) not to treat the Notes as a partnership interest or any other equity interest in the Issuer, (ii) to treat the Issuer as the beneficial owner of the Portfolio Assets; and to report the investment by the Holders in the Notes consistently with such treatment on all tax and information returns and other written communications with any taxing authority.

 

Page 91


(f) The Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any additional amounts to Holders or beneficial owners of Notes in respect of any Portfolio Asset as a result of deduction or withholding by an Obligor on such Portfolio Asset for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges in respect of such Portfolio Asset.

 

7.16 Side Letter Security Agreement

The Issuer shall, at the direction of the Majority Noteholders, exercise its rights and remedies under the Side Letter Security Agreement in accordance with their instructions.

 

8. S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURES

 

8.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders of Notes

 

(a) Without the consent of any Holders (except any consent required by clause (iii) or (vi) below), but only with the prior written consent of the Collateral Manager, the Issuer and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time may, with an Opinion of Counsel (which may be based on an Officer’s certificate provided by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) being provided to the Issuer or the Trustee that the Holders of the Notes would not be materially and adversely affected thereby (except in the case of clause (iii) or (vi) below for which no such Opinion of Counsel shall be required), enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

 

  (i) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer and the assumption by any such successor Person of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Notes;

 

  (ii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer or the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

  (iii) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee or add to the conditions, limitations or restrictions on the authorized amount, terms and purposes of the issue, authentication and delivery of the Notes, provided that, if the Holders would be materially and adversely affected by such supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to this clause (iii), the consent to such supplemental indenture has been obtained from each Holder;

 

  (iv) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Sections 6.9, 6.10 and 6.12 hereof;

 

Page 92


  (v) to correct or amplify the description of any property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or to better assure, convey and confirm unto the Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture (including, without limitation, any and all actions necessary or desirable as a result of changes in law or regulations, whether pursuant to Section 7.5 or otherwise) or to subject to the lien of this Indenture any additional property;

 

  (vi) to modify the restrictions on and procedures for resales and other transfers of Notes to reflect any changes in ERISA or other applicable law or regulation (or the interpretation thereof) or to enable the Issuer to rely upon any exemption from registration under the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act or to remove restrictions on resale and transfer to the extent not required thereunder, provided that, if the Holders would be materially and adversely affected by such supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to this clause (vi), the consent to such supplemental indenture has been obtained from each Holder;

 

  (vii) otherwise to correct any inconsistency or cure any ambiguity, omission or manifest errors in this Indenture;

 

  (viii) to take any action necessary or advisable to prevent the Issuer or the Trustee from becoming subject to (or otherwise reducing) withholding or other taxes, fees or assessments, including by achieving FATCA Compliance;

 

  (ix) to change the name of the Issuer in connection with the change in name or identity of the Collateral Manager or as otherwise required pursuant to a contractual obligation or to avoid the use of a trade name or trademark in respect of which the Issuer does not have a license; or

 

  (x) to amend, modify or otherwise accommodate changes to this Indenture to comply with any rule or regulation enacted by regulatory agencies of the United States federal government after the Closing Date that are applicable to the Notes or the transactions contemplated by this Indenture.

 

8.2 Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders of Notes

The Trustee and the Issuer shall not execute any indenture supplemental hereto to add any provisions to, or change in any manner or eliminate any of the provisions of, this Indenture or modify in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture without the written consent of each Holder and the Collateral Manager, except as otherwise permitted under Section 8.1.

 

Page 93


8.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures

 

(a) The Trustee shall join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, except to the extent required by law.

 

(b) With respect to any supplemental indenture permitted by Section 8.1, the Trustee and the Issuer shall be entitled to receive and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel (stating that the supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by the Indenture and all conditions precedent have been satisfied) as to matters of law (which do not include whether or not the Holders would be materially and adversely affected by a supplemental indenture), which may be supported as to factual (including financial and capital markets) matters by any relevant certificates and other documents necessary or advisable in the judgment of counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel) or, with respect to matters of fact (including whether or not the Holders would be materially and adversely affected by a supplemental indenture), a certificate of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, any investment banking firm or other Independent expert familiar with the market for the Notes pursuant to Section 8.4; provided that, for any supplemental indenture (other than any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to sub- clauses (iii) and (vi) of Section 8.1(a) for which the consent of the Holders of the Notes would not otherwise be required except as expressly set forth in such clauses) if Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Notes have provided notice to the Trustee at least one Business Day prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that the Holders would be materially and adversely affected thereby, the Trustee shall not be entitled so to rely upon a certificate of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, any investment banking firm or other Independent expert as to whether or not the Holders would be materially and adversely affected by such supplemental indenture and the Trustee shall not enter into such supplemental indenture without the prior written consent of each Holder. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all present and future Holders. In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article 8 or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee and the Issuer shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.3) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent thereto have been satisfied. Neither the Trustee nor the Issuer shall be liable for any reliance made in good faith upon such an Opinion of Counsel or a certificate of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, any investment banking firm or other Independent expert pursuant to Section 8.4.

 

Page 94


(c) At the cost of the Issuer, for so long as any Notes shall remain Outstanding, not later than 15 Business Days prior to the execution of any proposed supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 8.1, the Trustee shall deliver to the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Administrator and the Holders a notice attaching a copy of such supplemental indenture and indicating the proposed date of execution of such supplemental indenture. Following such delivery by the Trustee, if any changes are made to such supplemental indenture other than to correct typographical errors or to adjust formatting, then at the cost of the Issuer, for so long as any Notes shall remain Outstanding, not later than 5 Business Days prior to the execution of such proposed supplemental indenture ( provided that the execution of such proposed supplemental indenture shall not in any case occur earlier than the date 15 Business Days after the initial distribution of such proposed supplemental indenture pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8.3(c)), the Trustee shall deliver to the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Administrator and the Holders a copy of such supplemental indenture as revised, indicating the changes that were made. At the cost of the Issuer, the Trustee shall provide to the Holders a copy of the executed supplemental indenture after its execution. Any failure of the Trustee to publish or deliver such copy of the executed supplemental indenture shall not in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

 

(d) It shall not be necessary for any consent or Act of any Holders of Notes to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient, if the consent of any such Holders to such proposed supplemental indenture is required, that such Act or consent shall approve the substance thereof.

 

(e) The Issuer agrees that it will not permit to become effective any supplement or modification to this Indenture which would (i) increase the duties or liabilities of, reduce or eliminate any right or privilege of (including as a result of an effect on the amount or priority of any fees or other amounts payable to the Collateral Manager), or adversely change the economic consequences to, the Collateral Manager, (ii) modify the restrictions on the Sales of Portfolio Assets or (iii) expand or restrict the Collateral Manager’s discretion, and the Collateral Manager shall not be bound thereby unless the Collateral Manager shall have consented in advance thereto in writing.

 

8.4 Determination of Effect on Holders

 

(a) Unless notified prior to the execution of a supplemental indenture by Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Notes that the Holders of the Notes would be materially and adversely affected as set forth in Section 8.3(b), the determination of whether any Holder is materially adversely affected by any proposed supplemental indenture under this Article 8 shall be made based on a certificate of any of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, any investment banking firm or other Independent expert familiar with the market for the Notes as to the economic effect of the proposed supplemental indenture. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all present and future Holders.

 

Page 95


(b) The Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, except to the extent required by law.

 

(c) The Trustee shall not be liable for any such determination made in good faith and in reliance upon any certificate referred to in Section 8.4(a), if applicable, and an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee as described in Section 8.3.

 

8.5 Effect of Supplemental Indentures

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article 8, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore and thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

8.6 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures

Notes authenticated and delivered, including as part of a transfer, exchange or replacement pursuant to Article 2 of Notes originally issued hereunder, after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article 8 may, and if required by the Issuer shall, bear a notice in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer shall so determine, new Notes, so modified as to conform in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer to any such supplemental indenture, may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and, upon Issuer Order, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

 

9. [R ESERVED ]

 

10. A CCOUNTS , A CCOUNTINGS A ND R ELEASES

 

10.1 Collection of Cash

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all Cash and other property payable to or receivable by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, including all payments due on the Collateral, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Collateral. The Trustee shall segregate and hold all such Cash and property received by it in trust for the Holders of the Notes and shall apply it as provided in this Indenture. Each Account shall be established and maintained with (a) a Federal or state-chartered depository institution

 

Page 96


rated (1) at least “A-1” by S&P (or at least “A+” by S&P if such institution has no short-term rating) and if such institution’s rating falls below “A-1” by S&P (or below “A+” by S&P if such institution has no short-term rating), the assets held in such Account shall be moved within 60 calendar days to another institution that is rated at least “A-1” by S&P (or at least “A+” by S&P if such institution has no short-term rating) and (2) at least “P-1” by Moody’s (or at least “A1” by Moody’s if such institution has no short-term rating) and if such institution’s rating falls below “P-1” by Moody’s (or below “A1” by Moody’s if such institution has no short-term rating), the assets held in such Account shall be moved within 60 calendar days to another institution that is rated at least “P-1” by Moody’s (or at least “A1” by Moody’s if such institution has no short-term rating) or (b) in segregated securities accounts with the corporate trust department of a Federal or state-chartered deposit institution subject to regulations regarding fiduciary funds on deposit similar to Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulation Section 9.10(b). Such institution shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$200,000,000. All Cash deposited in the Accounts shall be invested only in Eligible Investments or Portfolio Assets in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. To avoid the consolidation of the Collateral of the Issuer with the general assets of the Bank under any circumstances, the Trustee shall comply, and shall cause the Custodian to comply, with all law applicable to it as a national bank with trust powers holding segregated trust assets in a fiduciary capacity; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to prevent the Trustee or Custodian from investing the Collateral of the Issuer in Eligible Investments described in clause (ii) of the definition thereof that are obligations of the Bank.

 

10.2 Collection Account

 

(a) In accordance with this Indenture and the Issuer Account Control Agreement, the Trustee shall, prior to the Closing Date, cause to be established by the Custodian two segregated securities accounts, one of which will be designated the “ Interest Collection Subaccount ” and one of which will be designated the “ Principal Collection Subaccount ” (and which together will comprise the Collection Account), each in the name of the Issuer, subject to the security interest of State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties and each of which shall be maintained with the Custodian in accordance with the Issuer Account Control Agreement. The Trustee shall from time to time deposit into the Interest Collection Subaccount, in addition to the deposits required pursuant to Section 10.4(a), immediately upon receipt thereof or upon transfer from the Expense Account or Payment Account, (i) all proceeds received from the disposition of any Collateral to the extent such proceeds constitute “Interest Collections” and (ii) all other Interest Collections. The Trustee shall deposit immediately upon receipt thereof all other amounts remitted to the Collection Account into the Principal Collection Subaccount, including in addition to the deposits required pursuant to Section 10.4(a), all Principal Collections (unless simultaneously reinvested in additional Portfolio Assets in accordance with Section 10.2(c) and Article 12 or in Eligible Investments). All Cash deposited from time to time in the Collection Account pursuant to this Indenture shall be held by the Trustee as part of the Collateral and shall be applied to the purposes herein provided. Subject to Section 10.2(c), amounts in the Collection Account shall be reinvested pursuant to Section 10.4(a).

 

Page 97


(b) The Trustee, within one Business Day after receipt of any distribution or other proceeds in respect of the Collateral which are not Cash, shall so notify the Issuer and the Valuation Agent, and the Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to, within five Business Days after receipt of such notice from the Trustee (or as soon as practicable thereafter), sell such distribution or other proceeds for Cash in an arm’s length transaction and deposit the proceeds thereof in the Collection Account; provided that the Issuer need not be required to sell such distributions or other proceeds if it delivers an Issuer Order or an Officer’s certificate to the Trustee and the Valuation Agent certifying that such distributions or other proceeds constitute (i) Portfolio Assets that would have satisfied the requirements of Section 12.2 on the date of receipt thereof had they been acquired directly by the Issuer or (ii) Eligible Investments.

 

(c) The Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer may by Issuer Order direct the Trustee to, and upon receipt of such Issuer Order the Trustee shall, withdraw funds on deposit in the Principal Collection Subaccount representing Principal Collections (together with Interest Collections but only to the extent used to pay for accrued interest or capitalized interest on an additional Portfolio Asset) and reinvest such funds in additional Portfolio Assets or exercise a warrant held in the Collateral, in each case in accordance with the requirements of Article 12 and such Issuer Order.

 

(d) At any time, the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer may by Issuer Order direct the Trustee to, and upon receipt of such Issuer Order the Trustee shall, withdraw funds on deposit in the Principal Collection Subaccount representing Principal Collections and deposit such funds in the Delayed-Draw/Committed Proceeds Account to the extent necessary for the Issuer to comply with funding requirements on Delayed-Draw Loans and Committed Proceeds Assets.

 

(e) The Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer may by Issuer Order direct the Trustee to, and upon receipt of such Issuer Order the Trustee shall, pay from amounts on deposit in the Principal Collection Subaccount on any Business Day during any Monthly Period any amount required to exercise a warrant or right to acquire securities held in the Collateral in accordance with the requirements of Article 12 and such Issuer Order.

 

(f) The Trustee shall transfer to the Payment Account, from the Collection Account, for application pursuant to Section 11.1(a), no later than the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding each Payment Date, the amount set forth to be so transferred in the Payment Date Report for such Payment Date.

 

Page 98


10.3 Transaction Accounts

 

(a) Payment Account. In accordance with this Indenture and the Issuer Account Control Agreement, the Trustee shall, prior to the Closing Date, cause to be established by the Custodian a single, segregated non-interest bearing securities account in the name of the Issuer, subject to the security interest of State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be designated as the Payment Account, which shall be maintained with the Custodian in accordance with the Issuer Account Control Agreement. The only permitted withdrawal from or application of funds on deposit in, or otherwise to the credit of, the Payment Account shall be to pay amounts due and payable on the Notes in accordance with their terms and the provisions of this Indenture. The Issuer shall not have any legal, equitable or beneficial interest in the Payment Account. Amounts in the Payment Account shall remain uninvested.

 

(b) Custodial Accounts. In accordance with this Indenture and the Issuer Account Control Agreement, the Trustee shall, prior to the Closing Date, cause to be established by the Custodian a single, segregated non-interest bearing securities account in the name of the Issuer, subject to the security interest of State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be designated as the Custodial Account, which shall be maintained with the Custodian in accordance with the Issuer Account Control Agreement. All Portfolio Assets shall be credited to the Custodial Account. The only permitted withdrawals from the Custodial Account shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee agrees to give the Issuer immediate notice if (to the actual knowledge of a Trust Officer of the Trustee) the Custodial Account or any assets or securities on deposit therein, or otherwise to the credit of the Custodial Account, shall become subject to any writ, order, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process.

 

(c) Expense Account. In accordance with this Indenture and the Issuer Account Control Agreement, the Trustee shall, prior to the Closing Date, cause to be established by the Custodian a single, segregated non-interest bearing securities account in the name of the Issuer, subject to the security interest of State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be designated as the Expense Account, which shall be maintained with the Custodian in accordance with the Issuer Account Control Agreement. On the Closing Date, a portion of the proceeds of the Notes in an amount equal to U.S.$270,275 shall be deposited into the Expense Account for use pursuant to this Section 10.3(c). On any Business Day from and including the Closing Date, the Trustee shall apply funds from the Expense Account, as directed by the Collateral Manager, (A) to pay expenses of the Issuer incurred in connection with the establishment of the Issuer and the structuring and consummation of the Offering and the issuance of the Notes and (B) from time to time to pay accrued and unpaid Administrative Expenses of the Issuer. All funds on deposit in the Expense Account will be invested in Eligible Investments at the direction of the Collateral

 

Page 99


Manager. Any income earned on amounts deposited in the Expense Account will be deposited in the Expense Account upon receipt thereof. All amounts remaining on deposit in the Expense Account at the time when substantially all of the assets of the Issuer have been sold or otherwise disposed of will be deposited by the Trustee into the Principal Collection Subaccount for application as Principal Collections on the immediately succeeding Payment Date. If on any date the Trustee obtains knowledge (or is notified by the Collateral Manager or the Valuation Agent) that the aggregate Administrative Expenses payable at any time during a Monthly Period exceeds, or will exceed, the sum of Cash and Eligible Investments then credited to the Expense Account, the Trustee shall so inform the Collateral Manager, the Valuation Agent and the Sole Shareholder and the Sole Shareholder shall be required, pursuant to the Issuer Contribution Agreement and within one Business Day of such notification, to make a capital contribution to the Issuer in an amount at least equal to such shortfall and the Trustee shall credit any such contribution payment to the Expense Account.

In connection with the application of funds from the Expense Account to pay Administrative Expenses of the Issuer, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 10.3(c), the Trustee shall remit such funds, to the extent available, as directed and designated in an Issuer Order (which may be in the form of standing instructions, including standing instructions to pay Administrative Expenses in such amounts on any Payment Date and to such entities as indicated in the Payment Date Report in respect of such Payment Date) delivered to the Trustee no later than the Business Day prior to the date of payment of such Administrative Expense.

 

(d) Delayed-Draw/Committed Proceeds Account. Upon the purchase of any Delayed-Draw Loan or Committed Proceeds Asset not listed on Schedule 1 hereto, funds in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the amounts required to fund the purchase of such Committed Proceeds Asset or (ii) the undrawn portion of any such Delayed-Draw Loan, as the case may be, shall be withdrawn from the Principal Collections Subaccount and deposited by the Trustee in a single, segregated non-interest bearing trust account established at the Custodian and held in the name of the Issuer subject to the security interest of the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the Delayed Draw/Committed Proceeds Account ). On the Closing Date, a portion of the proceeds of the Notes in an amount equal to U.S.$19,250,000 (being the aggregate amount equal to the sum of (i) the amounts required to fund the purchase of the Committed Proceeds Assets listed in Schedule 1 hereto and (ii) the undrawn portion of the Delayed-Draw Loans listed in Schedule 1 hereto) shall be deposited in the Delayed-Draw/Committed Proceeds Account.

Upon the purchase of any Delayed-Draw Loan or Committed Proceeds Asset, funds deposited in the Delayed Draw/Committed Proceeds Account in respect of any such Portfolio Asset will be treated as part of the purchase price therefor. Amounts on deposit in the Delayed Draw/Committed Proceeds Account will be

 

Page 100


invested in Eligible Investments selected by the Collateral Manager having stated maturities no later than the next Business Day immediately succeeding the date such Eligible Investment was acquired and earnings from all such investments will be deposited in the Interest Collection Subaccount as Interest Collections.

Any funds in the Delayed Draw/Committed Proceeds Account (other than earnings from Eligible Investments therein) will be available solely to cover (i) with respect to any Delayed-Draw Loan, drawdowns thereunder and (ii) with respect to any Committed Proceeds Asset, the payment of the purchase price (and related acquisition costs, as applicable) therefor; provided that, on any date of determination, any excess of (A) the amounts on deposit in the Delayed Draw/Committed Proceeds Account over (B) the sum of (I) the aggregate unfunded funding obligations under all Delayed-Draw Loans (which excess may occur for any reason, including upon (i) the sale or maturity of a Delayed-Draw Loan, (ii) the occurrence of an event of default with respect to any such Delayed-Draw Loan and the termination of any commitment to fund obligations thereunder or (iii) any other event or circumstance which results in the irrevocable reduction of the undrawn commitments under such Delayed-Draw Loan) and (II) the aggregate amount required to fund the acquisition of the Committed Proceeds Assets pursuant to the terms of the Committed Proceeds Transactions, may be transferred by the Trustee (at the written direction of the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) from time to time as Principal Collections to the Principal Collection Subaccount.

 

10.4 Reinvestment of Funds in Accounts; Reports by Trustee

 

(a) By Issuer Order (which may be in the form of standing instructions), the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) shall at all times direct the Trustee to, and, upon receipt of such Issuer Order, the Trustee shall, invest all funds on deposit in the Interest Collection Subaccount, the Principal Collection Subaccount and the Expense Account (other than Principal Collections reinvested in Portfolio Assets pursuant to Section 10.2(c)) as so directed in Eligible Investments having stated maturities no later than the Business Day preceding the next Payment Date (or such shorter maturities expressly provided herein). If prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer shall not have given any such investment directions, the Trustee shall seek instructions from the Collateral Manager within three Business Days after transfer of any funds to such accounts. If the Trustee does not thereafter receive written instructions from the Collateral Manager within five Business Days after transfer of such funds to such accounts, it shall invest and reinvest the funds held in such accounts, as fully as practicable, but only in one or more Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Eligible Investments” maturing no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the next Payment Date (or such shorter maturities expressly provided herein). If after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer shall not have given such investment directions to the Trustee for three consecutive days, the Trustee shall invest and reinvest such Cash as fully as

 

Page 101


practicable in Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Eligible Investments” maturing not later than the earlier of (i) 30 days after the date of such investment (unless putable at par to the Obligor thereof) or (ii) the Business Day immediately preceding the next Payment Date (or such shorter maturities expressly provided herein). Except to the extent expressly provided otherwise herein, all Eligible Investments shall be credited to the same Account (or subaccount, as the case may be) from which Cash was applied to acquire such Eligible Investment, all interest and other income from such Eligible Investment shall be deposited in such Account (or subaccount) and any gain realized from, or loss resulting from, such Eligible Investment shall be credited or charged to such Account (or subaccount). The Trustee shall not in any way be held liable by reason of any insufficiency of such accounts which results from any loss relating to any such investment, provided that nothing herein shall relieve the Bank of (i) its obligations or liabilities under any security or obligation issued by the Bank or any Affiliate thereof or (ii) liability for any loss resulting from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud on the part of the Bank or any Affiliate thereof.

 

(b) The Trustee agrees to give the Issuer immediate notice if any Account or any funds on deposit in any Account, or otherwise to the credit of an Account, shall become subject to any writ, order, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process.

 

(c) The Trustee shall supply, in a timely fashion, to the Issuer, the Valuation Agent and the Collateral Manager any information regularly maintained by the Trustee that the Issuer, the Valuation Agent or the Collateral Manager may from time to time reasonably request with respect to the Portfolio Assets, the Accounts and the other Collateral and provide any other requested information reasonably available to the Trustee by reason of its acting as Trustee hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which it is party and required to be provided by Section 10.5 or to permit the Collateral Manager to perform its obligations under the Collateral Management Agreement or the Issuer’s obligations hereunder that have been delegated to the Collateral Manager. The Trustee shall promptly forward to the Collateral Manager and the Valuation Agent copies of notices and other writings received by it from the Obligor of any Portfolio Asset or from any Clearing Agency with respect to any Portfolio Asset which notices or writings advise the holders of such Portfolio Asset of any rights that the holders might have with respect thereto (including, without limitation, requests to vote with respect to amendments or waivers and notices of prepayments and redemptions) as well as all periodic financial reports received from such Obligor and Clearing Agencies with respect to such Obligor.

 

(d) In addition to any credit, withdrawal, transfer or other application of funds with respect to any Account set forth in Article 10, any credit, withdrawal, transfer or other application of funds with respect to any Account authorized elsewhere in this Indenture is hereby authorized.

 

Page 102


(e) Any account established under this Indenture may include any number of subaccounts deemed necessary or advisable by the Trustee in the administration of the Accounts.

 

10.5 Accountings

 

(a) Payment Date Report. Not later than the eighth Business Day after the last day of each Monthly Period and commencing in June 2013, the Issuer shall compile and make available (or cause the Collateral Administrator to compile and make available) to the Trustee, the Collateral Manager, the Valuation Agent and, upon written request therefor, to any Holder shown on the Note Register, a monthly payment date report on a trade date basis (each such report a Payment Date Report ). The first Payment Date Report shall be delivered in June 2013 as described above and shall be determined with respect to the Monthly Period ending in May 2013. The Payment Date Report for a calendar month shall contain the following information with respect to the Portfolio Assets and Eligible Investments included in the Collateral, and shall be determined as of the Determination Date for such calendar month:

 

  (i) A schedule titled “Distributions” showing: (A) The Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes at the beginning of the Monthly Period and such amount as a percentage of the original Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes; and (B) Interest Collections payable on the next Payment Date.

 

  (ii) The amounts payable pursuant to each clause of Section 11.1(a)(i), each clause of Section 11.1(a)(ii) and each clause of Section 11.1(a)(iii), as applicable, on the related Payment Date.

 

  (iii) For the Collection Account:

 

  (A) the Balance on deposit in the Collection Account at the end of the related Monthly Period;

 

  (B) the amounts of (x) Interest Collections payable from the Interest Collection Subaccount and (y) Principal Collections payable from the Principal Collection Subaccount, in each case to the Payment Account in order to make payments pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i) and Section 11.1(a)(ii) on the next Payment Date; and

 

  (C) the Balance remaining in the Collection Account immediately after all payments and deposits to be made on such Payment Date.

Upon receipt of each Payment Date Report, the Trustee shall compare the information contained in such Payment Date Report to the information contained in its records with respect to the Collateral and shall, within three Business Days

 

Page 103


after receipt of such Payment Date Report, notify the Issuer, the Collateral Administrator, the Valuation Agent and the Collateral Manager if the information contained in the Payment Date Report does not conform to the information maintained by the Trustee with respect to the Collateral. In the event that any discrepancy exists, the Trustee and the Issuer, or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, shall attempt to resolve the discrepancy. If such discrepancy cannot be promptly resolved, the Trustee shall within five Business Days notify the Collateral Manager and the Valuation Agent, and the Valuation Agent shall review such Payment Date Report and the Trustee’s records to determine the cause of such discrepancy. If such review reveals an error in the Payment Date Report or the Trustee’s records, the Payment Date Report or the Trustee’s records shall be revised accordingly and, as so revised, shall be utilized in making all calculations pursuant to this Indenture and notice of any error in the Payment Date Report shall be sent as soon as practicable by the Issuer to all recipients of such report which may be accomplished by making a notation of such error in the subsequent Payment Date Report.

Each Payment Date Report shall constitute instructions to the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Payment Account and pay or transfer such amounts set forth in such Payment Date Report in the manner specified and in accordance with the priorities established in Section 11.1.

 

(b) [Reserved]

 

(c) Daily Reporting . Not later than 12:00 p.m. on each Business Day, the Issuer shall cause the Collateral Administrator to compile and make available to the Trustee, the Collateral Manager, the Valuation Agent and, upon written request therefor, any Holder shown on the Note Register, a daily report in a form agreed to by the parties (each such report, a Daily Report ). The Daily Report shall contain the following information:

 

  (i) (x) The Aggregate Principal Balance of Portfolio Assets and (y) with respect to each Account, (I) the Aggregate Principal Balance of Eligible Investments and (II) the Cash balance thereof;

 

  (ii) For each Account, the cash balance of, the Eligible Investments credited to, and each credit or debit (specifying the nature, source and amount);

 

  (iii) A schedule showing the amount of Interest Collections received from the date of determination of the immediately preceding Payment Date Report for (A) Interest Collections from Portfolio Assets (with any Interest Collections consisting of Realized Gains reflected as a separate line item) and (B) Interest Collections from Eligible Investments (with any Interest Collections consisting of Realized Gains reflected as a separate line item);

 

Page 104


  (iv) A schedule titled “Distributions” showing: (A) The Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes and such amount as a percentage of the original Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes; and (B) Interest Collections payable on the next Payment Date;

 

  (v) Purchases, prepayments, and sales:

 

  (A) The identity, Principal Balance (other than any accrued interest that was purchased with Principal Collections (but excluding any capitalized interest)), Principal Collections and Interest Collections received, and date for (X) each Portfolio Asset that was released for sale or disposition by the Issuer (and the identity and Principal Balance of each Portfolio Asset which the Issuer has entered into a commitment to sell or dispose) pursuant to Section 12.1 since the end of the last Monthly Period and (Y) each prepayment or redemption of a Portfolio Asset; and

 

  (B) The identity, Principal Balance, Principal Collections and Interest Collections expended, and date for each Portfolio Asset that was purchased by the Issuer (and the identity and Purchase Price of each Portfolio Asset which the Issuer has entered into a commitment to purchase) since the end of the last Monthly Period.

 

  (vi) Trade Date;

 

  (vii) Settlement Date;

 

  (viii) Trade Type;

 

  (ix) Par Amount;

 

  (x) Trade Price;

 

  (xi) Counter Bank Name;

 

  (xii) Trade Amount;

 

  (xiii) Trade Quantity;

 

  (xiv) Trade Settled;

 

  (xv) Accrued Interest;

 

  (xvi) Facility Original Amount Global;

 

  (xvii) Rate Type (fixed versus floating);

 

Page 105


  (xviii) Par Amount Traded;

 

  (xix) Par Amount Settled;

 

  (xx) Commitment Settled;

 

  (xxi) Commitment Traded;

 

  (xxii) Outstanding Settled;

 

  (xxiii) Moody’s rating;

 

  (xxiv) S&P rating;

 

  (xxv) With respect to any Portfolio Asset not included in Schedule 1 hereto, the following information:

 

  (A) The Obligor(s) thereon (including the issuer ticker, if any);

 

  (B) The CUSIP or security identifier thereof;

 

  (C) The Principal Balance thereof (other than any accrued interest that was purchased with Principal Collections (but excluding any capitalized interest)) with any capitalized interest reflected as a separate line item;

 

  (D) The related interest rate or spread (including any applicable LIBOR floors), the related interest payment period (quarterly, semi-annually, etc.) and if interest may be capitalized;

 

  (E) The stated maturity thereof;

 

  (F) The related Moody’s Industry Classification;

 

  (G) The related S&P Industry Classification;

 

  (H) The country of domicile of the Portfolio Asset Obligor;

 

  (I) An indication as to whether each such Portfolio Asset (1) is a Senior Secured Loan, (2) is a Second Lien Loan, (3) is a Defaulted Obligation, (4) is a DIP Loan, (5) is a Cov-Lite Loan; (6) is a Bond; (7) pays interest less frequently than quarterly; (8) is an unsecured Loan; (9) is a Deferrable Security; and (10) is a Participation Interest (including the name of the applicable Selling Institution);

 

Page 106


  (J) The date, if applicable, such Portfolio Asset has become a Defaulted Obligation;

 

  (xxvi) Cash balance of each Account.

 

(d) Failure to Provide Accounting. If the Trustee is not the Collateral Administrator and shall not have received any accounting provided for in this Section 10.5 on the first Business Day after the date on which such accounting is due to the Trustee, the Trustee shall notify the Collateral Manager who shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain such accounting by the applicable Payment Date. To the extent the Collateral Manager is required to provide any information or reports pursuant to this Section 10.5 as a result of the failure of the Issuer to provide such information or reports, the Collateral Manager shall do so at its own expense.

 

(e) Required Content of Certain Reports. Each Payment Date Report or Daily Report sent to any Holder or beneficial owner of an interest in a Note shall contain, or be accompanied by, the following notices:

“The Notes have not been and will not be registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Notes may be beneficially owned only by Persons that (i) (A) are not U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act) who purchased their beneficial interest in an offshore transaction or (B) (I) are both (1) (x) a Qualified Purchaser, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules thereunder or (y) an entity owned (or in the case of Qualified Purchasers, beneficially owned) exclusively by Qualified Purchasers and (2) (x) in the case of a Person that is an initial purchaser of the Notes, an Accredited Investor, within the meaning of Rule 105(a) under the Securities Act, or a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (y) in the case of a Person who becomes a beneficial owner subsequent to the date of the Indenture, a Qualified Institutional Buyer that is not a broker- dealer which owns and invests on a discretionary basis less than U.S.$25,000,000 in securities of issuers that are not affiliated persons of the dealer and is not a plan referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(d) or (a)(1)(i)(e) of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or a trust fund referred to in paragraph (a)(1)(i)(f) of Rule 144A under the Securities Act that holds the assets of such a plan, if investment decisions with respect to the plan are made by beneficiaries of the plan, who is purchasing the Notes in reliance on the exemption from Securities Act registration provided by Rule 144A thereunder and (II) can make the representations set forth in Section 2.5 of the Indenture and, if applicable, the appropriate Exhibit B to the Indenture and (c) otherwise comply with the restrictions set forth in the applicable Note legends. In addition, (i) beneficial ownership interests in Rule 144A Global Notes may only be transferred to a Person that is both a Qualified Institutional Buyer and a Qualified Purchaser or a Person beneficially owned exclusively by Qualified Purchasers and (ii) Certificated Notes may only be owned by a Person that is both a Qualified Institutional Buyer and a Qualified Purchaser or a Person

 

Page 107


beneficially owned exclusively by a Person that is both a Qualified Institutional Buyer and a Qualified Purchaser, and, in each case, that can make the representations referred to in clause (b) of the preceding sentence. The Issuer has the right to compel any beneficial owner of a Note that does not meet the qualifications set forth in the preceding sentences to sell its interest in such Note, or may sell such interest on behalf of such owner, pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Indenture.

Each Holder receiving this report agrees to keep all non-public information herein confidential and not to use such information for any purpose other than its evaluation of its investment in the Notes, provided that any Holder may provide such information on a confidential basis to any prospective purchaser of such Holder’s Notes that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to acquire such Holder’s Notes and that agrees to keep such information confidential in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.”

 

(f) Availability of Information. The Issuer (or the Trustee on behalf of the Issuer) may post the information contained in a Payment Date Report or Daily Report to a password-protected internet site accessible only to the Holders of the Notes and to the Collateral Manager.

 

10.6 Release of Collateral

 

(a) If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (in the case of sales pursuant to Sections 12.1(a) and (d)) and subject to Article 12, the Issuer may, by Issuer Order executed by an Authorized Representative of the Collateral Manager, delivered to the Trustee at least one Business Day prior to the settlement date for any sale of any Collateral certifying that the sale of such Collateral is being made in accordance with Section 12.1 hereof and such sale complies with all applicable requirements of Section 12.1, direct the Trustee to release or cause to be released such Collateral from the lien of this Indenture and, upon receipt of such Issuer Order, the Trustee shall deliver any such Collateral, if in physical form, duly endorsed to the broker or purchaser designated in such Issuer Order or, if such Collateral is a Clearing Corporation Security, cause an appropriate transfer thereof to be made, in each case against receipt of the sales price therefor as specified by the Collateral Manager in such Issuer Order; provided that the Trustee may deliver any such Collateral in physical form for examination in accordance with street delivery custom.

 

(b) Subject to the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee shall upon an Issuer Order (i) deliver any Collateral, and release or cause to be released such Collateral from the lien of this Indenture, which is set for any mandatory call or payment in full to the appropriate paying agent on or before the date set for such call or payment, in each case against receipt of the call or payment in full thereof and (ii) provide notice thereof to the Collateral Manager.

 

Page 108


(c) Upon receiving actual notice of any offer or any request for a waiver, consent, amendment or other modification with respect to any Portfolio Asset, the Trustee on behalf of the Issuer shall notify the Valuation Agent of any Portfolio Asset that is subject to a tender offer, voluntary redemption, exchange offer, conversion or other similar action (an Offer ) or such request. Unless the Notes have been accelerated following an Event of Default, the Collateral Manager may direct (x) the Trustee to accept or participate in or decline or refuse to participate in such Offer and, in the case of acceptance or participation, to release from the lien of this Indenture such Portfolio Asset in accordance with the terms of the Offer against receipt of payment therefor, or (y) the Issuer or the Trustee to agree to or otherwise act with respect to such consent, waiver, amendment or modification; provided that in the absence of any such direction, the Trustee shall not respond or react to such Offer or request.

 

(d) As provided in Section 10.2(a), the Trustee shall deposit any proceeds received by it from the disposition of a Portfolio Asset in the applicable subaccount of the Collection Account, unless simultaneously applied to the purchase of additional Portfolio Assets or Eligible Investments as permitted under and in accordance with the requirements of this Article 10 and Article 12.

 

(e) The Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order at such time as there are no Notes Outstanding and all obligations of the Issuer hereunder have been satisfied, release any remaining Collateral from the lien of this Indenture.

 

(f) Any security, Portfolio Asset or amounts that are released pursuant to Section 10.6(a), (b) or (c) shall be released from the lien of this Indenture.

 

10.7 Procedures Relating to the Establishment of Accounts Controlled by the Trustee

Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, the Trustee agrees that with respect to each of the Accounts, it will cause each Securities Intermediary establishing any such Account to enter into an account control agreement and, if the Securities Intermediary is the Bank, shall cause the Bank to comply with the provisions of such account control agreement. The Trustee shall have the right to cause the establishment of such subaccounts of any such Account as it deems necessary or appropriate for convenience of administration.

 

10.8 Section 3(c)(7) Procedures

 

(a) DTC Actions. The Issuer will direct (or cause its agent to direct) DTC to take the following steps in connection with the Global Notes (or such other appropriate steps regarding legends of restrictions on the Global Notes under Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act and Rule 144A as may be customary under DTC procedures at any given time):

 

Page 109


  (i) The Issuer will direct (or cause its agent to direct) DTC to include the marker “3c7” in the DTC 20-character security descriptor and the 48-character additional descriptor for the Global Notes.

 

  (ii) The Issuer will direct (or cause its agent to direct) DTC to cause each physical deliver order ticket that is delivered by DTC to purchasers to contain the 20-character security descriptor. The Issuer will direct (or cause its agent to direct) DTC to cause each deliver order ticket that is delivered by DTC to purchasers in electronic form to contain a “3c7” indicator and a related user manual for participants. Such user manual will contain a description of the relevant restrictions imposed by Section 3(c)(7).

 

  (iii) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer will instruct (or cause its agent to direct) DTC to send a Section 3(c)(7) Notice to all DTC participants in connection with the offering of the Global Notes.

 

  (iv) In addition to the obligations of the Note Registrar set forth in Section 2.5, the Issuer will from time to time (upon the request of the Trustee) make a request (or cause its agent to request) to DTC to deliver to the Issuer a list of all DTC participants holding an interest in the Global Notes.

 

  (v) The Issuer will cause each CUSIP number obtained for a Global Note to have a fixed field containing “3c7” and “144A” indicators, as applicable, attached to such CUSIP number.

 

(b) Bloomberg Screens, Etc. The Issuer will from time to time request (or cause its agent to request) all third-party vendors to include on screens maintained by such vendors appropriate legends regarding restrictions on the Global Notes under Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act and Rule 144A.

 

11. A PPLICATION O F C ASH

 

11.1 Disbursements of Cash from Payment Account

 

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Transaction Documents or the Notes, the Trustee shall disburse amounts transferred from the Collection Account to the Payment Account pursuant to Section 10.2(f) in accordance with the following (the Priority of Payments ):

 

  (i) On each Payment Date, unless an Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing, all amounts transferred to the Payment Account from the Interest Collection Subaccount shall be applied to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A Notes.

 

Page 110


  (ii) On the date of Maturity, unless an Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing, all amounts transferred to the Payment Account from the Principal Collection Subaccount shall be applied (A) first, to the repayment of principal of the Class A Notes until the Class A Notes have been paid in full; and (B) second, all remaining Principal Collections shall be paid to the Issuer (in accordance with directions of the Issuer to the Trustee).

 

  (iii) If a declaration of acceleration of the maturity of the Notes has occurred following an Event of Default and such declaration of acceleration has not been rescinded (an Enforcement Event ), the Trustee shall apply proceeds in respect of the Portfolio Assets on each date or dates fixed by the Trustee (each such date to occur on a Payment Date), in accordance with clause (i) (in the case of Interest Collections) and clause (ii) (in the case of Principal Collections) of this Section 11.1(a).

 

(b) [Reserved].

 

12. S ALE OF P ORTFOLIO A SSETS ; PURCHASE OF ADDITIONAL P ORTFOLIO A SSETS

 

12.1 Sales of Portfolio Assets

 

(a) The Issuer will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Portfolio Asset unless each of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

  (i) the Sole Shareholder is not in default of any payment obligation or contribution obligation owing under the Issuer Contribution Agreement; and

 

  (ii) such sale or other disposition is made solely for consideration consisting of cash and otherwise on arms’ length terms.

 

(b) Mandatory Dispositions . If (A) a “Bankruptcy”, “Failure to Pay” or “Restructuring” (each as defined in the ISDA 2003 Credit Derivatives Definitions) occurs with respect to any Portfolio Asset, or such Portfolio Asset becomes a Defaulted Obligation or (B) any Portfolio Asset fails to satisfy any Asset Eligibility Criteria on the applicable Portfolio Asset Trade Date (or is the subject of a breach of a representation, warranty or certification as to the characteristics thereof), then the Issuer shall, within 14 days after the occurrence of such event, dispose of such Portfolio Asset.

 

(c) Right of Valuation Agent to Direct Dispositions . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Valuation Agent may require the Issuer to sell all or any portion of the Portfolio Assets in the Portfolio, and by notice (or multiple notices, so long as such Event of Default is continuing) to the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuer and Collateral Manager) may direct the Trustee to sell such Portfolio Assets as identified by the Valuation Agent in such notice, and the Trustee shall sell such Portfolio Assets as identified in such notice.

 

Page 111


(d) [Reserved]

 

12.2 Acquisition of Portfolio Assets; Eligible Investments

 

(a) Acquisition of Portfolio Assets . The Issuer will not acquire any Portfolio Asset (other than a Portfolio Asset included in the Portfolio on the Closing Date) unless as of the Portfolio Asset Trade Date (x) such Portfolio Asset satisfies each of the Asset Eligibility Criteria and (y) each of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

  (i) the acquisition of such Portfolio Asset and the purchase price thereof shall be on arm’s length terms;

 

  (ii) the Sole Shareholder is not in default of any payment obligation or contribution obligation owing under the Issuer Contribution Agreement;

 

  (iii) no Event of Default (or any event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing immediately prior to or immediately after giving effect to such acquisition; and

 

  (iv) if such Portfolio Asset is to be acquired from the Sole Shareholder, the acquisition will not cause the aggregate of the Adjusted Principal Balance of all Portfolio Assets that the Issuer has acquired from the Sole Shareholder and forming part of the Portfolio (after giving effect to such proposed acquisition) to exceed 85% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes as of such date.

 

(b) Investment in Eligible Investments. Cash on deposit in any Account (other than the Payment Account) may be invested at any time in Eligible Investments in accordance with Article 10.

 

12.3 Conditions Applicable to All Sale and Purchase Transactions

 

(a) Any transaction effected under this Article 12 or in connection with the acquisition of additional Portfolio Assets shall be conducted on an arm’s length basis and, if effected with a Person Affiliated with the Collateral Manager (or with an account or portfolio for which the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates serves as investment adviser), shall be effected in accordance with the requirements of Section 6(e) of the Collateral Management Agreement on terms no less favorable to the Issuer than would be the case if such Person were not so Affiliated, provided that the Trustee shall have no responsibility to oversee compliance with this clause (a) by the other parties.

 

Page 112


(b) Upon any acquisition of a Portfolio Asset pursuant to this Article 12, all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest to the Collateral or Collateral shall be Granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, such Collateral or Collateral shall be Delivered to the Custodian, and, if applicable, the Custodian shall receive such Collateral or Collateral.

 

13. R ELATIONS AMONG H OLDERS

 

13.1 Relations among Holders

 

(a) Each Holder agrees, for the benefit of all Holders, not to cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy against the Issuer until the payment in full of all Notes (and any other debt obligations of the Issuer that have been rated upon issuance by any rating agency at the request of the Issuer) and the expiration of a period equal to one year and one day or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day, following such payment in full. In the event one or more Holders of Notes cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy against the Issuer prior to the expiration of such period, any claim that such Holder(s) have against the Issuer or with respect to any Collateral (including any proceeds thereof) shall be fully subordinate in right of payment to the claims of each Holder of any Note that does not seek to cause any such filing, with such subordination being effective until each Note held by each Holder of any Note that does not seek to cause any such filing is paid in full in accordance with the Priority of Payments set forth herein (after giving effect to such subordination). The foregoing sentence shall constitute a “subordination agreement” within the meaning of Section 510(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

 

13.2 Standard of Conduct

In exercising any of its or their voting rights, rights to direct and consent or any other rights as a Holder under this Indenture, a Holder or Holders shall not have any obligation or duty to any Person or to consider or take into account the interests of any Person and shall not be liable to any Person for any action taken by it or them or at its or their direction or any failure by it or them to act or to direct that an action be taken, without regard to whether such action or inaction benefits or adversely affects any Holder, the Issuer, or any other Person, except for any liability to which such Holder may be subject to the extent the same results from such Holder’s taking or directing an action, or failing to take or direct an action, in bad faith or in violation of the express terms of this Indenture.

 

Page 113


14. M ISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an Officer of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager may and, where required by the Issuer shall, be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel (provided that such counsel is a nationally or internationally recognized and reputable law firm), unless such Officer knows, or should know that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which such certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Officer of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager or Opinion of Counsel may and, where required by the Issuer, shall be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or any other Person, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or such other Person, unless such Officer of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager or such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. Any Opinion of Counsel may also be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer of the Collateral Manager, the Issuer, stating that the information with respect to such matters is in the possession of the Collateral Manager, the Issuer, unless such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the absence of the occurrence and continuation of a Default or Event of Default is a condition precedent to the taking of any action by the Trustee at the request or direction of the Issuer, then notwithstanding that the satisfaction of such condition is a condition precedent to the Issuer’s right to make such request or direction, the Trustee shall be protected in acting in accordance with such request or direction if it does not have knowledge of the occurrence and continuation of such Default or Event of Default as provided in Section 6.1(d).

 

14.2 Acts of Holders

 

(a)

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in writing or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action or actions embodied therein and evidenced

 

Page 114


  thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the Act of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 14.2.

 

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c) The principal amount or face amount, as the case may be, and registered numbers of Notes held by any Person, and the date of such Person’s holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder (and any transferee thereof) of such and of every Note issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

14.3 Notices, etc., to Trustee, the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Administrator, the Paying Agent, the Valuation Agent

 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, instruction, order, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered, e-mailed or furnished to, or filed with:

 

  (i) the Trustee shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to and mailed, by certified mail, return receipt requested, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service guaranteeing next day delivery, by electronic mail, or by facsimile in legible form, to the Trustee addressed to it at its applicable Corporate Trust Office, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the other parties hereto by the Trustee, and executed by an Authorized Representative of the entity sending such request, demand, authorization, direction, instruction, order, notice, consent, waiver or other document, provided that any demand, authorization, direction, instruction, order, notice, consent, waiver or other document sent to State Street Bank and Trust Company, 200 Clarendon Street, Mail Code: JHT06, Attention: Structured Trust & Analytics, Boston, MA 02116, Facsimile No. 617-937-0583, E-mail: statestreet_CDO_services@statestreet.com (in any capacity hereunder) will be deemed effective only upon receipt thereof by Scott Berry;

 

Page 115


  (ii) the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by facsimile in legible form, to the Issuer addressed to it at c/o CM Finance LLC, 399 Park Avenue, 39 th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Stephon Barnes, Christopher E. Jansen and Michael C. Mauer, telephone no. (212) 380-5904, Facsmile no. (212) 380-5915, email:  cjansen@cyruscapital.com , mmauer@cyruscapital.com and ops@cyruscapital.com or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the other parties hereto by the Issuer, as the case may be, with a copy to the Collateral Manager at its address below;

 

  (iii) the Collateral Manager shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by facsimile in legible form, to the Collateral Manager addressed to it at 399 Park Avenue, 39 th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Stephon Barnes, Christopher E. Jansen and Michael C. Mauer, telephone no.: (212) 380-5904, Facsmile no. (212) 380-5915, email: cjansen@cyruscapital.com , mmauer@cyruscapital.com and ops@cyruscapital.com or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the parties hereto;

 

  (iv) the Bank shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by telecopy in legible form, addressed to State Street Bank and Trust Company, 200 Clarendon Street, Mail Code: JHT06, Attention: Structured Trust & Analytics, Boston, MA 02116, Facsimile No. 617-937-0583, E-mail: statestreet_CDO_services@statestreet.com , or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Bank;

 

  (v) the Collateral Administrator shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by facsimile in legible form, to the Collateral Administrator at State Street Bank and Trust Company, 200 Clarendon Street, Mail Code: JHT06, Attention: Structured Trust & Analytics, Boston, MA 02116, Facsimile No. 617-937-0583, E-mail: statestreet_CDO_services@statestreet.com , or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the parties hereto; and

 

  (vi) the Valuation Agent shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by telecopy in legible form, addressed to UBS AG, London Branch, Structured Funding, Attn: Ben Stewart, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019-6064, Tel: (203) 719- 1611, E-mail: OL-Cyrus-TRS@ubs.com, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee by UBS.

 

Page 116


(b) In the event that any provision in this Indenture calls for any notice or document to be delivered simultaneously to the Trustee and any other Person, the Trustee’s receipt of such notice or document shall entitle the Trustee to assume that such notice or document was delivered to such other Person unless otherwise expressly specified herein.

 

(c) Any reference herein to information being provided “in writing” shall be deemed to include each permitted method of delivery specified in sub clause (a) above.

 

14.4 Notices to Holders; Waiver

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event,

 

(a) such notice shall be sufficiently given to Holders if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Note Register (or, in the case of Holders of Global Notes, emailed to DTC for distribution to each Holder affected by such event), not earlier than the earliest date and not later than the latest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice; and

 

(b) such notice shall be in the English language.

Such notices will be deemed to have been given on the date of such mailing.

Notwithstanding clause (a) above, a Holder may give the Trustee a written notice that it is requesting that notices to it be given by electronic mail or by facsimile transmissions and stating the electronic mail address or facsimile number for such transmission. Thereafter, the Trustee shall give notices to such Holder by electronic mail or facsimile transmission, as so requested; provided that if such notice also requests that notices be given by mail, then such notice shall also be given by mail in accordance with clause (a) above.

The Trustee will deliver to the Holders any information or notice relating to this Indenture requested to be so delivered by at least 25% of the Holders (by Aggregate Outstanding Amount), at the expense of the Issuer. The Trustee may require the requesting Holders to comply with its standard verification policies in order to confirm Holder status.

Neither the failure to mail any notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail of any event to Holders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then such notification to Holders as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification to such Holders for every purpose hereunder.

 

Page 117


Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

14.5 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

The Article and Section headings herein (including those used in cross-references herein) and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

14.6 Successors and Assigns

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

14.7 Severability

If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Indenture or the Notes, or the application thereof to any party hereto or any circumstance, is held to be unenforceable, invalid or illegal (in whole or in part) for any reason (in any relevant jurisdiction), the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture or the Notes, modified by the deletion of the unenforceable, invalid or illegal portion (in any relevant jurisdiction), will continue in full force and effect, and such unenforceability, invalidity, or illegality will not otherwise affect the enforceability, validity or legality of the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be, so long as this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be, as so modified continues to express, without material change, the original intentions of the parties as to the subject matter hereof and the deletion of such portion of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be, will not substantially impair the respective expectations or reciprocal obligations of the parties or the practical realization of the benefits that would otherwise be conferred upon the parties.

 

14.8 Benefits of Indenture

The Valuation Agent and the Collateral Manager shall each be an express third party beneficiary of each agreement or obligation in this Indenture (including, without limitation, any right to make a determination, receive a notice, report or certificate, make a request, give consent or direct a disposition expressed as being exercisable by the Valuation Agent or Collateral Manager hereunder). Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, the Holders, the Collateral Manager and the Valuation Agent, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Page 118


14.9 Legal Holidays

In the event that the date of any Payment Date or Stated Maturity shall not be a Business Day, then notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture, payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the nominal date of any such Payment Date or Stated Maturity date, as the case may be, and except as provided in the definition of “Monthly Period”, no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period from and after any such nominal date.

14.10 Governing Law

This Indenture and the Notes shall be construed in accordance with, and this Indenture and the Notes and any matters arising out of or relating in any way whatsoever to this Indenture or the Notes (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York.

14.11 Submission to Jurisdiction

With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Indenture or any matter between the parties arising under or in connection with this Indenture ( Proceedings ), each party irrevocably: (i) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof; and (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party. Nothing in this Indenture precludes any of the parties from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

14.12 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

EACH OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. Each party hereby (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the other would not, in the event of a Proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this Indenture by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this paragraph.

 

Page 119


14.13 Counterparts

This Indenture (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of this Indenture) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart signature page of this Indenture by e-mail (PDF) or facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture.

14.14 Acts of Issuer

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or performed by the Issuer shall be effective if given or performed by the Issuer or by the Collateral Manager on the Issuer’s behalf.

14.15 Confidential Information

 

(a)

The Trustee and each Holder of Notes will maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by the Issuer or such Holder in good faith to protect Confidential Information of third parties delivered to such Person; provided that such Person may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to: (i) such Person’s directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and Affiliates who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.15 and to the extent such disclosure is reasonably required for the administration of this Indenture, the matters contemplated hereby or the investment represented by the Notes; (ii) such Person’s financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.15 and to the extent such disclosure is reasonably required for the administration of this Indenture, the matters contemplated hereby or the investment represented by the Notes; (iii) any other Holder; (iv) any Person of the type that would be, to such Person’s knowledge, permitted to acquire Notes in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.5 hereof to which such Person sells or offers to sell any such Note or any part thereof (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14.15); (v) any other Person from which such former Person offers to purchase any security of the Issuer (if such other Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14.15); (vi) any Federal or State or other regulatory, governmental or judicial authority having jurisdiction over such Person; (vii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about the investment portfolio of such Person, reinsurers and liquidity and credit providers that agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 14.15; (viii) any other Person with the consent of the

 

Page 120


  Issuer and the Collateral Manager; or (ix) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (A) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Person, (B) in response to any subpoena or other legal process upon prior notice to the Issuer (unless prohibited by applicable law, rule, order or decree or other requirement having the force of law), (C) in connection with any litigation to which such Person is a party upon prior notice to the Issuer (unless prohibited by applicable law, rule, order or decree or other requirement having the force of law) or (D) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Person may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under the Notes or this Indenture or (E) in the Trustee’s or Collateral Administrator’s performance of its obligations under this Indenture, the Collateral Administration Agreement or other transaction document related thereto; and provided that delivery to Holders by the Trustee or the Collateral Administrator of any report of information required by the terms of this Indenture to be provided to Holders shall not be a violation of this Section 14.15. Each Holder of Notes agrees, except as set forth in clauses (vi), (vii) and (ix) above, that it shall use the Confidential Information for the sole purpose of making an investment in the Notes or administering its investment in the Notes; and that the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator shall neither be required nor authorized to disclose to Holders any Confidential Information in violation of this Section 14.15. In the event of any required disclosure of the Confidential Information by such Holder, such Holder agrees to use reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information. Each Holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 14.15.

 

(b) For the purposes of this Section 14.15, Confidential Information means information delivered to the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or any Holder of Notes by or on behalf of the Issuer in connection with and relating to the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Indenture; provided that such term does not include information that: (i) was publicly known or otherwise known to the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or such Holder prior to the time of such disclosure; (ii) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, any Holder or any person acting on behalf of the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or any Holder; (iii) otherwise is known or becomes known to the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or any Holder other than (x) through disclosure by the Issuer or (y) to the knowledge of the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or a Holder, as the case may be, in each case after reasonable inquiry, as a result of the breach of a fiduciary duty to the Issuer or a contractual duty to the Issuer; or (iv) is allowed to be treated as non-confidential by consent of the Issuer.

 

Page 121


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator may disclose Confidential Information to the extent disclosure thereof may be required by law or by any regulatory or governmental authority and the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator may disclose on a confidential basis any Confidential Information to its agents, attorneys and auditors in connection with the performance of its responsibilities hereunder.

 

15. A SSIGNMENT O F C ERTAIN A GREEMENTS

 

15.1 Assignment of Collateral Management Agreement, Collateral Administration Agreement and Issuer Contribution Agreement

 

(a) The Issuer hereby acknowledges that its Grant pursuant to the first Granting Clause hereof includes all of the Issuer’s estate, right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral Management Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement and the Issuer Contribution Agreement including (i) the right to give all notices, consents and releases thereunder, (ii) the right to receive all notices, accountings, consents, releases and statements thereunder, (iii) the right to do any and all other things whatsoever that the Issuer is or may be entitled to do thereunder, (iv) with respect to the Collateral Management Agreement, the right to give all notices of termination and to take any legal action upon the breach of an obligation of the Collateral Manager thereunder, including the commencement, conduct and consummation of proceedings at law or in equity, and (v) with respect to the Issuer Contribution Agreement, the right to give equity contribution notices and to do any and all other things whatsoever that the Issuer is or may be entitled to do thereunder; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Issuer shall retain, and the Trustee shall not have, the authority to exercise any of the rights set forth in (i) through (v) above or that may otherwise arise as a result of the Grant until the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and such authority shall terminate at such time, if any, as such Event of Default is cured or waived.

 

(b) The assignment made hereby is executed as collateral security, and the execution and delivery hereby shall not in any way impair or diminish the obligations of the Issuer under the provisions of the Collateral Management Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement and the Issuer Contribution Agreement nor shall any of the obligations contained in such agreements be imposed on the Trustee.

 

(c) Upon the retirement of the Notes, the payment of all amounts required to be paid pursuant to the Priority of Payments and the release of the Collateral from the lien of this Indenture, this assignment and all rights herein assigned to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders shall cease and terminate and all the estate, right, title and interest of the Trustee in, to and under the Collateral Management Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement and the Issuer Contribution Agreement shall revert to the Issuer and no further instrument or act shall be necessary to evidence such termination and reversion.

 

Page 122


(d) The Issuer represents that the Issuer has not executed any other assignment of the Collateral Management Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement or the Issuer Contribution Agreement.

 

(e) The Issuer agrees that this assignment is irrevocable, and that it will not take any action which is inconsistent with this assignment or make any other assignment inconsistent herewith. The Issuer will, from time to time, execute all instruments of further assurance and all such supplemental instruments with respect to this assignment as may be necessary to continue and maintain the effectiveness of such assignment.

 

(f) Subject to Section 15.1(a), the Issuer hereby agrees, and hereby undertakes to obtain the agreement and consent of the Collateral Manager in the Collateral Management Agreement, to the following:

 

  (i) The Collateral Manager shall consent to the provisions of this assignment and agree to perform any provisions of this Indenture applicable to the Collateral Manager subject to the terms (including the standard of care set forth in the Collateral Management Agreement) of the Collateral Management Agreement.

 

  (ii) The Collateral Manager shall acknowledge that the Issuer is assigning all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral Management Agreement to the Trustee as representative of the Holders and the Collateral Manager shall agree that all of the representations, covenants and agreements made by the Collateral Manager in the Collateral Management Agreement are also for the benefit of the Trustee, subject to Section 15.1(a).

 

  (iii) The Collateral Manager shall deliver to the Trustee copies of all notices, statements, communications and instruments delivered or required to be delivered by the Collateral Manager to the Issuer pursuant to the Collateral Management Agreement.

 

  (iv) Neither the Issuer nor the Collateral Manager will enter into any agreement amending, modifying or terminating the Collateral Management Agreement (other than an amendment to correct inconsistencies, typographical or other errors, defects or ambiguities) or selecting or consenting to a successor manager except with the consents and satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Collateral Management Agreement entered into on the Closing Date.

 

Page 123


  (v) The Collateral Manager agrees not to cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy against or on behalf of the Issuer until the payment in full of all Notes issued under this Indenture and the expiration of a period equal to one year and a day, or, if longer, the applicable preference period, following such payment. Nothing in this Section 15.1 shall preclude, or be deemed to stop, the Collateral Manager from taking any action prior to the expiration of the aforementioned period in (A) any case or Proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Issuer (other than any such Proceeding filed or commenced on behalf of the Issuer at the direction of the Collateral Manager or Sole Shareholder) or (B) any involuntary insolvency Proceeding filed or commenced by a Person other than the Collateral Manager or Sole Shareholder.

 

(g) Upon a Trust Officer of the Trustee (i) receiving written notice from the Collateral Manager that an event constituting “Cause” as defined in the Collateral Management Agreement has occurred, (ii) receiving written notice that the Collateral Manager is resigning or is being removed, with or without “Cause” or (iii) written notice of a successor collateral manager, the Trustee shall, not later than one Business Day thereafter, notify the Holders (as their names appear in the Note Register).

 

(h) Subject to Section 15.1(a), the Issuer hereby agrees, and hereby undertakes to obtain the agreement and consent of the Sole Shareholder in the Issuer Contribution Agreement, to the following:

 

  (i) The Sole Shareholder shall consent to the provisions of this assignment and agree to perform any provisions of this Indenture applicable to the Sole Shareholder subject to the terms of the Issuer Contribution Agreement.

 

  (ii) The Sole Shareholder shall acknowledge that the Issuer is assigning all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Issuer Contribution Agreement to the Trustee as representative of the Holders and the Sole Shareholder shall agree that all of the representations, covenants and agreements made by the Sole Shareholder in the Issuer Contribution Agreement are also for the benefit of the Trustee, subject to Section 15.1(a).

 

  (iii) The Sole Shareholder shall deliver to the Trustee copies of all notices, statements, communications and instruments delivered or required to be delivered by the Sole Shareholder to the Issuer pursuant to the Issuer Contribution Agreement.

 

Page 124


  (iv) Neither the Issuer nor the Sole Shareholder will enter into any agreement amending, modifying or terminating the Issuer Contribution Agreement (other than an amendment to correct inconsistencies, typographical or other manifest errors, defects or ambiguities) without prior written consent of the Trustee and the Valuation Agent (unless such amendment could not reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect any of the Issuer, the Collateral or the interests of the Trustee and Issuer therein and notice thereof has been given to the Trustee and Valuation Agent).

 

  (v) The Sole Shareholder agrees not to cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy against or on behalf of the Issuer until the payment in full of all Notes issued under this Indenture and the expiration of a period equal to one year and a day, or, if longer, the applicable preference period, following such payment. Nothing in this Section 15.1 shall preclude, or be deemed to preclude, the Sole Shareholder from taking any action prior to the expiration of the aforementioned period in (A) any case or Proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Issuer (other than any such Proceeding filed or commenced on behalf of the Issuer at the direction of the Collateral Manager or Sole Shareholder) or (B) any involuntary insolvency Proceeding filed or commenced by a Person other than the Sole Shareholder or Collateral Manager.

- signature page follows -

 

Page 125


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have set our hands as of the day and year first written above.

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

 

CM FINANCE SPV LTD.,

  as Issuer

By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen
  Name: Christopher E. Jansen
  Title: Director

 

Witness:   /s/ Maureen Mulvihill
  Name:   Maureen Mulvihill
  Occupation:   Investment Management
 

Address:

 

399 Park Avenue - 39 th  Floor

New York, NY 10022

Indenture – Signature Page


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee and, solely as expressly specified herein, as Bank

 

By:   /s/ Brian Peterson
  Name:   Brian Peterson
  Title:   Vice President

Indenture – Signature Page

Exhibit (k)(6)

MASTER PARTICIPATION AND ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

Master Participation and Assignment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of May 23, 2013 between CM Finance LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “ Transferor ”), and CM Finance SPV Ltd., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Transferee ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned such terms in the Indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of the date hereof, between the Transferee, as Issuer, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee.

RECITALS

The Transferor owns certain investments described on Schedule 1 of the Indenture (the “ Debt Obligations ”). The Transferor desires to sell each Debt Obligation (or, to the extent such sale is not able to be effected on the Closing Date (as defined below), to grant an undivided 100% participation interest therein) to the Transferee, and the Transferee desires to purchase each Debt Obligation (or, to the extent such sale is not able to be effected on the Closing Date, to acquire an undivided 100% participation interest therein) from the Transferor. Such sale and purchase (or grant and acquisition) of each Debt Obligation is referred to herein as the “ Transfer ” of such Debt Obligation. The purchase price with respect to the Transfer of each Debt Obligation is referred to herein as the “ Purchase Price ” with respect to such Debt Obligation and is set forth in the column “Price” on Schedule 1 of the Indenture.

Each Transfer shall occur, for trade date purposes, and settlement of the Transfer of each Debt Obligation (the “ Settlement ”), including payment of the related Purchase Price on the date hereof (the “ Closing Date ”). If the Notes Transaction (as defined below) does not close, no Settlement shall occur and no Purchase Price shall be payable. (i) To the extent that the Transferor is able to have satisfied on or prior to the Closing Date all conditions specified in the related credit agreement, loan agreement or similar governing document to the transfer of record ownership of a Debt Obligation to the Transferee, the related Transfer will take the form of a sale by assignment of such Debt Obligation on the Closing Date from the Transferor to the Transferee (each such Debt Obligation, a “ Sold Debt Obligation ”) and (ii) to the extent that the Transferor has not been able to satisfy on or prior to the Closing Date all conditions specified in the related credit agreement, loan agreement or similar governing document to the transfer of record ownership of a Debt Obligation to the Transferee, the related Transfer will take the form of the grant of an undivided 100% participation interest in such Debt Obligation on the Closing Date (each such Debt Obligation, a “ Participated Debt Obligation ”). With respect to any Participated Debt Obligation, the Transferor and Transferee will cause the relevant participation to be elevated to an assignment as soon as practicable, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01, after the Closing Date. Such elevation is referred to herein as the “ Elevation ” with respect to any Participated Debt Obligation, and the date of any Elevation of such Participated Debt Obligation is referred to herein as the related “ Elevation Date ”.

The Transferee expects to obtain term financing on the Closing Date by issuing Class A Notes (such notes, the “ Notes ”) under the Indenture (the “ Notes Transaction ”).


The parties hereto wish to provide for various matters in connection with the foregoing.

AGREEMENT

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Transfer

SECTION 1.01 Transfer . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof:

(i) on the Closing Date, the Transferor and the Transferee hereby effect each Transfer, and, accordingly:

(A) with respect to each Sold Debt Obligation, the Transferor hereby sells, transfers, assigns and conveys to the Transferee, and the Transferee hereby purchases from the Transferor, in each case for Settlement on the Closing Date, (i) all the Transferor’s right, title, benefit and interest in and to such Debt Obligation, including any rights to accrued and unpaid interest, any payment or other periodic distributions as provided in Section 1.02, and (ii) all proceeds, accessions, profits, income benefits, substitutions and replacements, whether voluntary or involuntary, of and to any of the property described in the preceding clause (i) (collectively (i) and (ii), “ Income Collections ”); and

(B) with respect to each Participated Debt Obligation, the Transferor irrevocably agrees to grant to the Transferee, and the Transferee agrees to acquire from the Transferor, a 100% undivided participation interest in such Debt Obligation, which interest shall be understood to include, to the extent permitted to be transferred under applicable law, all claims, causes of action and any other right of the Transferor (in its capacity as a lender under any credit documentation executed and delivered in connection with a Debt Obligation), whether known or unknown, against any obligor or any of its affiliates, agents, representatives, contractors, advisors or other Person arising under or in connection with such documentation or that is in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing or the loan transactions governed thereby, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and purchased pursuant to this Agreement, (each, a “ Participation Interest ” and collectively, the “ Participation Interests ”), in each case, for Settlement on the Closing Date upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

(ii) the Transferee agrees that, at the Settlement for each Sold Debt Obligation or Participated Debt Obligation on the Closing Date, the Transferee shall pay to the Transferor the Purchase Price for such Debt Obligation or Participation Debt Obligation. The Transferee and Transferor hereby agree that the transfer or issue (as the case may be) of the following from the Transferee to the Transferor on the Closing Date shall

 

2


constitute payment in full of the Purchase Price: (i) $73,500,000 of Notes, (ii) $18,705,975.00 in the lawful currency of the United States by wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account previously specified for such purpose by the Transferor, and (iii) the ordinary shares of the Issuer.

(iii) The agreed Purchase Price of each Debt Obligation is set forth on Schedule 1 of the Indenture.

SECTION 1.02 Income Collections; Payments of Income Collections and Other Payments Received After the Closing Date .

(a) With respect to each Debt Obligation, the Transferee shall acquire all rights to Income Collections that, as of the Closing Date, are accrued but unpaid with respect to the period both prior to, and from and after, the Closing Date.

(b) If at any time after the Closing Date the Transferor receives any Income Collection, the Transferor shall deliver such Income Collection promptly to the Transferee. If at any time after the Closing Date the Transferor receives any other payment (including principal) with respect to a Debt Obligation (whether a Sold Debt Obligation or a Participated Debt Obligation), the Transferor shall deliver such payment promptly to the Transferee.

SECTION 1.03 Deliveries .

(a) On or prior to the Closing Date with respect to any Sold Debt Obligation (or the relevant Elevation Date with respect to any Participated Debt Obligation), the Transferor shall cause the Transferee or its designee to become the record owner of the related Debt Obligation, including by giving any required notice or obtaining any required consent.

(b) Each party agrees to execute and deliver all such further documents as may be reasonably requested by the other party in order to effect each Transfer as contemplated hereby.

SECTION 1.04 Conditions . The obligations of the parties to effect each Transfer are subject to the condition that no injunction or order of any court or regulatory agency of competent jurisdiction prohibiting or restraining such Transfer shall be in effect.

SECTION 1.05 Treatment of Transfer; Backup Grant of Security Interest .

(a) Each party hereto (i) agrees that each Transfer shall be a sale for all relevant purposes (other than for Federal, state and local income tax purposes) and (ii) intends, and has as its business objective, that each Transfer be an absolute transfer and not be a transfer as security for a loan. The relationship between the Transferor and Transferee shall be that of seller and buyer. Neither is a trustee or agent for the other, nor does either have any fiduciary obligations to the other. This Agreement shall not be construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties hereto.

 

3


(b) If, notwithstanding such intention, any Transfer is characterized by a court of competent jurisdiction as a transfer as security for a loan or other financing rather than a sale, or any Transfer shall for any reason be ineffective to transfer to the Transferee all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest in any Debt Obligation (including the Income Collections thereon) (in each case, a “ Recharacterization ”), then the Transferor shall be deemed to have granted to the Transferee, and the Transferor hereby grants to the Transferee on the date thereof, and in anticipation of the possibility of such Recharacterization, the Transferor hereby grants to the Transferee as of the date hereof, a security interest in and lien on all the Transferor’s right, title and interest in and to each such Debt Obligation (including the Income Collections thereon), whether now existing or hereafter acquired, in order to secure a debt in an amount equal to the Purchase Price of such Debt Obligation plus Income Collections thereon.

(c) If any Transfer is recharacterized as a secured loan or other financing, this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under the law of the State of New York and, in addition to any other rights available under this Agreement and under any of the Debt Obligations or otherwise available at law, the Transferee shall have of the all rights and remedies of a secured party under the law of the State of New York and other applicable law to enforce the security interests granted hereby and, in addition, shall have the right, subject to compliance with any mandatory requirements of applicable law, to sell or apply any Debt Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof at public or private sale.

(d) For so long as the Transferee owns any Debt Obligation, the Transferee shall record in the Transferee’s books and records the fact that the Transferee is the owner of such Debt Obligation. After the Closing Date, the Transferor shall record in the Transferor’s books and records the fact that the Transferor is no longer the beneficial owner or, in the case of each Sold Debt Obligation, the record owner of such Debt Obligation and, after the relevant Elevation Date with respect to any Participated Debt Obligation Transferor shall record in the Transferor’s books and records the fact that the Transferor is no longer the record owner of such Participated Debt Obligation.

(e) Transferor authorizes Transferee to execute and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as the Transferee may consider advisable or necessary in order to perfect the security interest granted hereunder, and agrees to take such action, at the Transferee’s expense, that the Transferee may deem reasonably necessary in order to perfect such security interest created hereunder.

SECTION 1.06 Compliance with Law . So long as the Transferor exists and knows that the Transferee exists, the Transferor shall observe all applicable procedures required by the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

ARTICLE II

Representations and Warranties

SECTION 2.01 Representations and Warranties of Each Party . Each party hereto (each, the “ Representing Party ”) represents and warrants to the other party as follows:

(i) The Representing Party is duly incorporated and validly existing as an entity and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

4


(ii) The Representing Party has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement.

(iii) This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Representing Party, has been duly executed by the Representing Party and is the valid and binding agreement of the Representing Party enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

(iv) The Representing Party is adequately capitalized in light of its contemplated business or activities.

(v) No Transfer will be a transfer of property in connection with any pre-existing indebtedness owed by the Transferor to the Transferee.

(vi) There are no agreements or understandings between the Representing Parties (other than this Agreement) relating to or affecting the Debt Obligations and the proceeds thereof.

(vii) The Representing Party conducts its business or activities solely in its own name.

(viii) The Representing Party maintains separate financial records that enable its assets to be readily ascertained as separate and apart from those of the other party.

(ix) The Representing Party’s funds are not commingled with those of the other party.

(x) None of the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Representing Party will:

(A) conflict with, result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, any term or provision of the organizational documents of the Representing Party or any indenture, agreement, order, decree or other instrument to which the Representing Party is a party or by which the Representing Party is bound, which conflict, breach or default would materially and adversely affect the Representing Party’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder; or

(B) violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Representing Party of any regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Representing Party or its properties.

 

5


SECTION 2.02 Representations and Warranties of the Transferor . The Transferor represents and warrants to the Transferee as follows:

(i) On the Closing Date with respect to each Debt Obligation, the Transferor will own such Debt Obligation, will have good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind, and upon the closing of each Transfer on the Closing Date (or upon the Elevation on the relevant Elevation Date with respect to any Participated Debt Obligation), the Transferee will receive good and marketable title to such Debt Obligation, free and clear of any pledge, lien, investment interest, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind created by the Transferor or any Person claiming through the Transferor (subject to the lien created under Section 1.05 hereof). The participation in each Participated Debt Obligation will be granted to the Transferee free and clear of any encumbrance, equity, participation interest, lien, pledge, charge, claim or security interest (other than the Transferor’s record ownership of the related Debt Obligation).

(ii) None of the execution, delivery and performance by the Transferor of this Agreement will adversely affect the nature of the title to any Debt Obligation received by the Transferee as provided in Section 2.02(i).

(iii) No consent, license, approval or authorization from, or registration or qualification with, any governmental body, agency or authority, nor any consent, approval, waiver or notification of any creditor or lessor is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Transferor of this Agreement, except such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

(iv) The Transferor has valid business reasons for transferring the Debt Obligations to the Transferee rather than obtaining a secured loan with the Debt Obligations as collateral. The Transferor is not effecting any Transfer in contemplation of the Transferor’s insolvency or with any actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its creditors.

(v) All corporate actions of the Transferor, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, have been and will continue to be reflected in any minutes of the Transferor. This Agreement is and will continue to be an official record of the Transferor.

(vi) The Transferor has been solvent at all relevant times before each Transfer and will not be rendered insolvent by any Transfer. Before the date hereof, the Transferor did not engage in or have plans to engage in any business or transaction as a result of which the total assets remaining with the Transferor would constitute an unreasonably small amount of capital. The Transferor has not incurred and does not intend to incur, debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as they mature.

 

6


ARTICLE III

Miscellaneous

SECTION 3.01 Elevation .

(a) Subject to the terms and provisions of the applicable Participated Debt Obligations, each party under this Agreement shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transferor to effect an Elevation, as soon as reasonably practicable, with respect to each such Participated Debt Obligation and take such action (including the execution and delivery of an assignment agreement or other further documentation) as shall be mutually agreeable in connection therewith and in accordance with the terms and conditions of each such Participated Debt Obligation and consistent with the terms of this Agreement. The Transferee shall pay any transfer fees and other expenses payable in connection with an Elevation and any expenses of administering each Participated Debt Obligation prior to its Elevation.

(b) Transferor shall (so far as the same is within its power and control) maintain its existence as a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Maryland until an Elevation has been effected with respect to each Participated Debt Obligation. If the Transferor is dissolved notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transferor and Transferee agree that the Participation Interests in each of the Participated Debt Obligations shall elevate automatically and immediately to an assignment and all of Transferor’s rights, title, interests and ownership of such Participated Debt Obligations shall vest in Transferee. Transferor shall be deemed to have consented and agreed to Elevation for each of the Participated Debt Obligations upon the execution of this Agreement. Transferor agrees that, following Transferor’s dissolution, Transferee shall be permitted to take any and all action necessary to effectuate an Elevation and/or finalize an assignment of any of the Debt Obligations, and in furtherance of the foregoing, effective immediately upon a dissolution of Transferor, Transferor hereby makes, constitutes and appoints Transferee, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute, certify, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file, receive and record any and all documents that the Transferee reasonably deems appropriate or necessary in connection with any Elevation or finalization of an assignment of any of the Debt Obligations. The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and not be affected by the bankruptcy or insolvency or dissolution of the Transferor.

SECTION 3.02 Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended, altered, supplemented or otherwise modified, except by the execution and delivery of a written agreement by each of the parties hereto.

SECTION 3.03 Communications . Except as may be otherwise agreed between the parties, all communications hereunder shall be made in writing to the relevant party by personal delivery or by courier or first-class registered mail, or the closest local equivalent thereto, or by facsimile transmission confirmed by personal delivery or by courier or first-class registered mail as follows:

To the Transferor:

CM Finance LLC

399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor

New York, NY 10022

 

7


Telephone No.: 212-380-5915

Telecopier No.: 212-380-5904

Attention: Stephon Barnes, Michael C. Mauer and Christopher E. Jansen

To the Transferee:

CM Finance SPV Ltd.

c/o CM Finance LLC

399 Park Avenue, 39th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Telephone No.: 212-380-5915

Telecopier No.: 212-380-5904

Attention: Stephon Barnes, Michael C. Mauer and Christopher E. Jansen

or to such other address, telephone number or facsimile number as either party may notify to the other party in accordance with the terms hereof from time to time. Any communications hereunder shall be effective upon receipt.

SECTION 3.04 Certain Definitions; Interpretation .

(a) As used herein:

Person ” means an individual, corporation (including a business trust), partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, statutory trust, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated association or government or any agency or political subdivision.

Proceeding ” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding thereof.

(b) Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require:

(i) capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the respective meanings assigned to them herein for all purposes of this Agreement;

(ii) the definitions of terms herein are equally applicable both to the singular and plural forms of such terms and to the masculine, feminine and neuter genders of such terms;

(iii) terms (like “Voting”) that are related to terms that are defined herein (like “Vote”) shall have related meanings;

(iv) the terms “payment” and “distribution” are synonymous;

(v) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole (including any attachments hereto) and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

8


(vi) the word “including” and correlative words shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless actually followed by such phrase or a phrase of like import;

(vii) the word “or” is always used inclusively herein (for example, the phrase “A or B” means “A or B or both”, not “either A or B but not both”) when not used in an “either/or” construction;

(viii) references to a Person include references to such Person’s successors and assigns (but this clause (viii) shall not permit any assignment of any right hereunder or any delegation of any obligation hereunder that is prohibited or limited hereby);

(ix) references to an agreement or other document are to it as amended, supplemented, restated and otherwise modified from time to time and to any successor document;

(x) references to a statute, regulation or other government rule are to it as amended from time to time and, as applicable, are to corresponding provisions of successor governmental rules; and

(xi) references to an “Article”, a “Section”, an “Exhibit” or a “Schedule” are to an article hereof, a section hereof, an exhibit hereto or a schedule hereto.

(c) The titles of Articles and Sections hereof are for convenience only, and they neither form a part of this Agreement nor are to be used in the construction or interpretation hereof.

SECTION 3.05 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, and this Agreement, and all matters arising out of or relating in any way whatsoever to this Agreement (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), shall be governed by such law.

SECTION 3.06 Non-Petition; Limited Recourse .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Transferor agrees that it may not, prior to the date which is one year and one day (or if longer, any applicable preference period) after the payment in full of all Notes and any other debt obligations of the Transferee that have been rated upon issuance by any rating agency at the request of the Transferee, institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Transferee any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation Proceedings, or other Proceedings under Cayman Islands, U.S. federal or state bankruptcy or similar laws. Nothing in this Section 3.06(a) shall preclude, or be deemed to stop, the Transferor:

(i) from taking any action prior to the expiration of the aforementioned period in (A) any case or Proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Transferee or (B) any involuntary insolvency Proceeding filed or commenced by a Person other than the Transferee; or

 

9


(ii) from commencing against the Transferee or any of their respective properties any legal action which is not a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation Proceeding.

(b) [RESERVED]

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(i) The obligations of the Transferee under this Agreement are limited recourse obligations of such party payable solely from the Transferee’s assets (excluding its ordinary share capital, any transaction fees paid to it and any income earned on such excluded amounts), and, following realization of such assets and application of the proceeds thereof (including in accordance with the Notes Transaction and the Indenture), all obligations of and any claims against such party hereunder or in connection herewith after such realization shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.

(ii) No recourse shall be had against any officer, director, employee, shareholder, member, authorized person or incorporator of the Transferee or its manager or their respective affiliates, successors or assigns for any amounts payable under this Agreement.

(iii) The foregoing provisions of this Section 3.06(c) shall not:

(A) prevent recourse to the Transferee’s assets for the sums due or to become due under any security, instrument or agreement that is part of such assets;

(B) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any indebtedness or obligation evidenced by this Agreement until all such assets have been realized;

(C) limit the right of the Transferor to name the other party as a party defendant in any Proceeding or in the exercise of any other remedy under this Agreement, so long as no judgment in the nature of a deficiency judgment or seeking personal liability shall be asked for or (if obtained) enforced against any Person referred to in Section 3.06(c)(ii).

(d) This Section 3.06 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Notes Transaction.

SECTION 3.07 No Liability .

(a) The Transferor makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, and assumes no responsibility, with respect to the genuineness, authorization, execution, delivery, validity, legality, value, sufficiency, perfection, priority, enforceability or collectability of any credit documentation executed and delivered in connection with a Debt Obligation. The Transferor assumes no responsibility for (i) (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) any representation or warranty made by, or the accuracy, completeness, correctness or sufficiency of any information (or the validity, completeness or adequate disclosure of assumptions underlying any estimates,

 

10


forecasts or projections contained in such information) provided directly or indirectly by, any obligor in respect of a Debt Obligation or any credit documentation thereof or by any other Person, (ii) the performance or observance by any obligor of any of the provisions of any credit documentation in respect of a Debt Obligation (whether on, before or after the Closing Date), (iii) the filing, recording, or taking of any action with respect to any credit documentation in respect of a Debt Obligation, (iv) the financial condition of any obligor in respect of a Debt Obligation or of any other Person or (v) (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) any other matter whatsoever relating to any obligor in respect of a Debt Obligation, any other Person or the Debt Obligations.

(b) In making, handling and transferring the Sold Debt Obligations and the Participated Debt Obligations, the Transferor shall exercise the same care as it normally exercises with respect to loans or commitments, but the Transferor shall have no further responsibility to the Transferee except as expressly provided herein and except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct which results in actual loss to the Transferee.

SECTION 3.08 Conduct of Business . Transferor represents, warrants and agrees that, from and after the Closing Date, it will not engage in any activities other than holding record ownership of the Participated Debt Obligations, receiving payments in respect of the Participated Debt Obligations and remitting such payments to Transferee, effecting Elevations with respect to the Participated Debt Obligations and performing its other obligations under this Agreement. Transferor represents, warrants and agrees that, from and after the date hereof, it shall not grant a security interest in or lien on or otherwise pledge, mortgage, hypothecate or encumber (or permit such to occur or suffer such to exist other than pursuant to this Agreement or the Original Indenture), any part of the Sold Debt Obligations or Participated Debt Obligations.

SECTION 3.09 Parties Benefited .

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) or delegated by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that (i) a party may make a transfer of all (but not less than all) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and (ii) the Transferee may grant a lien on all of its rights under this Agreement under and in accordance with the Indenture entered into in connection with the Notes Transaction. Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this provision will be void.

(b) No Person shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, except that the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) shall be a third party beneficiary of the assurances and agreements to the benefit of the Transferee hereunder.

SECTION 3.10 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement, or the application thereof to the Transferor or Transferee or any circumstance, is held to be unenforceable, invalid or illegal (in whole or in part) for any reason (in any relevant jurisdiction), the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Agreement,

 

11


modified by the deletion of the unenforceable, invalid or illegal portion (in any relevant jurisdiction), will continue in full force and effect, and such unenforceability, invalidity, or illegality will not otherwise affect the enforceability, validity or legality of the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Agreement so long as this Agreement as so modified continues to express, without material change, the original intentions of the Transferor and Transferee as to the subject matter hereof and the deletion of such portion of this Agreement will not substantially impair the respective expectations of the Transferor and Transferee or the practical realization of the benefits hereof that would otherwise be conferred upon the Transferor and the Transferee. The Transferor will endeavor in good faith negotiations with the Transferee to replace the prohibited or unenforceable provision with a valid provision, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the prohibited or unenforceable provision.

SECTION 3.11 Documents . If requested by Transferee, the Transferor shall furnish to the Transferee copies of any credit documentation in its possession in respect of a Debt Obligation and, as and when available to the Transferor, a copy of each amendment, consent or waiver in connection with any such documentation. The Transferee agrees that it shall maintain the confidentiality of any such documents to the extent required therein and to the same extent as if it were a party thereto and shall, upon the Transferor’s request, provide to the Transferor a confidentiality undertaking to such effect in accordance with the terms of the such documentation prior to the delivery thereof.

SECTION 3.12 Counterparts . This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile transmission or other form of electronic transmission), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as a deed as of the date first written above.

 

CM FINANCE LLC
By:   CM Investment Partners LP
By:   /s/ Michael C. Mauer
  Name: Michael C. Mauer
 

Title: Chief Executive Officer and Co-

Chief Investment Officer

 

Master Participation and Assignment Agreement


Executed as a deed by:
CM FINANCE SPV LTD.
By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen
  Name: Christopher E. Jansen
  Title: Director

 

Master Participation and Assignment Agreement

Exhibit (k)(7)

Execution Version

COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

This COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT, dated as of May 23, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among CM FINANCE SPV LTD., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the law of the Cayman Islands (the “ Issuer ”), CM INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP, a limited partnership organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as Collateral Manager (as that term is defined in the Indenture, referred to herein, together with any successor Collateral Manager under the Indenture, the “ Collateral Manager ”), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY (“ State Street ”), acting as collateral administrator under and for purposes of this Agreement (in such capacity, and together with any successor Collateral Administrator hereunder, the “ Collateral Administrator ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Issuer intends to issue certain Class A Notes Due 2015 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Collateral Manager and the Issuer have entered into a Collateral Management Agreement dated as of May 23, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Collateral Management Agreement ”) pursuant to which the Collateral Manager provides certain services relating to the matters contemplated by the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture dated as of May 23, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”) by and among the Issuer and State Street, as trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”), the Issuer has pledged certain Portfolio Assets, Eligible Investments, and its right, title and interest in, to and under, among other things, the Placement Agency Agreement, each Subscription Agreement and certain other collateral (all as set forth in the Indenture) (sometimes collectively referred to herein as, the “ Collateral ”) as security for the Notes;

WHEREAS, the Issuer wishes to engage State Street to act as Collateral Administrator, and thereby to engage it to perform certain administrative duties with respect to the Collateral pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, State Street is prepared to perform as Collateral Administrator certain specified obligations of the Issuer, or the Collateral Manager on its behalf, under the Indenture as specified herein, upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement (but without assuming the obligations and liabilities of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager under the Indenture or the Collateral Management Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

CM Finance SPV Ltd. Collateral Administration Agreement


1. Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Powers and Duties of Collateral Administrator .

(a) The Issuer hereby appoints State Street, and State Street hereby accepts its appointment, as the Issuer’s agent to act as Collateral Administrator pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, until State Street’s resignation or removal as Collateral Administrator pursuant to Section 7 hereof. In such capacity, the Collateral Administrator shall assist the Issuer and the Collateral Manager in connection with monitoring the Collateral solely by maintaining a database of certain characteristics of the Collateral on an ongoing basis, and in providing to the Issuer and the Collateral Manager certain reports, schedules and calculations, all as more particularly described in Sections 2(b) through 2(e) below (in each case in such form and content, and in such detail, as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties hereto from time to time and as may be required by the Indenture), based upon information and data received from the Issuer and/or the Collateral Manager (in addition to certain information that may be received from the Trustee in respect of Eligible Investments and cash balances in Accounts, as provided herein), which reports, schedules and calculations the Issuer or the Collateral Manager, on its behalf, is required to prepare and deliver or perform (or which are necessary to be performed in order that certain reports, schedules and calculations can be performed as required) under Section 10.5 of the Indenture. State Street’s duties and authority to act as Collateral Administrator hereunder are limited to the duties and authority specifically set forth in this Agreement. By entering into, or performing its duties under, this Agreement, the Collateral Administrator shall not be deemed to assume any obligations or liabilities of the Issuer under the Indenture, or of the Collateral Manager under the Collateral Management Agreement or the Indenture, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to release, terminate, discharge, limit, reduce, diminish, modify, amend or otherwise alter in any respect the duties, obligations or liabilities of the Issuer or the Trustee under or pursuant to the Indenture or of the Collateral Manager under or pursuant to the Indenture or the Collateral Management Agreement.

(b) The Collateral Administrator shall perform the following general functions from time to time:

(i) Within 30 days after the Closing Date, create a collateral database with respect to the Portfolio Assets and Eligible Investments included in the Collateral that is Granted to the Trustee, as provided in this Agreement (the “Collateral Database”) and provide access to the information contained therein to the Collateral Manager and the Issuer;

(ii) Update the Collateral Database on a daily basis for changes, including for Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s ratings changes, and to promptly reflect the sale or other disposition of the Portfolio Assets included in the Collateral and the addition to the Collateral of additional Portfolio Assets and Eligible Investments from time to time and any amendment or change to loan amounts held as Collateral, in each case based upon, and to the extent of, information furnished to the Collateral Administrator by the Issuer or Collateral Manager as may be reasonably required by the Collateral Administrator from time to time, or that may be provided by the Trustee (based upon notices received by the Trustee from the issuer, trustee or agent bank under an Underlying Instrument, or other similar source);

 

-2-


(iii) Track the receipt and daily allocation to the Accounts of Interest Proceeds and Principal Proceeds and any withdrawals therefrom and, on each Business Day, provide to the Collateral Manager daily reports reflecting such actions to the Accounts as of the close of business on the preceding Business Day, and provide to the Trustee such other information as may be needed by the Trustee with respect to the Priority of Payments and Payment Dates;

(iv) Prepare, on behalf of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on the Issuer’s behalf, and arrange for delivery in accordance with the Indenture within the time frames stated therein, (A) beginning in June 2013, the Payment Date Reports pursuant to the terms of Section 10.5(a) of the Indenture, on the basis of the information contained in the Collateral Database as of the applicable Determination Date (and in that regard cooperate with the Collateral Manager, on behalf of the Issuer, in connection with the comparison of information and discrepancies, if any, required under the last paragraph of said Section 10.5(a) of the Indenture), and (B) beginning on the day after Closing Date as and to the extent mutually agreed, and thereafter on a fully operational basis as promptly as the Collateral Administrator is able to do so with commercially reasonable efforts, the Daily Reports pursuant to Section 10.5(c) of the Indenture, on the basis of the information contained in the Collateral Database or provided by the Trustee or the Collateral Manager as of the close of business on the preceding Business Day;

(v) [reserved]

(v) [reserved]

(vi) [reserved]; and

(vii) So long as the same Person serves as Collateral Administrator hereunder and as Trustee under the Indenture, provide other such information with respect to the Collateral Granted to the Trustee and not released from the trust estate as may be routinely maintained by the Collateral Administrator in performing its ordinary Trustee function pursuant to the Indenture or as may be required by the Indenture, to the extent the Issuer or Collateral Manager may reasonably request from time to time.

(c) The Collateral Manager shall cooperate with the Collateral Administrator in connection with the matters described herein, including the preparation by the Collateral Administrator of the Payment Date Reports, Daily Reports and other statements and certifications required in connection with the purchase and sale of the Collateral under the Indenture. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Manager shall supply in a timely fashion any information maintained by it that the Collateral Administrator may from time to time request with respect to the Collateral and reasonably need in order to complete the reports and certificates and calculations required to be prepared by the Collateral Administrator

 

-3-


hereunder or required to permit the Collateral Administrator to perform its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, the market value and categorization of a Portfolio Asset, to the extent required by the Indenture, and any other information that may be reasonably required under the Indenture with respect to a Defaulted Obligation (including, without limitation, promptly notifying the Collateral Administrator upon any Portfolio Asset becoming a Defaulted Obligation or Equity Security). Except with respect to the Daily Reports, the Collateral Manager shall review and verify the contents of the aforesaid reports, instructions, statements and certificates and shall send such reports, instructions, statements and certificates to the Issuer for execution (or shall execute the same on behalf of the Issuer) as may be required by the Indenture (and in accordance with the Collateral Management Agreement), and furnish such signed reports to the Collateral Administrator for prompt distribution in accordance with the Indenture. The Collateral Administrator shall provide such items (other than the Daily Reports) to the Collateral Manager no later than 3 Business Days prior to the due date as set forth above to enable such review by the Collateral Manager. At the instruction of the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Administrator shall attach to any reports such additional information that is timely provided by the Collateral Manager and independently prepared by, or on behalf of the Collateral Manager. The Collateral Manager shall be solely responsible for the content of any such additional information.

(d) If, in performing its duties under this Agreement, the Collateral Administrator is required to decide between alternative courses of action, the Collateral Administrator may request written instructions from the Collateral Manager, acting on behalf of the Issuer, as to the course of action desired by it; provided that, unless delivering such instructions is expressly required of the Collateral Manager in the Indenture and/or the Collateral Management Agreement, the Collateral Manager shall not be obligated to provide such instructions. If for any reason the Collateral Administrator does not receive such instructions within two (2) Business Days after it has requested them, the Collateral Administrator may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking any such courses of action, and the Collateral Administrator shall promptly notify the Issuer and the Collateral Manager of the course of action or inaction chosen. The Collateral Administrator shall act in accordance with instructions received after such two-Business Day period except to the extent it has already taken, or committed itself to take action inconsistent with such instructions. The Collateral Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the advice of legal counsel and independent accountants in performing its duties hereunder and shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if it acts in accordance with such advice.

(e) Nothing herein shall prevent the Collateral Administrator or any of its affiliates from engaging in other businesses or from rendering services of any kind to any Person.

3. Compensation . The Issuer agrees to pay, and the Collateral Administrator shall be entitled to receive compensation for, and reimbursement for reasonable expenses in connection with, the Collateral Administrator’s performance of the duties called for herein; provided , that such amounts will be payable solely as Administrative Expenses from the Expense Account in accordance with and as contemplated by Section 10.3(c) of the Indenture.

 

-4-


4. Limitation of Responsibility of the Collateral Administrator; Indemnification .

(a) The Collateral Administrator will have no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services expressly called for hereunder in good faith and without fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence in the performance of or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder. The Collateral Administrator shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, statement, notice, resolution, request, direction, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and reasonably believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties. Subject to Section 13 hereof, the Collateral Administrator may exercise any of its rights or powers hereunder or perform any of its duties hereunder either directly or, upon notice to the Collateral Manager, by or through agents or attorneys, and the Collateral Administrator shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed hereunder with due care by it. Neither the Collateral Administrator nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, agents or employees will be liable to the Collateral Manager, the Issuer or any other Person, except by reason of acts or omissions by the Collateral Administrator constituting fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct, or gross negligence in the performance of or reckless disregard of the Collateral Administrator’s duties hereunder. The Collateral Administrator shall in no event have any liability for the actions or omissions of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or any other Person, and shall have no liability for any inaccuracy or error in any duty performed by it that results from or is caused by inaccurate, untimely or incomplete information or data received by it from the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or another Person (other than the Trustee, if the same Person shall be serving as Trustee and Collateral Administrator hereunder) except to the extent that such inaccuracies or errors are caused by the Collateral Administrator’s own fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct, or gross negligence in the performance of or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder. The Collateral Administrator shall not be liable for failing to perform or delay in performing its specified duties hereunder which results from or is caused by (i) a failure or delay on the part of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or another Person (other than the Trustee, if the same Person shall be serving as Trustee and Collateral Administrator hereunder) in furnishing necessary, timely and accurate information to the Collateral Administrator except to the extent that failure or delay is caused by the Collateral Administrator’s own fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct, or gross negligence in the performance of or reckless disregard of its duties hereunder; or by (ii) events or circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of war or terrorism, governmental or quasi-governmental actions, including the suspension of trading or the suspension of foreign exchange, interruptions of telecommunications or other utilities and other force majeure events. The duties and obligations of the Collateral Administrator and its employees or agents shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement and they shall not be under any obligation or duty except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth herein, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Agreement against them. The Collateral Administrator may consult with counsel and shall be protected in any action taken in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

 

-5-


(b) The Collateral Administrator may rely conclusively on any notice, certificate or other document (including, without limitation, telecopier or other electronically transmitted instructions, documents or information) furnished to it hereunder and reasonably believed by it in good faith to be genuine. The Collateral Administrator shall not be liable for any action taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within the discretion or powers conferred upon it, or taken by it pursuant to any direction or instruction by which it is governed hereunder, or omitted to be taken by it by reason of the lack of direction or instruction required hereby for such action. The Collateral Administrator shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any certificate, report or other document; provided , however, that, if the form thereof is prescribed by this Agreement, the Collateral Administrator shall examine the same to determine whether it conforms on its face to the requirements hereof. The Collateral Administrator shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any matter unless actually known to a trust officer working in its Structured Trust and Analytics Group (or successor group). Under no circumstances shall the Collateral Administrator be liable for indirect, punitive, special or consequential damages under or pursuant to this Agreement, its duties or obligations hereunder or arising out of or relating to the subject matter hereof. It is expressly acknowledged by the Issuer and the Collateral Manager that application and performance by the Collateral Administrator of its various duties hereunder (including recalculations to be performed in respect of the matters contemplated hereby) shall be based upon, and in reliance upon, data and information provided to it by the Collateral Manager (and/or the Issuer) with respect to the Collateral, and the Collateral Administrator shall have no responsibility for the accuracy of any such information or data provided to it by such persons. Nothing herein shall impose or imply any duty or obligation on the part of the Collateral Administrator to verify, investigate or audit any such information or data (except to the extent any such information provided is patently incorrect or inconsistent with any proximally received information or instruction, in which case the Collateral Administrator shall investigate any such discrepancy), or to determine or monitor on an independent basis whether any issuer of the Collateral is in default or in compliance with the underlying documents governing or securing such securities, from time to time, the role of the Collateral Administrator hereunder being solely to perform certain mathematical computations and data comparisons, and to render certain reports, all as provided herein. For purposes of monitoring changes in ratings, the Collateral Administrator shall be entitled to use and rely (in good faith) exclusively upon a single reputable electronic financial information reporting service(s) and shall have no liability for any inaccuracies in the information reported by, of other errors or omissions of, any such service.

(c) If the same Person is not serving as both Collateral Administrator and Trustee, the Collateral Administrator shall not be bound to follow any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver to the Indenture or other transaction document until it has received written notice of such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver and a copy thereof from the Issuer or the Trustee; provided, however, that the Collateral Administrator shall not be bound by any amendment, modification, supplement or waiver to the Indenture or other Transaction Document that materially adversely affects the rights or obligations of the Collateral Administrator unless the Collateral Administrator shall have consented thereto.

 

-6-


(d) The Issuer shall, and hereby agrees to, reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Administrator and its affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, agents and employees for and from any and all losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges, costs, expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other experts) and claims of any nature in respect of, or arising from any acts or omissions performed or omitted by the Collateral Administrator, its affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, agents or employees pursuant to or in connection with the terms of this Agreement, or in the performance or observance of its duties or obligations under this Agreement; provided the same are in good faith and without willful misconduct and/or gross negligence on the part of the Collateral Administrator or without reckless disregard of its duties hereunder; provided that such amounts will be payable as Administrative Expenses from the Expense Account in accordance with and as contemplated by Section 10.3(c) of the Indenture. In connection with the aforesaid indemnification provisions, upon reasonable prior notice, any indemnified party will afford to the applicable indemnifying party the right, in its sole discretion and at its sole expense, to assume the defense of any claim, including, but not limited to, the right to designate counsel reasonably acceptable to such indemnified party, and to control all negotiations, litigation, arbitration, settlements, compromises and appeals of such claim; provided that, if the indemnifying party so assumes the defense of such claim, it shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of separate counsel for such indemnified party incurred thereafter in connection with such claim except that if such indemnified party reasonably determines that counsel designated by such indemnifying party has a conflict of interest, such indemnifying party shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursement of one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from its own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or any separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances; and provided, further, that prior to entering into any final settlement or compromise, such indemnifying party shall seek the consent of the indemnified parties and use its best efforts in the light of then prevailing circumstances (including, without limitation, any express or implied time constraint on any pending settlement offer) to obtain the consent of each such indemnified party as to the terms of such final settlement or compromise. If an indemnified party shall not consent to the terms of a final proposed settlement or compromise within a reasonable time under the circumstances, the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be obligated to indemnify such indemnified party for any amounts in excess of such proposed final settlement or compromise. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in no event shall the Collateral Administrator nor the Issuer be liable for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Collateral Administrator or the Issuer, as applicable, has been advised of such damage and regardless of the form of action.

(e) Without limiting the generality of any terms of this Section 4, the Collateral Administrator shall have no liability for any failure, inability or unwillingness on the part of the Collateral Manager or Issuer (or Trustee, if not the same Person as the Collateral Administrator) to provide accurate and complete information on a timely basis to the Collateral Administrator, or otherwise on the part of any such party to comply with the terms of this Agreement, the Indenture or Collateral Management Agreement, and shall have no liability for any inaccuracy or

 

-7-


error in the performance or observance on the Collateral Administrator’s part of any of its duties hereunder that is caused by or results from any such inaccurate, incomplete or untimely information received by it, or other failure on the part of any such other party to comply with the terms hereof.

(f) Nothing herein shall obligate the Collateral Administrator to determine independently the characteristics or categorization of any Portfolio Asset, or to evaluate or verify the Collateral Manager’s categorization of any Portfolio Asset, it being understood that any such determination shall be the responsibility of the Collateral Manager (and shall be included by the Collateral Administrator in the Collateral Database based exclusively upon the information and any categorization it may receive from the Collateral Manager). In no instance shall the Collateral Administration be under an obligation or duty to determine or investigate whether any item of Collateral meets the definition of “Portfolio Asset.”

5. No Joint Venture . Nothing contained in this Agreement (i) shall constitute the Issuer, the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Manager members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or other separate entity, (ii) shall be construed to impose any liability as such on any of them or (iii) shall be deemed to confer on any of them any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability on behalf of the others.

6. Term . This Agreement shall continue in effect so long as the Indenture remains in effect with respect to the Notes, unless this Agreement has been previously terminated in accordance with Section 7 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification obligations of all parties under Section 4 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement, the resignation or removal of the Collateral Administrator or the release of any party hereto with respect to matters occurring prior to such termination, resignation, removal or release.

7. Termination .

(a) This Agreement may be terminated without cause by any party upon not less than 90 days’ prior written notice to the other parties.

If at any time prior to the payment in full of the obligations under the Notes, the Collateral Administrator shall resign or be removed as Trustee under the Indenture, such resignation or removal shall be deemed a resignation or removal of the Collateral Administrator hereunder (without any requirement for separate notice).

(b) At the option of the Issuer, this Agreement may be terminated upon ten days’ written notice of termination from the Issuer to the Collateral Administrator if any of the following events shall occur:

(i) if the Collateral Administrator shall (i) willfully default in the performance of any of its duties under this Agreement or (ii) breach any material provision of this Agreement and, if such default or breach is curable, shall not cure such default or breach within thirty days of the

 

-8-


Collateral Administrator being notified in writing of such default or breach (or, if such default or breach cannot be cured in such time, the Collateral Administrator shall not have given within thirty days such assurance of cure as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Manager and the Issuer) or the default or breach is not cured within 60 days of such notification;

(ii) if a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Collateral Administrator in any involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoint a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Collateral Administrator or for any substantial part of its property, or order the winding up or liquidation of its affairs; or

(iii) if the Collateral Administrator shall commence a voluntary case under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Collateral Administrator or for any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or permits or suffers all or substantially all of its properties or assets to be sequestered or attached by a court order and the order remains undismissed for 60 days; or

(iv) the Collateral Administrator is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger) or has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger).

If any of the events specified in clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 7(b) shall occur, this Agreement shall terminate automatically and the Collateral Administrator shall give written notice thereof to the Issuer and the Collateral Manager within one Business Day after the happening of such event.

(c) Except when the Collateral Administrator shall be removed pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 7 or shall resign pursuant to subsection (d) of this Section 7, no removal or resignation of the Collateral Administrator shall be effective until the date as of which a successor Collateral Administrator reasonably acceptable to the Issuer shall have agreed in writing to assume all of the Collateral Administrator’s duties and obligations pursuant to this Agreement and shall have executed and delivered an agreement in form and content reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and the Trustee. Upon any resignation or removal of the Collateral Administrator hereunder, the Issuer shall promptly, and in any case within ninety (90) days after the related notice of resignation or removal, appoint a qualified successor to act as collateral administrator hereunder and cause such successor collateral administrator to execute and deliver an agreement accepting such appointment as described in the preceding sentence. If the Issuer fails to appoint such a qualified successor which duly accepts its appointment by properly executing and delivering such an agreement within such

 

-9-


time, the retiring Collateral Administrator shall be entitled to petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor to serve as collateral administrator hereunder and shall be indemnified pursuant to Section 4(c) for the reasonable costs and expenses thereof.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Administrator may resign its duties hereunder without any requirement that a successor Collateral Administrator be obligated hereunder and without any liability for further performance of any duties hereunder (A) upon the 5th Business Day following the termination (whether by resignation or removal) of State Street as Trustee under the Indenture, (B) with at least 90 days prior written notice to the Collateral Manager and the Issuer, upon any reasonable determination by State Street that the taking of any action that it has been requested to perform as Collateral Administrator pursuant to the terms of this Agreement would be in conflict with or in violation of its duties or obligations as Trustee under the Indenture and after notice of such determination, the requesting party has not withdrawn or modified such request, or (C) upon at least 90 days’ prior written notice of termination to the Collateral Manager and the Issuer upon the occurrence of any of the following events and the failure to cure such event within such 90 day notice period: (i) failure of the Issuer to pay any of the amounts specified in Section 3 hereof within 90 days after such amount is due pursuant to Section 3 hereof (to the extent not already paid to State Street pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Indenture) or (ii) failure of the Issuer to provide any indemnity payment to State Street pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, as the case may be, within 90 days of the receipt by the Issuer of a written request for such payment or reimbursement (to the extent not already paid to State Street pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Indenture).

(e) Any Person into which the Collateral Administrator may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Collateral Administrator shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Collateral Administrator, shall be the successor of the Collateral Administrator hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto and shall be bound automatically by the terms and provisions hereof.

8. Representations and Warranties .

(a) The Collateral Manager hereby represents and warrants to State Street and the Issuer as follows:

(i) The Collateral Manager is a Delaware limited partnership and has the full limited partnership power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder and has taken all necessary limited liability company action to authorize this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereof, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations imposed upon it hereunder. No consent of any other person including, without limitation, partners and creditors of the Collateral Manager, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority, except

 

-10-


those that have been obtained, is required by the Collateral Manager in connection with this Agreement or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and the obligations imposed upon it hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Collateral Manager enforceable against the Collateral Manager in accordance with their terms subject, as to enforcement, (a) to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights as such laws would apply in the event of any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar event applicable to the Collateral Manager and (b) to general equitable principles (whether enforceability of such principles is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(ii) The execution, delivery and performance by the Collateral Manager of this Agreement and the documents and instruments required hereunder will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation binding on the Collateral Manager, or any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority binding on the Collateral Manager, or the governing instruments of, or any securities or partnership interests issued by, the Collateral Manager or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which the Collateral Manager is a party or by which the Collateral Manager or any of its assets may be bound, the violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Collateral Manager and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any lien on any of its property, assets or revenues pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking.

(b) The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Manager as follows:

(i) The Issuer is an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the law of the Cayman Islands and has the full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder and has taken all necessary action to authorize this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereof, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations imposed upon it hereunder. No consent of any other person including, without limitation, stockholders and creditors of the Issuer, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority, except those that have been obtained, is required by the Issuer in connection with this Agreement or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and the obligations imposed upon it hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms subject, as to enforcement, (a) to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights as such laws would apply in the event of any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar event applicable to the Issuer and (b) to general equitable principles (whether unenforceability of such principles is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

-11-


(ii) The execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer of this Agreement and the documents and instruments required hereunder will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation binding on the Issuer, or any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority binding on the Issuer, or the constitutional documents of, or any securities issued by, the Issuer or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its assets may be bound, the violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Issuer and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any lien on any of its property, assets or revenues pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking.

(c) The Collateral Administrator hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Manager and the Issuer as follows:

(i) The Collateral Administrator is a Massachusetts trust company duly organized, validly existing and in corporate good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereof, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all obligations required hereunder. No consent of any other person including, without limitation, stockholders and creditors of the Collateral Administrator, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority, except those that have been obtained, is required by the Collateral Administrator in connection with this Agreement or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and the obligations imposed upon it hereunder. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Collateral Administrator enforceable against the Collateral Administrator in accordance with their terms subject, as to enforcement, (a) to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights as such laws would apply in the event of any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar event applicable to the Collateral Administrator and (b) to general equitable principles (whether enforceability of such principles is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(ii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the documents and instruments required hereunder will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation binding on the Collateral Administrator, or any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority binding on the Collateral Administrator, or the Amended and Restated Articles of Association or Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Collateral Administrator or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which the Collateral Administrator is a party or by which the Collateral Administrator or any of its assets may be bound, the violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Collateral Administrator and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any lien on any of its property, assets or revenues pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking.

 

-12-


9. [RESERVED.]

10. Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended, changed, modified or terminated (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) except by the Collateral Manager, the Issuer and the Collateral Administrator in writing.

11. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN CONFORMITY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITH RESPECT TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED THEREIN (WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW RULES OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

12. Notices . All notices, requests, directions and other communications permitted or required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.

If to the Collateral Administrator, to:

State Street Bank and Trust Company

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Structured Trust and Analytics

Ref: CM Finance SPV Ltd.

Telecopy: (617) 937-0517

Telephone: (617) 662-9840

If to the Collateral Manager, to:

CM Investment Partners, LP

399 Park Avenue – 39 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Michael C. Mauer

Ref: CM Finance SPV LTD.

Telecopy:

Telephone: (212) 380-5815

 

-13-


If to the Issuer, to:

CM Finance SPV Ltd.

c/o CM Finance LLC

399 Park Avenue – 39 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Christopher E. Jansen and Michael C. Mauer

Ref: CM Finance SPV LTD.

Telecopy:

Telephone: (212) 380-5815

13. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors and assigns of each of the Collateral Manager, the Issuer and the Collateral Administrator; provided , however, that the Collateral Administrator may not assign (by operation of law or otherwise) its rights and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Collateral Manager and the Issuer, except that State Street as Collateral Administrator may delegate to, employ as agent, or otherwise cause any duty or obligation hereunder to be performed by, any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of State Street or its successors without the prior written consent of the Collateral Manager and the Issuer (provided that in such event State Street as Collateral Administrator shall remain responsible for the performance of its duties as Collateral Administrator hereunder); and the Collateral Administrator may perform duties through attorneys and agents as provided in Section 4(a) hereof. The Collateral Administrator hereby acknowledges and consents to the Issuer’s collateral assignment of this Agreement to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart by e-mail attachment (pdf) shall be an effective mode of execution and delivery.

15. Conflict with the Indenture . If this Agreement shall require that any action be taken with respect to any matter and the Indenture shall require that a different action be taken with respect to such matter, and such actions shall be mutually exclusive, or if this Agreement should otherwise conflict with the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture in respect thereof shall control.

16. Limited Recourse . The Collateral Administrator agrees that the payment of all amounts to which it is entitled pursuant to this Agreement shall be subordinated to the extent set forth in, and the Collateral Administrator agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Indenture as if it were a party thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the obligations of the Issuer hereunder are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely as Administrative Expenses from the Expense Account in accordance with and as contemplated by Section 10.3(c) of the Indenture. Each of the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Manager further agrees that, except as so contemplated by Section 10.3(c) of the Indenture, it

 

-14-


will not have any recourse against the Issuer or its directors, officers, partners, members, shareholders, employees, and agents for any such amounts. The Collateral Administrator consents to the assignment of this Agreement as provided in the Granting Clause of the Indenture.

17. Survival . Notwithstanding any term herein to the contrary, all indemnifications set forth or provided for in this Agreement, together with Sections 11, 16, 18, 20 and 21 of this Agreement, shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Collateral Administrator.

18. No Petition in Bankruptcy . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Collateral Administrator agrees not to file or join in the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under Luxembourg or U.S. federal or state bankruptcy or similar laws of other jurisdictions in any jurisdiction against the Issuer for the nonpayment of the Collateral Administrator’s fees or other amounts payable by the Issuer under this Agreement until the payment in full of all Notes issued under the Indenture and the expiration of a period equal to one year (or, if longer, the applicable preference period under the Bankruptcy Code) plus one (1) day following said payment. And in no circumstances will either of the Collateral Administrator or the Collateral Manager seek to bring any action against any officer, director, employee, shareholder, incorporator, partner or affiliate of the Issuer for any amounts owing hereunder.

19. Miscellaneous . The terms of this Agreement are hereby declared to be severable, such that if any term hereof is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remaining terms. This Agreement shall be binding upon the respective parties hereto and their heirs, executors, successors and assigns. No course of conduct shall constitute a waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, unless such waiver is specified in writing, and then only to the extent so specified. A waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement on one occasion shall not constitute a waiver of the other terms of this Agreement, or of such terms and conditions on any other occasion.

20. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATOR AND THE COLLATERAL MANAGER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES (TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW) ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTIONS OF THE COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATOR, THE COLLATERAL MANAGER OR THE ISSUER. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE ISSUER, THE COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATOR AND THE COLLATERAL MANAGER ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

-15-


21. Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement or any matter between the parties arising under or in connection with this Agreement (“Proceedings”), the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or Federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York and any appellate court thereof in any Proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and the parties hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of any such Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such New York State or Federal court. The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent that they may legally do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such Proceeding. Nothing in this Agreement precludes any of the parties from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction. The parties irrevocably consent to the service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing or delivery of copies of such process as set forth in Section 12 hereof. The parties agree that a final non-appealable judgment in any such Proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE.

 

-16-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Collateral Administration Agreement to be executed effective as of the day first above written.

CM FINANCE SPV LTD.,

as Issuer

 

By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen
Name:   Christopher E. Jansen
Title:   Director

Collateral Administration Agreement – Signature Page


CM INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP,

as Collateral Manager

 

By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen
Name:   Christopher E. Jansen
Title:   Co-Chief Investment Officer

Collateral Administration Agreement – Signature Page


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,

as Collateral Administrator

 

By:   /s/ Brian Peterson
Name:   Brian Peterson
Title:   Vice President

Collateral Administration Agreement – Signature Page

Exhibit (k)(8)

 

LOGO

 

   UBS AG

100 Liverpool Street

London EC2M 2RH

Tel. +44-20-7567

8000

 

Date:

   May 23, 2013 (amended and restated as of June 6, 2013)

To

   CM Finance LLC (“ Counterparty ”)

Attention:

   Stephon Barnes, Christopher E. Jansen and Michael C. Mauer

Fax No:

   (212) 380-5915

From:

   UBS AG, London Branch (“ UBS ”)

Re:

   Total Return Swap Transaction

UBS Reference Number:    

   85138421

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The purpose of this letter agreement is to set forth the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between UBS AG, London Branch (“ UBS ”) and CM Finance LLC (“ Counterparty ”), a limited liability company formed under the law of the State of Maryland, on the Trade Date specified below (the “ Transaction ”). This letter constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Master Agreement specified below.

The definitions and provisions contained in the 2006 ISDA Definitions (the “ Definitions ”), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., are incorporated into this Confirmation. In the event of any inconsistency between the Definitions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation shall govern. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Confirmation have the meanings assigned to them in Annex A. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Confirmation or in Annex A have the meanings assigned to them in the Definitions.

With effect from the Amendment Effective Date specified below, this Confirmation amends and restates the prior Confirmation dated May 23, 2013 (without regard to any subsequent amendments thereto, the “ Original Confirmation ”) relating to the Transactions described herein, which Original Confirmation (with respect to the period from and after the Amendment Effective Date) is hereby superseded and shall be of no further force or effect.

1. A GREEMENT

This Confirmation supplements, forms a part of and is subject to, the ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency–Cross Border) dated as of May 20, 2013 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Master Agreement ”), between UBS and Counterparty. All provisions contained in the Master Agreement govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

 

Page 1


2. T ERMS OF T RANSACTION

The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

 

General Terms:

 

Amendment Effective Date

   June 6, 2013

Trade Date:

   May 23, 2013

Effective Date:

   May 23, 2013

Scheduled Termination Date:

   May 23, 2016

Termination Date:

   The earlier of (i) the Scheduled Termination Date with respect to the Transaction and (ii) the Obligation Termination Date. The obligations of the parties to make payments required to be made hereunder shall survive the Termination Date.

Obligation Termination Date:

   In relation to any Terminated Obligation, the related Termination Settlement Date.

Reference Entity:

   CM Finance SPV Ltd., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the law of the Cayman Islands.

Reference Obligation:

   All of the Class A Notes issued from time to time by the Reference Entity under the Reference Obligation Indenture that are not Pledged Notes.

Pledged Notes:

   All of the Class A Notes issued by the Reference Entity under the Reference Obligation Indenture that are held by the Counterparty on the Effective Date.

Reference Obligation Indenture:

   The Indenture dated as of May 23, 2013 between the Reference Entity and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee, as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.

Notional Amount:

   The outstanding principal amount of the Reference Obligation (determined after giving effect to any reduction in the principal amount thereof pursuant to the terms of the Reference Obligation Indenture).
   In relation to a Terminated Obligation, the principal amount of the related Reference Obligation that is the subject of such termination.

Portfolio Asset:

   Each “Portfolio Asset” under and as defined in the Reference Obligation Indenture.

 

Page 2


Portfolio:

   At any time, all Portfolio Assets held by the Reference Entity at such time.

Purchase Price:

   As defined in the Reference Obligation Indenture.

Purchase Amount:

   In relation to any Portfolio Asset that is not a Delayed Draw Loan and any date of determination, the product of the Purchase Price and the Par Amount.
   In relation to any Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed Draw Loan and any date of determination, the product of the Purchase Price and the Commitment Amount.

Par Amount:

   In relation to any Portfolio Asset, the outstanding principal amount of such Portfolio Asset (as the same may be increased in the case of a Delayed Draw Loan pursuant to any amount drawn in respect of such Delayed Draw Loan). The Par Amount of any Delayed Draw Loan on any date shall include the aggregate stated face amount of all letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and other similar instruments issued in respect of such Delayed Draw Loan to the extent that the holder of such Delayed Draw Loan is obligated to extend credit in respect of any drawing or other similar payment thereunder.

Commitment Amount:

   In relation to any Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed Draw Loan as of any date of determination, the maximum outstanding principal amount of such Portfolio Asset that a registered holder of the amount of such Portfolio Asset held by the Reference Entity would on such date be obligated to fund (including all amounts previously funded and outstanding, whether or not such amounts, if repaid, may be reborrowed).

Portfolio Asset Obligor:

   In relation to any Portfolio Asset, the borrower or issuer of the Portfolio. Asset set forth in, and identified as the “Obligor” in, the Relevant Source. In addition, “Portfolio Asset Obligor”, unless the context otherwise requires, shall also refer to any guarantor of or other obligor on the Portfolio Asset.

Business Day:

   New York, Boston, London and TARGET.

Business Day Convention:

   Following (which shall, other than with respect to the definition of “Monthly Period”, apply to any date specified herein for the making of any payment or determination or the taking of any action which falls on a day that is not a Business Day).

 

Page 3


Payment Date:

   Nine Business Days after the end of each Monthly Period.

Monthly Period:

   Each period from, and including, the 15th calendar day of each calendar month (each, a Monthly Date) to, but excluding, the next following Monthly Date, except that (a) the initial Monthly Period will commence on, and include, the Effective Date and will end on, but exclude, the 15th day of June, 2013 and (b) the final Monthly Period will end on, but exclude, the date on which all of the Reference Obligations are paid in full.

Calculation Agent:

   UBS. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Calculation Agent shall make all determinations, calculations and adjustments required pursuant to this Confirmation in good faith and in any commercially reasonable manner.

Calculation Agent City:

   New York

Payments by Counterparty

  

Counterparty First Floating Amounts:

  

First Floating Amount Payer:

   Counterparty

First Floating Amount:

   In relation to any First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date, the sum of the product of (a) the First Floating Rate Payer Calculation Amount for such First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date multiplied by (b) the Floating Rate Option during the related First Floating Rate Payer Calculation Period plus the Spread multiplied by (c) the Floating Rate Day Count Fraction.
First Floating Rate Payer
Calculation Amount:
   In relation to any First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date, the daily average of the Notional Amount during the related First Floating Rate Payer Calculation Period.

First Floating Rate Payer

Calculation Period:

   Each First Floating Monthly Period, except that (a) the initial First Floating Rate Payer Calculation Period will commence on, and include, the Effective Date and (b) the final First Floating Rate Payer Calculation Period will end on, but exclude, the final Obligation Termination Date.

First Floating Rate

Payer Payment Dates:

   Each UBS Fixed Amount Payment Date.

 

Page 4


First Floating Monthly Period:

   Each period from, and including, a First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date to, but excluding, the next following First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date, except that (a) the initial First Floating Monthly Period will commence on, and include, the Effective Date will end on, but exclude the First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date that occurs in June, 2013 and (b) the final First Floating Monthly Period will end on, but exclude, the date on which all of the Reference Obligation is paid in full.

Floating Rate Option:

   USD-LIBOR-BBA, provided that the Floating Rate Option for initial First Floating Rate Payer Calculation Period shall be 0.19528%.

Designated Maturity:

   One month

Spread:

   (a) With respect to the First Floating Amount in relation to each of (i) the First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date occurring in June 2013 and (ii) the First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date occurring in July 2013: 1.63%.
   (b) With respect to the First Floating Amount in relation to the First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date occurring in August 2013: 1.97%.
   (c) With respect to the First Floating Amount in relation to the First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date occurring in September 2013 and each First Floating Rate Payer Payment Date thereafter: 2.85%

Floating Rate Day

Count Fraction:

   Actual/360

Reset Dates:

   As set forth in “Designated Maturity” above

Compounding:

   Inapplicable

Counterparty Second Floating Amounts:

  

Second Floating Amount Payer:

   Counterparty

Second Floating Amount:

   In relation to any Terminated Obligation, Capital Depreciation, if any.

Second Floating Rate

Payer Payment Dates:

   Each Total Return Payment Date.

 

Page 5


Payments by UBS:

  

UBS Fixed Amounts:

  

Fixed Amount Payer:

   UBS

Fixed Amount:

   The Interest and Fee Amount for the related Fixed Amount Payer Calculation Period.

Fixed Amount Payer Calculation Periods:

   Each Monthly Period; provided that (a) the initial Fixed Amount Payer Calculation Period shall commence on and include the Effective Date and (b) the final Fixed Amount Payer Calculation Period shall end on, but exclude, the final Obligation Termination Date.

UBS Fixed Amount Payment Dates:

   The Payment Date following the last day of any Fixed Amount Payer Calculation Period.

UBS Floating Amounts:

  

Floating Amount Payer:

   UBS

Floating Amount:

   In relation to any Terminated Obligation, Capital Appreciation, if any.

Floating Rate Payer Payment Dates:

   Each Total Return Payment Date.

3. A CCELERATED T ERMINATION .

Collateral Default

(a) If (i) Counterparty defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under Clause 9 in respect of the Transfer by Counterparty as Pledgor of any Eligible Credit Support or (ii) the Reference Entity increases the outstanding principal amount of the Reference Obligations at any time after the Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.13 of the Reference Obligation Indenture, then UBS will have the right but not the obligation to terminate the Transaction in whole (but not in part); provided that (A) in the case of sub-clause (i), UBS may deliver the relevant Accelerated Termination Notice (as defined below) at any time on or prior to the final Termination Trade Date and (B) in the case of sub-clause (ii), UBS must deliver the relevant Accelerated Termination Notice (as defined below) within five Business Days of UBS receiving notice of the relevant increase in order to exercise such termination right. UBS can exercise this termination right by delivering a termination notice to Counterparty (an “ Accelerated Termination Notice ” for purposes of this Clause 3(a)). Such Accelerated Termination Notice shall specify the final Termination Trade Date and the proposed Termination Settlement Date. Upon the termination of the Transaction pursuant to this Clause 3(a), Counterparty shall pay an additional amount to UBS equal to the applicable Breakage Costs on the Obligation Termination Date (which payment obligation of Counterparty shall survive the termination of the Transaction).

 

Page 6


Effect of Designation of Early Termination Date

(b) If there occurs or is effectively designated an Early Termination Date under the Master Agreement, then (i) notwithstanding any contrary or otherwise inconsistent provision of the Master Agreement, the provisions set forth in Section 6(e) of the Master Agreement shall not apply to the Transaction and the amount of all payments in respect of each Terminated Obligation shall not be an amount determined in accordance with Section 6(e) of the Master Agreement but shall instead be the Counterparty Second Floating Amount or UBS Floating Amount (as the case may be) determined in accordance with Clause 4 (subject, in the case of Clause 4(a), to the limitations set forth therein with respect to Counterparty relying on such provision), together with any Counterparty First Floating Amount, any UBS Fixed Amount and Breakage Costs (if any) determined in accordance with this Confirmation and subject to netting under the Master Agreement, (ii) the party that designated such Early Termination Date (or the Non-Defaulting Party in the case of an automatic designation) will promptly deliver a notice (an “ Accelerated Termination Notice ” for purposes of this Clause 3(b)) to the other party (which Accelerated Termination Notice shall specify the final Termination Trade Date and the proposed Termination Settlement Date and may form part of any notice designating such Early Termination Date) and (iii) the amount, if any, payable in respect of such Early Termination Date will be determined in accordance with this Confirmation based upon the delivery of such Accelerated Termination Notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the termination of the Transaction pursuant to this Clause 3(b) other than as a result of an Event of Default or Termination Event with respect to which UBS is the Defaulting Party or an Affected Party, Counterparty shall pay an additional amount to UBS equal to the applicable Breakage Costs on the Obligation Termination Date (which payment obligation of Counterparty shall survive the termination of the Transaction); provided that Counterparty shall not be required to pay any Breakage Costs in the event of termination of the Transaction as a result of (i) an Additional Termination Event pursuant to Clause 3(c)(i) if the related “Event of Default” (as defined in the Reference Obligation Indenture) is a direct result of any action or omission by Party A or any of its Affiliates or (ii) an Additional Termination Event pursuant to Clause 3(c)(ii).

Additional Termination Events

(c) Each of the following shall constitute an Additional Termination Event under the Master Agreement with respect to which Counterparty is the sole Affected Party and all Transactions entered into under this Confirmation shall constitute Affected Transactions:

 

(i) the occurrence of an “Event of Default” under (and as defined in) the Reference Obligation Indenture (provided that, for purposes of this Confirmation and the Master Agreement, the determination of whether an “Event of Default” (as so defined) has occurred with respect to any amount due and payable on the Reference Obligation on the stated maturity thereof shall be made (x) without giving effect to the first sentence of Section 2.7(g) of the Reference Obligation Indenture and (y) without giving effect to any grace period in Section 5.1(a) or Section 5.1(b)(i) of the Reference Obligation Indenture); and

 

(ii) if and for so long as any UBS Holder holds any part of the Reference Obligation as a hedge for the Transaction, either (A) the ownership by such UBS Holder of the Reference Obligation (or any portion thereof) or (B) the compliance by such UBS Holder with its obligations under the Reference Obligation Indenture or under the Reference Obligation would violate any law, rule or regulation of any governmental, regulatory or judicial authority applicable to such UBS Holder.

 

Page 7


4. F INAL P RICE D ETERMINATION .

Following the termination of the Transaction (i) pursuant to Clause 3 or (ii) by reason of the occurrence of the Scheduled Termination Date (other than in connection with a Repayment), the Final Price for each Terminated Obligation will be determined in accordance with this Clause 4.

(a) If any UBS Holder holds the Reference Obligation as a hedge for such Terminated Obligation, subject to sub-clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below, Counterparty may identify an Approved Dealer that has submitted a Firm Bid to acquire the Reference Obligation from UBS or any such Affiliate, in each case by giving notice of such Firm Bid to UBS. Such notice must be given no later than 10 a.m. (New York time) on the applicable Termination Trade Date. So long as (i) any sale by UBS or such Affiliate of the Reference Obligation or applicable portion thereof to such Approved Dealer (as applicable) is (A) not prohibited under applicable law or regulation and (B) substantially in accordance with the then-current market practice in the principal market for, and transfer restrictions with respect to, the Reference Obligation (as determined by the Calculation Agent) and at prevailing market price, (ii) all payment and collateral delivery obligations of Counterparty have otherwise been satisfied when due under this Confirmation and the Master Agreement and (iii) no Event of Default or Additional Termination Event has occurred or is continuing with respect to Counterparty, in each case on the date Counterparty delivers such notice, (x) if a retransfer is necessary in order for UBS to be able to unwind its hedge position (or the applicable portion thereof) and accept such Firm Bid, UBS or such Affiliate shall take, on or promptly following the Termination Trade Date all actions within its reasonable control necessary to cause such retransfer of the Reference Obligation to UBS or such Affiliate, (y) subject (only where such retransfer is necessary for UBS to unwind its hedge position (or the applicable portion thereof) and accept such Firm Bid) to such retransfer of the Reference Obligation having occurred in accordance with UBS’ instructions, UBS or such Affiliate shall accept such Firm Bid and transfer the Reference Obligation or portion thereof to such Approved Dealer and (z) the net cash proceeds received by UBS or such Affiliate from the sale of the Reference Obligation or portion thereof (exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest), net of the related Costs of Assignment, shall be the “Final Price” for the relevant Reference Obligation or portion thereof. In the event that such transfer of the Reference Obligation or portion thereof to such Approved Dealer does not occur (I) as a result of a breach by UBS of its obligations under this Section 4(a), the Final Price for the Terminated Obligation shall be determined based on the Firm Bid provided by such Approved Dealer or (II) other than as a result of a breach by UBS of its obligations under this Section 4(a), the Final Price for the Terminated Obligation shall be determined pursuant to Section 4(b) below.

(b) If the Final Price for the Terminated Obligation is not determined in accordance with clause (a) above, then the Calculation Agent shall attempt to obtain Firm Bids for the Terminated Obligation with respect to the applicable Termination Trade Date from three or more Dealers. The Calculation Agent will give Counterparty notice of its intention to obtain Firm Bids pursuant to this Clause 4 (such notice to be given telephonically and via electronic mail) not later than 5:00 p.m. New York time on the date three Business Days prior to the bid submission deadline as shall be specified by the Calculation Agent in each of its requests for Firm Bids for the Terminated Obligation with respect to the applicable Termination Trade Date. By notice to UBS not later than such bid submission deadline, Counterparty may, but shall not be obligated to, designate any Dealer to provide a Firm Bid (and the Calculation Agent will seek a Firm Bid from such Dealer if so designated by Counterparty on a timely basis).

In seeking to obtain a Firm Bid from any Dealer, the Calculation Agent will deliver to such Dealer the following information: (1) a copy of the Reference Obligation Indenture (and each Transaction Document referred to (and as defined) therein); and (2) a copy of each Monthly Report delivered under (and as defined in) the Reference Obligation Indenture within the last 12 months. Such Dealers must provide the Calculation Agent with a Firm Bid within one Business Day of the Calculation Agent’s

 

Page 8


request for such Firm Bid in order for the Calculation Agent to consider such Firm Bid in its determinations of the Final Price under this Clause 4(b). In seeking to obtain a Firm Bid from any Dealer, the Calculation Agent will, to the extent practicable, afford such Dealer with an opportunity, to the extent requested by such Dealer, to ask questions of, and receive information from, the persons or entities responsible for the management of the Reference Entity.

UBS may, but is not obligated to, sell or cause the sale of any portion of a Terminated Obligation to any Dealer that provides a Firm Bid for purposes of this Clause 4(b).

If the Calculation Agent is able to obtain at least one Firm Bid or combination of Firm Bids for all of the Notional Amount allocable to a Terminated Obligation, the Final Price for such Terminated Obligation shall be determined by reference to the highest such Firm Bid or combination of Firm Bids received by the Calculation Agent within one Business Day of its request therefor. If no Firm Bids are obtained as provided above in this Clause 4 for all or a portion of a Terminated Obligation, the Final Price shall be deemed to be zero with respect to each portion of such Terminated Obligation for which no Firm Bid was obtained. The Calculation Agent will conduct the bid process in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Clause 4 and otherwise in a commercially reasonable manner.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,

 

(i) the Calculation Agent shall be entitled to disregard any Firm Bid submitted by a Dealer if, in the Calculation Agent’s commercially reasonable judgment, (x) such Dealer is ineligible to accept assignment or transfer of the relevant Terminated Obligation or portion thereof, as applicable, substantially in accordance with the then-current market practice in the principal market for such Terminated Obligation, as determined by the Calculation Agent, or (y) such Dealer would not, through the exercise of its commercially reasonable efforts, be able to obtain any consent required under any agreement or instrument governing or otherwise relating to such Terminated Obligation to the assignment or transfer of such Terminated Obligation or portion thereof, as applicable, to it; and

 

(ii) if the Calculation Agent determines that the highest Firm Bid obtained in connection with the applicable Termination Trade Date is not bona fide due to (x) the bankruptcy or insolvency of the bidder or (y) the inability, failure or refusal (or reasonably expected inability, failure or refusal) of the bidder to settle the purchase of such Terminated Obligation or portion thereof, as applicable, or otherwise settle transactions in the relevant market or perform its obligations generally, that Firm Bid shall be disregarded.

If the highest Firm Bid for any portion of such Terminated Obligation is disregarded pursuant to this paragraph, then (i) if there is at least one other available Firm Bid for such portion, the “ Final Price ” shall be the next highest Firm Bid and (ii) if there are no other available Firm Bids for such portion, the Calculation Agent shall have no obligation to obtain further bids, and the applicable “ Final Price ” for the portion which was so disregarded shall be deemed to be zero.

If UBS transfers, or causes the transfer of, a Terminated Obligation to the Dealer or Dealers providing the highest Firm Bid or combination of Firm Bids, the net cash proceeds received from the sale of such Terminated Obligation (which sale shall be scheduled to settle no later than the Relevant Settlement Date), exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest and net of any Costs of Assignment, shall be the “ Final Price ” for such Terminated Obligation (or the portion thereof that is sold).

 

Page 9


If UBS determines, in its sole discretion, not to sell or cause the sale of any portion of such Terminated Obligation to the entity or entities providing the highest Firm Bid or combination of Firm Bids, the “ Final Price ” for such unsold portion shall be equal to such highest Firm Bid (or combination of Firm Bids) multiplied by the portion of the Notional Amount allocable to such Terminated Obligation (or the respective portions of the Notional Amount to which such Firm Bids relate). The Calculation Agent may perform any of its duties under this Clause 4(b) through any Affiliate designated by it, but no such designation shall relieve the Calculation Agent of its duties under this Clause 4(b).

(c) In the event that (i) the Final Price for all or any part of the Terminated Obligation is deemed to be zero pursuant to the foregoing and (ii) any UBS Holders holds the Reference Obligation as a hedge for such Terminated Obligation, UBS and Counterparty will make commercially reasonable efforts to accomplish the assignment or other transfer to Counterparty (free of payment by Counterparty other than Costs of Assignment incurred by UBS or any of its Affiliates in effecting the transfer and provided that all other payment and collateral delivery obligations of Counterparty are otherwise fulfilled under the Master Agreement at the time of such transfer) of the relevant Terminated Obligation (or the relevant portion thereof) for which the Final Price is deemed to be zero; provided, that UBS shall not be liable for any losses related to any delay in or failure of such assignment beyond its control. Counterparty shall reimburse UBS for all Costs of Assignment incurred by UBS in effecting the transfer promptly following UBS’ demand therefor.

5. [R ESERVED ]

6. A DJUSTMENTS .

If the Reference Obligation or any portion thereof is irreversibly converted or exchanged into or for any securities, obligations or other assets or property (“ Exchange Consideration ”), or any payment on the Reference Obligation is paid in the form of any Exchange Consideration that is not cash, thereafter such Exchange Consideration will constitute the Reference Obligation or portion thereof and, after consultation with the parties, the Calculation Agent shall, after consultation with the parties, adjust the terms of the Transaction as the Calculation Agent determines appropriate to preserve the theoretical value of the Transaction to the parties immediately prior to such exchange or, if such exchange results in a change in value, the proportionate post-exchange value, and determine the effective date of such adjustments.

7. R EPRESENTATIONS , W ARRANTIES AND A GREEMENTS .

(a) Each party hereby agrees as follows, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under the Transaction.

 

(i) Non-Reliance . It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into the Transaction and as to whether the Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into the Transaction; it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of the Transaction shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into the Transaction. It has not received from the other party any assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of the Transaction;

 

(ii) Evaluation and Understanding . It is capable of evaluating and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of the Transaction. It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the financial and other risks of the Transaction;

 

Page 10


(iii) Status of Parties . The other party is not acting as a fiduciary or an advisor for it in respect of the Transaction;

 

(iv) Reliance on its Own Advisors . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in making its decision to enter into, and thereafter to maintain, administer or terminate, the Transaction, it will not rely on any communication from the other party as, and it has not received any representation or other communication from the other party constituting, legal, accounting, business or tax advice, and it will consult its own legal, accounting, business and tax advisors concerning the consequences of the Transaction; and

 

(v) U.S. Tax Treatment. In connection with the Transaction, it will, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes (and to the extent permitted by law, state and local income tax purposes): (w) treat the Counterparty as having retained beneficial ownership of all of the economic benefits and burdens of ownership of the Reference Obligation, the Pledged Notes and each Portfolio Asset at all times during the pendency of the Transaction (except after a default by either party) and all payments made in respect of the Reference Obligation and the Pledged Notes as having been made directly to the Counterparty; (x) treat the Transaction (including the Credit Support Annex to the Transaction, but excluding any Separate Transaction), taken together with the issuance of the Reference Obligation to the UBS Holder, as a single loan of USD 76,500,000 from UBS to the Counterparty secured by the Reference Obligation and the Pledged Notes, maturing on the Scheduled Termination Date and which is not a contingent debt instrument described in Treas. Regs. Section 1.1275-4; (y) treat the Counterparty First Floating Amounts as interest paid on an obligation issued in registered form to a U.S. person (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) in respect of the loan described in clause (x); and (z) not treat the issuance of the Reference Obligation to the UBS Holder as creating a partnership or otherwise as an equity interest in the Reference Entity. The parties agree to file all tax forms, returns and withholding certificates (including, without limiting the foregoing, U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 1099 and any withholding certificates required to be provided pursuant to the Schedule to the Master Agreement) consistent with this treatment, and the Counterparty agrees to provide copies of all withholding tax certificates relating to the Reference Obligation and the Portfolio Assets reasonably requested by the trustee under the Reference Obligation Indenture.

References in this Clause 7(a) to “the other party” shall, in the case of UBS and where the context so allows, include references to any Affiliate of UBS.

(b) Each party acknowledges and agrees that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under the Transaction:

 

(i) the Transaction does not create any direct or indirect obligation of the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor or any direct or indirect participation in the Reference Obligation, any Portfolio Asset or any other obligation of the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor;

 

(ii) each party and its Affiliates may deal in the Reference Obligation and any Portfolio Asset and may accept deposits from, make loans or otherwise extend credit to, and generally engage in any kind of commercial or investment banking or other business with the Reference Entity, any Portfolio Asset Obligor or any Affiliate of the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor, any other person or entity having obligations relating to the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor and may act with respect to such business in the same manner as if the Transaction did not exist and may originate, purchase, sell, hold or trade, and may exercise consensual or remedial rights in respect of, obligations, securities or other financial instruments of, issued by or linked to the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor, regardless of whether any such action might have an adverse effect on the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor, the value of the Reference Obligation or any Portfolio Asset or the position of the other party to the Transaction or otherwise;

 

Page 11


(iii) with respect to information regarding the Reference Entity, any Portfolio Asset Obligor or any Affiliate of the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor that is or may be material in the context of the Transaction:

(A) each party and its Affiliates and the Calculation Agent may, whether by virtue of the types of relationships described herein or otherwise, at the date hereof or at any time hereafter, be in possession of information regarding the Reference Entity, any Portfolio Asset Obligor or any Affiliate of the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor that is or may be material in the context of the Transaction and that may or may not be publicly available or known to the other party. In addition, this Confirmation does not create any obligation on the part of such party and its Affiliates to disclose to the other party any such relationship or information (whether or not confidential);

(B) Counterparty understands that UBS and its Affiliates are engaged in a wide range of financial services and businesses, including investment management, financing, securities trading, corporate and investment banking and research (such services and businesses are collectively referred to in this Clause 7(b)(iii) as “ Activities ”) and may engage in the Activities with or on behalf of one or more of the Reference Entity, the Portfolio Asset Obligors and their respective Affiliates. Furthermore, UBS or its Affiliates may, in undertaking the Activities, engage in trading in financial products or undertake other investment businesses for its own account or on behalf of others (including one or more of the Reference Entity, the Portfolio Asset Obligors and their respective Affiliates and including holding, for its own account or on behalf of others, equity, debt and similar positions in one or more of the Reference Entity, the Portfolio Asset Obligors and their respective Affiliates), including trading in or holding long, short or derivative positions in securities, loans or other financial products of one or more of the Reference Entity, the Portfolio Asset Obligors and their respective Affiliates. Counterparty understands and agrees that in engaging in the Activities, (x) UBS or its Affiliates may now or in the future have interests or take actions that may conflict with the interests of Counterparty and (y) officers and employees of UBS or its Affiliates (including those responsible for negotiating the Transaction) may currently have and later may receive or otherwise obtain information concerning one or more of the Reference Entity, the Portfolio Asset Obligors and their respective Affiliates (including information concerning mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings, defaults under material agreements, creditors’ rights proceedings or other matters that may affect the value of the Reference Obligation or any Portfolio Asset or the ability of the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor to perform its obligations thereunder), which information may not be available to Counterparty and may be material to a decision to enter into the Transaction (the “ Excluded Information ”). Counterparty acknowledges that it has determined to enter into the Transaction notwithstanding its lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information. Counterparty agrees that neither UBS nor any of its Affiliates shall have any liability to Counterparty, and Counterparty waives and releases any claims that it might have against UBS or its Affiliates, whether under applicable securities laws or otherwise, with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information in connection with this Confirmation or the Transaction; provided that the Excluded Information shall not and does not affect the truth or accuracy of UBS’s representations or warranties in the Master Agreement or this Confirmation;

 

Page 12


(C) Counterparty confirms that it (i) is a sophisticated entity with respect to the obligations of the type of the Reference Obligation and the Portfolio Assets, (ii) has adequate information concerning the business and financial condition of the Reference Entity and each Portfolio Asset Obligor to make an informed decision regarding its entry into this Confirmation and the Transaction, (iii) possesses (individually or through its Affiliates) such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable, without reliance on UBS or its Affiliates, of evaluating the merits and risks (including tax, legal, regulatory, credit, accounting and other financial matters) of entering into this Confirmation and the Transaction and is financially able to bear such risks, (iv) has such knowledge and experience, and has entered into other transactions of a similar economic nature, so as to be aware of the risks and uncertainties inherent in the assumption of rights and obligations of the type contemplated in this Confirmation and the Transaction, and (v) has determined that entering into this Confirmation and the Transaction hereunder is suitable and appropriate for it;

(D) Counterparty acknowledges that (i) it is solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with this Confirmation and the Transaction, (ii) that it has, independently and without reliance upon UBS or its Affiliates, made its own appraisal and investigation of all risks associated with, and its own credit analysis and decision to enter into, this Confirmation and the Transaction based on such documents and information, as it has deemed appropriate and (iii) it will, independently and without reliance upon UBS or its Affiliates, continue to be solely responsible for making its own appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with, and its own credit analysis and decision to take or not take action under, this Confirmation and the Transaction, based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate which may include, in each case, any or all of the following (it being understood that neither UBS nor any of its Affiliates is responsible for or has made any representation or warranty with respect to any such matters or information): (x) the financial condition, status and capitalization of the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor; (y) the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with the Reference Obligation or any Portfolio Asset; or (z) the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of (A) any document in the form approved by the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor concerning the Reference Entity or such Portfolio Asset Obligor (or any of their respective subsidiaries) which, at the request of the Reference Entity or such Portfolio Asset Obligor and on its behalf, was prepared in relation to the syndication of the Reference Obligation or any Portfolio Asset or other obligations of the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor and which may or may not have been distributed by the arranger(s) of such obligations to selected financial institutions (an “ Information Memorandum ”) and (B) any other information concerning the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor delivered by UBS or its Affiliates under or in connection with this Confirmation, the Transaction or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with the Reference Obligation or any Portfolio Asset; and

(E) Counterparty agrees that none of (i) the Master Agreement, (ii) the receipt by UBS or its Affiliates of any information (including Excluded Information) concerning one or more of the Reference Entity, the Portfolio Asset Obligors and their respective Affiliates (including information concerning the value of the Reference Obligation or any Portfolio Asset or the ability of the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor to perform their respective obligations thereunder) nor (iii) any other matter, shall give rise to any fiduciary or other similar duties (including without limitation any duty of trust or confidence) owing by UBS or its Affiliates to Counterparty including any such duty that would prevent or restrict UBS or its Affiliates from acting on behalf of customers (including the Reference Entity, the Portfolio Asset Obligors and their respective Affiliates) or for its own account;

 

Page 13


(iv) neither UBS nor any of its Affiliates shall be under any obligation to hedge the Transaction or to own or hold the Reference Obligation or any Portfolio Asset as a result of the Transaction, and UBS and its Affiliates may establish, maintain, modify, terminate or re-establish any hedge position or any methodology for hedging at any time without regard to Counterparty. Any such purchases, sales or other transactions will be at the sole discretion of UBS and its Affiliates, and Counterparty acknowledges that such transactions may affect the market price of the Reference Obligation and/or the Portfolio Assets. Counterparty acknowledges and agrees that it is not relying on any representation, warranty or statement by UBS or any of its Affiliates as to whether, at what times, in what manner or by what method UBS or any of its Affiliates may engage in any hedging activities;

 

(v) notwithstanding any other provision in this Confirmation or any other document, UBS and Counterparty (and each employee, representative, or other agent of UBS or Counterparty) may each disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the U.S. tax treatment and U.S. tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to them relating to such U.S. tax treatment and U.S. tax structure (as those terms are used in Treasury Regulations under Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the Code), other than any information for which nondisclosure is reasonably necessary in order to comply with applicable securities laws. To the extent not inconsistent with the previous sentence, UBS and Counterparty will each keep confidential (except as required by law) all information unless the other party has consented in writing to the disclosure of such information. In the event of a disclosure with respect to the U.S. tax treatment and U.S. tax structure of this Transaction, the person making the disclosure may disclose all information relevant to an understanding of the U.S. tax treatment and U.S. tax structure of this Transaction, but such person may not disclose the identity of the Counterparty, any Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset; and

 

(vi) if UBS chooses to hold (either directly or indirectly) the Reference Obligation as a result of the Transaction, UBS may deal with the Reference Obligation as if the Transaction did not exist (and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, UBS shall have no duty to Counterparty with respect to any such direct or indirect ownership of the Reference Obligation).

 

(c) Each of the parties hereby represents that, on the date on which the Transaction is entered into hereunder:

 

(i) it is entering into the Transaction for investment, financial intermediation, hedging or other commercial purposes;

 

(ii) (x) it is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act, as amended (the “ CEA ”), (y) the Master Agreement and each Transaction are subject to individual negotiation by each party, and (z) neither the Master Agreement nor the Transaction will be executed or traded on a “trading facility” within the meaning of Section 1a(33) of the CEA; and

 

(iii) (A) the Master Agreement (including the Credit Support Annex) and each Transaction entered into under this Confirmation is a “swap agreement” within the meaning given to such term under Section 101(53B) of the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) and (B) it is a “swap participant” within the meaning given to such term under Section 101(53C) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Page 14


(d) Counterparty hereby represents to UBS that:

 

(i) its investments in and liabilities in respect of the Transaction, which it understands is not readily marketable, is not disproportionate to its net worth, and it is able to bear any loss in connection with the Transaction, including the loss of its entire investment in the Transaction;

 

(ii) it understands no obligations of UBS to it hereunder will be entitled to the benefit of deposit insurance and that such obligations will not be guaranteed by any Affiliate of UBS or any governmental agency;

 

(iii) it has elected to treat the Reference Entity as an entity disregarded from its owner for United States Federal income tax purposes;

 

(iv) it can receive all payments on each Portfolio Asset included in the Portfolio without U.S. Federal withholding tax and the relevant Reference Entity or any subsidiary thereof holding a Portfolio Asset, as applicable, can (except to the extent otherwise disclosed with respect to the Portfolio Asset prior to the related Trade Date (as defined in the Reference Obligation Indenture)) receive all such payments without foreign withholding tax (which representation, subject to any such exception, shall also be made for purposes of Section 3(f) of the Master Agreement);

 

(v) it has delivered an applicable United States Internal Revenue Service form W-9 (or successor form) with respect to withholding tax required to be delivered by it pursuant to Part 3 of the Schedule to the Master Agreement (and this representation will also be deemed made pursuant to Section 3(f) of the Master Agreement);

 

(vi) it is not, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, a tax exempt organization for purposes of Section 514 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and, unless any such organization that invests in Counterparty does so only indirectly through an entity that is not transparent for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, there is disclosure to such organization that such organizations may recognize unrelated business taxable income;

 

(vii) it has obtained tax advice from its auditors or external legal counsel, in either case of recognized standing in relation to U.S. Federal income tax matters, that considered the U.S. tax treatment of the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates; and

 

(viii) it has obtained its own advice as to the proper tax characterization of the transaction in all jurisdictions, including for the avoidance of doubt the United States, and is not relying on UBS or its advisors in respect of such matters in any respect.

 

(e) UBS hereby represents to Counterparty that

 

  (i) UBS will provide to the Counterparty and the Reference Entity a valid Form W-9 provided by UBS Securities LLC and attached to a valid Form W-8IMY (or successor thereto), that the Counterparty and the Reference Entity may reliably associate all payments to be made by either of them pursuant to the Transaction with such forms, and therefore may treat all such payments under the Transaction as made to a U.S. person within the meaning of Treas. Regs.
Section 1.1441-1(d)(4);

 

  (ii) the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates is entered into by UBS through an office located within the United States, or U.S. personnel of UBS materially participated in this Transaction for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and UBS is acting solely as an agent of UBS Securities LLC, a person that is a “U.S. person” as that term is defined under IRC Section 7701(a)(30);

 

Page 15


  (iii) except to the extent necessary to enable UBS to exercise any of its rights under Paragraph 6(c) of the Credit Support Annex, that UBS is under no legal or contractual obligation to treat the Reference Obligation issued to it, any Pledged Notes pledged under the Credit Support Annex or any Portfolio Asset as legally or beneficially owned by any person other than the Counterparty; and

 

  (iv) that UBS has obtained its own advice as to the proper tax characterization of the transaction in all jurisdictions, including for the avoidance of doubt the United States, and is not relying on the Counterparty or its advisors in respect of such matters in any respect.

(f) Except for disclosure authorized pursuant to Clause 7(b)(v), Counterparty agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of the Reference Obligation Indenture (and of each credit or loan agreement governing each Portfolio Asset) with respect to all information and documentation in relation to the Reference Entity or any Portfolio Asset Obligor or the Reference Obligation or any Portfolio Asset delivered to Counterparty hereunder. Counterparty acknowledges that such information may include material non-public information concerning one or more of the Reference Entity, the Portfolio Asset Obligors and their respective securities and agrees to use such information in accordance with applicable law, including Federal and State securities laws. In addition, Counterparty agrees to keep confidential any internal rating supplied by UBS to Counterparty with respect to any Portfolio Asset.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in the Master Agreement to the contrary, UBS will not be required to pay any additional amount under Section 2(d)(i) of the Master Agreement in respect of any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax in relation to any payment under the Transaction. If UBS is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax in relation to any payment under the Transaction and UBS does not so deduct or withhold, then Section 2(d)(ii) of the Master Agreement shall be applicable.

(h) If an “Event of Default” under (and as defined in) the Reference Obligation Indenture occurs, then UBS may give notice to Counterparty (so long as such event is continuing on the date of such notice) that UBS, in its capacity as Valuation Agent under (and as defined in) the Reference Obligation Indenture, has elected to exercise exclusively on behalf of the Reference Entity and each subsidiary thereof all rights of the Reference Entity to purchase and dispose of, and to exercise all voting and other consensual rights with respect to, and to make all other determinations and decisions with respect to the ownership of, the Portfolio Assets held or to be acquired by the Reference Entity, pursuant to Section 12.1(c) of the Reference Obligation Indenture.

8. A DJUSTMENTS R ELATING TO C ERTAIN U NPAID OR R ESCINDED P AYMENTS .

(a) If (i) UBS makes any payment to Counterparty as provided under Clause 2 and the corresponding Interest and Fee Amount is not paid (in whole or in part) when due or (ii) any Interest and Fee Amount in respect of the Reference Obligation is required to be returned (in whole or in part) by a holder of the Reference Obligation (including, without limitation, the UBS Holder) to the applicable Reference Entity or paid to any other person or entity or is otherwise rescinded pursuant to any bankruptcy or insolvency law or any other applicable law, then (i) each payment obligation under the Transaction related to such payment shall be recomputed by the Calculation Agent as if such unpaid or returned amount had not been paid and (ii) Counterparty will pay to UBS, within five Business Days following receipt of notice from UBS, such amount (or portion thereof) so not paid or so required to be returned, paid or otherwise rescinded. If such returned, paid or otherwise rescinded amount is subsequently paid, UBS shall pay such amount (subject to Clause 8(c)) to Counterparty within five Business Days after the date of such subsequent payment.

 

Page 16


(b) [reserved]

(c) Amounts payable pursuant to this Clause 8 shall be subject to adjustment by the Calculation Agent in good faith and on a commercially reasonable basis, as agreed by UBS and Counterparty, in order to preserve for the parties the intended economic risks and benefits of the relevant Transaction; provided that (i) no amounts in respect of interest shall be payable by either party on any adjusted amount and (ii) the Calculation Agent in performing the calculations pursuant to this Clause 8 will assume that no interest has accrued on any adjusted amount.

(d) The payment obligations of UBS and Counterparty pursuant to this Clause 8 shall survive the termination of the Transaction.

9. C REDIT S UPPORT .

Notwithstanding anything in the Credit Support Annex (the “ Credit Support Annex ”) to the Schedule to the Master Agreement to the contrary, the following collateral terms shall apply to the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates. Capitalized terms used in this Clause 9 but not otherwise defined in this Confirmation have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Credit Support Annex. In the event of any conflict between the Credit Support Annex and these “Collateral Provisions”, these “Collateral Provisions” shall prevail.

(a) Counterparty shall Transfer Eligible Collateral to UBS pursuant to the terms of the Credit Support Annex between UBS and Counterparty, as amended hereby. For purposes of said Credit Support Annex, the Independent Amount applicable to Counterparty in respect of the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates shall, on any Valuation Date, be equal to the aggregate Value of the Pledged Notes, and Counterparty’s obligations to transfer collateral to UBS in respect of such Independent Amount shall at all times be satisfied by the Pledged Notes being Transferred to UBS in accordance with the terms of the Credit Support Annex.

(b) The definition of Exposure in Paragraph 12 of the Credit Support Annex is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read:

UBS’s “ Exposure ” as Secured Party for all of the Transactions entered into hereunder and any Valuation Date or other date for which Exposure is calculated shall mean the excess, if any, of the Net Collateral Value Deficit over the Variation Margin Threshold on such date.

(c) The “ Minimum Transfer Amount ” with respect to Counterparty as of any Valuation Date shall be U.S.$100,000; provided that the Minimum Transfer Amount for Counterparty shall be zero (1) for purposes of determining any Delivery Amount required to be Transferred by Counterparty in respect of any Independent Amount and (2) at any time when an Event of Default, Potential Event of Default, Termination Event or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time would (absent the cure thereof during any applicable grace period) constitute a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to which Counterparty is (or would be) the Defaulting Party or Affected Party.

(d) Solely for purposes of the first demand (and not any subsequent demand) made by UBS as Secured Party for any Transfer of Eligible Credit Support by Counterparty in respect of a Delivery Amount (or the applicable portion thereof) that is due to an increase in the Exposure of UBS as Secured Party (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, the Transfer of the Pledged Notes in satisfaction of Counterparty’s obligations

 

Page 17


in respect of the Independent Amount) made or deemed made by UBS pursuant to Clause 9(a) above), Paragraph 4(b) of the Credit Support Annex shall be amended by (i) replacing the words “next Local Business Day” with “tenth Local Business Day thereafter” and (ii) replacing the words “second Local Business Day thereafter” with “eleventh Local Business Day thereafter”. UBS shall make no further demand for the Transfer of Eligible Credit Support by Counterparty in respect of a Delivery Amount (or the applicable portion thereof) that is due to an increase in UBS’ Exposure until such tenth or eleventh (as applicable) Local Business Day period has expired, whereupon the Transfer timing provisions of Paragraph 4(b) shall apply as set forth in the Credit Support Annex without regard to the provisions of this Clause 9(d).

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Credit Support Annex, (i) the Threshold with respect to UBS shall be infinity, (ii) in no event shall Counterparty have any positive Exposure as a Secured Party to UBS with respect to the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates and (iii) accordingly, (A) Counterparty shall be the only “Pledgor” and UBS shall be the only “Secured Party” for all purposes of the Credit Support Annex and (B) only the Counterparty makes the pledge and grant in Paragraph 2 of the Credit Support Annex, the acknowledgment in the final sentence of Paragraph 8(a) of the Credit Support Annex and the representations in Paragraph 9 of the Credit Support Annex.

(f) In no event shall Counterparty’s Credit Support Amount as Pledgor be less than the Independent Amount for the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates. Accordingly, in no event shall the Pledged Notes be Transferred to Counterparty until the Termination Date.

(g) UBS shall be the sole Valuation Agent for purposes of the Transaction to which this Confirmation relates and each Business Day shall be a Valuation Date.

(h) Notwithstanding anything in this Confirmation to the contrary, for purposes of determining the portion of the Exposure that is attributable to a Portfolio Asset (or portion thereof) that is being sold or has been repaid, the Par Amount of such Portfolio Asset shall not be reduced to reflect such sale or repayment until the Business Day next succeeding the settlement date of such sale or the date on which such repayment occurs, as the case may be. In addition, if the Reference Entity sells any Portfolio Asset and the settlement date for such sale occurs after the date customary for settlement substantially in accordance with the then-current market practice in the principal market for such Portfolio Asset (as determined by the Calculation Agent), then Unrealized Capital Appreciation and Unrealized Capital Depreciation will continue to vary until the actual settlement date (and, for this purpose, each of Unrealized Capital Appreciation and Unrealized Capital Depreciation with respect to such Portfolio Asset shall be determined until such date of actual settlement as if no sale price had been established until the date of settlement of the relevant sale).

(i) The provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Credit Support Annex shall be superseded and replaced in their entirety by Counterparty’s dispute rights with respect to the Current Price of any Portfolio Asset as set forth in the definition of “Current Price”.

 

Page 18


10. N OTICE AND A CCOUNT D ETAILS .

Notices to UBS:

UBS AG, London Branch

Structured Funding

Attn: Ben Stewart

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019-6064

Tel: (203) 719-1611

E-mail: OL-Cyrus-TRS@ubs.com

With copies to:

E-mail: DL-IR-STM-TEAM@ubs.com

E-mail: SH-OTC-Credit-Setts@ubs.com

E-mail: OL-CTM@ubs.com

Notices to Counterparty:

CM Finance LLC

399 Park Avenue, 39 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Stephon Barnes, Christopher E. Jansen and Michael C. Mauer

Tel: (212) 380-5904

Email: cjansen@cyruscapital.com , mmauer@cyruscapital.com and ops@cyruscapital.com

Payments to UBS:

Favour: UBS AG, Stamford Branch Swift Address: UBSWUS33XXX

Further Credit To: UBS AG, London Branch

Swift Address: UBSWGB2LXXX

Account No: 101-WA-140007-000

Payments to Counterparty:

Bank: JPMorgan Chase New York, NY

ABA: 021-000-021

Account of: GOLDMAN SACHS & CO., NEW YORK

A/C #: 066642426

FFC Account Name: CM Finance LLC

FFC Account #: 002-49512-5

11. O FFICES .

 

(a) The Office of UBS for the Transaction:

London

 

(b) The Office of Counterparty for the Transaction:

None

 

Page 19


12. S ETTLEMENT

The Transaction hereunder is being entered into by a member of the UBS group (“UBS Party”). For the avoidance of doubt, any payment or delivery obligations of the UBS Party in respect of the Transaction may be effected by any of UBS Limited or UBS AG, London Branch or UBS Securities LLC (the “Settlement Agent”). UBS Party has authorized the Settlement Agent to act on its behalf in the same manner and with the same force and effect as UBS Party might or could do in connection with any such payment or delivery obligation.

- signature page follows -

 

Page 20


Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by having a duly authorized officer of Counterparty execute this Confirmation and return the same by facsimile to the attention of the individual at UBS indicated on the first page hereof.

Yours faithfully

For and on Behalf of

UBS AG, London Branch

 

By: 

   /s/ Richard K. Smith       By:     /s/ Yosmala Sasamura

Name: Richard K. Smith

     

Name: Yosmala Sasamura

Title: Authorized Signatory

     

Title: Authorized Signatory

Confirmation – Signature Page


Acknowledged and agreed by CM Finance LLC as of the date specified above.

CM FINANCE LLC,

as TRS Counterparty

By: CM Investment Partners, LP, as Manager

By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen

Name: Christopher E. Jansen

Title: Co Chief Investment Officer

Confirmation – Signature Page


ANNEX A

ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

Affiliate ”, for purposes of this Confirmation only, has the meaning given to such term in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Approved Dealer ” means (a) any entity listed in Annex B hereto and (b) if an entity listed in Annex B hereto is not the principal banking or securities Affiliate within a financial holding company group, the principal banking or securities Affiliate of such listed entity within such financial holding company group; provided that (i) UBS may at any time, upon written notice to Counterparty, delete any name listed in such Annex so long as such deletion is consistent with the general application of its internal credit and risk policies with respect to such Approved Dealer (and not designed to circumvent the rights of Counterparty hereunder) and (ii) the parties may, at any time, agree in writing to add or remove an Approved Dealer to or from Annex B.

Breakage Cost Calculation Period ” means, with respect to any termination of the Transaction following the delivery of an Accelerated Termination Notice pursuant to Clause 3(a) or 3(b), each period from, and including, one Breakage Cost Hypothetical Payment Date to, but excluding, the next following Breakage Cost Hypothetical Payment Date, except that (a) the initial Breakage Cost Calculation Period will commence on, and include, the Obligation Termination Date, and (b) the final Breakage Cost Calculation Period will end on, but exclude, May 23, 2014.

Breakage Cost Hypothetical Payment Date ” means, with respect to any termination of the Transaction following the delivery of an Accelerated Termination Notice pursuant to Clause 3(a) or 3(b), (a) each Payment Date, commencing on the first Payment Date following the date on which such Accelerated Termination Notice is delivered, and (b) the Scheduled Termination Date.

Breakage Costs ” means, with respect to any termination of the Transaction following the delivery of an Accelerated Termination Notice pursuant to Clause 3(a) or 3(b), an amount equal to the sum, determined with respect to each Breakage Cost Calculation Period occurring after the date on which such Accelerated Termination Notice is delivered, of the product of the following:

(a) USD 76,500,000,

(b) the Floating Rate Day Count Fraction (determined based on the actual number of days in such Breakage Cost Calculation Period), and

(c) the Spread,

discounted from the Breakage Cost Hypothetical Payment Date occurring immediately following the end of such Breakage Cost Calculation Period to the Obligation Termination Date; provided that such present value shall be determined using the discount factor implied by the mid-point between the forward bid and offered side LIBOR curves for fixed-for-floating LIBOR swaps of the relevant tenors.

Capital Appreciation ” and “ Capital Depreciation ” mean, for any Total Return Payment Date, the amount determined according to the following formula for the applicable Terminated Obligation:

Final Price – Applicable Notional Amount

 

Page A-1


where

Final Price ” means, with respect to any Terminated Obligation, the amount determined pursuant to Clause 4, and

Applicable Notional Amount ” means the Notional Amount (determined immediately prior to the applicable Termination Trade Date) allocable to such Terminated Obligation.

If such amount is positive, such amount is “ Capital Appreciation ” and if such amount is negative, the absolute value of such amount is “ Capital Depreciation ”.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral Management Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the Reference Obligation Indenture.

Costs of Assignment ” means, in the case of any Terminated Obligation or Portfolio Asset, the sum of (a) any costs of any purchase, exchange, sale, transfer or assignment transaction with respect to such Terminated Obligation or Portfolio Asset paid by a person or entity effecting such transaction (including any UBS Holder) under the terms of such Terminated Obligation or Portfolio Asset or otherwise actually imposed on such person or entity by any applicable trustee, administrative agent, registrar, borrower or obligor incurred in connection with any such transaction with respect to such Terminated Obligation or Portfolio Asset (including, without limitation, any amounts reimbursable by such person or entity in respect of any tax or other governmental charge incurred with respect thereto), (b) any reasonable expenses that are incurred by such person or entity in connection with any such transaction and (c) any reasonable administrative, legal or accounting fees, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any fees and expenses of the trustee of or outside counsel to the Reference Entity) that are incurred by such person or entity in connection with any such transaction.

Current Price ” means, with respect to each Portfolio Asset on any date of determination, the determination by the Valuation Agent’s loan trading desk of the net cash proceeds that would be received from the sale on such date of determination of such Portfolio Asset, exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest and net of the related expected Costs of Assignment. If, with respect to any date of determination, Counterparty, acting in a commercially reasonable manner and in good faith, disputes any such original determination of the Current Price of any Portfolio Asset by the Valuation Agent, then Counterparty may, no later than two New York Business Hours after the notice of such determination is given to Counterparty, designate at least one Dealer to provide to the Valuation Agent, within such two New York Business Hour period, a Firm Bid to purchase each such Portfolio Asset (with a quotation amount equal to the Par Amount or (in the case of a Delayed Draw Loan) Commitment Amount). Such Firm Bid (or the highest Firm Bid, if more than one) timely received in accordance with the foregoing will be the Current Price of the relevant Portfolio Asset with respect to the relevant date of determination. If no such Firm Bid is timely received in accordance with the foregoing, the Current Price of the relevant Portfolio Asset will be the original determination thereof by the Valuation Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, any determination of any amount herein (other than any portion of such amount that represents an undisputed amount) consequent upon the determination of a Current Price subject to dispute as provided above shall be delayed until the deadline for the provision of Firm Bid(s) (or, if applicable, any such valuation) to the Valuation Agent as aforesaid. The “Current Price” shall be (i) expressed as a percentage of (A) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is not a Delayed Draw Loan, the Par Amount or (B) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed Draw Loan, the Commitment Amount and (ii) determined exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest.

 

Page A-2


Dealer ” means (a) any entity (other than the Calculation Agent or any of its Affiliates) designated by the Calculation Agent or its designated Affiliate in its sole discretion as a “Dealer” for the purposes of this Confirmation and (b) to the extent designated by Counterparty as provided in Clause 4(b) or pursuant to the definition of “Current Price”, either (i) any Approved Dealer or (ii) any other entity approved in advance by UBS, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (it being agreed that UBS may reasonably withhold its approval based on the credit standing and its risk assessment of such entity); provided that the Calculation Agent or any Affiliate thereof may be a Dealer if more than one Dealer is designated pursuant to Clause 4.

Defaulted Portfolio Asset ” means any Portfolio Asset as to which (a) there has occurred a default as to the payment of principal and/or interest (without regard to any notice requirement or grace period; provided that any capitalization of interest that is permitted under the terms of the relevant Underlying Instrument shall not constitute a default for purposes of the foregoing), (b) such Portfolio Asset is a Participation Interest with respect to which the relevant Selling Institution has defaulted in any respect in the performance of any of its payment obligations under such Participation Interest or (c) such Portfolio Asset is a Participation Interest in a loan that would, if such loan were a Portfolio Asset, constitute a “Defaulted Portfolio Asset”; provided that, in each of the cases set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above, such Portfolio Asset will only constitute a “Defaulted Portfolio Asset” for so long as such default has not been cured or waived.

Delayed-Draw Loan ” has the meaning given to such term in the Reference Obligation Indenture.

Firm Bid ” means, (a) with respect to a Terminated Obligation, a good and irrevocable bid for value to purchase all of such Terminated Obligation, expressed as a percentage of the portion of the Notional Amount allocable to such Terminated Obligation and exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest, for scheduled settlement no later than the Relevant Settlement Date, submitted by (i) in the case of a Firm Bid obtained for purposes of Clause 4(a), an Approved Dealer specified by Counterparty in its sole discretion or (ii) in the case of a Firm Bid obtained for purposes of Clause 4(b), a Dealer specified by the Calculation Agent in its sole discretion (or, to the extent permitted by Clause 4(b), Counterparty), in each case as of a time during regular business hours in New York City and (b) with respect to a Portfolio Asset and any dispute with respect to the determination of the Current Price thereof, a good and irrevocable bid for value to purchase the Par Amount or (in the case of a Delayed Draw Loan) Commitment Amount of such Portfolio Asset, expressed as a percentage and exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest, for scheduled settlement within the standard settlement cycle for such Portfolio Asset (with such cycle commencing on the applicable date of submission), submitted by a Dealer specified by the Calculation Agent in its sole discretion (or, to the extent permitted by Clause 4(b), Counterparty), in each case as of a time during regular business hours in New York City.

Insolvency Event ” has the meaning given to such term in the Reference Obligation Indenture.

Interest and Fee Amount ” means, for any Fixed Amount Payer Calculation Period, the aggregate amount of interest (including, without limitation, interest breakage costs, deferred or capitalized interest and interest thereon), fees (including, without limitation, amendment, consent, tender, facility and other similar fees) and other amounts (other than in respect of principal repayments) actually paid with respect to the Reference Obligation (after deduction of any withholding taxes for which the relevant Reference Entity is not obligated to reimburse holders of the Reference Obligation, if applicable) during such Fixed Amount Payer Calculation Period; provided that Interest and Fee Amounts shall not include any amounts that accrue prior to the Effective Date or that accrue on or after the Obligation Termination Date.

 

Page A-3


Net Collateral Value ” means, on any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of (i) the Total Asset Amount on such date plus (ii) the aggregate Value of all Posted Collateral held by UBS or its Custodian on such date (excluding any Pledged Notes) plus (iii) the Net Unrealized Capital Appreciation on such date over (b) the sum of (i) the principal amount of the Reference Obligation outstanding on such date plus (ii) the Net Unrealized Capital Depreciation on such date.

Net Collateral Value Deficit ” means, on any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Pledged Notes held by the Counterparty that are outstanding on such date over (b) the Net Collateral Value on such date.

Net Unrealized Capital Appreciation ” means, with respect to all Portfolio Assets in the Portfolio (other than Non-Approved Portfolio Assets, Zero Value Participation Interests and Defaulted Portfolio Assets) and any date of determination, the greater of (a) zero and (b) an amount equal to:

(i) the sum, with respect to each such Portfolio Asset in the Portfolio of which the Current Price is greater than the Purchase Price of such Portfolio Asset, of (A) such Current Price minus such Purchase Price multiplied by (B) (1) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is not a Delayed Draw Loan, the Par Amount of such Portfolio Asset or (2) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed Draw Loan, the Commitment Amount of such Portfolio Asset, minus

(ii) the sum, with respect to each such Portfolio Asset in the Portfolio of which the Current Price of such Portfolio Asset is less than the Purchase Price of such Portfolio Asset, of (A) such Purchase Price minus such Current Price multiplied by (B) (1) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is not a Delayed Draw Loan, the Par Amount of such Portfolio Asset or (2) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed Draw Loan, the Commitment Amount of such Portfolio Asset;

provided that, for the purposes of computing the Net Unrealized Capital Appreciation, any such Portfolio Asset that is sold or repaid will be deemed to continue to be outstanding in an amount equal to its Par Amount (or in the case of a Delayed Draw Loan, Commitment Amount) until (but excluding) the date of settlement of such sale or the date of such repayment.

Net Unrealized Capital Depreciation ” means, with respect to all Portfolio Assets in the Portfolio (other than Non-Approved Portfolio Assets, Zero Value Participation Interests and Defaulted Portfolio Assets) and any date of determination, the greater of (a) zero and (b) an amount equal to:

(i) the sum, with respect to each such Portfolio Asset in the Portfolio of which the Current Price of such Portfolio Asset is less than the Purchase Price of such Portfolio Asset, of (A) such Purchase Price minus such Current Price multiplied by (B) (1) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is not a Delayed Draw Loan, the Par Amount of such Portfolio Asset or (2) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed Draw Loan, the Commitment Amount of such Portfolio Asset, minus

(ii) the sum, with respect to each such Portfolio Asset in the Portfolio of which the Current Price is greater than the Purchase Price of such Portfolio Asset, of (A) such Current Price minus such Purchase Price multiplied by (B) (1) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is not a Delayed Draw Loan, the Par Amount of such Portfolio Asset or (2) in the case of a Portfolio Asset that is a Delayed Draw Loan, the Commitment Amount of such Portfolio Asset;

provided that, for the purposes of computing the Net Unrealized Capital Depreciation, any such Portfolio Asset that is sold or repaid will be deemed to continue to be outstanding in an amount equal to its Par Amount (or in the case of a Delayed Draw Loan, Commitment Amount) until (but excluding) the date of settlement of such sale or the date of such repayment.

 

Page A-4


New York Business Hour ” means any one-hour period that occurs during the period from 9:00 a.m. (New York time) to 6:00 p.m. (New York time) on any day on which commercial banks are open for business in New York City; provided that if a period is expressed as an amount of New York Business Hours and insufficient New York Business Hours exist prior to 6:00 p.m. (New York time) on the relevant day following the commencement of such period, such period shall be deemed to continue on the next succeeding day on which commercial banks are open for business in New York City until the relevant period of New York Business Hours has expired.

Non-Approved Portfolio Asset ” means any Portfolio Asset which UBS has not approved in writing by notice to Counterparty on or prior to the settlement date of the acquisition thereof by the Reference Entity.

Notes ” means the Class A Notes issued from time to time by the Reference Entity under the Reference Obligation Indenture.

Participation Interest ” has the meaning given to such term in the Reference Obligation Indenture.

Relevant Settlement Date ” means the date customary for settlement substantially in accordance with the then-current market practice in the principal market for the relevant Reference Obligation (as determined by the Calculation Agent with reference to the relevant Termination Trade Date).

Relevant Source ” means (a) in the case of an initial Portfolio Asset, the agreement specified as such in Schedule 1 to the Reference Obligation Indenture, and (b) otherwise, the indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement or other agreement governing such Portfolio Asset.

Sale Amount ” means, with respect to any Portfolio Asset that is the subject of a binding commitment of the Reference Entity to sell such Portfolio Asset, the anticipated net cash proceeds that will be received by the Reference Entity from the sale of such Portfolio Asset, exclusive of accrued interest and capitalized interest and net of any Costs of Assignment.

Selling Institution ” has the meaning given to such term in the Reference Obligation Indenture.

Terminated Obligation ” means the Reference Obligation terminated pursuant to Clause 3.

Termination Settlement Date ” means, for any Terminated Obligation, (a) if the Final Price is determined by reference to the actual sale of a Terminated Obligation pursuant to Clause 4, the date of settlement of such sale and (b) otherwise, the Relevant Settlement Date.

Termination Trade Date ” means, with respect to any Terminated Obligation, (a) where an Approved Dealer identified by Counterparty is acquiring the Reference Obligation or applicable portion thereof from UBS or its Affiliate pursuant to Section 4(a), the Termination Trade Date specified in the applicable Accelerated Termination Notice, or (b) otherwise the bid submission deadline as shall be set forth in each of UBS’ requests issued pursuant to Section 4(b) for Firm Bids for the Notional Amount allocable to such Terminated Obligation that are the basis for determining the Final Price of such Terminated Obligation.

Total Asset Amount ” means, on any date of determination by the Valuation Agent, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate Purchase Amount of all Portfolio Assets in the Portfolio (other than Non-Approved Portfolio Assets, Zero Value Participation Interests and Defaulted Portfolio Assets) on such date; plus (b) the aggregate amount of all cash, and the aggregate cost of purchase of all “Eligible Investments” (as defined in the Reference Obligation Indenture), held by the Reference Entity on such date.

 

Page A-5


Total Return Payment Date ” means, with respect to any Terminated Obligation, the Obligation Termination Date in respect of such Terminated Obligation.

UBS Holder ” means, if UBS or an Affiliate of UBS holds the Reference Obligation or any portion thereof as a result of the Transaction, UBS or such Affiliate, as appropriate.

Underlying Instrument ’ means the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement pursuant to which a Portfolio Asset has been issued or created and each other agreement that governs the terms of or secures the obligations represented by such Portfolio Asset or of which the holders of such Portfolio Asset are the beneficiaries.

Variation Margin Threshold ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to 9% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (after giving effect to any repayment on such date); provided that the Variation Margin Threshold shall be zero while any “Event of Default” under (and as defined in) the Reference Obligation Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing.

Zero Value Participation Interest ” means any Participation Interest included in the Portfolio Assets that (a) has not been elevated to a loan directly held and registered in the name of the Reference Entity within 90 days of the Effective Date or (b) is acquired by the Reference Entity at any time after the Effective Date.

 

Page A-6


ANNEX B

APPROVED DEALERS

Bank of America Securities LLC

Barclays Bank plc

BNP Paribas

Cantor Fitzgerald

Castle Oak

CIBC World Markets, Inc.

Citibank, N .A.

Credit Agricole Cheuveux North America, Inc.

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Guggenheim

Global Hunter

Jefferies & Company Inc.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Macquarie

Miller Tabak Roberts Securities, LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co.

Nomura

RBC Capital Markets Corp.

SG Americas Securities LLC

Sterne, Age & Leach, Inc.

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc.

UBS AG

Wachovia Capital Markets LLC

 

Page B-1

Exhibit (k)(9)

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT , dated as of May 23, 2013 (this Agreement) , between CM FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and sole shareholder (the Sole Shareholder) of CM Finance SPV Ltd., and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY , a Massachusetts trust company, as trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties (the Trustee).

WHEREAS:

A. CM Finance SPV Ltd . (the Issuer) is party to an Indenture dated as of May 23, 2013 (as amended from time to time, the Indenture) between the Issuer and State Street Bank and Trust Company as trustee (the Trustee ) pursuant to which the Issuer shall issue Notes to the Holders.

B. To induce the Holders to purchase the Notes, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Sole Shareholder has agreed to make capital contributions to the Issuer in the circumstances described herein. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Interpretation

1. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture. In addition, as used herein, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

Contribution Amount , with respect to any Contribution Event, has the meaning given to such term in the definition of “Contribution Event”.

Contribution Event means, with respect to any date of determination, the giving of notice by the Trustee to the Sole Shareholder pursuant to Section 10.3(c) of the Indenture that the aggregate Administrative Expenses payable at any time during a particular Monthly Period has exceeded, or will exceed, the sum of Cash and Eligible Investments then credited to the Expense Account and of the amount of such actual or expected shortfall (such shortfall, the Contribution Amount).

Contribution of Additional Capital

 

2. (a) With respect to each Contribution Event that occurs during the period from (and including) the Closing Date to (and including) the date on which all of the Notes have been repaid in full, the Sole Shareholder hereby irrevocably commits to contribute additional capital to the Issuer in USD Cash by wire transfer in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the applicable Contribution Amount.

 

(b) [reserved]

 

(c) Each contribution obligation pursuant to Section 2(a) shall be paid to the Expense Account by no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first Business Day following the Sole Shareholder’s receipt of notice of such Contribution Event.


Representations and Warranties

3. Each party hereto hereby represents and warrants to the other party as of the date hereof as follows:

(i) Status . It is duly organized and validly existing under the law of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and, if relevant under such law, in good standing.

(ii) Powers . It has the power and authority to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and such other documentation and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and performance.

(iii) No Violation or Conflict . Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its property or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its property.

(iv) Consents . All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with.

(v) Obligations Binding . This Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, rehabilitation, conservation, moratorium or similar laws affecting rights of its creditors generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

(vi) Absence of Litigation . There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it or any of its subsidiaries any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

4. The Sole Shareholder continuously represents to the Trustee and the Valuation Agent that it is the sole shareholder of the Issuer.

Covenants

5. Each party will from time to time execute and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the other party, the Trustee or the Valuation Agent may reasonably request in order fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

2


6. The Sole Shareholder agrees not to cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy against or on behalf of the Issuer until the payment in full of all Notes issued under the Indenture and the expiration of a period equal to one year and a day, or, if longer, the applicable preference period plus one day, following such payment.

7. The Sole Shareholder agrees to not make any election or take any action, or cause the Issuer to make or take such an election or action, that would cause the Issuer to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

8. The Sole Shareholder agrees to not transfer any shares in the Issuer or cause the Issuer to register a transfer of any shares if such transfer would cause the Issuer to have more than one owner for U.S. Federal income tax purposes or otherwise would cause the Issuer to be treated other than as disregarded as an entity separate from the Sole Shareholder.

Acknowledgement, agreement and consent

 

9. (a) The Sole Shareholder acknowledges, agrees and consents, in connection with Section 15.1(h) of the Indenture, to the assignment described therein and the Sole Shareholder agrees to perform the provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Sole Shareholder subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) The Sole Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Issuer is assigning all of its right, title and interest in, to and under this Agreement to the Trustee as representative of the Holders of the Notes and agree that all of the representations, covenants and agreements made by the Sole Shareholder in this Agreement are also for the benefit of the Trustee.

 

(c) The Sole Shareholder will not enter into any agreement amending, modifying or terminating this Agreement (other than an amendment to correct inconsistencies, typographical or other manifest errors, defects or ambiguities) except with the prior written consent of the Valuation Agent and each Holder.

Withholding Taxes

10. If the Sole Shareholder is required to deduct or withhold from any contribution any tax that it would not have been required to deduct or withhold had it received appropriate tax certifications, then the Sole Shareholder will pay an amount equal to such shortfall to the Issuer. Upon the making of any such payment, each of the parties hereto agrees that the Sole Shareholder will be fully subrogated to the rights of the Issuer to receive any tax refund or other similar payment with respect to such withholdings or deductions, and any such amounts (if and when received by the Issuer) shall be promptly paid to the Sole Shareholder, free and clear of the lien of the Indenture.

Waiver; Survival

 

11. (a) No failure on the part of either party or any third party beneficiary hereof to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

3


(b) The obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the repayment of any Contribution Amount until the payment in full of the Notes.

 

(c) This Agreement shall terminate on such date that the Notes have been repaid in full.

 

Notices

12. All notices and other communications in respect of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any modifications of, or requests, waivers or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made to a party at its address specified in Section 14.3 of the Indenture. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service, by facsimile in legible form or by e-mail transmission to any address previously furnished in writing to the other parties hereto and third party beneficiaries hereof by a party hereto.

Amendments; Successors; Assignments

 

13. (a) No amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless in writing (including a writing evidenced by e-mail (PDF) or facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties with the prior written consent of the Valuation Agent.

 

(b) This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of this Agreement) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by e-mail (PDF) or facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original.

 

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Sole Shareholder and the Trustee and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

(d) Neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party and the Valuation Agent, except as provided in the Indenture. Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section 11 will be void.

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Etc.

 

14. (a) Governing Law . This Agreement, shall be construed in accordance with, and this Agreement and any matters arising out of or relating in any way whatsoever to this Agreement (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York.

 

4


(b) Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement (Proceedings) , each party irrevocably (i) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party. Nothing in this Agreement precludes either party from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

Waiver of Jury Trial

15. EACH OF THE SOLE MEMBER AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. Each party hereby (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the other would not, in the event of a Proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this paragraph.

Contributions

16. Each of the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not a contract (i) to issue a security of the Issuer or (ii) to make a loan or to extend other debt financing or financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Issuer, as referenced in Section 365(e)(2)(B) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended. Each of the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and the Sole Shareholder, on behalf of itself, further acknowledges and agrees that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are made for reasonably equivalent value. The Sole Shareholder represents to the Trustee and to the third party beneficiaries hereof that neither the Issuer nor the Sole Shareholder is insolvent at this time, will not be rendered insolvent by this Agreement and do not intend by the transactions contemplated in this Agreement to incur debts beyond their ability to repay those debts.

Severability

17. If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any party hereto or any circumstance, is held to be unenforceable, invalid or illegal (in whole or in part) for any reason (in any relevant jurisdiction), the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Agreement, modified by the deletion of the unenforceable, invalid or illegal portion (in any relevant jurisdiction), will continue in full force and effect, and such unenforceability, invalidity, or illegality will not otherwise affect the enforceability, validity or legality of the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Agreement, as the

 

5


case may be, so long as this Agreement, as the case may be, as so modified continues to express, without material change, the original intentions of the parties as to the subject matter hereof and the deletion of such portion of this Agreement, as the case may be, will not substantially impair the respective expectations or reciprocal obligations of the parties or the practical realization of the benefits that would otherwise be conferred upon the parties.

Benefits of Agreement

18. Each of the Issuer and the Valuation Agent shall be an express third party beneficiary of (i) each agreement, covenant and obligation in this Agreement (including, without limitation, any right to make a determination, receive a notice, report or certificate, make a request, give consent or direct a disposition expressed as being exercisable by the Issuer or Valuation Agent hereunder) and (ii) the representations, warranties and covenants made under Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, the Issuer and the Valuation Agent, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.

- signature page follows -

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CM FINANCE LLC,
as Sole Shareholder
By: CM Investment Partners, LP, as Manager
By:  

/s/ Christopher E. Jansen

Name:   Christopher E. Jansen
Title:   Co Chief Investment Officer

Contribution Agreement - Signature Page


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Brian Peterson

Name:   Brian Peterson
Title:   Vice President

Contribution Agreement - Signature Page


Acknowledged by the following as a third party beneficiary:

UBS AG, LONDON BRANCH,

as Valuation Agent

By:   /s/ Keith Lee
Name:   Keith Lee
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:   /s/ Yosmala Sasamura
Name:   Yosmala Sasamura
Title:   Authorized Signatory

Contribution Agreement - Signature Page


CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

  I NTERPRETATION      1   

2.

  C ONTRIBUTION OF A DDITIONAL C APITAL      1   
  Representations and Warranties      2   
  Covenants      2   
  Acknowledgement, agreement and consent      3   
  Withholding Taxes      3   
  Waiver; Survival      3   
  Notices      4   
  Amendments; Successors; Assignments      4   
  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Etc.      4   
  Waiver of Jury Trial      5   

3.

  S EVERABILITY      5   

4.

  B ENEFITS OF A GREEMENT      6   


EXECUTION VERSION

May 23, 2013

CM FINANCE LLC,

(as Sole Shareholder)

and

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,

(as Trustee)

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

LOGO

Exhibit (k)(10)

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of June 6, 2013 between:

CM FINANCE SPV LTD., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the Issuer); and

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, as trustee (herein, together with its permitted successors and assigns in the trusts hereunder, the Trustee ).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

(A) The Issuer and the Trustee are party to an Indenture dated as of May 23, 2013 (the Indenture) providing for the issuance of U.S.$ 150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes due May 22, 2015.

(B) The Issuer wishes to change the Stated Maturity of the Notes from May 22, 2015 to May 22, 2016.

(C) Section 8.2 of the Indenture provides that the Indenture may be amended for a purpose not permitted under Section 8.1 of the Indenture, with the written consent of each Holder and the Collateral Manager.

(D) The Issuer has requested that the Trustee enter into, and that each Holder and the Collateral Manager consent to, this First Supplemental Indenture in order to amend the Stated Maturity of the Notes on the terms and conditions hereinafter provided.

Section 1. Definitions. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

Section 2. Amendments. Effective from and after June 6, 2013, (a) the date next to “Stated Maturity” in the table in Section 2.3(b) of the Indenture shall be amended by deleting “2015” and replacing it with “2016”; and (b) all references to the Stated Maturity in the Indenture, in any Exhibit to the Indenture and in any other Transaction Documents shall be conformed to reflect the May 22, 2016 Stated Maturity.

Section 3. Execution, Delivery and Validity. The Issuer represents and warrants to the Trustee and the other Parties that this First Supplemental Indenture has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

Section 4. Indenture Otherwise Unchanged. Except as herein provided, the Indenture shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect, and each reference to the Indenture and words of similar import in the Indenture, as amended hereby, shall be a reference to the Indenture as amended hereby and as the same may be further amended, supplemented and otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.


Section 5. Waiver of notice requirements; Opinion of Counsel. For the purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture: (a) the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, the Collateral Manager and each Holder, by executing and delivering a counterpart of this First Supplemental Indenture, hereby waives any right under the Transaction Documents to prior notice of this First Supplemental Indenture; (b) the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and each Holder, by executing and delivering a counterpart of this First Supplemental Indenture, each hereby agrees that the execution of this First Supplemental Indenture is authorized and permitted by the Indenture and that all conditions precedent thereto have been satisfied and that, for all purposes under the Indenture, including Section 8.3(b) thereof, the Trustee shall be permitted to rely on this Section 5(b), and shall be as fully protected in so relying on this Section 5(b), in lieu of an Opinion of Counsel; and (c) the Issuer and the Holders hereby authorize the substitution of revised Global Notes certificates reflecting the 2016 Stated Maturity for the Global Notes certificates initially delivered to the Trustee and held by it as custodian for DTC and the adjustment of the books and records of the Trustee and DTC to reflect the 2016 Stated Maturity.

Section 6. Representations of Holders. By executing and delivering a counterpart of this First Supplemental Indenture, each of UBS AG, London Branch and CM Finance LLC represents that it is the beneficial owner of Notes having an aggregate principal amount as indicated above its signature hereto.

Section 7. Binding Effect. This First Supplemental Indenture shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 8. Counterparts. This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or email transmission), each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 9. Governing Law. This First Supplemental Indenture shall be construed in accordance with, and this First Supplemental Indenture and all matters arising out of or relating in any way whatsoever (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) to this First Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York.

[signature page follows]

 

Page 2


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , we have set our hands as of the day and year first written above.

 

EXECUTED AS A DEED BY

 

CM FINANCE SPV LTD.,

as Issuer

By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen
  Name: Christopher E. Jansen
  Title: Director

 

Witness:   /s/ Michael C. Mauer
  Name:   Michael C. Mauer
  Occupation:   Investment Management
  Address:  

399 Park Avenue

New York, NY

S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURE S IGNATURE P AGE


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,

as Trustee

By:   /s/ Brian Peterson
  Name: Brian Peterson
  Title: Vice President

S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURE S IGNATURE P AGE


The undersigned hereby consent to, and acknowledge and agree to the terms of, this First Supplemental Indenture:

 

CM INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP,

as Collateral Manager

By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen
  Name: Christopher E. Jansen
  Title: Co-Chief Investment Officer

S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURE S IGNATURE P AGE


STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,

as Collateral Administrator

By:   /s/ Brian Peterson
  Name: Brian Peterson
  Title: Vice President

S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURE S IGNATURE P AGE


UBS AG, LONDON BRANCH,

as Holder of Notes having an aggregate principal amount of U.S.$76,500,000

By:   /s/ Richard K. Smith
  Name: Richard K. Smith
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

By:   /s/ Yosmala Sasamura
  Name: Yosmala Sasamura
  Title: Authorized Signatory

S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURE S IGNATURE P AGE


CM FINANCE LLC,

as Holder of Notes having an aggregate principal amount of U.S.$73,500,000

and as Sole Shareholder

By:

  CM Investment Partners, LP, as Manager
By:   /s/ Christopher E. Jansen
  Name: Christopher E. Jansen
  Title: Co-Chief Investment Officer

S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURE S IGNATURE P AGE

Exhibit (n)(1)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Senior Securities” and to the use of our report dated September 4, 2013 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of CM Finance, LLC and subsidiary and our report dated November 15, 2013 with respect to the senior securities table in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus of CM Finance Inc dated November 15, 2013.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York

November 15, 2013

Exhibit (n)(2)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Supplementary Information

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of CM Finance Inc

We have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of CM Finance, LLC and subsidiary (the “Company”), including the consolidated schedules of investments, as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ capital and cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2013 and for the period from March 7, 2012 (commencement of operations) to June 30, 2012, and have issued an unqualified opinion thereon dated September 4, 2013 (included elsewhere in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus). The senior securities table is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the financial statements. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in our audits of the consolidated financial statements and in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

New York, New York

November 15, 2013

Exhibit (r)(1)

CM FINANCE INC

CODE OF ETHICS

This Code of Ethics (the “ Code ”) has been adopted by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of CM Finance Inc (the “Company” ) in accordance with Rule 17j-l(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act” ) and the May 9, 1994 Report of the Advisory Group on Personal Investing by the Investment Company Institute (the “Report” ). Rule 17j-1 generally describes fraudulent or manipulative practices with respect to purchases or sales of securities held or to be acquired by business development companies if effected by access persons of such companies.

The purpose of this Code is to reflect the following: (1) the duty at all times to place the interests of shareholders first; (2) the requirement that all personal securities transactions be conducted consistent with the Code and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility; and (3) the fundamental standard that business development company personnel should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.

SECTION I: STATEMENT OF PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY

 

  (A) Statement of Purpose

It is the policy of the Company that no affiliated person of the Company shall, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such person of any security held or to be acquired by the Company,

 

  (1) Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Company;

 

  (2) Make to the Company any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to the Company a material fact necessary in order to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which it is made, not misleading;

 

  (3) Engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Company; or

 

  (4) Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Company.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

1


  (B) Scope of the Code

In order to prevent the Access Persons, as defined in Section II, paragraph (A) below, of the Company from engaging in any of these prohibited acts, practices or courses of business, the Board has adopted this Code.

SECTION II: DEFINITIONS

 

  (A) Access Person . “Access Person” means any director, officer, or “Advisory Person” of the Company or its investment adviser.

 

  (B) Advisory Person . “Advisory Person” of the Company means: (i) any director, officer or employee of the Company or its investment adviser or of any company in a control relationship to the Company or its investment adviser, who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Covered Security by the Company, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control relationship to the Company or its investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Company with regard to the purchase or sale of a “Covered Security.”

 

  (C) Beneficial Interest . “Beneficial Interest” includes any entity, person, trust, or account with respect to which an Access Person exercises investment discretion or provides investment advice. A beneficial interest shall be presumed to include all accounts in the name of or for the benefit of the Access Person, his or her spouse, dependent children, or any person living with him or her or to whom he or she contributes economic support.

 

  (D) Beneficial Ownership . “Beneficial Ownership” shall be determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), except that the determination of direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership shall apply to all securities, and not just equity securities, that an Access Person holds or acquires. Rule 16a-1(a)(2) provides that the term “beneficial owner” means any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any equity security. Therefore, an Access Person may be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership of securities held by members of his or her immediate family sharing the same household, or by certain partnerships, trusts, corporations, or other arrangements.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

2


  (E) Control . “Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

 

  (F) Covered Security . “Covered Security” means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, except that it does not include (i): direct obligations of the Government of the United States; (ii) banker’s acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements; and (iii) shares issued by registered open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds); however, exchange traded funds structured as unit investment trusts or open-end funds are considered “Covered Securities.”

 

  (G) Company . The “Company” means CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation.

 

  (H) Designated Officer . “Designated Officer” shall mean the officer of the Company designated by the Board from time to time to be responsible for management of compliance with this Code. The Designated Officer may appoint a designee to carry out certain of his or her functions pursuant to this Code.

 

  (I) Disinterested Director . “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not an “interested person” of the Company within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

 

  (J) Initial Public Offering . “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

  (K) Investment Personnel . “Investment Personnel” means: (i) any employee of the Company or its investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Company or its investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Company; and (ii) any natural person who controls the Company or its investment adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Company.

 

  (L) Limited Offering . “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505 or Rule 506 under the Securities Act.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

3


  (M) Purchase or Sale of a Covered Security . “Purchase or Sale of a Covered Security” is broad and includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security, or the use of a derivative product to take a position in a Covered Security.

SECTION III: STANDARDS OF CONDUCT

 

  (A) General Standards

 

  (1) No Access Person shall engage, directly or indirectly, in any business transaction or arrangement for personal profit that is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company or its shareholders; nor shall he or she make use of any confidential information gained by reason of his or her employment by or affiliation with the Company or affiliates thereof in order to derive a personal profit for himself or herself or for any Beneficial Interest, in violation of the fiduciary duty owed to the Company or its shareholders.

 

  (2) Any Access Person recommending or authorizing the purchase or sale of a Covered Security by the Company shall, at the time of such recommendation or authorization, disclose any Beneficial Interest in, or Beneficial Ownership of, such Covered Security or the issuer thereof.

 

  (3) No Access Person shall dispense any information concerning securities holdings or securities transactions of the Company to anyone outside the Company, without obtaining prior written approval from the Designated Officer, or such person or persons as these individuals may designate to act on their behalf. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, such Access Person may dispense such information without obtaining prior written approval:

 

  (a) when there is a public report containing the same information;

 

  (b) when such information is dispensed in accordance with compliance procedures established to prevent conflicts of interest between the Company and its affiliates;

 

  (c) when such information is reported to directors of the Company; or

 

  (d) in the ordinary course of his or her duties on behalf of the Company.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

4


  (4) All personal securities transactions should be conducted consistent with this Code and in such a manner as to avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest, the appearance of a conflict of interest, or any abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility within the Company.

 

  (B) Prohibited Transactions

 

  (1) General Prohibition . No Access Person shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership and which such Access Person knows or should have known at the time of such purchase or sale is being considered for purchase or sale by the Company, or is held in the portfolio of the Company unless such Access Person shall have obtained prior written approval for such purpose from the Designated Officer.

 

  (a) An Access Person who becomes aware that the Company is considering the purchase or sale of any Covered Security by any person (an issuer) must immediately notify the Designated Officer of any interest that such Access Person may have in any outstanding Covered Securities of that issuer.

 

  (b) An Access Person shall similarly notify the Designated Officer of any other interest or connection that such Access Person might have in or with such issuer.

 

  (c) Once an Access Person becomes aware that the Company is considering the purchase or sale of a Covered Security or that the Company holds a Covered Security in its portfolio, such Access Person may not engage, without prior approval of the Designated Officer, in any transaction in any Covered Securities of that issuer.

 

  (d) The foregoing notifications or permission may be provided verbally, but should be confirmed in writing as soon and with as much detail as possible.

 

  (2) Initial Public Offerings and Limited Offerings . Investment Personnel of the Company must obtain approval from the Company before directly or indirectly acquiring Beneficial Ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

5


  (3) Blackout Periods . No Investment Personnel shall execute a securities transaction in any security that the Company owns or is considering for purchase or sale.

 

  (4) Company Acquisition of Shares in Companies that Investment Personnel Hold Through Limited Offerings . Investment Personnel who have been authorized to acquire securities in a Limited Offering must disclose that investment to the Designated Officer when they are involved in the Company’s subsequent consideration of an investment in the issuer, and the Company’s decision to purchase such securities must be independently reviewed by Investment Personnel with no personal interest in that issuer.

 

  (5) Gifts . No Access Person may accept, directly or indirectly, any gift, favor, or service of more than a de minimis value (eg., $100) from any person with whom he or she transacts business on behalf of the Company under circumstances when to do so would conflict with the Company’s best interests or would impair the ability of such person to be completely disinterested when required, in the course of business, to make judgments and/or recommendations on behalf of the Company.

 

  (6) Service as Director . No Access Person shall serve on the board of directors of a portfolio company of the Company without prior written authorization of the Designated Officer based upon a determination that the board service would be consistent with the interests of the Company and its shareholders.

SECTION IV: PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT CODE OF ETHICS

The following reporting procedures have been established to assist Access Persons in avoiding a violation of this Code, and to assist the Company in preventing, detecting, and imposing sanctions for violations of this Code. Every Access Person must follow these procedures. Questions regarding these procedures should be directed to the Designated Officer.

 

  (A) Applicability

All Access Persons are subject to the reporting requirements set forth in Section IV(B) except:

 

  (1) with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

6


  (2) a Disinterested Director, who would be required to make a report solely by reason of being a Director, need not make: (1) an initial holdings or an annual holdings report; and (2) a quarterly transaction report, unless the Disinterested Director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after such Disinterested Director’s transaction in a Covered Security, the Company purchased or sold the Covered Security, or the Company or its investment adviser considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security.

 

  (3) an Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Company with respect to the Access Person in the time required by subsection (B)(2) of this Section IV, if all of the information required by subsection (B)(2) of this Section IV is contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements, or in the records of the Company, as specified in subsection (B)(4) of this Section IV.

 

  (B) Report Types

 

  (1) Initial Holdings Report . An Access Person must file an initial report not later than 10 days after that person became an Access Person. The initial report must: (a) contain the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person; (b) identify any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any Covered Securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and (c) indicate the date that the report is filed with the Designated Person. A copy of a form of such report is attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

  (2) Quarterly Transaction Report . An Access Person must file a quarterly transaction report not later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

7


  (a) With respect to any transaction made during the reporting quarter in a Covered Security in which such Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership, the quarterly transaction report must contain: (i) the transaction date, title, interest date and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security; (ii) the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition); (iii) the price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected; (iv) the name of the broker, dealer or bank through which the transaction was effected; and (v) the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person. A copy of a form of such report is attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

  (b) With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, the quarterly transaction report must contain: (i) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account; (ii) the date the account was established; and (iii) the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

  (3) Annual Holdings Report . An Access Person must file an annual holdings report not later than 30 days after the end of a fiscal year. The annual report must contain the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted): (a) the title, number of shares, and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership; (b) the name of any broker, dealer or bank in which any Covered Securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and (c) the date the report is submitted. A copy of a form of such report is attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

  (4) Account Statements . In lieu of providing a quarterly transaction report, an Access Person may direct his or her broker to provide to the Designated Officer copies of periodic statements for all investment accounts in which they have Beneficial Ownership that provide the information required in quarterly transaction reports, as set forth above.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

8


  (5) Company Reports . No less frequently than annually, the Company must furnish to the Board, and the Board must consider, a written report that:

 

  (a) describes any issues arising under the Code or procedures since the last report to the Board, including but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

 

  (b) certifies that the Company has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

 

  (C) Disclaimer of Beneficial Ownership . Any report required under this Section IV may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person submitting such duplicate confirmation or account statement or making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.

 

  (D) Review of Reports . The reports required to be submitted under this Section IV shall be delivered to the Designated Officer. The Designated Officer shall review such reports to determine whether any transactions recorded therein constitute a violation of the Code. Before making any determination that a violation has been committed by any Access Person, such Access Person shall be given an opportunity to supply additional explanatory material. The Designated Officer shall maintain copies of the reports as required by Rule 17j-1(f).

 

  (E) Acknowledgment and Certification . Upon becoming an Access Person and annually thereafter, all Access Persons shall sign an acknowledgment and certification of their receipt of and intent to comply with this Code in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and return it to the Designated Officer. Each Access Person must also certify annually that he or she has read and understands the Code and recognizes that he or she is subject to the Code. In addition, each access person must certify annually that he or she has complied with the requirements of the Code and that he or she has disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

9


  (F) Records . The Company shall maintain records with respect to this Code in the manner and to the extent set forth below, which records may be maintained on microfilm or electronic storage media under the conditions described in Rule 31a-2(f) under the 1940 Act and shall be available for examination by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”):

 

  (1) A copy of this Code and any other code of ethics of the Company that is, or at any time within the past five years has been, in effect shall be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

  (2) A record of any violation of this Code and of any action taken as a result of such violation shall be maintained in an easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

  (3) A copy of each report made by an Access Person or duplicate account statement received pursuant to this Code, including any information provided in lieu of the reports under subsection (A)(3) of this Section IV shall be maintained for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made or the information is provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

 

  (4) A record of all persons who are, or within the past five years have been, required to make reports pursuant to this Code, or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports, shall be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

  (5) A copy of each report required under subsection (B)(5) of this Section IV shall be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place; and

 

  (6) A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the direct or indirect acquisition by an Access Person of beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering or Limited Offering shall be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

 

  (G) Obligation to Report a Violation . Every Access Person who becomes aware of a violation of this Code by any person must report it to the Designated Officer, who shall report it to appropriate management personnel. The management personnel will take such disciplinary action that they consider appropriate under the circumstances. In the case of officers or other employees of the Company, such action may include removal from office. If the management personnel consider disciplinary action against any person, they will cause notice thereof to be given to that person and provide to that person the opportunity to be heard. The Board will be notified, in a timely manner, of remedial action taken with respect to violations of the Code.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

10


  (H) Confidentiality . All reports of Covered Securities transactions, duplicate confirmations, account statements and other information filed with the Company or furnished to any person pursuant to this Code shall be treated as confidential, but are subject to review as provided herein and by representatives of the SEC or otherwise to comply with applicable law or the order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION V: SANCTIONS

Upon determination that a violation of this Code has occurred, appropriate management personnel of the Company may impose such sanctions as they deem appropriate, including, among other things, disgorgement of profits, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of the employment of the violator. All violations of this Code and any sanctions imposed with respect thereto shall be reported in a timely manner to the Board.

SECTION VI: AMENDMENTS

This Code may be amended from time to time by resolution of the Board, or without a resolution of the Board to the extent the approval of such amendment is not required under the 1940 Act.

 

Adopted [October 8], 2013

 

11


EXHIBIT A

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CERTIFICATION

I acknowledge receipt of the Code of Ethics of CM Finance Inc. I have read and understand such Code of Ethics and agree to be governed by it at all times. Further, if I have been subject to the Code of Ethics during the preceding year, I certify that I have complied with the requirements of the Code of Ethics and have disclosed or reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Ethics.

 

 

(signature)

 

(please print name)

 

Date:  

 


EXHIBIT B

INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORT

 

Name  

 

    Date  

 

 

NAME OF ISSUER

   NUMBER OF SHARES    PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
     
     
     
     

I certify that the foregoing is a complete and accurate list of all securities in which I have any Beneficial Ownership.

 

 

Signature

 

Adopted [October 8], 2012

 

13


EXHIBIT C

QUARTERLY TRANSACTION REPORT

 

Name  

 

    Date  

 

 

DATE

   NAME OF
ISSUER
   NUMBER
OF
SHARES
   INTEREST
DATE
   MATURITY
DATE
   PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
   TYPE OF
TRANSACTION
   NAME OF
BROKER/
DEALER/
BANK
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    

I certify that the foregoing is a complete and accurate list of all transactions for the covered period in securities in which I have any Beneficial Ownership.

 

 

Signature

 

Adopted [October 8], 2012

 

14


EXHIBIT D

ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT

 

Name  

 

    Date  

 

 

NAME OF ISSUER

   NUMBER OF
SHARES
   PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
   NAME OF
BROKER/DEALER/
BANK
        
        
        
        

I certify that the foregoing is a complete and accurate list of all securities in which I have any Beneficial Ownership.

 

 

Signature


EXHIBIT E

PERSONAL SECURITIES ACCOUNT INFORMATION

 

Name  

 

    Date  

 

 

SECURITIES FIRM NAME AND ADDRESS

   ACCOUNT NUMBER    ACCOUNT NAME(S)
     
     
     
     

I certify that the foregoing is a complete and accurate list of all securities accounts in which I have any Beneficial Ownership.

 

 

Signature

Exhibit (r)(2)

CM INVESTMENT PARTNERS LLC

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) is adopted pursuant to Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and in accordance with Rule 17j-1(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), by CM Investment Partners LLC (“CM”) in order to set forth guidelines and procedures promoting ethical practices and conduct.

 

I. Standards of Business Conduct:

The Code is based on the principle that CM owes its clients a duty of undivided loyalty. As an investment adviser, CM has a fiduciary responsibility to its clients. Clients’ interests must always be placed first. Thus, CM personnel must conduct their personal securities transactions in a manner that does not interfere, or appear to interfere, with any transaction for a client or otherwise takes unfair advantage of a client relationship. Personnel must not take inappropriate advantage of their positions. No personnel shall accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimis value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of CM. All CM personnel must adhere to these fundamental principles as well as comply with the specific provisions set forth herein.

In particular, it shall be unlawful for any affiliated person of CM, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by such person of any security held or to be acquired by any client of CM, to:

 

    Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the client;

 

    Make to the client any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to any client a material fact necessary in order to make the statement made, in light of the surrounding circumstances, not misleading;

 

    Engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on any client; or

 

    Engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any client.

It bears emphasis that technical compliance with these provisions will not insulate from scrutiny transactions which demonstrate a pattern of compromise or abuse of personnel’s fiduciary responsibilities to clients. All personnel must seek to be scrupulous in their adherence to the ideals of openness, integrity, honesty and trust.

Rule 204A-1 of the Advisers Act requires that all CM personnel must comply with all applicable Federal Securities Laws.


II. Definitions:

The following definitions apply for purposes of the Code:

 

  A. Access Person means:

1. Any of CM’s supervised persons who have access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any reportable fund, or who is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic.

2. All directors, officers and partners of CM are presumed to be access persons.

C. Automatic Investment Plan refers to any program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including a dividend reinvestment plan.

D. Beneficial Ownership is interpreted consistent with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”) and Rule 16a-1(a)(2) thereunder. Rule 16a-1(a)(2) provides that the term “beneficial owner” means any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in any equity security. Therefore, an Access Person may be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership of securities held by members of his or her immediate family sharing the same household, or by certain partnerships, trusts, corporations, or other arrangements.

E. Control has the same meaning as in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

F. CM means CM Investment Partners LLC (may also be referred to herein as the “Adviser”).

G. Federal Securities Laws means the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Commission under any of the referenced statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of the Treasury.

H. Fund means an investment company registered under the 1940 Act.

I. Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the 1933 Act, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.


J. Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the 1933 Act, pursuant to Section 4(2) or 4(6).

K. Purchase or Sale of Securities includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.

L. Reportable Security means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security or on any group or index of securities, or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security,” or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guaranty of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing, except that a Reportable Security does not include:

 

  1. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

  2. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

  3. Shares issued by money market funds;

 

  4. Shares issued by open-end funds; and

 

  5. Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end funds.

M. Supervised Person means any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of CM, or other person who provides investment advice on behalf of CM and is subject to the supervision and control of CM.

 

III. Pre-clearance of and Prohibited Securities Transactions:

No Access Person shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction shall acquire, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in any security in an initial public offering or in a limited offering, unless such Access Person shall have obtained prior written approval for such transaction from the Chief Compliance Officer. In determining whether to approve the transaction, the Chief Compliance Officer will consider whether the opportunity to purchase or sell such Securities should be first offered to eligible clients, or whether an Access Person is being offered the opportunity because of his or her position with the Adviser. Pre-clearance shall be effective for five days.


The Chief Compliance Officer shall, when necessary, obtain prior written approval for such transactions from the Chief Executive Officer, who shall, in making a determination whether to approve the transaction, consider whether the opportunity to purchase or sell such Securities should be first offered to eligible clients, or whether an Access Person is being offered the opportunity because of his or her position with the Adviser. Pre-clearance shall be effective for five days.

In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain a current list of issuers of securities that the Adviser is analyzing and/ or recommending for client transactions. No Access Person shall purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transaction shall acquire, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership in any security that is on such list.

 

IV. Reporting Requirements:

The Adviser shall appoint a Chief Compliance Officer who shall furnish each Supervised Person with a copy of this Code, and any amendments, upon commencement of employment and annually thereafter.

Each Supervised Person is required to certify, through a written acknowledgment, within 10 days of commencement of employment, that he or she has received, read and understands this Code and recognizes that he or she is subject to the provisions and principles detailed therein. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer shall notify each Access Person of his or her obligation to file an initial holdings report, quarterly transaction reports, and annual holdings reports, as described below.

 

  A. Initial Holdings Reports:

Each Access Person must, no later than 10 days after the person becomes an Access Person, submit to the Chief Compliance Officer or other designated person a report of the Access Person’s current securities holdings. The information provided must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person. The report must include the following:

1. The title and type of the security and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the number of shares held for each security, and the principal amount;

2. The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit; and

3. The date the Access Person submits the report.


  B. Quarterly Transaction Reports:

Each Access Person must, no later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, submit to the Chief Compliance Officer or other designated person a report of the Access Person’s transactions involving a Reportable Security in which the Access Person had, or as a result of the transaction acquired, any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. The report must cover all transactions occurring during the calendar quarter most recently ending. The report must contain the following information:

1. The date of the transaction;

2. The title and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, of each reportable security involved, the interest rate and maturity date of each reportable security involved, the number of shares of each reportable security involved, the principal amount of each reportable security involved;

3. The nature of the transaction ( i.e. , purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition);

4. The price of the security at which the transaction was effected;

5. The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and

6. The date the Access Person submits the report.

An Access Person need not submit a quarterly transaction report under this section of the Code if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements that the Adviser holds in its records, so long as the Adviser receives the confirmations or statements no later than 30 days after the end of the applicable calendar quarter.

 

  C. Annual Holdings Reports:

Each Access Person must submit, to the Chief Compliance Officer or other designated person, an annual holdings report reflecting holdings as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted. The Annual Holdings Report must be submitted at least once every 12-month period, on a date to be designated by the Adviser. The Chief Compliance Officer will notify every Access Person of the date. Each report must include:

1. The title and type of the security and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the number of shares held for each security, the principal amount;


2. The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit; and

3. The date the Access Person submits the report.

 

  D. Exceptions from Reporting Requirements:

Access Persons are not required to submit:

1. Any report with respect to Securities held in accounts over which the Access Person had no direct or indirect control;

2. A transaction report with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan;

 

  E. Annual Certification of Compliance:

All Supervised Persons must annually certify, through a written acknowledgment, to the Chief Compliance Officer that (1) they have read, understood and agree to abide by this Code; (2) they have complied with all applicable requirements of this Code; and (3) they have reported all transactions and holdings that they are required to report under this Code.

 

V. Confidentiality :

All reports of securities transactions and any other information filed pursuant to this Code shall be treated as confidential, but are subject to review as provided herein and by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request.

 

VI. Review and Enforcement:

Access Persons are required to promptly report potential violations of the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer or, provided the Chief Compliance Officer also receives reports of all violations, to another designated person. All reported potential violations will be investigated and, if appropriate, sanctions will be imposed. Sanctions may include, but are not limited to, a letter of caution or warning, reversal of a trade or transaction, disgorgement of profit and absorption of costs associated with a transaction, supervisor approval to trade for a proscribed period, fine or other monetary penalty, suspension of personal trading privileges, suspension of employment (with or without compensation) and termination of employment.

An exception to any of the policies, restrictions and requirements set forth herein may be granted only upon a showing by an Access Person, to the Chief Compliance Officer, that such Access Person would suffer extreme financial hardship should an exception not be granted. The grant of such exception will be in the sole discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.


All Initial Holdings Reports, Quarterly Transactions Reports, Annual Holdings Reports and certifications must be reviewed by the Chief Compliance Officer, or some other designated person. This review will include, but is not limited to, an assessment of whether the Access Person followed pre-clearance requirements, a comparison of personal securities transactions to any restricted lists, an assessment of whether the Access Person is trading for his or her own account in the same securities he or she is trading for clients and if so, whether the clients are receiving terms as favorable as those the Access Person takes for himself, periodic analyses of the Access Person’s trading for patterns indicating abuse and investigations into any substantial disparities between the percentage of trades that are profitable when the Access Person trades for his or her own account versus the percentage that are profitable when he or she trades for clients.

 

VII. Record-keeping:

The Adviser shall maintain records in the manner and to the extent set forth below, which may be maintained on microfilm or electronically as permissible under the conditions described in Rule 204-2(g) under the Advisers Act, or under no-action letters or interpretations under that Rule, and shall be available for examination by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The records required to be maintained must be kept in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in an appropriate office of the Adviser.

A. A copy of this Code and any amendments hereto adopted shall be preserved (including for five years after the Code or amendment, as applicable, is no longer in effect).

B. A record of any violation of this Code and of any action taken as a result of that violation shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the last entry in the record of the violation is made. This requirement does not suggest that reports of violations need be kept as records under this Code.

C. A record of all written acknowledgements from all Supervised Persons, as required by Section IV of this Code, shall be preserved.

D. A copy of each report made by an Access Person, including any information provided in lieu of any report, pursuant to this Code shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which it is made.

E. A list of all Access Persons who are, or within the past five years have been, required to make reports pursuant to this Code and all persons who are, or within the past five years have been, responsible for reviewing the reports, shall be maintained.

F. A copy of any decisions, and any reasons supporting the decisions, to approve the purchase of private placement securities or public offerings by Access Persons shall be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.


VIII. Amendment and Interpretation:

This Code may be amended as necessary to maintain compliance with Federal Securities Laws by the written concurrence of the Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Executive Officer. Notice of any and all amendments shall be promptly given to each Access Person and any other persons subject to the provisions of this Code. In addition, any material change in this Code shall be promptly noticed to the Fund’s Board of Directors. This Code is subject to interpretation by the Chief Compliance Officer, but shall in all cases be interpreted consistent with the language of the Code, Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act.